Engleski pripreme 4

如果你能给我一个反馈给我的教学，我将非常感激
Please , I am not feeling well, can you wait for me just for 1 minute
Cartons are
1.Snow Kid (雪孩子),
2.Saving Mother (西岳奇童),
3.Adventure of Shuke and Beita (舒克和贝塔),
4.Story of Effendi (阿凡提的故事),
5.Calabash Brothers (葫芦兄弟),
6.Black Cat Detective (黑猫警长),
7.The Golden Monkey Defeats a Demon (金猴降妖)
8.Secrets of the Heavenly Book (天书奇谭),
9.Nezha Conquers the Dragon King (哪吒闹海)
10.Uproar In Heaven (大闹天宫),
Shrek, Frozen, Zootropia, Kung fu Panda..

You are good reader with solid pronunciation, and understanding

You should focus on learning new English words, and on speaking more for you fluency, as
well on English time tenses
Lesson plan is good

Is a good student ,he participated in this lesson and he was able to give me simple creative answers.
He is good reader with solid pronunciation and understanding ,but he should focus more on
speaking for his fluency and on learning new English words for his vocabulary ,as well on English
grammar. just go on, and have fun learning English

Is a good student ,he participated in this lesson in fully and he was able to give me creative
answers. He is good reader with solid pronunciation and understanding ,but he should focus more
on speaking for his fluency and on learning new English words for his vocabulary ,as well on
English grammar. just go on, and have fun learning English

is a good student ,she participated in this lesson and she was able to give me simple answers. She
is good reader with good listening and good understanding ,but she should focus more on speaking
for her fluency and on learning new English words for her vocabulary ,and on practicing
pronunciation. just go on, and have fun learning English

Rebeka is a great student ,she participated in this lesson and she was able to give me creative
answers. She is good reader with good listening and good understanding ,but she should focus
more on speaking for her fluency and on learning new English words for her vocabulary ,and on
practicing pronunciation. just go on, and have fun learning English

Is a good student ,he participated in this lesson and he was able to give me simple answers. He is
good reader with solid listening and understanding ,but he should focus more on speaking for his
fluency and on learning new English words for his vocabulary ,as well on practicing pronunciation.
just go on, and have fun learning English

is good student ,she participated in this lesson and she was able to give me simple answers. She
is good reader with solid listening and good understanding ,but she should focus more on speaking
for her fluency and accent if she want to speak like an English lady and on learning new English
words for her vocabulary ,and she should practice pronunciation more. just go on, and have fun
learning English

is a good student ,she participated in this lesson in fully and she was able to give me creative
answers. She is very good reader with solid pronunciation and good understanding ,but she should
focus more on speaking for her fluency and accent if she want to speak like an English lady and
on learning new complex English words for her vocabulary ,and on English grammar. just go on,
and have fun learning English

Joyce is a good student ,she participated in this lesson and she was able to give me creative
answers. She have good comprehension and good reading skills. She should focus on English time
tenses ,on speaking more for her fluency ,and on learning new complex English words

is a good boy, he participated in this lesson and he was able to give me simple answers and to
understand me. he is solid reader but he should focus on learning new English words and on
speaking more, as on practicing pronunciation

Willy is great student, he participated in this lesson in fully and he was able to give me creative
answers. He is great reader with good comprehension but he should focus more on his fluency ,
English time tenses and on learning new English words

is a good student, she was able to understand me and to give me simple answers. She participated
in this class and she showed me that she is solid reader. But she should focus on speaking more,
learning new English words and on practicing pronunciation

is a good student but she is beginner, she was able to understand me and to participate and to show
solid pronunciation. But she should focus on reading more , on learning new English words and
on speaking more, as well on practicing pronunciation. Just go on and have fun learning English

hello I am having a lot of connection problems today…it is disconnecting me from session every
6-7 minutes ..so can you cancel rest od my today sessions .
is beginner, but he is a good student, and he participated in this lesson, he have good understanding
and pronunciation. But he should focus on learning new English words for his vocabulary, he
should speak more and he should practice reading more. Just go on and have fun learning English
你能看这个吗 - Can you read this please
重复我 – Repeat after me

focus on
learning new English words
speaking more for fluency
English grammar-time tenses
10-ten
20-twenty
30-thirty
40-forty
50-fifty
60-sixty
70-seventy
80-eighty
90-ninety
100-one hundred

1. My best friend lives ______ Boretz Road.

a. in

b. on

c. at

2. I'll be ready to leave ____ about twenty minutes.

a. in

b. on

c. at

3. Since he met his new girlfriend, Juan never seems to be ______ home.

a. on

b. in

c. at
4. The child responded to his mother's demands ______ throwing a tantrum.

a. with

b. by

c. from

5. I think she spent the entire afternoon ______ the phone.

a. on

b. in

c. at

6. I will wait ______ 6:30, but then I'm going home.

a. from

b. at

c. until

7. The police caught the thief _____ the corner of Cascade and Plum Streets.

a. in

b. at

c. from

8. My fingers were injured so my sister had to write the note _____ me.

a. for

b. with

c. to

9. I am not interested _____ buying a new car now.

a. to

b. for

c. in
10. What are the main ingredients ______ this casserole?

a. about

b. to

c. of

11. My best friend, John, is named ______ his great-grandfather.

a. after

b. to

c. about

12. Grandpa stayed up ______ two in the morning.

a. since

b. for

c. until

13. My parents have been married ______ forty-nine years.

a. since

b. for

c. until

14. He usually travels to Philadelphia _______ train.

a. by

b. at

c. with

15. You frequently see this kind of violence ____ television.

a. with

b. in

c. on
16. I told Mom we'd be home ______ an hour or so.

a. to

b. in

c. at

17. I was visiting my best friend _____ the hospital.

a. of

b. at

c. in

18. The professor _______ South Africa amazed the American students with her stories.

a. from

b. of

c. in

19. I'll see you ____ home when I get there.

a. in

b. by

c. at

20. It's been snowing ________ Christmas morning.

a. since

b. for

c. until

Prepositions Practice
Question 1
He gave the presentation _______________ being ill.
A although
B despite
C during
Question 2
I can't drink coffee ______________ sugar - it's too bitter.
A throughout
B within
C without
Question 3
I got all the questions right ____________ the last one.
A among
B beside
C except
Question 4
I want to snack on something salty, ____________ potato chips.
A as
B by
C like
Question 5
My house is ____________ the university.
A across
B close
C near
Question 6
Our plans will depend ____________ the weather.
A of
B on
C with
Question 7
She's been to _____________ 50 countries.
A above
B beyond
C over
Question 8
The fabric costs $20 __________ meter.
A by
B for
C per
Question 9
The figurine fell __________ the shelf and smashed on the floor.
A away
B off
C out
Question 10
There are cherry trees all ___________ the road.
A along
B amidst
C aside
Question 11
These grapes are sweeter ___________ those.
A as
B of
C than
Question 12
This road will take you straight ____________ the city center.
A in
B into
C onto
Question 13
We must mail the letter ___________ Friday.
A by
B since
C until
Question 14
We watched TV ___________ three hours.
A for
B from
C since
Question 15
There were numerous mistakes ________________ the article.
A alongside
B beneath
C throughout

Buildings

I don't want Tom in this building.

The apartment building is on fire.
Tom built a wall around his house.
He set fire to the school building.
The bridge was built by the Romans.
The soldiers occupied the building.
Tom wants to build his dream house.
A famous architect built this house.

 He parked his car behind the building.

 I hope to build a new house next year.
 No one lives in that building anymore.
 That building is the tallest in Japan.
 That's the building where my dad works.

 That tall building across the street is where Tom works.
 Tom died trying to save a child from a burning building.
 Tom lives on the third floor of this apartment building.
  Do you know what to do if there's a fire in the building
 I never thought it'd be this hard to build a picnic table.
 A lot of people living in our building don't like the owner
 Tom parked as close to Mary's apartment building as he could.
 She greets him every morning as he enters the school building.
 Everybody in the building headed for the exits at the same time.
Music
 That music always reminded me of you.
 We were listening to classical music.
 "Does he like music?" "Yes, he does."
 He was listening to music in his room.
 I am interested in listening to music
 I can't imagine a world without music.
 I can't stand listening to loud music.
 I just wanted to listen to some music.
 It is a lot of fun to listen to music.

 If I were more creative, I would try to write music.

 She went to Italy for the purpose of studying music.
 I feel a strong attraction to the music of Beethoven.
 I've seen you playing music at Chuck's Bar and Grill.
 If it's a simple piece of music, I can sight-sing it
 They like ragtime, jazz and music with a swing to it.
 Tom loves music more than anything else in the world.
 Do you like the same kind of music as your parents do?
 He could show his feeling with music instead of words.
MOvie
 The movie was longer than I expected it to be.
 They say that the movie is an interesting one.
 Tom asked Mary if she wanted to go to a movie.
 Will we get there before the end of the movie?
 How many times a month do you go to the movies?
 I can never see this movie without being moved.
 I go to the movies three or four times a month.
 I missed the first thirty minutes of the movie.
 I think that was the best movie I've ever seen.

 Seeing that movie is something like taking a trip to India.

 There were many things that I didn't like about that movie
 Tom decorated his wall with posters of his favorite movies.
 On Saturday, we went to the movies and then to a restaurant.
 What's the grossest thing you've ever seen eaten in a movie?
 Last night I saw a very interesting movie about World War II.
 I would rather go to the art museum than to the movie theater.
 James Bond was always depicted as a high roller in his movies.
 I ran across an old friend when I went to the movies yesterday.
  I suggested to her that we go to the movies after he came home.

Body
Her whole body hurt.
 My whole body itches.
 He has a perfect body.
 I'm ashamed of my body.
 His body was never found.
 Where was the body found?
 My whole body was shaking.
 Food is fuel for our bodies.

 He is sound in both mind and body.

 Lack of sleep is bad for the body.
 She had bruises all over her body.
 Tom had bruises all over his body.
 Animal bodies are made up of cells.
 His body was covered with brown fur.
 The policemen carried away the body
 Tom has red spots all over his body.
 He had bruises all over his body after the fight.
 She cried at the sight of her father's dead body.
 The police found Tom's body on the kitchen floor.
 The victim's body was lying face down on the rug.

 I lost face.
 He lost face.
 Wash your face.
 Tom made a face.
 I know your face.
 I saw Tom's face.
 Let's face facts.
 Your face is red.
 Tom's face is red.

 Wipe your face clean.

 I don't like her face.
 I never forget a face.
 Tom made a funny face.
 I can't face Tom today.
 The boy had a red face.
 Tom laughed in my face.
 They stood face to face.
 Tom sat facing the door.
 What dangers do we face?
  You should face reality.
 I didn't see their faces.
 I had to face this alone.
 Wash your face and hands.
 We didn't see Tom's face.
 We sat down face to face.
 I couldn't see Tom's face
 I don't want to lose face.

 What happened to your face?

 I don't remember Tom's face.
 Tom needs to face the facts.
 Tom punched her in the face.
 I saw the look on Tom's face.
 I'll never forget Tom's face.
 Tom and Mary both make faces.
 Tom punched Mary in the face.

Friends

 We made friends with them.

 We are really good friends.
 We have become good friends.
 What's your friend's name?
 Where is your friend from?
 You're a good friend, Tom. (
 Dogs are man's best friend.

 I thought Tom was your friend.

 I'm certainly not your friend.
 I'm glad you liked my friends.
 I'm just waiting for a friend
 I'm one of Tom's best friends.
 Tom and John are good friends.
 Tom doesn't have many friends.
 Tom is a close friend of mine.

 Tom and Mary have recently become friends.

 Tom and Mary weren't friends at that time.
 Tom believes that Mary is his best friend.
 Tom doesn't have any friends to play with.
 Tom embarrassed me in front of my friends.
 Tom was a good friend of yours, wasn't he?
 We have been good friends for a long time
 We're eating dinner at our friends' place.
 Whatever happens, we'll always be friends.
  Tom and Mary weren't friends at that time. (
 Tom believes that Mary is his best friend.
 Tom doesn't have any friends to play with.
 Tom embarrassed me in front of my friends.
 Tom was a good friend of yours, wasn't he?
 We have been good friends for a long time.
 We're eating dinner at our friends' place.
 Whatever happens, we'll always be friends
 With friends like that, who needs enemies?
 You and Tom were childhood friends, right

 Your friends are really concerned about your health.

 Bill and I have been sincere friends for a long time.
 He lost his credibility because he betrayed a friend.
 I caught sight of an old friend of mine in the crowd.
 I have been waiting for a friend of mine for an hour.
 I have just been to the airport to see my friend off.
 I ran into an old friend of mine outside the station
 John talked his friends into helping the poor family.
 Mary asked her friends if they thought Tom liked her.

Animal

 I know the name of this animal

 People shouldn't hurt animals.
 She wrote a book about animals.
 The cat is a small animal

 A cheetah runs as fast as any animal.

 Man is the only animal that can talk
 Rabbits are extremely social animals.
 Several animals escaped from the zoo.
 She saw a lot of animals on the road.
 These animals are very friendly, too.
 Some large birds prey upon small birds and animals.
 His way of looking after the animals is very humane.
 How did Noah keep the animals from eating each other?
 Mary wants to become a vet because she loves animals.
 The circus has a wonderful collection of wild animals.
 All horses are animals, but not all animals are horses
 I saw some small animals running away in all directions. (
 A lot of wild animals died because there wasn't any food.
 Parrots are the only animal that can imitate human speech.
 I'd rather not eat the meat from an animal that was cloned.
Some animals are very active at night. (
Some people keep rare animals as pets.
The animals were busy collecting nuts.
There are lots of animals in the park.
They keep a lot of animals in the zoo.
Wild animals roamed across the plains.
Farm animals were taken away or killed.

Travlel
 What's the best way to travel?
 He traveled all over the world.
 He traveled around the country.
 I know you like to travel, Tom.
 We traveled to Mexico by plane.
 Who do you want to travel with?
 He really likes traveling a lot.
 He will travel abroad next year.
 Light travels faster than sound.

 I heard that Tom was traveling with you in Australia.

 When you travel overseas, you usually need a passport
 Nowadays it is not unusual for a woman to travel alone.
 A passport is usually necessary when you travel overseas.
 It's very unlikely that Tom will ever want to travel alone.
 As soon as I can afford it, I plan to travel around the world.
 [ Some people think the president spends too much time traveling.
 In the near future, space travel will no longer be just a dream.
 It's more interesting to travel alone than to go on a group tour.
 She was unable to completely give up her dream of traveling abroad.
 After I graduated from college, I spent two years traveling around the world.

Hobby
 My father's hobby is growing roses.
 Her only hobby is collecting stamps
 She had time for her favorite hobby.
 My hobby is collecting foreign stamps.
 Yumi's hobby is singing popular songs.
 One of her hobbies is collecting T-shirts.
 Speaking of hobbies, I'm fond of baseball.
 One of my hobbies is collecting old stamps.
 Speaking of hobbies, do you collect stamps?
 He is serious when he talks about his hobby.
 His hobby is collecting strange butterflies.
 My father spends a lot of time on his hobby.
  My hobby is taking pictures of wild flowers.
 The important thing is to have your own hobby.
 His hobbies are playing the guitar and singing.
 My hobbies are fishing and watching television.
 One of my hobbies is making artificial flowers.
 Hobbies take your mind off the worries of everyday life.
 You ought not to have spent so much money on your hobby.
 Sailing a boat, his chief hobby, costs him most of his salary.
 Her handicraft is more than a hobby. It's more like a profession.
 They have time to spend with their families or to enjoy their hobbies.
 Bodybuilding is his hobby so he has a very firm tight body with lots of muscle definition.

Food
 Tom doesn't like hot food.
 What's your favorite food?
 Eat whatever food you like
 I can't eat this much food.
 I don't want any more food.
 I really like Chinese food.

 Tom didn't have much food to eat.

 Tom eats the same food every day.
 Tom seems to be hard up for food.
 We still have a lot of food left.
 What's your favorite summer food?
 Have you ever eaten Japanese food?

 Each person was given enough food and clothing.

 He did not know what to do with the extra food.
 I thought you'd want to try some Japanese food.
 Sleep is no less necessary to health than food.
 The food at the party wasn't very good, was it?
 The Red Cross distributed food to the refugees.
 There are no food stores in the immediate area.
 Wagons would go out each day in search of food.
 We have reserved a lot of food for emergencies.
 What's your favorite food to eat with red wine?
 Who left food on the table of the meeting room?
 You will soon get used to eating Japanese food.
 Many people are suffering from the lack of food.
 Open-air markets sell food grown on local farms.

 It's almost impossible to avoid eating genetically modified food.

 Mother put the food on the table and told the children to dig in.
 The Red Cross dispensed food and medical supplies to the victims.
 Violence erupted all over the city because of the food shortages.
  What'll you do if you can't find enough food to feed your family?
 You should cut down on the amount of fattening food that you eat.
 Hot weather will continue, so please watch out for food poisoning.
 My father is going to prepare some delicious food for me tomorrow.
 Parents must provide their children with proper food and clothing.
 please see that the birds in the cage get water and food every day.
 They want to increase food production by growing new kinds of rice.
 Tom gets indigestion and heartburn when he eats too much rich food.
 Unfortunately, the food supplies gave out before the end of winter.
 You bought the food, so if I buy the wine that will even things up.

Sport

 He doesn't like any sport

 Many students like sports.
 Most students like sports.
 Do you like playing sports?

 What's your favorite sport to watch?

 Tom drove Mary home in his sports car.
 Tom is very interested in water sports.
 Soccer is the most popular sport in Brazil.
 Tom thinks that sports are a waste of time.
 The only sport Tom is any good at is tennis.
 It wasn't Tom's first time to drive a sports car.
 Tom doesn't have much interest in outdoor sports.
 Tom hates it when Mary pretends to understand sports.
Game

 Tom will win this game.

 We play games together.
 Football is an old game.
 It was an exciting game.
 Let's play another game.
 The game was called off.
 The game was rained out.
 Which team won the game?
 Don't play games with me.
 I know what your game is.

 We played a baseball game yesterday.

 Mary seems to be bored with the game.
 Tom loves playing old computer games.
 We amused ourselves by playing games.
 I like to go and watch baseball games.
  Tom and Mary are playing a video game.
 Tom scored the first goal of the game.
 Did you see the Giants' game yesterday?
 He likes to watch baseball games on TV.
 He likes watching baseball games on TV.

 After the game, he went straight home to feed his dog.

 The queen shook hands with each player after the game.
 You'd be amazed how much time Tom spends playing games.
 Tom was too shy to take part in games with the other boys.
 I won this guitar in a poker game three weeks ago in Boston.
 I programed my first computer game when I was twelve years old.
 I finally broke down and bought the game my son had been asking me for
 Don't you think this computer game may be a little too difficult for Tom?

Shoping

 I'm going shopping tomorrow.

 I've been shopping with Tom.
 She intended to go shopping.
 Tom has some shopping to do.
 Tom went shopping with Mary.
 We're still shopping around.
 Where's the shopping center?
 Do you go shopping every day?

 Tom wants to know when Mary will go shopping.

 I have to go shopping. I'll be back in an hour.
 Tom asked Mary where she usually went shopping.
 Tom spent all day looking around antique shops.
 Tom asked Mary whether she'd like to go shopping.
 I can't afford to shop at such an expensive store.
 I got a video cassette recorder cheap at that shop.
 The girl insisted on going shopping with her mother.

 My mother went to the department store to do some shopping.

 Tom almost always uses a credit card when he goes shopping.
 I told her once and for all that I wouldn't go shopping with her.
 What was the name of that little shop in Boston where Tom worked?
 With Christmas just around the corner, I should do some shopping.
 I told her once and for all that I would not go shopping with her.
 ] Tom asked Mary whether she'd like to go shopping in the afternoon.
 She intended to go shopping with her mother, but her mother was busy.
Fruits

 Apples are the best fruit.

 Children like fruit juice
 Fruits have seeds in them.
 That effort bore no fruit.
 The lemon is a sour fruit.
 Would you like some fruit?
 Would you like some fruit?

 What kind of fruit juice do you have?

 Why did Adam eat the forbidden fruit?
 Your efforts will bear fruit someday.
 He was a fruit farmer from California.
 My father doesn't eat fruit that much.
 There's fruit and meat in this market.
 I don't like the way this fruit smells.
 I found out where to buy fruit cheaply.
 I like fruit such as grapes and peaches.
 Do you want another glass of fruit punch?

 Our company is planning to build a new chemical plant in Russia.

Watch TV - Different types of television programs are: The News, Soap Operas, Criminal
Investigation Dramas, Medical Dramas, Reality TV, Situation Comedies (Sit-Coms), Talk Shows,
Documentaries, Cartoons, Game Shows, Sports programs, Movies, Political programs, Religious
programs.

Spend time with family - You can do many things with your family. Usually, the fact that you
are together is more important than the activity.
Go out with friends - You can also do many things with your friends, like go out to a bar, go
dancing at a club, have dinner at a restaurant, play a sport, sit down and talk, go out for a coffee,
have a barbecue, or any other activity that you all enjoy. Or sometimes when you don't do anything
specific, you can say hang out with friends.

Surf the internet - On the internet, you can research a topic you are interested in using a search
engine, visit your favourite websites, watch music videos, create your own video and upload it for
other people to see, maintain contact with your friends using a social networking site, write your
thoughts in a blog, learn what is happening in the world by reading news websites, etc.

Play video games - You can play games on your computer or on a game consoles, like PlayStation,
X-Box, Wii, PSP, Gameboy, etc. You can play on your own or with your friends or family.
Play a musical instrument - Learn to play the piano, guitar, violin, cello, flute, piano accordion,
mouth organ, panpipes, clarinet, saxophone, trumpet, etc. You can play on your own or with a
group, such as a band or an orchestra.

Listen to music - Turn up the volume and listen to your favourite type of music, such as pop, rock,
hip hop, rhythm & blues, blues, jazz, classical, soul, heavy metal.

Read - Many people love to read both fiction and non-fiction books and magazines. If you like
fiction, you can read novels, short stories, crime fiction, romance, etc. If you like non-fiction, you
can read biographies, autobiographies, or books on history, science, philosophy, religion, or any
other topic you are interested in.

Write - Many people like to write in their diary. Another name for a diary is a journal. You can
also write many other things, such as poetry, novels, letters, short stories, etc. (See under Read for
more options).

Go to the park - You can go to the park alone, with family or with friends. You can take a picnic
rug and a picnic basket and have a picnic. You can read, sleep, kick a football around, climb trees
or play on the children's playground.

Go to cultural locations and events - There are many types of cultural locations and events. You
can go to the museum, to an art gallery or to the zoo to see animals from around the world. You
can go to concerts, plays, musicals, dance recitals and opera performances.

Go shopping - Many people like to go to shopping malls and areas of the city that are known for
shopping to buy clothes or items for their houses and gardens.

Cook - Many people like to cook different types of food. You can make meals for breakfast, lunch
and dinner. You can bake cakes, cookies, slices and pastries in the oven. Some people boast that
they have a special recipe - ask them to cook it for you!

Study something - There are many things that you can study just because you find it interesting!
You can study a language; you can learn a skill, such as cooking or making furniture; or you can
even study the hieroglyphs of the ancient Egyptians, if you want to!

Art and crafts - There are many, many arts and crafts that you can learn and practice. You can
paint, draw, sew, crochet, knit, sculpt, engrave, make furniture, make jewelry, or you can even
create your own new art form!

Gardening - You can plant flowers, vegetables or herbs and maintain your garden by watering it,
pulling the weeds and feeding it with fertilizer.
Exercise and play a sport - To stay fit and healthy, you can do exercise alone, such as swimming
or working out at a gym, or you can play a team sport, such as football or basketball. For more
information on sports and exercise, go to our Sports Page.
Compound Sentences:
For
And
Nor
But
Or
Yet
So
Examples of Compound Sentences:
1. Sarah walked to class, but Kevin ran.
2. I want hamburgers, but Lois wants pizza.
3. The photographer held up a bear, and the little boy smiled.
4. I fell out of the bed, so Mom came to check on me.
5. The dog buried his bone, and the cat sniffed around it.
6. I was late; however, the class had not started.
7. I left my bag on the bus; therefore, I did not have a pencil.
8. Can I go home with you, so we can do our homework together?
9. It was very hot outside, and the ice cream melted.

 ‘and’ combines two similar thoughts,

 ‘but’ (and less commonly 'yet') show a contrast between the thoughts,
 ‘or’ indicates that only one of the two applies,
 'nor' is used like 'or' when neither is true,
 ‘so’ shows that the second thought follows from the first, and
 'for' can sometimes be used to mean 'because.'

 My family went to the park yesterday, and we had a wonderful time.

 Larry’s family went to the zoo, but they didn’t enjoy it.
 His children were scared of the lions; they left right away.
 Your children are older, so they probably wouldn’t be scared.
 Do you want to take them to the zoo, or would it be wiser to go to the park?

My room
 I have my own room.
 I sleep in my room.
 I want my own room.
 I'll be in my room.
 Is this Tom's room?
 The room was quiet
 This is Tom's room.
  This room is quiet.
 Tom is in his room.
 Tom is in the room.
 Where is your room?
 Whose room is this?
 Don't go in my room.
 He entered the room. (
 He has his own room.
 I decorated my room
 I have a spare room
 I have to clean my room. (
 I should clean the room
 I've got plenty of room.
 It is dark in that room.
 It was dark in the room. (CK)
 Leave the room as it is.
 My room has two windows. (
 This one's my room, Tom
 This room gets sunshine.
 Tom burst into the room.
 This room is very stuffy
 Tom has a two-room house.
 Tom is cleaning his room
 Tom is painting his room.
 Tom walked into the room.
 Wait in the waiting room.
 We've got a room for you
 Do you have a cheaper room?
 He hates cleaning his room
 How many rooms do you have?
I added a room to my house.
 I locked myself in my room
 I rent a room by the month.

Winter Fashion
 I'll tell you my story
 The story appears true.
 The story ends happily.
 Tom is telling a story.
 What a beautiful story!
 What's your story, Tom?
 Who told you the story?
 Let me tell you a story.
 Tell me the whole story.

 I don't like this hat. (CK)

 I don't like your hat.
 She got him a new hat.
 That brown hat is old
 Tom never wears a hat.
 Tom often wears a hat.
 Was Tom wearing a hat
 I had my hat blown off
 I should've worn a hat. )
 I'm looking for my hat
 Tom wore gloves.
 Put your gloves on.
 Give me those gloves.
 He is wearing gloves
 Tom is wearing gloves
 Tom put on his gloves.
 Are these Tom's gloves?
 I can't find my gloves.
 These gloves are Tom's.
 Tom removed his gloves.
 Tom was wearing gloves.
 I should've worn gloves
 Tom isn't wearing gloves
 Who's not wearing gloves?
 I bought a pair of gloves.
 These gloves belong to Tom.
 We were all wearing gloves.

 Take your coat.

  Where's my coat?
 I have your coat
 I'll get my coat.
 Put on your coat.
 This coat is warm.
 Tom put on a coat.
 Where's your coat?
 Get your coat, Tom.
 I'll get your coat.
 Hang up your coat, please.
 I can't afford a new coat.
 I gave my old coat to Tom.
 I should have worn a coat.
 I'll go and get your coat.
 Do you want your coat back?
 Put your boots on.
 Where are my boots?
 I have to wear boots.
 Your boots are ruined.
 I hate these new boots.
 Tom took off his boots
 Tom's boots were muddy.
 I don't have your boots
 I want to buy ski boots.
 I bought a pair of boots.
 I want to buy some ski boots.
 He scraped the mud off his boots.

 I like your outfit.

 I love your outfit.
 I love the outfit you're wearing.
 What a cute outfit!
 How do you like this outfit?
 Mary is wearing a new outfit.
 Mary was wearing a new outfit.
 Does this outfit make me look fat?

Entertainment - Are You Booking Theater

When I was growing up, I always thought the theatre was for rich
people. I guess in a way it is. Theatre tickets in London are pretty
expensive, especially for a whole family. But as I got older, I found
you could go to the theatre quite cheaply. I found dozens of smaller
theatres in London that had very reasonable prices. You could also
get discount tickets for the big theatres. Going to the theatre is a
wonderful experience. It’s great sitting in your seat with your
programme. I always wonder what the set will look like. I’m always
impressed by the quality of acting. Actors are brave people. They
stand on stage in front of an audience of hundreds, and look so
calm and confident.

A: "I hear Batman is supposed to be good. Do you want to go see it tomorrow?"

B: "I have to eat dinner with my family tomorrow."
A: "We can watch the late show. I think it starts at nine forty five."
B: "That would be great."
A: "What time can you be at the theater by?"
B: "I can be there by 9:15."
A: "Ok. I'll meet you there."

2
A: "What are you doing tomorrow?"
B: "Nothing really."
A: "Let's watch a movie or something."
B: "What's on these days?"
A: "I think they're playing Lord of the Rings"
B: "That sounds pretty good. Let's watch that."
A: "Where should we meet?"
B: "How about at the subway entrance."
A: "Alright. I'll meet you there at one o'clock."

3
A: "Hey Steve, what are you doing these days?"
B: "Just working. The same as usual."
A: "Have you seen Shiri?"
B: "No. I haven't seen that yet."
A: "Let's go watch it tomorrow. It's a weekend and you should take a break."
B: "Well, to think of it, that sounds great."
A: "I'll give you a call tomorrow about noon and let you know the time."
B: "Ok. I'll see you tomorrow."
A: "See you."

4
A: "What should we do this Saturday?"
B: "Rocky six is suppose to come out this Friday."
A: "Yeah, but I don't know if it is going to be any good."
B: "The only reason I want to see it is because I have seen the previous five."
A: "True. Ok. Let's see it this Saturday."
B: "How about we hook up for lunch at 12:00, and then go see the movie afterwards."
A: "Sounds like a plan. Let's meet in front of Tower Records at 12:00."
Although there are many categories, we will learn the most basic 10 types of movies.

Action
Drama
Comedy
Romantic comedy
Horror
Science fiction
Suspense (Thriller)
Western
Commentary / Non-Fiction

Action: Movies with lots of fighting, shooting, exploding, etc.

"What kind of movie do you like?"

"I like action movies because they are fast paced."
"Action movies are my favorite."
"I like all the action movies with a lot of guns."
"I like fight scenes that are choreographed."

Drama: Everyone knows drama. Like Titanic and Schindler's List

"What type of movies do you like?"

"I like all sorts of drama."
"I like movies that play with my emotion."
"Drama movies are great because they are the most realistic."
"The sad drama movies that make me cry."

Movie Types - Interactive Practice

Comedy: Funny movies with many jokes or actors acting in a funny way.

"I love all types of comedy because I love to laugh."

"Comedy is my favorite because it is very entertaining to me."
"I like comedy that makes fun of political things."
"Comedy is so hilarious that I always enjoy watching them."

1
Listen All | Person A | Person B
A: "What type of movies do you like?"
B: "I like comedies. How about you?"
A: "I like action."
B: "Action is fun too."

2
Listen All | Person A | Person B
A: "What type of movies do you like?"
B: "I like all sorts of movies, primarily drama and science fiction."
A: "That's an interesting combination. How about western movies?"
B: "Western and horror are the two types of movies I don't care for."
A: "Why don't you like horror? They're entertaining."
B: "Some are entertaining, but I find most of them stupid and childish. For example, I don't
understand why a person always goes into the house alone when something is suspicious."
A: "Ha ha. I know what you mean. But it's just a movie. They need for the characters to do that."

3
Listen All | Person A | Person B
A: "Hey, you wanna see a movie tomorrow?"
B: "Sounds like a good plan. What do you want to see?"
A: "How about Legally Blonde."
B: "Ah, my girlfriend wanted to see that movie. I have to take her later so I don't want to watch it
ahead of time. How about The Cube?"
A: "Isn't that a scary movie?"
B: "How scary can it be? Come on, it'll be fun."
A: "Ok. I'll give it a try."
B: "That's the spirit. I'll see you tomorrow after class."
A: "Ok. See you tomorrow."

Would you like to help yourself to another drink?

= Would you like to take another drink.
I wish the children would behave themselves.
= I wish the children would behave well.
He found himself lying by the side of the road.
= He was surprised when he realised that he was at the side of the road.
I saw myself as a famous actor.
= I imagined that I was a famous actor.
She applied herself to the job of mending the lights.
= She worked very hard to mend the lights.
He busied himself in the kitchen.
= He worked busily in the kitchen.
I had to content myself with a few Euros.
= I had to be satisfied with a few Euros.

1. Each morning, I brush my teeth and stare at ______________ in the mirror.

A. Himself
 B. Herself
C. Myself
D. Itself
Answer: C. Each morning, I brush my teeth and stare at myself in the mirror.
2. Dad and I painted the trailer _______________.
A. Myself
B. Himself
C. Itself
D. Ourselves
Answer: D. Dad and I painted the trailer ourselves.
3. The children made holiday decorations by ________________.
A. Itself
B. Ourselves
C. Themselves
D. Their selves
Answer: C. The children mad holiday decorations by themselves.
4. Paul copies his friend’s homework instead of doing it _______________.
A. Itself
B. Himself
C. Myself
D. Yourself
Answer: B. Paul copies his friend’s homework instead of doing it himself.
5. Please make ________________ at home while you wait.
A. Themselves
B. Himself
C. Yourselves
D. Herself
Answer: C. Please make yourselves at home while you wait.

We use a reflexive pronoun...

• with the preposition by when we want to show that someone did something alone and/or without
any help:

He lived by himself in an enormous house.

She walked home by herself.

The children got dressed by themselves.

I prepared the whole meal by myself.

• to emphasise the person or thing we are referring to:

Kendal itself is quite a small town.

especially if we are talking about someone very famous:

Sir Paul McCartney himself sang the final song.

We often put the reflexive pronoun at the end of the clause when we are using it for emphasis:
I baked the bread myself.
She mended the car herself

Friends
 I brought a friend
 My friend was shot. (
 They're my friends.
 They're my friends.
 Tom has no friends.
 Tom is your friend.
 Tom needs a friend.
 I don't forget my friends.
 I don't have many friends.
 I don't like your friends.
 I have a few friends here.
 I have a friend named Tom.
 I know Tom is your friend.
 I'm just waiting for a friend.
 I'm one of Tom's best friends.
 Tom and John are good friends.
 Tom and Mary are good friends.
 Tom doesn't have many friends.
 Tom is a close friend of mine.
 Tom pretended to be my friend
 Tom was a good friend of mine.
 We have made friends with Tom
 We immediately became friends.
 We've been friends ever since
 What do your friends call you? (
 Which group is your friend in?
 I've got all the friends I need.
 Many friends came to see me off.
 Tom and Mary were close friends.
 Tom doesn't have enough friends.
 Tom had no friends to play with
 ] Tom has a few friends in Boston.
  Tom has no friends to play with. (

Here are some questions you can ask when talking about friends.

"How long have you guys been friends?"

"How long have you known each other?"
"Did you grow up together?"

"Did you go to school together?"

"So how did you meet?"

Here are some example you can use to respond to these types of questions.

"We've been friends since elementary school."

"I think it's been like 20 years."
"We grew up together. Our parents lived pretty close so we were basically neighbors."

"We went to the same school since the 5th grade."

"We met in middle school and started going to the same school from the 7th grade."
"We started going to the same school at the University of Washington."

"We met at church when we were young. We have been close friends since."
"We met in high school in our English class."

Here are some questions you can ask when talking about family.
"How are your parents doing?"
"Are your parents healthy and well?"

"Do you still live with your parents?"

"Do you live near any family members?"
"Where do your in-laws live?"

"Do you see your family frequently?"

"Do you ever have family reunions?"

You can respond to these types of questions in multiple ways. Here are some examples.

"My parents are doing well."

"My father is getting old, but otherwise, healthy."
"My mother has been complaining about chest pains. I hope it isn't anything serious."

"Yeah. I live with my parents. It saves me some rent money."

"Just for another year until I get back on my feet."
"No. I moved out several years ago. I have my own apartment now."
"My in-laws are in Ohio."
"I grew up in Florida, so my in-laws are there. We moved to California 5 years ago."

"My family lives in the area so I usually see them once a month."
"My family lives pretty far away, so I only see them a couple times a year."

"We have a family reunion every 5 years."

"No, but I wish we could."
"We used to, but everyone is too busy these days, so we haven't had one in a while now."
 The snow will soon disappear.
 The train was delayed by snow
 It snowed in Boston last night.
 It's supposed to snow tomorrow.
 Tom hates it when it's snowing.
 We had a lot of snow last year
 Does it snow much in the winter?
 He was late because of the snow.
 Does it snow a lot in the winter?
 Health is worth more than gold.
 Is that ring made of real gold?
 The chest contained gold coins.
 Gold is more precious than iron.
 Gold is much heavier than water.
 What do people do with old gold?
 I presented him with a gold watch.
 Speech is silver, silence is gold. (

At the bakery
Clerk: Hi, can I help you?
Leticia: Hi. I’m trying to make up my mind about which kind of dessert to get. Everything in the
case looks delicious.
Clerk: Thanks. As you can see, we have a lot of different types of cookies, brownies, cakes, and
muffins over here.
Leticia: Ooh, that cake looks wonderful. How many people does it serve?

Clerk: This one? It has three layers, and it serves between eight and 10 people, depending on how
you slice it. If you like chocolate, you may like this one over here with the frosting and sprinkles.
Leticia: Oh, that looks good, too. Hmm. It’s so hard to decide. Why don’t I take the layer cake,
and I’d like a dozen of these cookies, too.
Clerk: Our cookies, muffins, and scones always come in baker’s dozens. Can I get you anything
else?
Leticia: I think I’d like a bag of those biscotti, too.
Clerk: Sure, no problem. Would you like the cookies and biscotti in the same box as the cake?
Leticia: No. Please put them in separate boxes, if you don’t mind.
Clerk: Not at all. Here you are.
Leticia: Thanks. We’ll be having an overload of sugar for the next few days!

 May I eat this bread?

 I prefer rice to bread.
 I'll go buy some bread.
 The boy is eating bread.
 ] Bread is made from wheat.
 He likes bread and butter.
 I need some bread and milk.
 Tom hasn't bought bread yet.
 ] I'm going to make some bread.
 This bread is very delicious.
 We don't have any more bread.
 Would you like some more bread?
 I like the smell of fresh bread
 Tom ate a piece of garlic bread.
 Tom taught Mary how to bake bread.
 He cut his sister a piece of bread.
 I ate nothing but bread and butter.
 She baked bread and cakes in the oven.
 She has a special way of making bread.

I almost dropped my sandwich.

I won't give you my sandwich.
Do you want a turkey sandwich
I couldn't finish my sandwich.
She saw him eating a sandwich
What's your favorite sandwich
I made myself a turkey sandwich.
I made an extra sandwich for you.
I sliced the sandwich diagonally.
I would like to order a sandwich.
Tom had Mary make him a sandwich.

 I took the last cookie.

 Don't you want a cookie?
 I had a cat named Cookie.
 I had a dog named Cookie.
 Please have some cookies.
 Tom named his dog Cookie.
  Cookie is under the table.
 I brought you some cookies.
 The cookies are in the jar.
 Tom has a dog named Cookie.
 Tom's dog's name is Cookie.
 A cookie is under the table.
 Tom makes delicious cookies.
 Tom used to bake us cookies.
 I ate a whole lot of cookies.
 I don't like oatmeal cookies.
 I had a hamster named Cookie.
 There's only one cookie left.
 Tom bakes cookies on Sundays.
 I baked these cookies for you.
 Help yourself to these cookies.
 Would you care for more cookies?

 What's your favorite kind of pie?

 I dreamed I was eating an apple pie.
 Tom can bake really good apple pies
 Tom ordered some pie and so did Mary.
 Tom wished he hadn't eaten so much pie.
 I already took the pies out of the oven.
 Is there anyone who wants some more pie?
 Tom divided the pie into three equal parts.
 Tom doesn't know if Mary likes pumpkin pie or not.


I saw my mother hide the cake.

I'll save you a piece of cake.

Would you like some more cake

I don't know who made the cake.

Tom ate the last piece of cake.

Divide the cake among you three.

Divide the cake between you two.

How about another piece of cake?

I took the cake out of the oven.
 You might want to save some cake for Tom.
 Tom just loves pineapple upside-down cake.
 Tom ate a piece of the cake that Mary baked.
 I'm going to make a cake for Mary's birthday.
 Tom blew out the candles on his birthday cake.
 Tom wanted to eat cake and ice cream for dessert.
 Tom told Mary that the cake she baked tasted good.
 He gave me an orange in exchange for a piece of cake.
 Tom cut the cake with the new knife Mary had given him.
 What are you doing & What do you do every day
THE SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE IS USED:
The present tense is the base form of the verb: I work in London.
But the third person (she/he/it) adds an -s: She works in London.

Use
We use the present tense to talk about:
something that is true in the present:
I’m nineteen years old.
He lives in London.
I’m a student.
something that happens again and again in the present:
I play football every weekend.
We use words like sometimes, often. always, and never (adverbs of frequency) with the present
tense:
I sometimes go to the cinema.
She never plays football.

something that is always true:

The adult human body contains 206 bones.
Light travels at almost 300,000 kilometres per second.
something that is fixed in the future.
The school term starts next week.
The train leaves at 1945 this evening.
We fly to Paris next week.

The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the
present participle (-ing form) of a verb:

Use

1. We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present:

 for something that is happening at the moment of speaking:

I’m just leaving work. I’ll be home in an hour.

Please be quiet. The children are sleeping.

 for something which is happening before and after a given time:

At eight o’clock we are usually having breakfast.

When I get home the children are doing their homework.
 for something which we think is temporary:

Michael is at university. He’s studying history.

I’m working in London for the next two weeks.

 for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state:

These days most people are using email instead of writing letters.
What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays? What sort of music are
they listening to?

 to show that something is changing, growing or developing:

The children are growing quickly.

The climate is changing rapidly.
Your English is improving.

 for something which happens again and again:

It’s always raining in London.

They are always arguing.
George is great. He’s always laughing.

Note: We normally use always with this use.

2. We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future:

 for something which has been arranged or planned:

Mary is going to a new school next term.

What are you doing next week?

3. We can use the present continuous to talk about the past:

 When we are telling a story:

 When we are summarising the story from a book, film or play etc.:

(1) What is entertainment?

(2) What do you do for entertainment?
(3) How often do you do things for entertainment?
(4) What home entertainment equipment do you have?
(5) Do you like entertaining friends at home?
(6) Who is the most entertaining person you know?
(7) Do you spend a lot of money on entertainment?
(8) What is your favourite form of entertainment?
(9) Would you like to work in the entertainment industry?
(10) What kind of person makes a good entertainer?
Classroom
Before the Lesson

Greetings

Good morning, everyone.

Good afternoon, class.
How are you this morning, Mikako?
Mikako, how are you today?
Do you have a cold?

What a lovely day!

What a rainy day!
Isn’t it warm this morning?
It’s a humid day, isn’t it?
Today is very cold, isn’t it?
Beginning the Lesson

Please sit down, everyone.

Let’s begin today’s lesson.
It’s time to begin, please stop talking.

Let’s quickly review the last lesson.

Try to answer my questions.
Right / Correct / Nearly Right / Close / Almost

Let’s start on page 60. Let’s start at line 10.

Turn to page 12.
Please look at the blackboard.
Look at your textbooks.
Now open your textbooks to page 33.

Come to the blackboard.

Write this down in your notebooks.
Pass back these sheets/handouts.

Reading

Please listen carefully (to me).

Repeat!
Repeat after me.

Kenichi, you read Bill’s part.

Read this out loud.
Keiko, begin reading at line 5.
Okay, stop there, thank you.
Next, Masaki.

What is the English/Japanese word for . . . ?

How do you say it in English?

Please summarize the first paragraph.

What is the paragraph/section/story about?
Let’s do some translation work.

Questions

Any questions?
Do you have any questions?
Now I’m going to ask you some questions.
Who knows the answer?
Raise your hand.
Please raise your hand if you don’t understand.

Try to answer by yourself.

Try again.
A full sentence, please.
Use a full sentence please.
Make a sentence.
Say it in a loud voice.
Louder, please!
Again, please.

Do you understand?
(I don’t understand.)
(I don’t know.)
(Please say it again.)
(Once more, please?)

Ending the Lesson

There will be no homework for today.

For homework, please do the exercises on page 9.
Today’s homework is . . .
Please read pages . . . to . . . for homework.
Tomorrow, we’ll study Lesson 6.

There’s the bell.

That’s all for today.
The lesson is over for today.
We’ve run out of time.

Goodbye, class.
See you on Friday.
Have a good day!
Have a nice weekend!
See you next week.
Good job today.

Liknking words
although Although he's very famous he is still nice.

and I like tea and coffee.

As I came she was leaving.

as
As you couldn't see the film, we'll tell you something about it.
because She goes to the tennis club because she likes to play tennis.

but He reads magazines, but he doesn't like to read books.

I'm sorry, Peter is ill and I can't come either.

either
We can either go to the cinema or to the café.

even She likes swimming, even in winter.

even if Don't drink any alcohol even if you drive carefully.

even though This book is very popular; even though, I don't like it.

how Do you know how to ride a snowboard?

However we've lost the match.

however
They worked hard for the test, however, they failed.

if If they were older, they could go to the party.

in case Take your mobile with you in case you miss the bus.

in spite of He looks very fit in spite of his age.

They didn't go to the party, and neither did I.

neither
Neither drinks nor food are allowed in this room.

or Do you like tea or coffee?

otherwise Look at the map, please. Otherwise you'll get lost.

since Since he's lost his money, he couldn't go to the restaurant.

unless Her baby cannot fall asleep unless she stays in the room.

what I don't know what to say.

when When you're in London, write an e-mail to me.

 whether I'm going home whether you like it or not.

A Crowd of People
 You know people.
 People will talk.
 Tom knows people.
 I love you people.
 We're busy people.
 People are talking.
 We are busy people.
 Who are you people?
 You people are mad.
 Are you people nuts?
 Few people think so.

 Only fifty people came.

 People are complicated.
 Three people have died.
 Why do people say that?
 I've helped many people.
 Why are people clapping?
 Why do people tell lies?
 Do you know those people?

 They are singers

 You're no singer.
 I'm a lousy singer.
 She became a singer.
 Tom is a good singer.
 You're a good singer.
 She is a famous singer.
 I like that singer a lot.
 I'm not much of a singer.
 Tom is a talented singer.
 Tom is a terrible singer.

 I hope to become a singer.
 I really like this singer.
 You're a very good singer.
 She is a well-known singer.
 Tom isn't much of a singer.
 Who's your favorite singer?
 I wish I were a good singer.
 Who is your favorite singer?
 She's well known as a singer.
 As a singer, she's well known.
 Tom isn't really such a bad singer.
 Who's your favorite country singer?
 Kate is the best singer in my class.

 I'm a musician.
 Tom is a musician.
 She married a musician.
 Tom is a good musician.
 I want to be a musician
 I want to become a musician.
 Who's your favorite musician?
 Tom is something of a musician.
 Tom is a very talented musician.
 It appears that he is a musician.
 Tom is a promising young musician.
 Tom has a daughter who is a musician.
 I'm afraid I'm not much of a musician.
 The boy grew up to be a famous musician.
 Tom couldn't make a living as a musician. (

 He is a good athlete.
 Tom is a good athlete.
 Tom has athlete's foot.
 Tom is a natural athlete.
 Who's your favorite athlete?
 Tom isn't much of an athlete.
 I am not an athlete.
 Ken is quite an athlete.
 I have bad athlete's foot.
 I'm not much of an athlete.
 He was an athlete in high school.

 I am a student.
 We are students.
 Are you students?
 She is a student.
 They're students.
 Tom is a student.

 He seems to be a student.
 I think they're student
  I think Tom is a student.
 I'm one of your students.
 Most students study hard.
 She is a college student.
 Tom is a college student.
 Are you a college student?
 Each student has a locker.
 He's a university student.

How many toys are there?

 Tom knows horses.
 Tom liked horses.
 Tom loves horses.
 Get on your horses.
 Horses are animals.
 I can ride a horse.
 I like horse races.
 That's Tom's horse.
 The horse ran fast.
 Tom bets on horses.
 What do horses eat?
 He can ride a horse.

 I don't really like horses.

 I never bet on horse races.
 These are beautiful horses.
 Tom rode away on his horse.
 Tom rode the horse bareback.
 I want to try riding a horse.

 What a country!
 I left the country.
 I live in the country.
 Europe is not a country.
 He betrayed his country.
 It's a big country, Tom.
 I grew up in the country.
 It's a beautiful country.
 Tom's out of the country.
 Tom is out of the country.
 What country is Boston in?
HOW MANY ...? - (Quantity)
How many is used when we want to know the QUANTITY of something.

It is only used with plural countable nouns.

HOW MANY + PLURAL NOUN

 How many days are there in January?

 How many people work in your company?
 How many cousins do you have?
 How many books did you buy?
 How many countries are there in the world?
 How many students are in the class right now?
 How many chairs are there in this room?
 How many pieces of chocolate would you like?

HOW MUCH ...? - (Price)

How much can also be used when we want to know the PRICE of something.
In this case, we can use How much with countable nouns (both singular and plural
nouns).
 How much is that painting?
 How much are those shoes?
 How much did your jacket cost?
 How much is the dress on display in the window?
 How much will it cost me?
 How much does it cost ?

HOW MUCH ...? - (Quantity)

How much is used with uncountable nouns.

HOW MUCH + UNCOUNTABLE NOUN

 How much time do we have to finish the test?

 How much money did you spend?
 How much sugar would you like in your coffee?
 How much paper will I need?
 How much milk is in the fridge?
 How much traffic was there on the way to work?

Swimming
GO:
Use 'go' with sports that end in -ing.
For example: go swimming, go running, go skiing, go cycling

PLAY:
Use 'play' with team sports. These sports usually need a ball or something similar to
play (a puck for hockey, a shuttlecock for badminton etc.).
For example: play football, play tennis, play volleyball, play golf

DO:
Use 'do' for sports you do individually and not in a team. We use 'do' to talk about
martial arts, sport and exercise.
For example: do exercise, do aerobics, do athletics

Here is a chart with some of the most common sports and the verb they use:

DO GO PLAY

exercise swimming football

athletics running tennis
yoga cycling volleyball
karate skiing badminton
judo jogging golf
sport dancing cricket
tai chi snowboarding basketball

 I like sports.
 I love sports.
 I'm bad at sports.
 Do you like sports?
 Football is a sport.
 Tom is a good sport.
 I like playing sports.
 Do you play any sports?
 I know you like sports.
 I'm not good at sports.
 Billy is good at sports.
 I don't care for sports.
 What sports do you like?

 Have you ever driven a sports car?
 Tom's not really that into sports.K)
 What's your favorite summer sport?
 What's your favorite winter sport?
]

 Fall is the best season for sports.

 Let's go swimming.
 Tom can swim well.
 Tom can swim, too.
 Tom couldn't swim.
 Tom let Mary swim.
 Tom wants to swim.

 I expect Tom will swim
 I'd rather go swimming.
 Swimming is fun for me.
 Tom can swim very well. )
 Tom can swim, can't he?
 Tom was afraid to swim.
 Will you swim with Tom?
 You can swim very well.

 My sister can swim very fast.

 Tom can swim as fast as Mary.
 Tom can swim, but Mary can't.
 Tom can't swim very well yet.
 Tom doesn't know how to swim.
 We swim together once a week.
 We went swimming in the lake.

 I didn't know that Tom could swim.

 I don't expect that Tom will swim.
 I don't swim as much as I used to.
 I saw a dog swim across the river.
 I'm a member of the swimming club.
 John belongs to the swimming club.

 Let's go to the pool.

 Tom swam in the pool.
 I know Tom has a pool.
 Tom dove into the pool.
 Tom fell into the pool.
 Tom jumped into the pool.
 I'll get in the pool first.
 Tom has a house with a pool.
 I filled the pool with water.
 I saw Tom jump into the pool.
 I don't know how to play pool.

 You've got my goggles.

 Tom put on his goggles.
 Tom always wears goggles when he swims.
 Tom removed his goggles.
 Tom took off his goggles.
 Tom put his goggles back on.
 The goggles protect your eyes from dust.
 You should be wearing your safety goggles.

 Tom dove into the pool.

 Tom dove into the water.
 A dove is a symbol of peace.
 Tom fell off the diving board.
 The divers didn't make it back.
 Have you ever tried scuba diving?
 Tom learned to dive when he was five.
 Tom pushed Mary off the diving board.
 Tom enjoys skydiving and scuba diving.

 Wood floats.
 Oil will float on water.
 Wood floats, but iron sinks.
 Tom floated downstream on a raft. (
 A ball is floating down the river. (
 Tom floated down the river on a raft.
 Tom saw something floating in the pool.
 Tom saw some dead fish floating on the lake
 A fallen leaf floated on the surface of the water.
Short vowel sounds

Usually
Sound written Examples
/æ/ a mat, pat, lap
/ɛ/ e met, pet, let
/ɪ/ i bin, pit, lip
/ɒ/ o rot, pot, lot
/ʌ/ u fun, sun, luck

 You like elephants.

 Elephants have two ears.
 Elephants have long trunks.
 This is an elephant's tusk.
 An elephant has a long nose.
 Elephants can't ride bicycles.
 An elephant is a strong animal.
 I had never seen a real elephant.
 An elephant is an enormous animal. (
 Elephants live in Asia and Africa.
 The elephant's skin is very tough.

 Tom ate some ice cream.

 Tom slipped on the ice.
 Two ice creams, please.
 I want to eat ice cream.
 I'd like some ice cream.
 The water turned to ice.
 I love vanilla ice cream.
 We walked across the ice.
 Tom's hands felt like ice.

 Come on, I'll buy you some ice cream.

 I don't like to drink water with ice.
 Tom is eating his favorite ice cream.
 Tom slipped on the ice and fell down.
 Which ice cream shop are you going to?
 She treated each of us to an ice cream.

 I prefer oranges to apples.

 Tom drank his orange juice
 I'll peel an orange for you.
 Midori ate the most oranges.
 These oranges are very sour.
 These oranges have gone bad.
 Tom drank some orange juice.
 Do you have any orange juice?
 ]How many oranges did Tom eat?
 How many oranges did you buy?

 It's my umbrella.
 I lost my umbrella.
 That's my umbrella.
 This is my umbrella.
 Umbrellas sell well.
 I bought an umbrella.
 I closed my umbrella.
 Where is my umbrella?
 I've lost my umbrella.
 Is this your umbrella?
 That's Tom's umbrella.
 Tom lost his umbrella.
 I lent Tom my umbrella
 Where's Tom's umbrella?

 t's a very big apple.

 She's eating an apple.
 That apple is bruised.
 They're eating apples.
 Tom made an apple pie.
 Tom threw me an apple.
 Do you have any apples?
 It looks like an apple. (
 Kate made an apple pie.
 This apple is very red.
 This apple tastes sour.
 Tom baked an apple pie.
 Tom gave Mary an apple.
 I bought all the apples. (
 I don't eat apple cores.
 I want to eat apple pie.

 They acted surprised.

 You're acting creepy
 He acted as our guide.
 He acted like a saint.
 [ I acted on his advice.
 She acted in the play.
 Tom acted as my guide.
 Tom acted like a baby.
 Tom acted like a jerk.

 At last, the gem was in his hands.

 It's not as if just anybody can write a literary gem.

 I want you to win.

 We're sure to win.
 ou can never win.
 He'll win for sure.
 I knew I could win.
 I knew I would win.
 We're going to win.
 Did I win something?
 I can win this time.

 Don't you want to win?

 I'm going to win this. (
 You can't let Tom win.
 Did you win the trophy?
 I may win if I'm lucky.
 Tom didn't win, did he?
  Tom knows he can't win.

 Where's the log house?

 You are not logged in.
 Tom sawed the logs in half.
 His house was built of logs.
 Put another log on the fire.
 Put another log on the fire.
 When will they start logging?

 I want a puppy.
 Tom got a puppy.
 Tom bought Mary a puppy.
 Mom bought a puppy for us.
 Our mother bought us a puppy.
 You're just like a little puppy.
 Puppies don't like to be left alone
 Tom wanted to name his puppy Cookie.

IN the Kitchen

Debbie: Mom, I am home.

Mrs. Anderson: How was school? How did you do on the test?
Debbie: School was OK, and I did great on the test. Mom, I was so worried about that
test, but now I feel great. What a relief!
Mrs. Anderson: I am glad to hear that. You have been studying so hard the past few
weeks. Now, you can relax and enjoy life.
Debbie: What are you cooking? It smells so good.
Mrs. Anderson: I am baking cakes. This is your favourite carrot cake.
Debbie: It looks really yummy. And I see muffins over there too. You were busy,
weren’t you?
Mrs. Anderson: Yes. Jeff has to take something to school tomorrow. So, those
muffins are for him. Don’t touch them.
Debbie: Can I have a piece of carrot cake? I want to enjoy life right now.
Mrs. Anderson: You don’t want to wait until after dinner?
Debbie: It looks inviting, and I bet it is delicious. No, I don’t want to wait. Can I,
mom?
Mrs. Anderson: OK, go ahead.
Debbie: Did you see the new recipe that was posted on Today Cooking’s website? I
believe it was called Scrumptious Pie.
Mrs. Anderson: No, I did not. But I want to try that recipe. Your dad loves pie.
Debbie: So do I.
Mrs. Anderson: So does Jeff. Our whole family is crazy about pie.
Debbie: When do you want to try the new recipe? I want to learn too. Should we bake
a cherry pie or an apple pie?
Mrs. Anderson: Since this is the cherry season, let’s make a cherry pie. Tomorrow, I
will get some cherries at the supermarket, and we can start baking in the afternoon
when you get home from school.
Debbie: I need to finish a science project, and I will not get home until 3:30. Will it be
too late to start baking, mom? If it is, you can start without me.
Mrs. Anderson: 3:30 PM is fine. I will prepare dinner early, and then I will have
everything ready for our baking session before you get home.
Debbie: Make sure that we still have enough sugar and eggs, mom. It seems like you
were using a lot of sugar and eggs baking the cakes and muffins today.
Mrs. Anderson: Don’t worry. We still have plenty of sugar and a lot of eggs, enough
to make at least ten pies.
Debbie: Ten pies, huh? Ten sounds like a good number, but let’s not overdo it. Let’s
make nine and a half pies instead.
Mrs. Anderson: OK, we will make nine and a half pies tomorrow. No more, no less.
Debbie: It is a deal.
Mrs. Anderson: Enough about baking pies. I need to start working on today’s dinner.
It is three o’clock already. Your dad and Jeff will be home soon. I am sure they will be
very hungry and will want dinner right away.
Debbie: What do we have for dinner tonight?
Mrs. Anderson: I will make roast beef and cream of mushroom soup.
Debbie: It has been a long time since you made cream of mushroom soup. Do you
need any help, mom?
Mrs. Anderson: No, go do your homework and leave the cooking to me.
Debbie: Thanks, mom. Call me whenever dinner is ready. I do not want to be late for
roast beef, cream of mushroom soup, carrot cake and muffins.
Mrs. Anderson: The muffins are for Jeff. Do not touch them!
Debbie: I know, mom. Just kidding.

I feel great
What a relief!
Enjoy life
It is a piece of cake
It looks inviting
It is delicious
Go ahead
So do I
Be crazy about something
In the afternoon
Get home from school
Don't worry!
Let's not overdo it
No more, no less
It is a deal
It has been a long time since
Do you need any help?
Leave the cooking to me
Just kidding

A chopped and seasoned ingredients where meat is stuffed before

Stuffed
cooking
In sauce A liquid prepared and cooked with food to enhance its flavour
Marinated To soak meat in a marinade for more flavour.
Mashed Potatoes or vegetables can be mashed.
Pickled Preserved or steeped in brine or vinegar.
Smoked Food that as been preserved by smoke and then cooked
Syrup Food that as been sweetened in a syrup.
Fry Cook food in a very hot oil.
A sauce like mayonnaise or made of oil and vinegar and is served
Dressed
on salad.
Steam food that as been cooked just by steam in a basket.
food preservation and flavoring for meat or fish using salt, nitrates
Cured
or sugar.
Grilled Cook food under heat from a metal bar or flame.

Different ways to cook

Peel Remove the outer covering from a fruit, vegetable.
Slice Cut a thicker piece of food into slices.
Grate Rub food against a grater so it is cut it into a lot of small pieces.
Pour Pour the milk, water ext. into the bowl
Mix Combine food / liquid together so it becomes one.
Whisk A utensil needed for whipping eggs or cream. very quickly
Boil Heat a liquid until it boils.
Fry Cook food in a very hot oil.
Roll Rolling pin used for making pastry flat and making cake shapes.
Stir Move a spoon around in a pan in a circle.
Liquid or food just below boiling point and bubbling only
Simmer
gently.
Poach Cook an egg in or over boiling water. Fish can also be poached.
Bake Cook food without a flame, in an oven.
Roast Cook meat a long time an oven or over a fire
Grill Cook food under heat from a metal bar or flame.
Play / pause
Listen to the Entire Lesson
0:00
0:00
volume
< previous
> next
Eating Together
Listen to the Entire Lesson

Preparing a meal and eating together is a wonderful way to spend time with family
and friends. While doing this activity not only can you share foods you love but it is
also a good opportunity to talk and learn about one another. In this lesson, we will be
covering everything you need to know from coming up with a meal to prepare,
cooking it together, and sharing a conversation.

Invitation and Planning

First you must choose a meal to share. Breakfast is eaten in the morning, lunch in
the afternoon and dinner in the evening. The steps for planning a menu are relatively
the same for all three. When planning a meal it is also important to try and come up
with something you all will enjoy.

Here are some questions commonly used when asking someone to cook a meal and
have dinner.

"Would you like to come over to my house and have dinner with me?"
"Maybe we could cook dinner together?"
"What time should we plan on getting together?"
"Do you have any suggestions on what we could make?"
"We should probably make a grocery list."
"Do you want to go to the grocery store together?"
"What grocery store do you prefer?"
"If we could go together do you want me to drive?"
"Should we pick up any wine or beer to drink at dinner?"
"Maybe we can split the grocery bill?"

If you are asked any of these questions, here are ways that you could respond.

"Sure, I would love to come over for dinner. I really love to cook and it might give us
some time to catch up with one another."
"That sounds great. I am free tonight so I can definitely make it."
"Cooking dinner together sounds fun."

cooking the meal together is a fun time to talk, share recipes and work together.
Here are some questions commonly used when cooking a meal together.

"You have a preference on which job to do?"

"Do you mind heating up some water on the stove?"
"Do you have any different ways to prepare this meal?"
"Would you like something to drink while we are cooking?"
"Do you mind setting up the table for us?"
"Can you turn the oven on to 360 degrees?"

If you are asked any of these questions, here are ways that you could respond.

"No, I really don't have a preference."

"Yes, I would really like to prepare the salad."

"No problem, I will heat the water up now."

"Sure I can heat it up. Do you mind it boiling?"

"I have a way to prepare this that my mom taught me."

"I don't really have any other ways. Let's just do what the recipe says."

"Sure, can I have a glass of water?"

"No thanks. I might just wait until dinner."

"Sure I can set the table."

"I have never set the table before. Do you have a particular way of doing it?"

"Yes, I can turn on the oven."

"No problem."

This is also a good time to talk about other subjects while sharing interests and
learning more about each other. If questions like these come up, just answer them the
best you can. Everyone will have different opinions and answers about each of these
personal topics.

"What is your favorite TV show?"

"Do you have a favorite book?"
"Do you have any brothers or sisters?"
"Where were you born?"
"Do you have any hobbies?"
"So how is work going?"

Here are some questions commonly used while eating and then cleaning up
afterwards.

"Do you mind if we pray before we eat?"

"I love your recipe for the chicken. Where did you get it?"
"Can you pass me the salt?"
"Would you like some dessert?"
"Can you help me clear the table?"
"Do you want to take home any leftovers?"

If you are asked any of these questions, here are ways that you could respond.

"I normally do not pray but you can if you want."

"That sounds good. I will let you pray if that is ok."

"I found the recipe in a cookbook I have."

"My mom gave me the recipe a few years ago."

"Sure, here you go."

"Yes I can."

"Dessert sounds awesome."

"No thank you, I am too full to have dessert."

"Yes, let me help you clear the table."

"Sure, I will just put the dishes on the sink."

"Sure, I will take home some leftovers."

"No thanks. You can just save it so you can have something for tomorrow."

Here is a list of a few other statements you can say after eating.

"Thank you for a wonderful dinner."

"Thank you for your help."
"Thank you that was delicious."
"I sure am full."
"Thank you for inviting me."
"Thanks for accepting my invitation to come over."
"We should do this again sometime."

Conjuctions 'because' and 'so

USE BECAUSE TO EXPRESS A REASON:

He is the best student because he studies a lot.
(result) <———- (reason)
 I didn’t go to class because I was sick.
 We arrived early today because we have a meeting at 7:00 AM.
 She got presents because it was her birthday.
USE SO TO EXPRESS A RESULT:
He studies a lot, so he is the best student.
(reason) ——–> (result)
 Jane didn’t like the movie, so she turned off the TV.
 Yesterday was a holiday, so the school was closed.
 I lost my car keys, so I took a taxi.

In the following examples, the conjunctions are in bold for easy recognition:
 I tried to hit the nail but hit my thumb instead.
 I have two goldfish and a cat.
 I’d like a bike for commuting to work.
 You can have peach ice cream or a brownie sundae.
 Neither the black dress northe gray one looks right on me.
 My dad always worked hard so we could afford the things we wanted.
 I try very hard in school yet I am not receiving good grades.
Conjunction Exercises
The following exercises will help you gain greater understanding about how
conjunctions work. Choose the best answer to complete each sentence.
8. My brother loves animals. He just brought a puppy __________ a kitten home
with him.
1. But
2. Or
3. Yet
4. And
Answer: 4. My brother loves animals. He just brought a puppy and a kitten home with
him.
9. I’d like to thank you ______ the lovely gift.
1. Or
2. For
3. And
4. Yet
Answer: 2. I’d like to thank you for the lovely gift.
10. I want to go for a hike _____ I have to go to work today.
1. But
2. Yet
3. Or
4. For
Answer: 1. I want to go for a hike but I have to go to work today.
11. They do not smoke, _____ do they play cards.
1. And
2. Or
3. Nor
4. Yet
Answer: 3. They do not smoke, nor do they play cards.
12. I’m getting good grades _________ I study every day.
1. Or
 2. Yet
3. But
4. Because
Answer: 4. I’m getting good grades because I study every day.

1. It was cold ___ I shut the window.

a. so
b. because

2. The door was open ___ I closed it.

a. so
b. because

3. She doesn't like him ___ he isn't honest.

a. so
b. because

4. It was raining ___ I took a taxi.

a. so
b. because

5. The water wasn't clean ___ we didn't swim.

a. so
b. because

6. We didn't swim ___ the water wasn't clean.

a. so
b. because

7. I'll be home late tonight ___ I have to work late.

a. so
b. because

8. I'm tired today ___ I couldn't sleep last night.

a. so
b. because

9. She quit her job ___ she is looking for a new one now.
a. so
b. because

10. We walked home ___ there were no more buses.

a. so
b. because
 11. I closed the window ___ it was cold.
a. so
b. because

Where is the pencil?

Time

10.30 A.M.

Students : Good Morning Sir,

Teachers : Good Morning sit down.

Leader : Here is the attendance sir.

Girl : Excuse me sir.

Teachers : Yes, what's the time now?

Girl : Its 9.40 am Sir.

Teachers : At what time does the bell ring?

Girl : The bell rings at 9.30 am.

Teachers : When should you come?

Girl : I should have come before 9.30.

Teachers : Yes, but you came at 9.40.

Girl : Sorry sir.

Teachers : What is the reason?

Girl : I missed the bus.

Teachers : You should have started earlier.

Girl : My mother is ill.

Teachers : Did you do the house hold things?

Girl : Yes sir,

Teachers : Why does not your father do it?

Girl : My father is a farmer. He has gone to the field early morning.

Teachers : Oh I see! Here after avoid coming late.

Girl : Yes sir,

Rahul : Show me your essay note-book.

Surya : I kept in my home.

Rahul : Then show me your work-book.

Surya : Take it.

Teachers : What's the noise there? Who's talking?

Rahul : Sorry sir.

Teachers : Don't you know about discipline?

Rahul : I am preparing for the English test during the period.

KATE: "Hello?"
ANNE: "Hi Kate. This is Anne. Have you completed the class project?"
KATE: "Yeah. I finished it last night. How about you?"
ANNE: "No, not yet. I'm having a hard time with the conclusion of my report."
KATE: "Do you need any help?"
ANNE: "Maybe just a little. Do you have time tonight?"
KATE: "No. I'm sorry. It's my aunt and uncle's anniversary and I promised to babysit
my niece."
ANNE: "Oh. I understand."
KATE: "I'm free tomorrow night."
ANNE: "Tomorrow is good for me too. Can I come over or would you like to come
here."
KATE: "It might be quieter at your house. My brother is going to have a friend over
and they can be very noisy."
ANNE: "Ok. Then let's meet at my house."
KATE: "Sounds good. What time should I come over?"
ANNE: "How about 5 pm? I can make you dinner."
KATE: "Really? I'd love to come for dinner."
ANNE: "What's your favorite dish?"
KATE: "Spaghetti and meatballs. But please make anything you like."
ANNE: "Spaghetti and meatballs are my specialty. I'll make that."
KATE: "Sounds great! I will be there tomorrow at 5 pm."
ANNE: "See you tomorrow night."

 My pencil is red.
 That is a pencil.
 That's my pencil.
 This is a pencil.
 This is my pencil.
 This pencil is red.

 Do any of you have a pencil

 ] Does everybody have a pencil?
 How many pencils do you have?
 Will you hand me that pencil?
 Tom can't even sharpen a pencil.
 He stuck his pencil behind his ear.
 I dropped the pencil I was holding.
 I opened the drawer to get a penci

 Please open your bag.

 Someone stole my bag.
 Could I check my bags?
 Don't forget your bag.
 Tom gave Mary her bag.
 Tom had it in his bag.
 Tom zipped up his bag.

 I'm looking for a bag for my wife.
 She gave me a bag made of leather.
 The bags were piled up behind him.
 Where are the bags from Flight 57?
 I carried the heavy bag on my back.
 I need a bag. Will you lend me one?
 Tom ate half a bag of potato chips. (

 He took a notebook out. (

 Whose is that notebook?
 Whose notebook is that?
  Here's my pink notebook.
 I lost my notebook today.
 Do they sell notebooks at that store? (
 Tom fanned himself with his notebook.
 He wrote down her name in the notebook.
 I've been going through Tom's notebooks.
 Tom wrote his name on all his notebooks.

 ] I don't mind sharing my table.

 There is a melon on the table.
 Tom helped Mary set the table
 Tom is hiding under the table.
 There is an apple on the table.

 Tom left a large tip on the table.

 Can we sit at the table over there?
 My mother set the table for dinner.
 Tom sat alone at the kitchen table.
 We were seated at the supper table.

You are too LOUD

loud
ADJECTIVE

used for describing a sound that is strong and very easy to hear

noisy
ADJECTIVE

full of noise

shrill
ADJECTIVE

a shrill noise or voice is very loud, high, and unpleasant

piercing
ADJECTIVE

very loud, high, and unpleasant

deafening
ADJECTIVE

so loud that you can hear nothing else

ear-splitting
ADJECTIVE
extremely loud

resounding
ADJECTIVE

a resounding sound is very loud and continues for a long time

uproarious
ADJECTIVE

extremely noisy and loud

riotous
ADJECTIVE

very lively and noisy

can’t hear yourself think

to be unable to hear because a place is very noisy

 Don't make any loud noises.

 I'm just thinking out loud.
 We read you loud and clear.
 He gave a loud cry for help.
 Tom nearly laughed out loud.
 I can hear you loud and clear.
 Tom asked Mary to sing louder.
 You don't have to talk so loud.
 Actions speak louder than words.
 I'm just thinking out loud here.
 It was getting louder and louder.
 Tom made sure his message was loud.
 She always speaks to him in a loud voice.
 Tom was trying hard not to laugh out loud.
 Do you want me to read this out loud to you?

 The fire alarm rang.

 Don't be too alarmed.
 My alarm didn't go off.
 The fire alarm sounded.
 I see no cause for alarm.
 We didn't hear any alarms.
 I didn't want to alarm you.
 I have a travel alarm clock.
 I didn't hear my alarm clock.

 Tom set his alarm for 2:30

  It's probably a false alarm.
 Tom looked a little alarmed.
 I just heard an alarm go off.
 They were alarmed at the news.
 Father set the alarm for six o'clock
 He set the alarm before going to bed.
 I thought you set the alarm for 2:30
 Don't be alarmed. He's not hurt badly.

 I didn't like my teacher.

 I'd like to be a teacher.
 Is your father a teacher?
 My teacher drove me home.
 Our teacher seemed angry.
 She looks like a teacher.
 He is our English teacher.

 Our teacher looks very young.

 Tom is imitating the teacher.
 Tom was Mary's first teacher. (
 Tom will make a good teacher.
 Tom wanted to be a teacher.
 What were your teachers like?

 Tom hasn't been a teacher long

 I always wanted to be a teacher.
 I know you like being a teacher.
 I speak French with my teachers.
 I'd like to be a French teacher.
I'm not a doctor, but a teacher.

 We read you loud and clear.

 He gave a loud cry for help.
 Tom nearly laughed out loud.
 I can hear you loud and clear. (
 Tom asked Mary to sing louder.
 You don't have to talk so loud.
 Actions speak louder than words.
 I'm just thinking out loud here
 It was getting louder and louder.

 Tom asked Mary to be quiet.

 Tom is awfully quiet today.
 I think you should be quiet.
 Tom wanted Mary to be quiet.
 We'll have to be very quiet.
  Be quiet while I am speaking.

 Keep quiet in bed for a while.

 Let's go talk somewhere quiet.
 Tom just wants us to be quiet
 I wish both of you'd keep quiet. (
 Be quiet so I can get some sleep.
 Tom doesn't know how to be quiet.

 ] I didn't get a clear look.

 I hear you loud and clear.
 I think that's very clear.
 I just want a clear answer.
 I've made that quite clear.

 Tom didn't make his position clear.

 You've been cleared of all charges.
 I told him to clear out of the room.
 You might want to steer clear of Tom.
 It is not clear who wrote this letter.

 Tom complained about the noise.

 I didn't want to make any noise.
 She told us not to make a noise.
 I can't stand that noise anymore.
 I can't bear the noise any longer.
 I can't sleep with all this noise.
 The noise kept me awake all night.

 He has a pleasant voice.
 He is a pleasant person.
 She had a pleasant dream.
 She is a pleasant person
 What a pleasant surprise! (
 Her voice is pleasant to listen to.
 His voice is pleasant to listen to.
 Thank you for the pleasant evening. (
 Mr. Norton is pleasant to work with. (
 She had a pleasant dream last night.
Conjuctions 'because' and 'so'

Which tense is used for talking about morning routines?

Answer: the present simple tense.
When talking about everyday, habitual activities we use the present simple
tense. This shows that these are things we do on a regular basis.
The present simple tense for morning routines is formed as follows:
 Use the present simple form of the verb, e.g. "I eat breakfast at 7 o' clock."
 Use "s" or "es" for 3rd person singular form (he, she, it), e.g. "He puts on his
shoes", "She brushes her teeth"

 For negatives, use the present simple form of the verb "do" as follows: do/does
+ not + infinitive without to, e.g. "I don't go to school on Saturdays",
"She doesn't drink tea in the morning"

 For questions, use the present simple form of the verb "do" as follows: do/does
+ subject + infinitive without to, e.g. "Do you eatbreakfast every morning?",
"Does Freddy wake up early?"

Daily Activities at Home

What are some of the daily activities that you do at home?
I wake up at 7am every morning.
I press the snooze button five times every morning before I turn off the
alarm and get up.
I have a cup of coffee and make breakfast. I usually read the newspaper while
I have breakfast. My children like to have a shower after they have breakfast but I
like to have a shower before I get dressed.
My wife brushes her long hair, and I have short hair so I comb my hair. How do
you do your hair in the morning?
It is important to brush your teeth, and some women like to put make-up on.
After I have finished work, I go home to cook dinner. In my house I usually make
dinner. The family eat dinner together at 7:30pm.
After dinner I make sure that my children do their homework, and then I chill out on
the sofa and watch television.
On television I usually watch the News. My wife usually comes to tell me to take the
rubbish out, or wash the dishes.
Our children feed the dog and the cat before they go to bed and I tell them to go to
the bathroom too.
If I am sick I have to take my medication, but then I get into my pyjamas and set
the alarm so I wake up in the morning.
The last things I do is lock the door, turn off the lights, and go to bed.
It doesn't take me long to fall asleep.

Daily Activities at Work

What are some daily activities that you do at work?
I go to work at 8.45am every morning.
I usually drive to work.
I always check my emails when I get to work, but I don't always reply to them
immediately.
I take a taxi or a train if I have a lunch meeting. I never take the bus because it is
too slow.
When I am at my desk I usually work on the computer, even during morning tea.
At 1pm most days I have lunch.
At 3pm we have afternoon tea, and that is when we usually talk and eat cake.
When you are in the office you probably have a lot of papers. It is important for you
to file your papers, and so that you can find them again you need to organise your
files.
When I work I have to make telephone calls. If an important issue happens I ask my
secretary to organise a meeting.
Once a month I report to my boss, but maybe you have to report to your boss more
often. I usually write a documentthat my boss can read.

Other Daily Activities

What are some other daily activities that you do?
I exercise at least three times a week.
I usually go to the gym before work, but sometimes I go after work.
I meditate every morning so that I feel less stressed during the day.

Weekly Activities
What are some weekly activities that you do?
I go grocery shopping once a week at the local supermarket.
My family does the housework together every Saturday morning.
I usually do the washing on Sunday morning and when the machine is finished
I hang the clothes out to dry.
On Sunday morning we go to church, and if there is lots of noise coming from next
door, sometimes we fight with the neighbour.
On Saturday night my parents stay at home and I go out with friends.
Even my friends that live at home call their parents each week.
Every evening, I water the garden.
I usually pay someone to wash the car, but my partner says I should do it, so
sometimes I argue with my partnerabout that.
If we are angry at the neighbour, we seek vengeance by annoying his dogs.
I work in an important office, so I have to shine my shoes each day.
Sometimes we hire a movie, because we don't like to illegally download music and
films. I make sure that I synchronise my iPod so I always have new music on it.
To get our shopping, we go to the mall in the car.
Last week I forgot to recharge my travel card, and I had to argue with a bus
driver. I couldn't call the office because I forgot to recharge my cellphone!

Delicious meals
At the Restaurant
Waiter: Can I help you?
Lisa: A table for two please.
Waiter: This way.
Ordering
Waiter: Are you ready to order?
Lisa: Yes, we'll have the chicken with vegetables, and the vegetable pasta please.
Waiter: Anything to drink?
Lisa: Just some water please.
After the Meal
Waiter: Can I get you anything else? Coffee? Dessert?
Lisa: No, just the bill please.
Making a Reservation
Mike: I'd like to make a reservation for 2 people on Friday night.
Waiter: What time would you like?
Mike: 8:00.
Waiter: We don't have anything available at 8:00. Is 7:30 ok.
Mike: Yes, that's fine.
Waiter: Your name please?
Mike: Mike Smith.
Waiter: Ok, Mr Smith. We'll see you at 7:30 on Friday.
Mike: Thank you. Bye.
Waiter: Goodbye.

1. Making a Reservation

A: Shogun Restaurant.

B: Hi, I would like to make a dinner reservation.

A: Of course, what evening will you be joining us on?

B: We will need the reservation for Tuesday night.

A: What time would you like the reservation for?

B: We would prefer 7:00 or 7:30.

A: How many people will you need the reservation for?

B: There will be 4 of us.

A: Fine, I can seat you at 7:00 on Tuesday, if you would kindly give me your name.

B: Thank you. The last name is Foster.

A: See you at 7:00 this Tuesday, Mr. Foster.

B: Thank you so much. I appreciate your help.

Being Seated at the Restaurant

A: Good evening, sir, and welcome to Chez Attitude.

B: We have a dinner reservation for four at 7:00 under the name of Foster.

A: Yes, Mr. Foster, if you would please be seated over in the waiting area, our
hostess will be with you in a moment.

B: Thank you. Would it be OK if we have a cocktail while we are waiting?

A: Of course, I will tell her.

B: I would really prefer an outside table. Would that be possible?

A: Sure, if you would like one of those tables, I could seat you right away.

B: Sure, that would be great! Thank you!

A: Here are your menus and the wine menu, and would you like to order your drinks
now?

B: Yes, I would like a vodka gimlet, please.

A: Sure, no problem, sir.

B: Thank you very much.

Ordering Food and Drinks

A: Can I start you off with anything to drink?

B: Yes, may I have some water, please?

A: Sure, would you like any appetizers today?

B: May I get an order of barbeque wings?

A: No problem, can I get you anything else?

B: No, thank you, that'll be all for now.

A: Let me know when you're ready to order your food.

B: I'm ready.

A: What can I get you?

B: May I have the fettuccini Alfredo?

A: Will that be all?

B: Yes, that's it.

Transportation Vocabulary
Asking about Where to Get Off

A: Does this bus really go to the mall?

B: It goes all the way there.

A: Are you sure?

B: I know it does. I catch this bus a lot.

A: How long does it take for the bus to get there?

B: The bus ride is only thirty minutes or so.

A: Where do we get off the bus?

B: Right behind Macy's is a bus stop.

A: The stop is really at the mall?

B: It's in the middle of the parking lot.

A: That's perfect.

B: I know it is.

Asking for a Transfer

A: I need to get on another bus, but I have no more money.

B: Where'd the rest of your money for the bus go?

A: I spent it on a bag of chips.

B: Well, that was an intelligent thing to do.

A: You don't have any spare change?

B: No, I don't.

A: How am I going to get home?

B: You should just ask the bus driver for a transfer.

A: How much does that cost?

B: It's free; just go ask for one.

A: Thanks for letting me know.

B: No problem, just go ask.

Complaining about a Late Bus

A: Where is the bus?

B: I think it's running late.

A: It should've been here 30 minutes ago.

B: It should be coming soon.

A: It better, because I'm already late for work.

B: I can't stand riding the bus.

A: Me too, it's so unreliable.

B: That is true.

A: It's also horrible having to be at a bus stop in any kind of weather.

B: Exactly.That's the worst part.

A: I think it's time we started driving.

Getting Off Too Early

A: Is this our bus stop?

B: I think this is it. Get off.

A: Dude, where are we at?

B: I have no idea.

A: I thought this was the right stop.

B: It doesn't look right to me.

A: Did you make us get off early?

B: I think we did.

A: I should not have listened to you.

B: I really thought this was our stop.

A: Now we have to walk.

B: Maybe we should just wait for the next bus

How to Buy a Pass

A: I need to buy a bus pass.

B: What kind of bus pass would you like to buy?

A: What are the different kinds?

B: You can get a day, weekly, monthly, or student pass.

A: Could I get a student pass, please?

B: Sure, can I see your student ID?

A: Sure, here it is.

B: Very good.

A: How much for the pass?

B: It's free, but the monthly sticker is $24.

A: I'll take it.

B: Thank you for your purchase.

 I have a bus to catch.

 Is there a school bus?
 Let's get off the bus.
 Should I take the bus?
 The bus arrived empty.
 The bus has just left.
 Tom can't drive a bus.
 Where is the bus stop?
 Tom went to Boston by bus.
 What number bus do I take?
 You can't get on this bus.
 Do you go to school by bus
 May I have a bus route map?

 Tom knew where his car was.

 Tom needed to wash his car.
 Tom put the box in the car.
 Tom said you stole his car.
 Tom tried to start the car.
 Tom wants to buy a new car.
 Tom will be driving my car.
  He is rich enough to buy that car.
 He is rich enough to buy two cars.
 He put the skis on top of the car.
 He went to Paris by car yesterday.
 His car was blue and hers was red.
 His car was blue. Her car was red.
 Jimmy knows everything about cars.
 Look at the sports car over there.
 My car broke down on the way here. (
 My old car is now in the junkyard.

 A lot of truck drivers eat here.

 This truck is in need of repair.
 Tom gave us a lift in his truck.
 Yesterday a truck hit this wall.
 I was nearly run over by a truck.
 Look out! There's a truck coming!
 The truck cut in front of my car.
 Tom drives a black pick-up truck

 ] Can we rent a fishing boat here?

 It seems we are in the same boat.
 There are a few boats on the lake. )
 Tom and Mary are in the same boat.
 Traveling by boat is a lot of fun.
 The boy rowing the boat is a friend of mine. (
 Tom and Mary took the boat out of the water.
 I want a boat that'll take me far away from here.
 I want a boat that will take me far away from here.

Flowers
Ordering flowers
A: Hello, welcome to Jane’s Flowers.
B: Hello, I’d like to order some flowers for my girlfriend, please.
A: Okay. Do you have anything in particular in mind?
B: She likes frangipanis.
A: Are they for any particular occasion?
B: Yes, it’s her birthday.
A: We can arrange a frangipani bouquet to suit the occasion. We also have other
arrangements. You can look at them in our catalogue here.
B: Oh, I like the frangipani bouquet in pink and yellow. Can I order that one, please?
A: When would you like the flowers delivered?
B: Her Birthday is next week on Wednesday. Can you deliver it in the morning,
around 10am, please?
A: Certainly, I just need the delivery name, address and your contact number?
B: Please deliver it to: Theresa Green, 752 Evergreen Terrace, Springfield. My
contact number is 555 – 1234
A: That will be $47 including delivery. Would you like to pay by cash or credit?
B: Cash, please.
A: No problem. Okay, you’re all set for a frangipani bouquet to be delivered to your
lucky girlfriend next Wednesday at 10am.
B: Thank you very much.

Getting Flowers

CATHY: "Who are the beautiful flowers from?"

SUSAN: "They're from my boyfriend."
CATHY: "That's so sweet! Those are long-stemmed roses."
SUSAN: "I know. They're beautiful."
CATHY: "How many are there?"
SUSAN: "I counted 30."
CATHY: "Wow! That must've been expensive."
SUSAN: "I need to find a vase. I don't want them to die."
CATHY: "Is there one in the kitchen?"
SUSAN: "I found one. But it's too small."
CATHY: "Yeah, that bouquet is huge. You're a lucky woman. I wish my boyfriend
would send me flowers. Is it a special occasion?"
SUSAN: "No, not really."
CATHY: "Do you know why he sent them?"
SUSAN: "I have an idea."
CATHY: "Why do you think he sent them?"
SUSAN: "Well, he forgot my birthday yesterday."
CATHY: "Oh! Now, I understand."

Taking Care of Plants

ALICE: "You take such good care of your plants, Joan."

JOAN: "I try my best. I love plants."
ALICE: "I have killed every plant I have ever owned."
JOAN: "How, Alice?"
ALICE: "I don't know. I water them and make sure they get enough sun, but they still
die."
JOAN: "That's strange."
ALICE: "I know. I don't buy plants anymore."
JOAN: "That's sad. Plants are beautiful and they provide oxygen too."
ALICE: "Can you teach me how to care for plants?"
JOAN: "Sure. I'm going on vacation tomorrow. I'll be gone for a couple of weeks. We
can start after I get back."
ALICE: "Ok! Can we shop for the plants together?"
JOAN: "Yes. Let's get a couple of plants that require low maintenance."
ALICE: "What do you mean by low maintenance?"
JOAN: "Plants that don't need much attention."
ALICE: "That will be perfect for me."
JOAN: "I'll make a list of good plants to start with."
ALICE: "What are you going to do about all of your plants while you're on vacation?"
JOAN: "Well, I was going to ask you to water them for me, but I think I'll ask my sister
instead."
ALICE: "Yeah, that's a good idea."

Wrong Flowers

Customer: I have a problem with my online order.

Customer service rep: What is the problem?
Customer: I ordered red roses for my wife, but she received daisies.
Customer service rep: I'm sorry to hear that.
Customer: It is our anniversary and roses are her favorite flowers.
Customer service rep: I will have red roses delivered to her as soon as possible.
Customer: What should I do with the daisies?
Customer service rep: Please keep them since we made the error.
Customer: That's very nice of you.
Customer service rep: I hope your wife enjoys both flower bouquets.

 Nothing seems to grow in this soil.

 This soil is moist.
 Don't let it get soiled.
 What'll grow in this soil?
 That soil is rich in humus.
 Rich soil yields good crops.
 The rain washed away the soil.
 Plants don't grow in this soil.
 It's a very rocky soil, isn't it?

 We don't have root beer.

 I'm rooting for you.
 Money is the root of all evil.
 Pull the plant up by the roots.
 Poverty is the root of all evil.
 Tom usually drinks diet root beer.
  A rose has thorns on its stem.
 Roses have thorns on their stems.
 Such trouble stems from carelessness.
 He dropped his wineglass and broke its stem.
 Tom poured wine into three long-stemmed glasses.

 He is shaking like a leaf.

 I've turned over a new leaf.
 Meg found a four leaf clover.
 He turned over a new leaf in life.
 Leaf after leaf fell to the ground.
 He resolved to turn over a new leaf.
 You'll have to turn over a new leaf
 Tom and Mary grow leaf lettuce in their garden.
 A horseshoe and a four-leaf clover bring good luck.

House

Selling the House

DAD: "Hey Jeff. Are you ok?"

JEFF: "Hi Dad. Yeah, I'm just a little sad that we are selling my childhood home."
DAD: "I know. I'm sad too. But it's just too big for your mother and me."
JEFF: "I understand. I just have a lot of memories here."
DAD: "Me too. This is the first home your mother and I bought."
JEFF: "Do you remember all of our holiday parties here? Everyone came to our
house."
DAD: "Of course I remember them. Those were the best times."
JEFF: "Now I'm married and have a family of my own."
DAD: "I wish we didn't have to sell it, but we can no longer take care of it. We're
getting old and it's too much work."
JEFF: "Do you know who bought our house?"
DAD: "A young couple with two kids. They seem like a loving family."
JEFF: "Where will you and mom go?"
DAD: "We found a beautiful, small condo a few blocks away."
JEFF: "That's nice. Will there be enough room when the grandchildren visit?"
DAD: "Yes. We have an extra room for guests, so your kids can stay over any time."
JEFF: "Where's Mom?"
DAD: "She's at the fabric store. She wants to sew new curtains for the condo."

Loud Neighborhood Music

JOAN: "Hi Helen. What's wrong?"
HELEN: "I couldn't sleep until 3 o'clock in the morning."
JOAN: "Why? What happened?"
HELEN: "Our neighbors' children threw a big party last night. The music was so loud."
JOAN: "Wow! Where were their parents?"
HELEN: "They are on vacation. They left the kids home."
JOAN: "How old are the kids?"
HELEN: "They're teenagers. They're old enough to be home alone."
JOAN: "Did you complain to them?"
HELEN: "Yes! I went over there three times. I told them that their music was too loud
and we were trying to sleep."
JOAN: "What did they do?"
HELEN: "Nothing. They wouldn't turn the music down."
JOAN: "That is so rude! Why didn't you call the police?"
HELEN: "I finally did. The police found some of the teens drinking alcohol."
JOAN: "I bet that ended the party."
HELEN: "Yeah. Now my neighbors are heading back home from their vacation."
JOAN: "Do they know what happened?"
HELEN: "Yes. They are not happy. Those kids are in big trouble."

Daughter's friend Moving Away

MOM: "Sally, what's wrong? Why do you look so sad?"

SALLY: "Mom, Candace is moving away."
MOM: "Oh, I'm sorry to hear that. Why is she moving?"
SALLY: "Her dad got a job in another state."
MOM: "Where is she moving?"
SALLY: "To California. That's across the country."
MOM: "There are many ways you can still keep in touch. You can e-mail, text, and
call each other on the phone."
SALLY: "But it won't be the same as seeing each other every day. She is my best
friend. I'm going to miss her."
MOM: "I know you will. When are they moving?"
SALLY: "At the end of June when the school year ends. In two months."
MOM: "Would you like to invite her over this weekend? You can have a sleepover."
SALLY: "Yes, please. That would be great. We're going to try to hang out as much as
possible before she moves."
MOM: "That sounds like a good plan."
SALLY: "Can we visit her in California?"
MOM: "It's pretty far from us. We don't know anyone there."
SALLY: "Yes, we do. Candace and her family."

Conversation 1
Situation: Lucy calls Jeff about his flat rental.
Lucy: Hello. My name is Lucy Smith, and I’m calling about the flat rental you have
advertised in the newspaper. Is it still available?
Jeff: Hi, Lucy. My name is Jeff, and I am the owner. Yes, the apartment is still
available.
Lucy: Great! Would you mind telling me a little about it?
Jeff: Sure. It has one bedroom and one bathroom. Every room has carpet except for
the kitchen and bathroom which have hardwood floors.
Lucy: Okay. Is it a newer building or an older one?
Jeff: It is located in an apartment complex and the building is about six years old, so
it’s quite modern.
Lucy: That sounds lovely. How far away is it from downtown London?
Jeff: Well, it is about a thirty minute drive from the city center.
Lucy: Wonderful. What about the price? I didn’t see one listed in the advertisement.
Jeff: It’s a thousand pounds a month not including utilities.
Lucy: Alright. That’s in my price range, so I’m very interested in looking at it.
Jeff: Excellent! I’d be happy to show you the flat. I’m sure you will love it. Would you
be able to come and see it tomorrow?
Lucy: Absolutely! I could come right after work. Is six o’clock okay with you?
Jeff: Yes. That’s fine. Do you need me to give you the address?
Lucy: No, thank you. I see it here in the advertisement.
Jeff: Okay. I’ll see you tomorrow then, Lucy.
Lucy: Sure. See you then!

Conversation 2
Situation: Andrew takes a tour of Emma’s house for sale.
Emma: Good afternoon. Are you Andrew?
Andrew: Good afternoon. Yes, I am. I’m here to see your house for sale.
Emma: Yes. Please come in.
Andrew: Thank you.
Emma: Please follow me, and I’ll give you a tour.
Andrew: Great. Thanks.
Emma: This is the kitchen, and as you can see, it has tile flooring and new cabinets.
Andrew: Yes. It’s beautiful!
Emma: Thank you. This is the master bedroom. The carpet in here is about two years
old, so it’s fairly new.
Andrew: Right.
Emma: You can see that there is a master bathroom that is attached to the bedroom.
The toilet and shower are a little older, but they’re in excellent condition.
Andrew: Yes, they look almost new.
Emma: Here is the family room.
Andrew: I like it! It’s very spacious.
Emma: Yes, it has a lot of room. Here is the other bedroom and bathroom. They are
a little small, but they’re fine for guests or young children.
Andrew: Sure. What about the laundry room?
Emma: Right. I almost forgot. It’s beside of the master bedroom. It has a large closet,
so you can hang your clean clothes after washing.
Andrew: Nice! How much are you asking for the house?
Emma: It’s two-hundred thousand pounds.
Andrew: Okay. Thank you for showing me your home and telling me about the price.
I’ll call you if I am interested.
Emma: Sure. It was my pleasure! Have a great day.
Andrew: You too. Bye.
Emma: Bye.

Garden Items
 I love gardening.
 We were gardening.
 I love your garden.
 Tom loves gardening.
 We're in the garden.
 The garden was overgrown with weeds.
 They are having lunch in the garden.
 Tom was happy working in the garden.
 Tom grows strawberries in his garden.
 I'll take a shortcut across the garden.
 There are a lot of roses in this garden.
 They won't allow us to enter the garden.

 I wish Tom would help me weed the garden.
 There's an old cherry tree in the garden. (
 Tom wanted Mary to help him in the garden
 Tom keeps a spare key hidden in his garden.
 Tom and Mary are both working in the garden.
 Tom planted some flower seeds in his garden
 Tom wears long sleeves when working in the garden.
 How many kinds of vegetables do you grow in your garden

 Tom brought flowers.

 What lovely flowers!
 What pretty flowers!
 Flowers attract bees.
 I brought you flowers.
 Tom sent Mary flowers.
 Do you want to be a flower girl
 In March, many flowers come out.
 My aunt brought me some flowers
 We picked flowers in the garden.
 Do you want any of these flowers?
 Tom has been sending Mary flowers.
 Which flower do you like the most?
 Mary could've been the flower girl.
 The garden was filled with flowers.
 This flower is beautiful, isn't it?
 Tom picked a flower and smelled it.
 Do you know the name of this flower?

 The hose didn't work.

 Take this piece of rubber hose.
 He was watering his garden with a hose.
 The water stopped running because the hose has a kink in it.

 Who planted the tree?

 Plants die without water.
 This plant is good to eat.
 We have a plant in Boston.
 Do you talk to your plants?
 All plants need water and light.
 I planted an apple tree in my yard.
 I had the gardener plant some trees.
 Tom planted some flowers in his yard.
 You're the one who planted that tree.
 Many workers were laid off at that plant
 Tom planted three apple trees in his yard.
 I think it's unlikely that plants feel pain.
 Tom couldn't decide where to plant the tree.

 Tom is spraying his garden.

 They are spraying the fruit trees.
 I need to buy some black spray paint.
 Mary carries pepper spray in her purse.
 What kind of deodorant do you prefer, spray or roll-on?
 Tom drove to the store and bought three cans of insect spray.
 It was so cold that the water sprayed on the building to put out the fire froze
solid

 Give me the shovel.

 Put the shovel down.
 Do you have a shovel I can borrow?
 Do you want me to fix your broken shovel or don't you?
 Tom clenched the shovel.
 We'll have to shovel the snow off the roof.
 The men were working with picks and shovels.
 I have a pick, two shovels and a wheelbarrow

 You'll find a rake in the shed.

  Tom raked in money during the war.
 I heard you're raking in the money.
 He's raking it in on the stock market.
 Tom is out in the yard, raking leaves.
 Tom raked up the leaves in the garden.
 Rake the leaves into piles and we'll burn them.

Olympic Games in Winter

 Tom had no more water.

 Tom is drinking water. (
 We had a little water.
 We use a lot of water.
 Do you want some water?
 This water tastes good.

 Come on in. The water's nice.

 Do you want a drink of water?
 Do you want a glass of water?
 I filled the pool with water.
 I would like some more water.

 Tom didn't have much water to drink.

 I don't like to drink water with ice. (
 I hate the way the water tastes here. (
 I would like to have some more water.

 i brought you some ice.

 I fell down on the ice.
 Save me some ice cream.
 Tom ate some ice cream.
 Tom slipped on the ice. (
 Two ice creams, please.
 I want to eat ice cream.

 When ice melts, it becomes water

 Ice cream was Tom's favorite food
 Come on, I'll buy you some ice cream.
 I don't like to drink water with ice.
 Tom is eating his favorite ice cream.

 Does it snow a lot in the winter?

 It's likely to snow this evening.
  Snow completely covered the town.
 Tom hopes it won't snow tomorrow.
 There was a lot of snow last year.
 We have a lot of snow in February.
 Do you get much snow in the winter?

 he is good at skiing.
 She is great at skiing.
 Ski jumping looks scary.
 He is crazy about skiing.
 Tom broke his leg skiing.
 We went skiing in Canada.
 Tom put the skis on top of the car)
 Was Midori skiing in Hokkaido then?
 Which is easier, skiing or skating?
 He could ski well when he was young
 I went skiing in Canada last winter. (
 I'd like to rent skis and ski boots. (

 Does your brother like ice skating?

 Since it's very cold, we can skate.
 The skaters skated around the rink.
 Tom and Mary went skating together.
 Which is easier, skiing or skating?
 Get your skates. The lake is frozen.

2. Snowboarding is now an Olympic sport.

3. Try snowboarding - it's a really fun sport.
5. Julie went snowboarding over Christmas.
9. Can you be a snowboarding expert it?
10. Snowboarding became an Olympic sport in 1998.
11. Actually , my snowboarding boots are your boots.

 I'm in a hockey team.

 Who's playing hockey tonight?
 Ice hockey is an exciting sport.
 Field hockey is not very popular in China.
 Tom told me you were a good hockey player.
 I don't like such sports as boxing and hockey.
 The hockey referee intervened to stop the fight
Holly Hippo moves quickly. [Adverbs
 I'm just a little bored.
 I don't want to bore you.
 I'm bored out of my mind.
 I hope I'm not boring you.
 Staying at home is boring.
 I've never been more bored.
 [] I hope it wasn't too boring. (
 I hadn't realized how boring Tom was.
 Mary seems to be bored with the game.
[S] [T]

 Tom's concert was actually pretty boring.

 As a matter of fact, his lecture was boring.

 Tom rented a pair of ice skates.

 You're skating on very thin ice.
 Can we roller-skate in this park?
 It is safe to skate on this lake.
 Who's your favorite figure skater?
 We used to go skating every weekend.
 Have you ever tried skating on the river?
 I've always wanted to learn how to skate.

 You can't skateboard here.

 I think skateboards are usually cheaper than rollerblades.
 Tom came into the house, carrying his skateboard.
 I told Tom that I would buy him another skateboard.
 When you skateboard, it puts quite a strain on your knees.

Examples
I speak English well.
I play tennis badly.
I do my homework correctly.
Remember!
To create adverbs we normally add -ly:
quick - quickly
slow - slowly
What Is an Adverb?
An adverb is a word used to modify a verb, an adjective, or another adverb. For
example:
 She swims quickly.
 She swims extremely quickly.
 She is an extremely quick swimmer.
When an adverb modifies a verb, it usually tells us when, where, how, in what
manner, or to what extent the action is performed. Here are some examples of
adverbs modifying verbs:
 How: He ran quickly.
 When: He ran yesterday.
 Where: He ran here.
 In what manner: He ran barefoot.
 To what extent: He ran fastest.

In the examples above, each adverb is a single word, but an adverb can be made up
of more than one word. For example:
 How: He ran at 10 miles per hour.
 When: He ran when the police arrived.
 Where: He ran to the shops.
 In what manner: He ran like a man possessed.
 To what extent: He ran quicker than me.

Adverbs of Time
An adverb of time tells us when an action occurs. For example:
 Press the button now.
 I have never been.
 I tell him daily.
 I tell him on a daily basis.

Adverbs of Place
An adverb of place tells us where an action occurs. For example:
 Daisies grow everywhere.
 I did not put it there.
 I did not put it in the box.
(Remember, an adverb can be more than one word.)
Adverbs of Manner
An adverb of manner tells us how an action occurs. For example:
 He passed the re-sit easily.
 The lion crawled stealthily.
 The lion crawled like an escaped convict.

Have a Ball! Fun Activities and Location

Idioms for kids are word combinations that kids use which have a different meaning
than the literal meanings of each word.
Idioms for Kids to Use
 Give it a shot - Try
  Speak your mind - Say what you really feel
 A piece of cake - Very easy
 Slipped my mind - I forgot
 Cross your fingers - For good luck
 Be in hot water - Be in trouble
 It cost an arm and a leg - It was expensive
 It’s in the bag - It’s a certainty
 Get cold feet - Be nervous
 A rip off - Too expensive
 Get a kick out of - Enjoy
 Read between the lines - Find the hidden meaning
 Have mixed feelings - Unsure how you feel
 Draw a blank - Can’t remember
 Have a change of heart - Changed your mind
 Be second to none - Be the best
 Get your act together - Behave properly
 Play it by ear - Improvise

My Favorite Things

 I like chocolate milk.

 Linda loves chocolate.
 I don't like chocolate.
 I know you like chocolate.
 He ate a box of chocolates.
 I like chocolate ice cream.
 Do you like white chocolate?

 Tom made me a cup of hot chocolate.

 I'd like to have some hot chocolate.
 I especially like your chocolate cake.
 Ann loves chocolate more than anything.
 I don't want to sell chocolate anymore.
 Tom has a craving for chocolate ice cream.

 Tom isn't answering his cell.

 Tom's not answering his cell.
 I'm calling from a cell phone.
 Tom doesn't have a cell phone.
 Your cell phone's not working.
 I need to charge my cell phone.
 I'm calling from Tom's cell phone.
 Your cell phone rang a minute ago.
 Don't forget to charge your cell phone.
 Tom forgot where he put his cell phone.
 We won't be able to get out of this cell.

 I don't play computer games.

 It's not a computer problem.
 Tom doesn't have a computer.
 Tom plugged in his computer.
 I have to get a new computer.
 Tom is a computer programmer.
 I'd like to buy this computer.
 I do work related to computers.
 This computer didn't cost much.
 A virus infected Tom's computer.

 ] Tom knows a lot about computers.

 Tom was sitting at his computer.
 The computer repair took all day.
 Tom came here to use my computer.
 Tom works for a computer company.
 Do you know how to use a computer?

 She advised him on what books to read.

 She took the book back to the library.
 The book is now ready for publication.
 The movie wasn't as funny as the book.
 The police didn't book Tom for murder.
 This book isn't as heavy as that book.
 Tom couldn't decide what book to read.
 Tom found that book difficult to read.

 My daughter loves jumping rope.

 Tom jumped into the cold water.
 His horse jumped over the fence.
 Tom jumped across the mud puddle.
 Tom needed to jump start his car.
 You must not jump to conclusions.
 I'm sorry I jumped to conclusions.

 Tom and Mary hugged each other.

 All Tom really needed was a hug.
 Don't you want to give me a hug?
 A hug from you would make me happy.
 Do you still want to give me a hug?
 I don't think I've ever hugged Tom.
  I want a hug. Tom wants a hug, too.
 I want you to give each other a hug.

Emotions

General statements are usually short. Here are a few examples.

"I'm very happy right now."

"I'm happy."
"I haven't been this happy in a long time."
"I don't think I can be any happier right now."

"He is very happy."

"She is so happy right now."
"My wife is pretty happy."
"My husband is happy."

These sentences are very basic. Most of the time, you will be explaining why you are
happy. Let's incorporate the reason into the sentence.

"I'm so happy I got a job offer."

"I was happy when I received an A for my final report."
"I'll be happy when that happens."
"This semester is such a headache. I'll be so happy when it's over."

Being excited is another positive emotion. I'm sure everyone knows what it feels like
to be excited, so let's get right into learning sentences.

The day before a big event, many people get excited. Here are some sentences you
can use.
Regular sentences

"I'm excited to be here."

"Your sister must be really excited about starting law school."
"It's really exciting thinking about the benefits people will gain from our project."
"It's exciting starting a small business."
"I get excited thinking about how many people I will help."

"Don't get too excited. It's not guaranteed yet."

"I wouldn't get excited yet. You still have one more match to play."
"You didn't get the job yet, so don't get too excited about it."
Some people might say worrying is useless, but it is an emotion that everyone has.
Worrying doesn't help the situation, but we can't help to feel worried when something
happens. Let's look at some sentences that are commonly used.

"I'm worried about my son."

"I'm worried about the situation."
"I'm so worried."
"I'm a little worried."

"He's very worried about work."

"He's worrying about his financial situation."
"She's worried about her dog."

"Our dog has been missing for 2 days. My wife is very worried."
"Our son slipped and hit his head. It's going to be a couple of days before we know
how serious it is. I can't help but worry about it."

Sad
Let's use these words in sentences.

"He's a little sad that Mark didn't invite him to his birthday party."
"She's sad that she wasn't selected as the representative."
"I always cry during sad movies."

"I'm feeling a little down."

"I got a bad grade in my final. I'm just a little down."
"Jack is feeling pretty down. Let's take him out for a night of fun."

"I feel so gloomy all the time."

"I wish I was happy. I'm sick of feeling gloomy."
"Let's go to a bar. I'm feeling a bit gloomy."

 I'm still very scared.

 That's what scares me.
 Tom is getting scared.
 Tom is running scared.

 I think something scared Tom.

 Tom almost never gets scared.
 Why are people scared of Tom?
 Why are people scared of you?
 You were scared, weren't you?

 How can you be so confident?

 We are confident of victory.
 I think Tom is too confident.
  I'm feeling pretty confident.
 He is confident of his ability.
 I'm confident that I'll pass the exam.
 She is confident of her son's success.
 I am confident he will keep his promise.
 I'm confident that there won't be a world war.

 You're worried. I can tell.

 Don't worry. We'll find Tom
 I wouldn't worry about that.
 I'm not worried about money
 I'm still worried about Tom.
 I'm worried about everybody.

 Don't worry. Tom will be here.

 Don't you worry about a thing
 I won't have to worry anymore.
 I'm not the least bit worried. (
 Just don't worry about it, OK?
 That's nothing to worry about.

 I know that you're very angry.

 I understand why you're angry.
 Mr. Wilson is angry at Dennis.
 That's no reason to get angry. (

 Tom got angry at the children.
 Tom had no reason to be angry.
 Tom said that he wasn't angry.
 Do you know why she's so angry? (

Where is the sofa?

1. The bone was _______ the dog.
1. About
2. For
3. After
4. Considering
Answer: B. The bone was for the dog.
2. We are going on vacation _______ August.
1. On
 2. At
3. In
4. Since
Answer: C. We are going on vacation in August.
3. Please put the vase ________ the table.
1. In
2. On
3. For
4. Over
Answer: B. Please put the vase on the table.
4. I received a present ________ Janet.
1. From
2. Of
3. By
4. About
Answer: A. I received a present from Janet.
5. School begins ________ Monday.
1. In
2. On
3. From
4. Since
Answer: B. School begins on Monday.

1. The boy ran …………………………….. the street. (across / on / to)

2. He walked ………………………….. the building. (around / along / across)
3. The train goes ……………………….. a tunnel. (through / along / from)
4. I walked …………………………….. the river bank. (on / along / over)
5. Who is standing …………………………. the gate? (at / in / on)
6. Your glasses are ………………………….. your nose. (in / at / on)
7. The cat is hiding ………………………….. the door. (under / behind / below)
8. Come and stand ………………………….. me, Jane. (over / in front of / across)
9. The dog came running …………………………… its master, wagging its tail. (to / for
/ on)
10. They walked …………………………………. each other. (towards / around /
across)

 I have to go to bed.
 I never make my bed.
 I want to go to bed.
 I went to bed early.
 She had gone to bed.
 Tom has gone to bed.
 ] Tom is lying in bed.
 Tom is still in bed.
  He jumped out of bed.

 Aren't you going to bed?

 I need to go to bed now.
 I went to bed very late.
 She lay down on the bed.
 Shouldn't you be in bed?

 The baby was fast asleep.

 This baby is 3 weeks old.
 Tom gave the baby a bath.
 Tom played with the baby.
 Was the baby crying then?
 He's sleeping like a baby.
 ( I've already fed the baby.
 She looked after her baby.

 How much is that wooden chair?

 My father fixes broken chairs.
 Please sit down on this chair.
 Sit up straight in your chair.
 That chair goes in the corner.
 That chair goes in the corner.
 The wooden chair is expensive.

 I need a lam
 Tom turned off the lamp.
 I knocked over that lamp.
 Set the lamp on the table.
 Are you selling these lamps?
 I don't like big desk lamps.
 Tom turned off his desk lamp.
 Tom turned on the table lamp.

 How much is this sofa

 May I lie on the sofa?
 He is lying on the sofa.
 Tom fell asleep on the sofa.
 I found your wallet behind the sofa
 Tom is lying on the sofa watching TV.
 I don't want to buy this kind of sofa.
 wish Tom would help me move the sofa
 Tom should have helped Mary move the sofa.
 Tom has made himself comfortable on the sofa.
 Sit on the sofa and make yourself comfortable.
Conjunction Dragon

There are only a few common conjunctions, yet these words perform many functions:
They present explanations, ideas, exceptions, consequences, and contrasts. Here is
a list of conjunctions commonly used in American English:
 And
 As
 Because
 But
 For
 Just as
 Or
 Neither
 Nor
 Not only
 So
 Whether
 Yet

Examples of Conjunctions
In the following examples, the conjunctions are in bold for easy recognition:
 I tried to hit the nail but hit my thumb instead.
 I have two goldfish and a cat.
 I’d like a bike for commuting to work.
 You can have peach ice cream or a brownie sundae.
 Neither the black dress northe gray one looks right on me.
 My dad always worked hard so we could afford the things we wanted.
 I try very hard in school yet I am not receiving good grades.

Conjunction Exercises
The following exercises will help you gain greater understanding about how
conjunctions work. Choose the best answer to complete each sentence.
1. My brother loves animals. He just brought a puppy __________ a kitten
home with him.
1. But
2. Or
3. Yet
4. And
Answer: 4. My brother loves animals. He just brought a puppy and a kitten home with
him.
2. I’d like to thank you ______ the lovely gift.
1. Or
2. For
 3. And
4. Yet
Answer: 2. I’d like to thank you for the lovely gift.
3. I want to go for a hike _____ I have to go to work today.
1. But
2. Yet
3. Or
4. For
Answer: 1. I want to go for a hike but I have to go to work today.
4. They do not smoke, _____ do they play cards.
1. And
2. Or
3. Nor
4. Yet
Answer: 3. They do not smoke, nor do they play cards.
5. I’m getting good grades _________ I study every day.
1. Or
2. Yet
3. But
4. Because
Answer: 4. I’m getting good grades because I study every day.

Coordinating conjunctions like "and" "nor" or "so" link equal parts of a sentence, be it
words, phrases or clauses. For example:
 He was late for school, so he took a shortcut.
 Her favorite colors were purple and red.
 She doesn't like coffee, nor does she like tea.

Subordinating conjunctions such as "because", "since" and "after" link a dependent

clause to an independent clause, helping to emphasize the idea of the independent
clause. For example:
 Because it was raining, we had to cancel the class picnic.
 The house was a mess after the crazy party we had last night.
 He didn't go skiing any more, since he had the accident.

Correlative conjunctions work in pairs to join equal elements of a sentence together,

like "either/or", "such/that" and "not only/but also". For example:
 You can have either chocolate or vanilla ice cream.
 He not only plays the guitar but also the drums.
 Such was his strength that he was easily able to move the fallen tree.
 We Play Music in a Band

A: What type of music do you like to listen to?

B: I like listening to different kinds of music.

A: Like what, for instance?

B: I enjoy Rock and R&B.

A: Why is that?

B: I like the different instruments that they use.

A: That's a good reason to like something.

B: Yeah, I think so too.

A: What kind of music do you enjoy listening to?

B: I enjoy listening to all kinds of music.

A: What kind?

B: I like to listen to Rock and R&B.

A: Why do you like that type of music?

B: I like the kinds of instruments that they use.

A: I think that's an excellent reason to like something.

B: Thanks, I feel the same way.

A: What is your favorite kind of music?

B: I listen to various types of music.

A: What genres?

B: I enjoy listening to both Rock and R&B.

A: What interests you in that type of music?

B: I enjoy the different types of instruments that they use.

A: That is a perfect reason to like a certain kind of music.

B: That's exactly what I think too.

English Conversation Practice - Concert Tickets

STACY: "Hello?"
STEPHANIE: "Hi Stacy. This is Stephanie. Guess what I just got."
STACY: "What?"
STEPHANIE: "Two tickets to the concert tonight!"
STACY: "How did you get those? The concert has been sold out for months."
STEPHANIE: "My dad works at the arena. He was able to get front row seats."
STACY: "Are you serious?"
STEPHANIE: "Yes! Do you want to go?"
STACY: "Yes! I need to ask my mom, but I'm sure I can go."
STEPHANIE: "Ok. My dad can pick you up. We're going to leave at 4 pm."
STACY: "What time does the concert start?"
STEPHANIE: "7 pm."
STACY: "Why are we leaving so early?"
STEPHANIE: "We want to have dinner first."
STACY: "Ok. I'll let my mom know."
STEPHANIE: "I'm so excited!"
STACY: "Me too! Thank you so much for inviting me."
STEPHANIE: "Of course I would invite you. You're my best friend."

English Conversation Practice - Choir Club

NANCY: "Jennifer, are you going to join the Choir Club?"
JENNIFER: "No, Nancy. I'm not."
NANCY: "Why? You have such a beautiful voice."
JENNIFER: "I'm too shy."
NANCY: "You sing so well. You could probably get a solo."
JENNIFER: "Thanks for the compliment. I'm scared to sing in front of an audience."
NANCY: "You're wasting your talent. If I could sing like you, I would join the Choir."
JENNIFER: "My mom said the same thing."
NANCY: "You should think about it again."
JENNIFER: "What if I get on stage and I freeze."
NANCY: "Maybe this is great way to overcome your fear."
JENNIFER: "I do love singing."
NANCY: "Then you should join. You'll make a great addition to the club."
JENNIFER: "Ok. Let me think about it."
NANCY: "The choir teacher thinks you should join."
JENNIFER: "How does she know? She never heard me sing."
NANCY: "Yes, she has. I recorded your singing and let her listen to it."
JENNIFER: "You did? Did she like it?"
NANCY: "She loved it! She said you have an amazing voice."

English Conversation Practice - Playing Instruments

MATT: "Hey Jason, do you play any instruments?"
JASON: "Yeah, I play two instruments. I play the piano and violin?"
MATT: "I wish I knew how to play an instrument."
JASON: "You don't know how to play any instruments?"
MATT: "No. My mom gave me piano lessons when I was a child, but I hated it. So, I
quit."
JASON: "I took piano and violin lessons when I was a child."
MATT: "How long did you take lessons?"
JASON: "10 years."
MATT: "Wow! You must be really good."
JASON: "My mom wanted me to go to a music college, but I wanted to be a doctor."
MATT: "Really?"
JASON: "Yeah. My mom was a famous violinist in China. My dad was a famous
pianist in China."
MATT: "You come from a very talented family."
JASON: "Thanks. What instrument do you want to learn?"
MATT: "Guitar."
JASON: "Oh, I don't know how to play the guitar."
MATT: "We can take lessons together."
JASON: "I wish I could, but I don't have time."

English Conversation Practice - Tickets to the Symphony

JANE: "Hello?"
ANNE: "Hi Jane. This is Anne. Are you free tonight?"
JANE: "I have to work."
ANNE: "What time do you get off work?"
JANE: "7 pm. Why?"
ANNE: "I have tickets to the symphony. Would you like to go?"
JANE: "What time does it start?"
ANNE: "7 pm. Can you get off work a little early?"
JANE: "No, I'm the only one available tonight."
ANNE: "You can come late. I can drop off the ticket at your work."
JANE: "I might be really late. I have to go home first to shower and change my
clothes. Then I have to drive all the way to the concert hall."
ANNE: "Oh. Maybe I should ask someone else this time."
JANE: "Yeah, that might be a better idea. I'm sorry."
ANNE: "My company gives us concert tickets all the time. Let's try to go next time."
JANE: "That sounds good. Have a great time!"

Music Vocabulary

Singer-songwriter Bob DylanPeople all over the world love listening to music. They
love going to concerts to hear live music, and they love listening to recordings of their
favourite artists. If you love music too, and you'd like to read about music and learn
lots of music vocabulary, this section of EnglishClub is for you.

Some people love listening to the melodies and lyrics of pop music, and others love
moving to the beat of dance music. Some prefer the beautiful harmonies of classical
music, and others like the complex rhythms of jazz or the power and excitement of
rock music. There are those who like the strong beats and lyrics of hip hop, or the
music of other genres like country music, folk music and Latin music.

The many genres of music can be divided into three main types:

Traditional music (for example, folk music)

Art music (for example, classical music)
Popular music (for example, hip hop or rock music)

Of these three types, it's popular music that most people like and listen to, and it's this
type of music we focus on here. On these pages, you can read about the history of
popular music, learn about its main genres, and find out about some of its most
important artists.

artist (noun): a professional singer, musician or songwriter - Taylor Swift has become
one of music's best-selling artists.
art music (noun): music written and performed by professional musicians mostly for
the upper classes, like classical Indian music and European opera - Wealthy Chinese
lords paid musicians to play relaxing art music, while poor people played lively folk
music for fun.
beat (noun): the regular pulse in music that dancers move to and audiences clap to
- Dance music always has a strong beat.
classical music (noun): European orchestral and keyboard music that's written by
composers - Sayoko loves listening to classical music, especially the music of Mozart
and Beethoven.
country music (noun): a genre of American music with origins in the rural folk music
of Europe - Many people were surprised when Ray Charles began singing country
music.
folk music (noun): traditional music from a particular region or country - Did you hear
any traditional folk music while you were in China?
genre (noun): a kind or style of music, movie, TV show, painting, etc. -In music
classes at school, the only genres we studied were classical music and jazz.
harmony (noun): the combining of musical notes that sound good when played or
sung together - If singers don't sing in harmony, it can sound terrible.
hip hop (also "rap") (noun): a musical genre in which artists rap over beats and
sampled sounds - When my girlfriend wants to listen to hip hop, she always puts on
Jay-Z or Kanye West.
jazz (noun): a genre in which artists improvise within a rhythmic and harmonic
framework - If you want to hear great jazz, listen to the recordings of John Coltrane
and Miles Davis.
Latin music (noun): a genre of popular music in Latin America and Spain that has
complex rhythms - I hadn't heard much Latin music until I visited Mexico and South
America
live (adjective): played at a concert in front of an audience - You don't hear live music
in dance clubs anymore, only recorded music.
lyrics (noun): the words of a song - If you don't listen to the lyrics, you won't know
what a song is about.
melody (noun): a tune, or the notes of a song - Can you whistle the melody of the
song that begins with "Happy birthday to you"?
pop music (noun): a popular music genre with short, melodic songs that are easy to
remember - My uncle's nearly 60, but he still likes listening to pop music.
popular music (noun): music that many people like and buy, like rock music and
heavy metal, hip hop and rap, pop songs, etc. - Our music teacher knows lots about
classical music, but nothing about popular music.
recording (noun): a piece of music that's recorded in a studio or at a concert
- Recordings used to be made on tape recorders, but they're usually digital now.
rhythm (noun): a pattern of beats and sounds that musicians play in time to and
dancers move to - The rhythms of African music are much more complex than those
of European music.
rock music (noun): rhythmic blues-based music played on guitar, bass, drums, etc.
- Let's listen to some rock music for a change.
traditional music (noun): music that developed over a very long time, like traditional
African drumming and Chinese folk songs - People still play traditional music in Peru's
mountain villages.

Dentist

 Tom is my dentist.
 He went to the dentist.
 We have the same dentist.
 Can the dentist see me today?
 I have a dentist appointment.
 Tom has a son who is a dentist.
  I didn't know you were a dentist.
 I'm going to the dentist tomorrow.
 Tom is a retired dentist.
 I've got to see a dentist
 Do you know a good dentist?
 I've been to the dentist's.
 She's married to a dentist.
 You must go to the dentist. (
 You ought to see a dentist. (
 You should go see a dentist.
 He is a dentist by profession

 The dentist pulled out her bad tooth.

 The dentist told me to open my mouth.
 Mr. Jones made Mary go to the dentist.
 You don't need to go to the dentist's.
 I am going to see the dentist tomorrow.
 Let me introduce you to a good dentist.
 The dentist put in a temporary filling
 You should go to a dentist immediately.

 Use your teeth.

 Brush your teeth.
 Which tooth hurts?
 This tooth is loose.
 I had a tooth pulled.
 I have a sweet tooth.
 One of my teeth hurts.

 I brush my teeth after breakfast. (

 Tom had his wisdom teeth removed.
 Look at how white Tom's teeth are.
 Tom had his wisdom teeth taken out.
 Tom escaped by the skin of his teeth.
 Tom had a tooth pulled out last week.
 Tom always brushes his teeth after meals.
 Tom brushed his teeth and washed his face.
 Tom accused Mary of lying through her teeth.

At the reception
can I make an appointment to see the …?

dentist
 hygienist

I'd like a check-up

please take a seat

would you like to come through?

Having your teeth examined

when did you last visit the dentist?

have you had any problems?

I've got toothache

one of my fillings has come out

I've chipped a tooth

I'd like a clean and polish, please

can you open your mouth, please?

a little wider, please

I'm going to give you an x-ray

you've got a bit of decay in this one

you've got an abscess

Dental treatment
you need two fillings

I'm going to have to take this tooth out

do you want to have a crown fitted?

I'm going to give you an injection

let me know if you feel any pain

would you like to rinse your mouth out?

you should make an appointment with the hygienist

how much will it cost?

Here are some questions commonly used when picking a dentist.

"I am nervous about going to the dentist, do you have any recommendations for
one?"
"Should I go to a dentist that I saw an advertisement for?"
"Are there any dentist just for children?"
"How do I make an appointment if I have never been to this dentist before?"
"Do I need to have dental insurance?"

If you are asked any of these questions, here are ways that you could respond.

"My dentist is really nice. I think it would be a good experience for you."
"My dentist will let you come in and just talk at first. That way you can get comfortable
with each other."

"Sure, you can try a dentist you are unfamiliar with."

"Go for it. If you do not like him you can always go somewhere else."

"There are dentists that specialize just in children. I would look on the internet."
"My dentist will see children or adults and is great with both."

At the Dentist

A: "Hi Alice. What are you doing here?"

B: "Hi Linda. I'm here for a check-up. How about you?"
A: "I'm here for a procedure."
B: "What kind of procedure?"
A: "A root canal."
B: "A root canal? That's pretty serious, isn't it?"
A: "Yeah. I didn't take care of a tooth and now it's infected."
B: "Wow! I'm sorry to hear that. Are you in pain?"
A: "A little. I took some medicine this morning."
B: "That should help."
A: "I don't have dental insurance, so it's going to be very expensive."
B: "That's terrible. Why don't you have dental insurance?"
A: "I didn't think it was important."
B: "I think it's important to have dental insurance."
A: "Yeah. And it's important to take care of your teeth."
B: "I agree."
There is/There Are with Prepositional Adverbs
 Tom loves dogs.
 What a big dog!
 Can I get a dog?
 I like your dog.
 I love hot dogs.
 My dog is white.
 That dog is big.
 The dog growled.
 [ The dog is dead.
 This dog is big.

 Where's your dog?

 Your dog is here.
 A dog bit her leg. (
 Beware of the dog!
 Can Tom get a dog?
 Do you have a dog?
 I don't like dogs.

 Look at that big dog.

 She bought him a dog.
 [] She's scared of dogs. (
 Those are Tom's dogs.
 Tom is a dog trainer.
 We named the dog Tim.
 Would you like a dog?
 You smell like a dog. (

 I'll send flowers.

 Smell this flower
 Tom loves flowers.
 She picked flowers
 What's that flower
 I can smell flowers. (
 Tom brought flowers.
 What lovely flowers!
 What pretty flowers!

 Why did you buy flowers?

 I sent Mary some flowers.
 Why did you buy a flower?
  I picked you some flowers.
 Where did you buy flowers?
 Tom sent Mary some flowers.
 I saw Tom give a flower Mary.
 She has a flower in her hand.
 We have to water the flowers.
 What do you call this flower?
 What flower do you like best?
 I picked these flowers myself.
 You're a star.
 She made me a star.
 ] The stars came out.
 I could have been a star.
 The sky is full of stars.
 This book is about stars.
 He looked up at the stars.
 I want to be a movie star.
 Look at that shooting star.
 This is a book about stars.
 Tom is a rock and roll star.
 Who's your favorite TV star?

The Donkey and the Horse

 Do you have a pet?

 How old is it?
 Where did you get it from?
 Who takes care of it?
 What does it look like (color, breed, etc.)?
 What do you feed it?
 Do you play with it?
 Did you grow up with pets in your home?
 What are the pros and cons of keeping a pet?
 What is the best pet to own?
 What are some animals that live in your country?
 Can you name some endangered species?
 Have you ever ridden a horse?
 Do you know someone who owns an unusual pet?
 Do you think it is okay to eat meat? Do you know any vegetarians?
 Is there any kind of meat you would not eat?
 Have you ever been to a zoo?
 What do you think of hunting? Would you eat an animal that you killed
yourself?
  Do you think that animals dream?
 Have you ever been bitten by a dog? Have you been stung by a bee?
 Have you ever been to a farm? What animals did you see there?

 What animals do you think are cute?

 What animals do you think are ugly?
 What can children learn by having a pet?
 What is the largest animal you have ever seen?
 Why do some people not like pets?
 What can people learn from animals?

The Chinese New Year Celebration

Chinese New Year Facts
Chinese New Year is a traditional and very important Chinese holiday. It was
originally a festival to honor ancestors as well as holy or sacred beings. It is also
known as the Spring Festival, which is the literal translation from the Chinese name. It
is also referred to as the Lunar New Year because the Chinese calendar is lunisolar.
A lunisolar calendar uses both the moon phase and the solar year. Chinese New
Year is the longest festival in the Chinese calendar.
Interesting Chinese New Year Facts:
Traditionally Chinese New Year lasted from the last day of the Chinese calendar to
the 15th day of the first month.
It is a major Chinese holiday. In countries and territories that have high populations
of Chinese, Chinese New Year is also celebrated. Hong Kong, Taiwan, Singapore,
Indonesia and the Philippines are only a few.
Chinatowns in other cities also celebrate Chinese New Year.
The exact date of Chinese New Year changes each year because it originated in
2600 B.C. At that time people followed the lunar calendar.
The Chinese New Year is symbolic of letting go of the past and welcoming new
beginnings. It's a popular time for spring cleaning.
Each year of the Chinese New Year calendar is named after an animal. This is a
12 year cycle. Once the 12 year cycle is over the animal list begins again. The list
in order is: rat, ox, tiger, rabbit, dragon, snake, horse, ram, monkey, rooster, dog,
and pig.
As the longest festival in the Chinese calendar, Chinese New Year can last as
many as 15 days. Children take an entire month off of school.
It's common for Chinese families to have a reunion dinner the night before Chinese
New Year festivities begin.
 The decorations used on doors and windows are red colored paper-cuts (made
similar to the way we make snowflakes). The themes of these paper-cuts are of
happiness, good fortune, longevity and wealth.
Firecrackers are popular during the Chinese New Year. They are thought to scare
off evil spirits.
Children receive red envelopes full of money instead of wrapped gifts that other
nationalities give at Christmas. The amount they receive is usually an even
number. The amount cannot be divisible by four. In Chinese, the number 4 means
death.
Dragon dances and street fairs are very popular. Dancers dress up as lions and
dragons and perform for onlookers.
One of the traditional treats is a candied crab-apple on a stick.
Since the 1980s China Central TV broadcasts the celebration. This is an evening-
long variety style show and it is watched by the entire country.
On the last day of Chinese New Year, everyone carries beautiful paper lanterns
and walks along the streets. This is supposed to light the way for the New Year.
This day is called Lantern Day.
In Singapore and Malaysia, Lantern Day is their form of Valentine's Day.
On Chinese New Year everyone is a year older. It doesn't matter when you were
born; this is like a national birthday.
Another name for Chinese New Year is: The First Day of the Great Year.

Math Terminology - The Square Root

Plus or Add (+)

Two plus two is four. (2+2=4)
Five add five is ten. (5+5=10)
Minus, Subtract or Take Away (-)
Six minus two is four (6-2=4)
Ten subtract five is five (10-5=5) Nine take away eight is one (9-8=1)
Eight take away three is five (8-3=5)
Percent (%)
Twenty-five percent of eight is two.
The unemployment rate in the USA is six percent.
Decimal Point (.)
A number less than one that is written as one or more numbers after a decimal point:
10.1
4.345
Times or Multiply (x)
Three times three is nine (3x3=9)
Multiply five by five.
Four multiplied by two is eight (4x2=8)
Divide (÷)
Divide 8 by 2.
Ten divided by two is five (10÷2=5)
Equals or Is (=)
Five plus five equals ten (5+5=10)
Three times three is nine (3x3=9)

Now choose the missing maths vocabulary to complete these simple problems:
 1) Ten ___ ten equals twenty.

is

minus

plus

 2) Five ___ five is zero.

multiply

minus

add

 3) Twenty ___ by five is four.

multiplied

take away

divided

 4) Three ___ four is twelve.

add

times

minus

 5) Six __ two is eight.

add

divided
minus

 6) Twelve ___ by four equals three.

divided

add

divide

 7) Ten ___ of a hundred is ten.

divide

percent

subtract

 The word 'mathematics' comes from the Greek máthēma, which means
learning, study, science.
 Do you know a word known as Dyscalculia? Dyscalculia means difficulty in
learning arithmetic, such as difficulty in understanding numbers, and learning
maths facts!
 In America, mathematics is known as ‘math’, they say that ‘mathematics’
functions as a singular noun so as per them ‘math’ should be singular too.
 Do you know ‘Mathematics’ is an anagram of ‘me asthmatic’ (An Anagram is
word or phrase made by transposing or rearranging letter of other words or
phrase.)
o Notches (cuts or indentation) on animal bones prove that humans have
been doing mathematics since around 30,000 BC.
o The word ‘hundrath’ in Old Norse (old language from where English
language originated), from which word ‘hundred’ derives, meant not 100
but 120.
o What comes after a million, billion and trillion? A quadrillion, quintillion,
sextillion, septillion, octillion, nonillion, decillion and undecillion.
o The number 5 is pronounced as 'Ha' in Thai language.555 is also used
by some as slang for 'HaHaHa'.
o Different names for the number 0 include zero, nought, naught, nil, zilch
and zip.
o Zero ( 0 ) is the only number which can not be represented by Roman
numerals.

o The name 'zero' derives from the Arabic word sifr which also gave us
the English word 'cipher' meaning 'a secret way of writing' .
 o Do you know the magic of no. nine (9)? Multiply any number with nine
(9 ) and then sum all individual digits of the result (product) to make it
single digit, the sum of all these individual digits would always be nine
(9).
o The = sign ("equals sign") was invented by 16th Century Welsh
mathematician Robert Recorde, who was fed up with writing "is equal
to" in his equations.
o Plus (+) and Minus (-) sign symbols were used as early as 1489 A.D.
o Trigonometry is the study of the relationship between the angles of
triangles and their sides.
o If you add up the numbers 1-100 consecutively (1+2+3+4+5...) the total
is 5050.
o 2 and 5 are the only primes that end in 2 or 5.
o From 0 to 1,000, the letter "A" only appears in 1,000 ("one thousand").
o A 'jiffy' is an actual unit of time for 1/100th of a second.
o 40 when written "forty" is the only number with letters in alphabetical
order, while "one" is the only one with letters in reverse order.
o In a group of 23 people, at least two have the same birthday with the
probability greater than 1/2 .
o If there are 50 students in a class then it's virtually certain that two will
share the same birthday..
o In 1995 in Taipei, citizens were allowed to remove ‘4’ from street
numbers because it sounded like ‘death’ in Chinese. Many Chinese
hospitals do not have a 4th floor.

The Solar System – Planets

The Solar System is an amazing thing. I can’t imagine just how big it is. I
don’t think anyone can. It all centres around our Sun. Our solar system has
eight planets in it. When I was a kid I learnt there were nine planets, but
some time ago, scientists decided Pluto wasn’t a planet. All of the names of
the planets in our solar system are really cool. Everybody knows the names
because they are used every day in advertising or to name cars and things.
Pluto was even the name of a Disney character. I think Saturn is the name
of a car and Mercury is the name of a radio station. I love looking at photos
of the solar system. They get more beautiful as our technology gets better.
One day we’ll go on solar system tours.

Mercury nearest to the Sun but not the ho

2nd planet from the
Venus hottest planet
Sun
 3rd planet from the
Earth not too hot, n
Sun
red, dusty, no
Mars 4th planet from the Sun
cold

Sentences: Comparatives & Superlatives

Superlatives: First 4 Planets

 Mercury is the nearest planet to the Sun.
 Venus is the second nearest planet to the Sun.
 Venus is the hottest of all eight planets.
 We live on Earth. It is one of the hottest planets in our solar system.

Venus Fact: Why is Venus the hottest planet, not Mercury?

 Venus is the hottest because it has a thick atmosphere that traps the heat
from the Sun.
 Mercury is nearest to the Sun but not the hottest because
its atmosphere is thinner than that of Venus.
 A thinner atmosphere allows some of the Sun’s heat to escape.
 A thicker atmosphere keeps much of the Sun’s heat.

Superlatives: Last 4 Planets

 Jupiter is the biggest planet in our solar system.
 Saturn is the second biggest planet in our solar system.
 Neptune is the coldest planet in our solar system.
 Neptune is also the farthest planet from the Sun.

Facts about the Sun

 The sun is a star, not a planet. It is the biggest thing in our solar system.
 Without the Sun, there will be no life on Earth.
 The sun is a dying star.

Solar System Project

JOE: "Hi Carol. What are you looking for?"

CAROL: "Oh hi Joe. I'm looking for some materials to make a solar
system."
JOE: "A solar system?"
CAROL: "Yeah, David has a science project. He has to make a model of
the solar system with the sun and the planets."
JOE: "How about some balls? They can represent the planets and the
sun."
CAROL: "I was looking for some foam balls, but I can't find any in our
garage."
JOE: "I might have some. Judy had to make a solar system model a few
years ago. I might have some balls left over."
CAROL: "That would be great! David wants to paint them and glue them
on a black poster board."
JOE: "That's what Judy did too."
CAROL: "Was Judy in Mrs. Johnson's science class?"
JOE: "Yes!"
CAROL: "She must have the students do the same project every year."
JOE: "It's a great project. We had a fun time doing it together."
CAROL: "Are there eight or nine planets now? When I was a child, Pluto
was a planet. But it's not considered a major planet anymore."
JOE: "I know. I think scientists are still debating that issue. David should
ask his teacher."
CAROL: "Good idea."
JOE: "Let me go look for the balls. I think I still have her model in the
garage too. I'll be right back."
CAROL: "Thank you! I'll keep looking in my garage too."

Kid-Friendly Destinations

(1) Do you like travelling?

(2) What is travel for you?
(3) What different kinds of travelling are there?
(4) What’s the best place you’ve ever been to?
(5) Would you like to go travelling for a few years non-
stop?
(6) What are the good and bad things about travelling?
(7) Where do you want to travel to before you die?
(8) Is it better to travel or to arrive?

(1) What springs to mind when you hear the word

‘travel’?
(2) Are you a traveller?
(3) Is travel an education?
(4) Would you like to travel in space or to the moon?
(5) Would you like to work in the travel industry?
(6) What are the pros and cons of traveling first class
and backpacking?
(7) Is travel helping the world?
(8) What would make you wiser – travelling around the
world for ten years or reading 10,000 books?
(9) Mason Cooley said: "Travelers never think that
they are the foreigners." Do you agree?
(10) St. Augustine said: "The World is a book, and
those who do not travel read only a page." What
does this mean? Do you agree?

Wow said the owl

1. Sea otters hold hands when they sleep to keep from drifting apart.

2. Squirrels plant thousands of new trees each year simply by forgetting

where they put their acorns.

3. When playing with female puppies, male puppies will often let them
win, even if they have a physical advantage.

4. Turtles can breathe through their butts.

5. Cows have best friends.

8. monkeys in Japan use coins to buy vending machine snacks.

10. In China, killing a Panda is punishable by death.

 11. Rats laugh when tickled.

12. Spiders can’t fly.

13. Sweden has a rabbit show-jumping competition

15. Dolphins have names for each other.

19. Japanese monkeys make snowballs for fun.

23. Seahorses mate for life, and when they travel they hold each others’
tails.

24. Before chicks hatch, they can communicate with each other and
their mother through a system of sounds.

25. Dogs’ nose prints are as unique as human fingerprints and can be
used to identify them.

26. Immortal jellyfish is the only species known to live forever.

28. Butterflies taste with their feet.

29. There have been studies that show that goats, like us, have
accents.

30. Squirrels will adopt other squirrels babies if they are abandoned.

 Owls are cute.

 I'm a night owl.
 She's a night owl.
 I'm afraid of owls.
 Owls have big eyes.
 Owls hunt at night. (
 When do owls sleep?
 Owls are active at night.
 Owls can see in the dark.
 Owls cannot see in the daytime.
 Owls are supposed to be very wise.

 The sun is shining brightly.

 Cats like playing in the sun.
 Nothing is new under the sun.
 The sun baked the ground dry.
 The sun doesn't always shine.
 The sun gives light and heat.
 The sun is essential to life.
 The sun was about to come up.
 The sun was blazing overhead.

 I woke up at sunrise
 The train left at sunrise.
 We started before sunrise.
 I want you gone by sunrise.
 The rooster crows at sunrise. )
 Did you see the sunrise this morning? (
 Let's get up early and watch the sunrise.
 He works on the farm from sunrise to sunset.
 We got up early in order to see the sunrise.

Plants

1. The earth has more than 80,000 species of edible plants.

If you’re ever in the mood to try something new, the good news is that there is certainly
food you haven’t tasted yet still growing somewhere in the world. You’ll probably have
some trouble finding it, however, because …

2. 90 percent of the foods humans eat come from just 30 plants.

Out of tens of thousands of plants we could eat, mankind chooses to consume only
about 30 of them. It’s crazy to contemplate how limited our diets are compared to all of
the different foods we could be eating. If you think the selection of which plants we eat
has anything to do with their nutritional benefits, however, you’d be wrong …

3. Nutrition doesn't factor into the crops we do mass produce.

The world’s largest farmers have pursued certain crops because they can grow a lot of
them more quickly, easily and inexpensively to turn a better profit. As a result, most of
the most healthful plants stay off of our dinner plates because they aren’t available at
grocery stores. Still, sustenance isn’t the only thing humans rely on plants for …

4. 70,000 plant species are utilized for medicine.

As it turns out, humans are more diversified in the plants we use for medicine.
Although a large portion of that figure applies to traditional medicine, modern medicine
is not excepted from plant help. Half of the drugs prescribed in the U.S. have plant
origins, many coming out of the rainforest, yet …
 5. Only one percent of rainforest plants have been studied for medicinal potential.

Given how valuable plants can be medicinally, the rainforest houses a host of possible
cures for ailments new and old. This untapped resource could still hold the key to
medical breakthroughs. Of course, a lot of this potential could be lost considering …

6. 80 percent of the Earth's original forests have been cleared or destroyed.

The same forests that dominated the land 8,000 years ago are all but gone.
Approximately four-fifths of the forests are gone thanks to human intervention—just
think of how many plant species may have been lost in that process. If you thought
protections were in place, actually …

7. Just 10 percent of the world's plant-rich areas are protected.

Of the most biodiverse areas on the planet, only 10 percent are officially “protected” to
ensure the survival of a multitude of species—plant and animal alike. Worse still, many
of the supposedly protected areas are done so nominally only, leaving plants
threatened by external factors they should be safeguarded from. This is especially
problematic because …

8. More than half of plant species are native to just one country.

Chances are, a plant you find in one part of the world is not currently growing
anywhere else. As plant habitat is ruined, there’s little point in hoping that the killed
plants could be found and harvested somewhere else in the future.

 Our picnic was ruined by insects

 I can hear the chirping of insects.
 She has a strong dislike of insects.
 These insects are different species.
 Birds are natural enemies of insects.
 I am interested in the study of insects.
 This insect is tiny, but very dangerous.

 The rain washed away the soil.

 Plants don't grow in this soil.
 It's a very rocky soil, isn't it?
 Plants take in water from the soil.
 She put new soil in the flower pot. (
 Worms are sometimes beneficial to soil.
 They also collected moon rocks and soil.

 Africa is the poorest continent.

 Africa is a continent; Greenland is not.
  There are seven continents on the earth.
 They crossed the vast continent on foot.
 Africa was once called the Dark Continent.
 The continent is abundant in fossil fuels.
 Which continent is the most populated one?
 Africa is a continent, but Greenland is not.
 Australia is the smallest continent in the world.

Do you have any

I want a piece of candy.
She bought him some candy.
How many times do I have to tell you not to eat candy just before
dinner?

 I don't want cereal.

 Tom is eating cereal.
 What's your favorite cereal?
 Tom prefers whole-grain cereals.
 I have a bowl of cereal every morning.
 Tom always eats breakfast cereal without sugar.
 Tom usually sits at the kitchen table and eats cereal while reading the
morning paper

 Jam comes in a jar.

 I want bread and jam.
 I substitute honey for jam.
 Help yourself to the strawberry jam.
 Take the jam down from the top shelf.
Please tell me the secret to making good jam.

Some/any
The words some and any are used when the speaker cannot specify or
does not need/want to specify a number or an exact amount. Compare
the following sentences:
- I saw seven deer when riding my bike in the forest yesterday. (It is
important that you know how many deer I saw.)
- I saw some deer when riding my bike in the forest yesterday. (I don't
know exactly how many deer I saw. Or: It is not important that you know
exactly how many deer I saw.)
The "rules" that follow apply also to words
containing some and any: somebody/anybody, something/anything, etc.

In general, some is used in positive sentences:

 I got some nice presents for Christmas this year.
 This job is going to take some time.
 Look! There are some large black birds on the roof of the church.
 You have some butter on your chin.
 If you are hungry, there are some biscuits in the cupboard.
 I'm sure I'll return to Japan some day.
 There is somebody on the phone for you.
 I'd like to go somewhere hot this summer.

In general, any is used in negative sentences and questions:
 I didn't get any nice presents for Christmas this year.
 I looked in the cupboard but I couldn't find any biscuits.
 I don't need any help.
 She's so rude. No wonder she doesn't have any friends.
 I don't have anything to wear to the dance.
 I'm not hungry. I don't want anything to eat.
 Do you have any brothers or sisters?
 Did you catch any fish?
 Have you seen any good films recently?
 Does anyone know the answer?
 Are you going anywhere this Christmas?

ANY:
Use any for countable and uncountable nouns in:
1. interrogative sentences.
Examples:
Have you got any cheese? (cheese is uncountable)
Have you got any friends? (friends is countable)
2. negative sentences.
Example:
He hasn't got any cheese.
He hasn't got any friends in Chicago.

JOBs

astronaut flies to space

scientist invents new things
tour guide shows people around
architect designs buildings
engineer builds things
 sailor steers ships across oceans
vet takes care of animals
reporter reports the news
artist paints pictures

Sentences with Jobs

1. What do you want to be when you grow up, Lisa?
2. I want to be an astronaut when I grow up.
3. What does an astronaut do?
4. An astronaut flies rockets to space.
5. What do you want to be, Freddie?
6. I want to be a scientist.
7. What does a scientist do?
8. A scientist invents new things.

Key Sentences/Grammar
 When I grow up, I want to be a firefighter.
 I want to be a doctor like your dad.
 I want to be a nurse.
Want to be
 I want to be a doctor.
 What do you want to be?
Job Description Verbs
 What does a firefighter do?
 A firefighter puts out fires.
 A doctor takes care of sick people.
The verb ‘to want’ in 1st and 3rd person singular.
 I want to be a doctor.
 Sally wants to be a nurse.
 She wants to be a nurse.

 Let's have a bake sale.

 Tom baked an apple pie.
 Tom baked some muffins.
 I baked it this morning.
 Let's bake a birthday cake.
  Tom used to bake us cookies.
 Tom bakes cookies on Sundays.
 Tom used to work in a bakery.

 Who is your English teacher?

 Who's your favorite teacher?
 He is a teacher and novelist.
 He is an experienced teacher.
 I bet you're a great teacher.

 I don't think they're teachers.

 I'm a high school math teacher.
 Mary wants to become a teacher.
 She wanted to become a teacher.
 Tom got scolded by the teacher.
 Tom hasn't been a teacher long.

Classroom
Before the Lesson

Greetings

Good morning, everyone.

Good afternoon, class.
How are you this morning, Mikako?
Mikako, how are you today?
Do you have a cold?

What a lovely day!

What a rainy day!
Isn’t it warm this morning?
It’s a humid day, isn’t it?
Today is very cold, isn’t it?
Beginning the Lesson

Please sit down, everyone.

Let’s begin today’s lesson.
It’s time to begin, please stop talking.

Let’s quickly review the last lesson.

Try to answer my questions.
Right / Correct / Nearly Right / Close / Almost

Let’s start on page 60. Let’s start at line 10.

Turn to page 12.
Please look at the blackboard.
Look at your textbooks.
Now open your textbooks to page 33.

Come to the blackboard.

Write this down in your notebooks.
Pass back these sheets/handouts.

Reading

Please listen carefully (to me).

Repeat!
Repeat after me.

Kenichi, you read Bill’s part.

Read this out loud.
Keiko, begin reading at line 5.
Okay, stop there, thank you.
Next, Masaki.

What is the English/Japanese word for . . . ?

How do you say it in English?

Please summarize the first paragraph.

What is the paragraph/section/story about?
Let’s do some translation work.

Questions

Any questions?
Do you have any questions?
Now I’m going to ask you some questions.
Who knows the answer?
Raise your hand.
Please raise your hand if you don’t understand.

Try to answer by yourself.

Try again.
A full sentence, please.
Use a full sentence please.
Make a sentence.
Say it in a loud voice.
Louder, please!
Again, please.

Do you understand?
(I don’t understand.)
(I don’t know.)
(Please say it again.)
(Once more, please?)

Ending the Lesson

There will be no homework for today.

For homework, please do the exercises on page 9.
Today’s homework is . . .
Please read pages . . . to . . . for homework.
Tomorrow, we’ll study Lesson 6.

There’s the bell.

That’s all for today.
The lesson is over for today.
We’ve run out of time.

Goodbye, class.
See you on Friday.
Have a good day!
Have a nice weekend!
See you next week.
Good job today.

Signs You won't Like Your New Boss

  Can you talk about what a typical day at your current job is like?
 Can you describe some of the people that you work with?
 Can you describe your current job?
 Do you like your boss? Why or why not?
 Do you like your job?
 How have working conditions changed in recent years?
 Do you think that working conditions have improved? If so, in what ways?
 How long do you plan to continue working where you are?
 How long have you been working at your present job?
 Do you think it is more important to make a lot of money or to enjoy your job?
 What are some jobs that you think would be boring?
 What are some jobs that you think would be fun?
 Would you consider yourself to be an ambitious person at work?
 Would you describe yourself as a workaholic?
 Would you like a job in which you traveled a lot?

3) What is your dream job?

(4) What jobs do you do at home?
(5) Are there jobs that are only for women or only for men?
(6) How many jobs do you think you’ll have in your life?
(7) Are there any jobs you would refuse to do, regardless of the pay?
(8) Is being a rock star or sports star a job?
(9) What do you think the job of being an English teacher is like?
(10) Who has the best job in the world? Why do you think so?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) Do you often check the jobs ads in newspapers or on the Internet?
(2) What kinds of jobs interest you most and least?
(3) Is the job market in your country growing?
(4) What are the toughest jobs in the world?
(5) Is being a housewife a job? Should women get paid for this?
(6) Do you like job hunting applying for jobs?
(7) What is the job description of your last job?
(8) Does everyone have equal job opportunities in your country?
(9) What’s the best way to pass job interviews?
(10) What is the best way to quit a job?

Transportation Verbs - Present Continuous

  I'd like you to drive.
 Tom can't drive a bus.
 Tom can't drive a car.
 Tom continued driving.
 Tom drove really fast.
 We took turns driving.
 What is he driving at?
 I failed the driving test.
 I taught Tom how to drive.
 I'm going to drive myself.
 ] I'm not letting Tom drive. (

 Tom can't drive a car yet.

 I saw a fly on the ceiling. (

 He flew a kite with his son.
 We flew across the Atlantic.
 Don't you wish you could fly?
 He studied the way birds fly.
 I just flew back from Boston. (
 Tom flew to Boston yesterday
 Tom flew in from Boston that night.
 Tom is flying to Boston next Monday.
 I want you to fly to Boston tomorrow.
 Tom flew in from Boston this morning.
 Tom didn't notice that his fly was open. (
 I'm flying back to Boston tomorrow night.
 I'll catch a ride with Tom.
 I'm happy to ride with Tom.
 Tom rode away on his horse.
 Why don't you ride with me? (
 Can I offer you guys a ride?
 Do you want to ride with us?
 Tom rode the horse bareback.

 ] We happened to ride the same train.

 I like to ride a horse now and then.
 I'm just tagging along for the ride.
 Let's go for a ride in your new car.
 Tom doesn't know how to ride a bike.
 Tom and Mary both like riding horses.
  Tom jumped on his horse and rode off.

 He failed in the attempt to sail across the Pacific Ocean.

 If it is fine tomorrow, I will go sailing with my friends.
 Sailing a boat, his chief hobby, costs him most of his salary
 If I had all the time in the world, I'd build a boat and sail to Fiji.

The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the
present participle (-ing form) of a verb:
Use
1. We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present:
 for something that is happening at the moment of speaking:
I’m just leaving work. I’ll be home in an hour.
Please be quiet. The children are sleeping.
 for something which is happening before and after a given time:
At eight o’clock we are usually having breakfast.
When I get home the children are doing their homework.

 for something which we think is temporary:

Michael is at university. He’s studying history.
I’m working in London for the next two weeks.

Present continuous tense can be used to express something happening right now or to
express something that is not happening right now. Examples of this use include:
 He is not standing.
 Anthony is sitting in the chair.
 You are not watching the movie.
 Rose is reading a book.
Present continuous tense can also be used to show that something will or will not happen in
the near future. Examples of this use include:
 She is not going to the game tonight.
 He is meeting his friends after school.
 Are you visiting your cousin this weekend?
 I am not going to the meeting after work.
 Is John playing football today?
Present continuous tense can be used for actions that are still happening at the time of
speaking. Examples of this use include:
 Marc is making pizza now.
 They are eating lunch right now.
 Frances is talking on the phone at the moment.
Present continuous tense can be used in questions as well. Here are some more examples
of this use:
 Is she laughing?
 Are they listening to the teacher?
 Is the baby drinking his bottle?
 Are you going?

An Invitation Card

Formal invatations
Formal is a more polite way of asking for people you don't know that well
I was wondering if you would like to join us for a meal. Perhaps you would like to have
dinner at my home. Perhaps you would like to come round for a meal.

We would like to invite you to dinner.

I thought you might like to try some of our local food.
There’s a really nice place just a few minutes from here.
There’s a pretty good place you might like which specializes in steaks.
There’s a really nice place just a few down the road.
There’s a really nice place just round the corner.
There’s a great new place with a fantastic view of the city
.
Informal invitations
Informal is a less polite way of asking for people normally used for friends and
family
Why not come round for a drink? What about going out for a meal? Why not join us
for a drink?
Fancy going for a drink/ a meal?
There’s a really nice place just a few minutes from here/ round the corner. Shall we
meet later tonight to discuss it over dinner?
Let’s discuss it later over a drink.

Accepting an invitation

That’s very kind of you. Thank you for inviting me. I’d like that very much.
I’d be delighted to come.
Thank you. That’d be very nice. I’ll look forward to it.
Yes, please. Thanks.
That’s/ What a good idea. That sounds good/ fun.
Setting the details for your invitation
What time should I come?
Where shall we meet?
Shall I pick you up?
What time?
Where shall I pick you up?
Shall we meet at half past seven? Say at half past seven.

How to decline an invitation

Thank you very much, but I’m afraid I can’t come.
That’s very kind of you, unfortunately I have arranged something else.
That’s very kind of you, but I won’t be here tomorrow.
That’s very kind of you, unfortunately I’m busy on Tuesday.
Thanks, but I won’t be able to make it then.
No, thank you.
No, thanks.
I’m all right, thanks.
I can manage.

Giving Invitations:
 What are you doing on (day/date)?
 Would you like to. . .?
 How about. . .?
 Do you want to. . .with me?
 I'd like to invite you to. . .
Accepting Invitations:
 Thanks! That sounds like fun.
 Sure. Thank you for the invitation.
 When is it?
 What time does it start/end?
 Let's meet at. . .
 What date/day is it?
Refusing invitations:
 No, thank you.
 I'm sorry, but I have to. . .
 Thanks, but I have another appointment at that time.
 I can't. I'm sorry.

How would you like your eggs

(2) How often do you think about food?

(3) Can you eat anything?
(4) Can you go without food for a whole day?
(5) Do you have to watch what you eat?
(6) What is your favourite breakfast, lunch and dinner?
(7) Do you think your country’s food is the best?
(8) Do you think “you are what you eat”?
(9) What do you think about canned, frozen and processed food?
(10) What kinds of international cuisine do you like?
STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)
(1) Are you fussy or particular about the food you eat?
(2) Have your favourite kinds of food changed over the years?
(3) Do you like fast food and slow food?
(4) What do you think about food additives?
(5) Do you care where the food you eat comes from?
(6) What national dishes from your country would you recommend to the world?
(7) Do you worry about the rising cost of food?
(8) Do you think the world’s food will ever run out?
(9) What do you think of genetically-modified (GM) food?
(10) Is your food bill big?

Fun Together

Could you draw a map for me

She watched him draw a picture.
Tom said he would draw a map for her if necessar

 The sun is about to sink.

 The sun was about to set.
 A cat is lying in the sun.
 The sun will come up soon.
 The snow melted in the sun.
 The sun was coming up then.
 The sun is shining brightly.

 I've already read it.

 I've read both books.
 I've read the report.
 Read the story aloud.

 What are you reading?

 You should read this.
 He can read and write.
 He isn't able to read.
 He reads a great deal.

 She can't write or read.

 ]This one's hard to read.
 Tom can't read or write.
 Tom had nothing to read.
 Tom read a poem to Mary.
  I'll save you a piece of cake
 Would you like some more cake?
 I don't know who made the cake.
 Tom ate the last piece of cake.
 Divide the cake among you three.
 Divide the cake between you two.
 How about another piece of cake?
 I took the cake out of the oven.

 It is too cold for a picnic today.

 Let's fix the date for the picnic.
 This is a nice place for a picnic.
 We are to go on a picnic tomorrow.
 I'd like to go on a picnic with her.
 Do you want to go on a picnic with me?
 I forgot to tell Tom about the picnic.

 Tom buttered his toast.

 What is butter made of?
 Butter is made from milk.
 Butter is made from cream.
 He likes bread and butter.
 I ate nothing but bread and butter.
 Tom ate a spoonful of peanut butter.
 She substituted margarine for butter.
Princess Faye's Concert: Music Genres

 That music always reminded me of you.

 We were listening to classical music.
 "Does he like music?" "Yes, he does."
 He was listening to music in his room.
 I am interested in listening to music
 I can't imagine a world without music.
 I can't stand listening to loud music.
 I just wanted to listen to some music.
 It is a lot of fun to listen to music.

 If I were more creative, I would try to write music.

 She went to Italy for the purpose of studying music.
 I feel a strong attraction to the music of Beethoven.
 I've seen you playing music at Chuck's Bar and Grill.
 If it's a simple piece of music, I can sight-sing it
 They like ragtime, jazz and music with a swing to it.
 Tom loves music more than anything else in the world.
 Do you like the same kind of music as your parents do?
 He could show his feeling with music instead of words.
Play a musical instrument - Learn to play the piano, guitar, violin, cello, flute, piano
accordion, mouth organ, panpipes, clarinet, saxophone, trumpet, etc. You can play on
your own or with a group, such as a band or an orchestra.

: What type of music do you like to listen to?

B: I like listening to different kinds of music.

A: Like what, for instance?

B: I enjoy Rock and R&B.

A: Why is that?

B: I like the different instruments that they use.

A: That's a good reason to like something.

B: Yeah, I think so too.

A: What kind of music do you enjoy listening to?

B: I enjoy listening to all kinds of music.

A: What kind?

B: I like to listen to Rock and R&B.

A: Why do you like that type of music?

B: I like the kinds of instruments that they use.

A: I think that's an excellent reason to like something.

B: Thanks, I feel the same way.

3
A: What is your favorite kind of music?

B: I listen to various types of music.

A: What genres?

B: I enjoy listening to both Rock and R&B.

A: What interests you in that type of music?

B: I enjoy the different types of instruments that they use.

A: That is a perfect reason to like a certain kind of music.

B: That's exactly what I think too.

Tickets to the Symphony

JANE: "Hello?"
ANNE: "Hi Jane. This is Anne. Are you free tonight?"
JANE: "I have to work."
ANNE: "What time do you get off work?"
JANE: "7 pm. Why?"
ANNE: "I have tickets to the symphony. Would you like to go?"
JANE: "What time does it start?"
ANNE: "7 pm. Can you get off work a little early?"
JANE: "No, I'm the only one available tonight."
ANNE: "You can come late. I can drop off the ticket at your work."
JANE: "I might be really late. I have to go home first to shower and change my
clothes. Then I have to drive all the way to the concert hall."
ANNE: "Oh. Maybe I should ask someone else this time."
JANE: "Yeah, that might be a better idea. I'm sorry."
ANNE: "My company gives us concert tickets all the time. Let's try to go next time."
JANE: "That sounds good. Have a great time!"

Choir Club

NANCY: "Jennifer, are you going to join the Choir Club?"

JENNIFER: "No, Nancy. I'm not."
NANCY: "Why? You have such a beautiful voice."
JENNIFER: "I'm too shy."
NANCY: "You sing so well. You could probably get a solo."
JENNIFER: "Thanks for the compliment. I'm scared to sing in front of an audience."
NANCY: "You're wasting your talent. If I could sing like you, I would join the Choir."
JENNIFER: "My mom said the same thing."
NANCY: "You should think about it again."
JENNIFER: "What if I get on stage and I freeze."
NANCY: "Maybe this is great way to overcome your fear."
JENNIFER: "I do love singing."
NANCY: "Then you should join. You'll make a great addition to the club."
JENNIFER: "Ok. Let me think about it."
NANCY: "The choir teacher thinks you should join."
JENNIFER: "How does she know? She never heard me sing."
NANCY: "Yes, she has. I recorded your singing and let her listen to it."
JENNIFER: "You did? Did she like it?"
NANCY: "She loved it! She said you have an amazing voice."

Playing Instruments
MATT: "Hey Jason, do you play any instruments?"
JASON: "Yeah, I play two instruments. I play the piano and violin?"
MATT: "I wish I knew how to play an instrument."
JASON: "You don't know how to play any instruments?"
MATT: "No. My mom gave me piano lessons when I was a child, but I hated it. So, I
quit."
JASON: "I took piano and violin lessons when I was a child."
MATT: "How long did you take lessons?"
JASON: "10 years."
MATT: "Wow! You must be really good."
JASON: "My mom wanted me to go to a music college, but I wanted to be a doctor."
MATT: "Really?"
JASON: "Yeah. My mom was a famous violinist in China. My dad was a famous
pianist in China."
MATT: "You come from a very talented family."
JASON: "Thanks. What instrument do you want to learn?"
MATT: "Guitar."
JASON: "Oh, I don't know how to play the guitar."
MATT: "We can take lessons together."
JASON: "I wish I could, but I don't have time."

The dog played outside

 Tom has gone inside.
 Tom is going inside.
 Tom is still inside.
 Tom ran back inside.
 We're coming inside.
  Let's go back inside.

 I don't see anybody inside.

 I'd better get back inside.
 I'm going to go inside now.
 Your sweater is inside out.

 Don't you want to come inside?

 He turned his coat inside out.
 There's something inside here.
 Tom is waiting for you inside.
 Why don't we duck back inside?
 He had his socks on inside out.
 I think I'm going to go inside.

 They walked outside.

 Tom is just outside.
 Tom stepped outside.
 Tom's car's outside.
 We can talk outside.
 Come outside with me.

 Can I speak to you outside?

 I don't want to go outside.
 It was pitch black outside.
 Why don't you wait outside?
 I don't like to sit outside.
 Tom waited outside the gate.
 You can't let Tom go outside.
 Could we have a table outside?
 I didn't see your car outside.
 I want to talk to you outside. (H
 I was doing something outside.
 I'll be waiting right outside.

 I'll see you upstairs.

 Tom has gone upstairs.
 Tom is still upstairs.
 Tom ran back upstairs.
 Tom walked downstairs.
 Why is Tom downstairs?
 I'll be right upstairs.

 Tom is right downstairs.

  Tom is upstairs packing.
 Tom is upstairs resting.
 Get everybody downstairs.
 They're working upstairs.
 ] Tom went back downstairs.
 Go upstairs and go to bed.

 We have four bedrooms upstairs.

 I'll be upstairs if you need me.
 Tom wants to see you downstairs.
 You're supposed to be downstairs.
 I have a friend waiting downstairs.
 She had the box carried downstairs.

At a Point
At tells us that the following noun is located at a specific point or location. It shows an
exact position.
"She's waiting at the entrance."
"He's sitting on his chair at his desk."
"I work at a bank."
In an Enclosed Space
In tells us the noun is in an enclosed space (surround or closed off on all sides).
Basically, when something is inside something.
In a box.
In a room.
In a country.
On a Surface
On tells us that the following noun is located on a surface. Use on when one thing is
attatched to or touching somthing.
On the table.
On the floor.
On the chair.

 1 - I always keep some extra money __ my bag in case of emergencies.

in

at

on

 2 - I'll read it tonight ___ home.

on

in

at

 3 - Do you live ___ a house or an apartment?

in

at

on

 4 - Did you learn English ___ Malta?

on

in

at

 5 - She grew up ___ a farm.

on

at

in

 6 - I read about it ___ the newspaper.

at

on

in

 7 - He went for a swim ___ the river

in

at
 on

 8 - The dog's sleeping ___ the carpet.

at

on

in

 9 - The information is ___ the top of the page.

in

at

on

 10 - Were you ___ the party too?

at

in

on

Letter to my grandfather

 I play tennis an hour a day.

 Playing tennis is his hobby.
 She is a good tennis player.
 We play tennis after school.
 He played tennis all day long.
 I can't play tennis that well.
 She is good at playing tennis.
 Tom used to play tennis with Mary
 I can't play tennis as well as Tom.K)
 I used to play tennis after school

 Today, we had two false alarms.

 He was alarmed by the explosion.
  The noise alarmed the whole town.
 The alarm went off at five-thirty.
 The alarm clock is ten minutes fast.
 Father set the alarm for six o'clock.

 [ What flavor is that ice cream?

 The ice is too thin to skate on.
 Tom rented a pair of ice skates
 You're skating on very thin ice.
 When ice melts, it becomes water
 Ice cream was Tom's favorite food.
 Come on, I'll buy you some ice cream.
 I don't like to drink water with ice.

 My sweater shrank in the wash.

 Why are you wearing a sweater?
 The sweater shrank in the wash.
 Tom was wearing John's sweater.
 Will you knit a sweater for me?
 I bought this sweater yesterday.
 I fell asleep with a sweater on.
 I caught my sweater on that nail.

 Puppies don't like to be left alone.

 Tom wanted to name his puppy Cookie.
 The boy hugged the puppy to his chest.
 This is the cutest puppy I've ever seen.
 Tom offered to help Mary find her lost puppy.
 When should I stop feeding my dog puppy food?
 Tom used to follow Mary around like a puppy dog.

Life in a pond

 Don't swim in that pond.

 The pond has frozen over.
 The pond is 3 meters deep.
 We walked around the pond.
 This pond has a lot of carp.
 He threw a rock into the pond.
 He threw a stone into the pond.

 The stream flows into the pond.

 Tom threw a stone into the pond.
 Swimming in the pond is dangerous.
 There are a lot of fish in the pond.
 There is a pond in the middle of the park.
 This pond is full of carp swimming around.

 The pond froze over.

 The pond has dried up.
 The pond is very deep.
 Don't swim in that pond.

 Don't drink the water.

 I fell into the water.
 I'll water the garden.
 Tom boiled some water.
 Tom had no more water.
 Tom is drinking water.
 We had a little water.
 We use a lot of water.
 Do you want some water?
 This water tastes good.

 Tom wants a glass of water.

 Blood is thicker than water.
 Give me a little more water.
 I have to water the flowers.
 She is watering the flowers.
 The hot water isn't running.
 There's a lot of water left.

 Come on in. The water's nice.

 Do you want a drink of water?
 Do you want a glass of water?
 I filled the pool with water.
 I would like some more water.

 A leaf is falling.
 He is shaking like a leaf.
 I've turned over a new leaf.
 Meg found a four leaf clover.
 He turned over a new leaf in life.
 Leaf after leaf fell to the ground. (
 He resolved to turn over a new leaf.
 You'll have to turn over a new leaf.

 This plant is good to eat.

 We have a plant in Boston.
 Do you talk to your plants?
 All plants need water and light.
 I planted an apple tree in my yard.
 I had the gardener plant some trees.
 Tom planted some flowers in his yard.
 You're the one who planted that tree.
 Many workers were laid off at that plant.
 Tom planted three apple trees in his yard.

 I didn't catch one single fish.

 I suggested that we go fishing.
 Tom assumed Mary caught a fish.
 Tom is chopping heads off fish.
 We spent the whole day fishing.
 Can we rent a fishing boat here?
 I caught more fish than Tom did.
 I'll show you how to catch fish.

 Frogs are afraid of snakes.

 He is like a frog in a well.
 A frog came out of the water.
 I've got a frog in my throat.
 The frog came out of the water.
 I can't tell a frog from a toad.
 Frogs are such amazing creatures.
 The French like to eat frog legs.
 The boy threw a stone at the frog.
 The prince was changed into a frog.

 I'm going to go feed the ducks.

 We could see some ducks on the lake.
 He went duck hunting.
 Where is the rubber duck?
 Do you want to buy a duck?

 Have you ever eaten an insect?

 My hobby is collecting insects.
 Faber wrote books about insects.
 Our picnic was ruined by insects.
 She has a strong dislike of insects.
  These insects are different species.
 Birds are natural enemies of insects.
 I am interested in the study of insects.

 Turtles are reptiles.

 Do turtles have teeth?
 We ate some turtle soup.
 Sea turtles have a long lifespan.
 Ninja Turtles is my favorite game.
 Biologists released some turtles into the sea.

Let's Learn the Shapes

Let's take a look at some basic math terms:

Plus or Add (+)
Two plus two is four. (2+2=4)
Five add five is ten. (5+5=10)
Minus, Subtract or Take Away (-)
Six minus two is four (6-2=4)
Ten subtract five is five (10-5=5) Nine take away eight is one (9-8=1)
Eight take away three is five (8-3=5)
Percent (%)
Twenty-five percent of eight is two.
The unemployment rate in the USA is six percent.
Decimal Point (.)
A number less than one that is written as one or more numbers after a decimal point:
10.1
4.345
Times or Multiply (x)
Three times three is nine (3x3=9)
Multiply five by five.
Four multiplied by two is eight (4x2=8)
Divide (÷)
Divide 8 by 2.
Ten divided by two is five (10÷2=5)
Equals or Is (=)
Five plus five equals ten (5+5=10)
Three times three is nine (3x3=9)
Now choose the missing maths vocabulary to complete these simple problems:
 1) Ten ___ ten equals twenty.
is

minus

plus

 2) Five ___ five is zero.

multiply

minus

add

 3) Twenty ___ by five is four.

multiplied

take away

divided

 4) Three ___ four is twelve.

add

times

minus

 5) Six __ two is eight.

add

divided

minus

 6) Twelve ___ by four equals three.

divided

add
 divide

 7) Ten ___ of a hundred is ten.

divide

percent

subtract

Addition
2+2=4 two and two is/ are/ comes up to four
625 + 542 = 1167 six hundred and twenty-five plus five hundred and forty-two is/
equals one thousand, one hundred and sixty-seven

Subtraction
6–4=2 six take away four leaves/ is two
267 – 194 = 73 two hundred and sixty-seven minus one hundred and ninety-
four equals seventy- three

Multiplication
4 x 6 = 24 four times six is/ makes twenty-four
42 x 63 = 2646 forty-two multiplied by sixty-three equals two thousand, six
hundred and forty-six

Division
24 : 6 = 4 twenty-four divided by six equals four

Adjectives for Describing People

 To describe someone’s height, you can say they are tall or short. Tall people
are higher than short people. Someone who is thin and tall can be
called lanky. To say someone is short and also small, you can say they
are petite. If you’re talking about a child, they might be pint-sized.
 Someone who weighs more than average can be curvy, well-built, full-
bodied or heavy. (Curvy is usually only used to describe women.) You might
also say someone has some meat on their bones. This is a casual way of
saying they are overweight, and it might seem rude to someone sensitive.
The opposite of overweight can be thin, slim or skinny.
 Light, yellowish hair can be described as blonde. But you can also call a
person who has that kind of hair a blonde. (This means blonde can be used
 as a noun or an adjective.) A person with dark hair can be called a brunette.
Someone with red hair can be called a redhead.
 Besides what color someone’s hair is, you also can say they are short-
haired or long-haired. You can say they have curly, straight or wavy hair.
Sometimes hair can also be frizzy, which is when it looks puffy with small, tight
curls. If someone has no hair at all on their head, they are bald.
 Men sometimes have hair on their faces. Hair that covers the chin and cheeks
is called a beard. When there’s hair only above the lips it’s a moustache. A
beard that’s only on the chin can be called a goatee. None of these are
adjectives. They are all nouns. To describe someone with a beard, you would
say, “He has a beard.”
 How does a person look overall? If you think a woman is attractive, you can
say she is beautiful, pretty or maybe even gorgeous (very beautiful). You
can call an attractive man handsome. Both men and women can be good-
looking. If you’re speaking very casually, good-looking men or women can
be hot. To say someone is not very good-looking, you can say they are not
much to look at. This is not a nice way to describe someone, but it’s better
than ugly.
 If someone dresses well, they are smartly dressed or they look smart. You
can also just say they are well-dressed. If someone dresses fashionably, they
are stylish or trendy. If someone has bad taste in clothes, you can say
they’re unfashionable. A less nice way to say this is frumpy.

Describing someone’s character

A person’s character is their personality, who they are on the inside. When you talk
about someone, you might mention what they are like as a person.
Here are some ways to do that:
 We all know people who are nice and kind. They are a pleasure to be with
and always seem to be smiling. These people are usually
also friendly and generous. People who are generous like to help others by
giving them things. Someone who is the opposite of nice is mean. Mean
people can be unpleasant, nasty or vicious. Hopefully you don’t know
anyone like this!
 Some people always show respect to others, which makes
them polite and well-mannered. Someone who doesn’t care about other’s
feelings or rules is rude and impolite. If they use bad language, you can say
they are vulgar or obscene.
 Someone smart is intelligent or clever. If they are smart because of age or
experience, they can be called wise. Someone who is not very intelligent could
be dumb or slow, but a slightly nicer way to say that is that they’re not too
bright.
 How does the person you’re describing deal with difficult situations? Some
people get angry easily. They are hot-headed. Others
are calmand sensible and look at everything in a relaxed way. Others go right
from being calm to being mad. They are moody.
  To describe a person who does not like to go out or be with people much, you
can use the word introvert. If that person doesn’t talk a lot and doesn’t seem
comfortable around others, they might be shy. People who love company and
parties are extroverts. They are often easy-going, meaning not much bothers
them.
 Someone who tries hard to do big things is ambitious. They might also
be resourceful. Resourceful people use everything they can to help them
reach a goal. Someone who is happy with what they have can be
called content or fulfilled. None of these are bad things to be.
 If a person is good at making people laugh, they are funny. If they’re funny in
a clever (smart) way, they’re witty. Some people don’t like to laugh a lot, and
are very serious instead. Sometimes serious people can seem boring.
 Arrogant, conceited people are not fun to be around because they act like
they are better than you. They can be show-offs, meaning they try to make
you see how great they are. Modest people don’t show off how great they are,
even if they’re awesome!

You can use these words to talk about how someone is feeling, how they were feeling
before or how they might feel in the future.
 There are so many ways to say that someone is happy! They can
be elated, exuberant, cheerful, delighted or even ecstatic (very, very
happy). Someone sad might be described as melancholy, miserable (very
sad) or out of sorts.
 When something makes a person mad, they become angry or fed up.
Someone very angry is furious or livid. Stay away from those people!
 We all feel like we have too much to deal with sometimes. This can make
us stressed and anxious. New or scary things can make us nervous. Once
that stress is gone, you can feel tranquil or serene, which are other ways of
saying relaxed.
 Did the person you’re describing get enough sleep last night? If not, they might
look tired or worn out. If they look extremely tired, they might be exhausted.
Sleeping well makes a person look well-rested.
 If someone looks like they’re not interested in what’s going on around them,
they might seem bored. If they’re very interested, you might say
they’re enthusiastic.

Vanessa The Vulture Plays Volleyball

 ] I play volleyball often.

 I'm a volleyball player.
 He plays beach volleyball.
 Volleyball is a lot of fun.
 They are playing volleyball.
 Tom is watching beach volleyball.
 I'm on the beach playing volleyball.
 The boys are playing beach volleyball.
 The girls are playing beach volleyball.
 Yoko is the captain of the volleyball team.
 Mike is not a member of the volleyball team.
 Some people like volleyball, others enjoy tennis.
 His height is a great advantage when he plays volleyball.

 He's a volleyball player.

 I play a lot of volleyball.
 I am playing volleyball now.
 Do you like playing volleyball?
 I like volleyball as well as basketball.

 Now it's your serve.

 She served me coffee.
 It serves our purpose.
 They don't serve that here.
 We're waiting to be served.
 ] What are you serving today?
 What time is dinner served?
 No man can serve two masters.
 What was served at the party?
 At what time is dinner served?

 I don't want to hit you, Tom.

 Tom got hit with a golf ball.
 Tom's car was hit by a truck.
 He hit the ball out of bounds.
 I really need to hit somebody.
 He hit his head against a rock.
 Tom almost got hit by the ball.

 Tom didn't blame Mary for hitting John.

 Tom felt like he'd been hit by a truck.
 Tom was lucky that Mary didn't hit him.
 I barely escaped being hit by the truck
 I have a very sore arm where you hit me.
 Tom hit his head on the roof of the car.
 I had to swerve to avoid hitting the dog
 Tom fell down the stairs and hit his head.

 Tom spiked the punch.

 Mike named his dog Spike.
 Someone spiked her drink.
  I saw her spike his drink.
 I saw Tom spike Mary's drink. (
 Did you really spike the orange juice?
 I think that someone spiked Mary's drink.

Sounds and noises - verbs of sound

burp
Also belch. To expel gas noisily from the stomach through the mouth
The baby burped after being fed.
cough
To push air from the lungs in a quick, noisy explosion.
He started to cough once he had a cold .
.
groan
A low, mournful sound uttered in pain or grief or uttered in frustration or disapproval
She groaned when her mother asked her to do the shopping.
giggle
To laugh gently or in a high-pitched voice; to laugh in a silly or giddy way.
The jokes had them giggling like little girls all evening.
laugh
To express mirth, satisfaction, or derision, by peculiar movement of the muscles of
the mouth, usually accompanied by the emission of explosive or chuckling sounds
from the chest and throat.
They were told a joke and were laughing.
pant
A quick breathing; a catching of the breath; a gasp.
When he arrived, he was panting because he ran all the way to school.
puff
A sharp exhalation of a small amount of breath through the mouth.
scream
A loud, emphatic, exclamation of extreme emotion, usually horror, fear, excitement...
She screamed when she saw the mouse in the kitchen.
sniff
To make a short, audible inhalation, through the nose, as if to smell something.
The dog sniffed around the park, searching for a nice scent.
sneeze
To expel air as a reflex induced by an irritation in the nose.
When you sneeze people say: "God bless you!"
snore
To breathe during sleep with harsh, snorting noises caused by vibration of the soft
palate.
He sometimes snores and when he snores you can' stand the sound.
sigh
A deep and prolonged audible inspiration or respiration of air, as when fatigued,
frustrated, grieved, or relieved; the act of sighing.
She sighed when she finally found her keys.
slurp
A loud sucking noise made in eating or drinking
yawn
To open the mouth widely and take a long, rather deep breath, often because one is
tired and sometimes accompanied by pandiculation.
I could see my students yawning, so I knew the lesson was boring
whisper
The act of speaking in a quiet voice, especially, without vibration of the vocal cords.
They were whispering when the professor started his lecture.

1. Cats — meow
As any cat owner knows, cats meow when they want something. When they’re
content (happy), like if they’re enjoying some petting, they purr. Cat purring sounds
like a little engine!
Unhappy cats might yowl, or cry out loudly. Or they might hiss, which is also the
sound a snake makes.
2. Dogs — woof
Dogs make many noises, depending on what they’re feeling and even how big they
are. Angry dogs growl, scared dogs whimper, and some dogs (and wolves) howl.
Many dogs woof or ruff, but small dogs yip and yap (someone yappy is someone
who talks a lot), while large dogs have a deep bow-wow. All these sounds are
called barking. A dog that says “woof” is not “woofing,” it’s barking.
3. Horses — neigh
If you’ve ever heard a horse’s sound, you know it’s hard to describe. In English the
sound is written as a neigh, and is called a whinny.
The word “whinny” might be another attempt to write the sound a horse makes, or
might be related to the word “whine,” which is a complaining sound (and in fact, can
be used to talk about humans who are complaining a lot in a childish way).
Horses also make a snorting sound and the less often used nicker, which is a low
whinny.
4. Goats and sheep — baa
A classic nursery song mentions the sounds of goats and sheep: “Baa baa black
sheep have you any wool?”
These farm animals make the sound baa, which is unusual because we don’t
normally see two a’s next to each other in English. The double a’s are used to show
that the sound is elongated (lengthened). This cry is called a bleat.
5. Pigs — oink
Pigs seem to speak differently in every language, and in English they say oink. Pigs
also squeal, which is a high-pitched whine. Humans squeal too, usually to show
happiness (i.e. “She squealed in delight when she saw the present”).
“To squeal on someone” also means to tell on them, especially when it concerns a
crime. For example, “The robber would have gotten away with the money, but his
partner squealed to the police.”
Another pig noise is the grunt. You probably grunt sometimes too, since it’s the
sound you make when you do something physically difficult. A grunt is also the name
for the lowest level workers and soldiers. This led to the term “grunt work,” used to
describe boring jobs that no one wants to do. We seem to take a lot of inspiration
from pigs!

6. Cows — moo
The sound a cow makes is moo. This sound is officially called lowing, which comes
from a word that means to shout, but you’ll probably never hear it called that in real
life. Saying that “the cow is mooing” is just fine!
7. Donkeys — hee-haw
Donkeys have a two-toned call that sounds pretty funny. In English, this sound is
called braying, and is written as hee-haw.
The British version is a bit different from the American though; it’s written as eeyore.
Sound familiar? That’s the name of the sad donkey in the Winnie the Pooh stories.
8. Chickens — cluck
Female chickens are called hens and they make a clucking sound. Baby chickens
say cheep, and are called chicks, which is also an extremely informal and somewhat
insulting way to refer to women.
Different languages seem to agree on these sounds pretty closely, but roosters (male
chickens) are a different matter!
9. Roosters — cock-a-doodle-do
When a rooster calls in the morning, that’s called crowing (similar to the bird “crow,”
but in this case it’s a verb). In English, the sound of a rooster is written as cock-a-
doodle-do. How is that different from the sound a rooster makes in your language?
10. Birds — chirp
Birds of all sizes are known for their sounds, which are usually called singing.
Birds chirp, trill and warble. They also tweet and twitter, which you might recognize
as the name of a very popular social media websitewith a bird logo. Now you know
why!
11. Owls — Hoot
Owls might be birds, but they make different sounds. In fact, they’re known for not
using too many sounds at all as they fly; they’re silent predators (animals that hunt
other animals for food).
The owl’s sound is called a hoot. Owls, and other birds of prey like eagles and
hawks, can also screech—a loud, high-pitched yell.
12. Ducks and geese — quack and honk
Do you think ducks and geese sound the same? In English, they make two very
different sounds. Ducks quack and geese honk. Both words are also used in regular
English: cars and trucks also honk when they blast their horns, and a quack is a fake
doctor.
Conversation #1 – At The Check-In Desk
Dan is flying from New York to Los Angeles. When he arrives at the airport, he goes
to the check-in desk. Listen to the conversation he has with the agent:

Agent: Good afternoon! Where are you flying to today?

Dan: Los Angeles.
Agent: May I have your passport, please?
Dan: Here you go.
Agent: Are you checking any bags?
Dan: Just this one.
Agent: OK, please place your bag on the scale.
Dan: I have a stopover in Chicago – do I need to pick up my luggage there?
Agent: No, it’ll go straight through to Los Angeles. Here are your boarding passes –
your flight leaves from gate 15A and it’ll begin boarding at 3:20. Your seat number is
26E.
Dan: Thanks.

Conversation Vocabulary And Phrases

 Instead of “Where are you flying today?”the agent may ask “What’s your
final destination?” The answer will be the same!
 You can say “Here you go”anytime you give something to somebody
 To check your bags means to put them on the airplane inside the cargo
compartment. The small bag you take with you on the airplane is called
a carry-on. You need to put your carry-on bags through the X-ray machine at
security.
 The scaleis the equipment that tells you the weight of your luggage (45
kilograms, for example)
 A stopover or layover is when the airplane stops in a different city before
continuing to the final destination
 If the agent says that your luggage will go straight through, it means it will go
directly to the final destination (and you don’t need to pick it up during your
stopover)
 Boarding passes are the tickets that permit you to enter the airplane
 When a plane begins boarding, it means that the passengers start to enter the
plane. Usually boarding time is 30-60 minutes before takeoff (when the plane
leaves)

Visiting a Travel Agent

A: I need help planning my vacation.

 B: Sure, where would you like to go?

A: I haven't decided where to go yet.

B: Do you enjoy warm or cold climates?

A: I am thinking that I might enjoy a tropical climate.

B: I have some brochures here that you might like to look at.

A: These look great!

B: Do you know how much you want to spend on this vacation?

A: I have about a thousand dollars to spend on this trip.

B: Well, take these brochures, and get back to me when you want to make your
reservations.

A: Could you help me with vacation plans?

B: Do you know where you will be traveling?

A: I am open to suggestions at this point.

B: Are you wanting to travel to a tropical climate, or would you like to go

somewhere with a cooler climate?

A: I would like to travel to a cooler destination.

B: I can give you some brochures that could give you some ideas.

A: I will look at them right now.

B: How much money is in your budget for this trip?

A: I think that I can spend about two hundred dollars a day.

B: Take your time choosing a destination and, when you've narrowed it down, I'll
be happy to help you make a reservation.
. Ordering Food and Drink
1

A: I was wondering if I could order something to drink.

B: Yes, we have alcoholic beverages as well as coffee, tea, or soda.

A: How much do drinks cost?

B: Our alcoholic beverages are five dollars each. All others are complimentary.

A: When will our meals be served?

B: We will serve a snack with the beverages. Dinner will be served a few hours
into our flight.

A: What are our dinner choices?

B: You will have a choice of chicken, fish, or beef. I will be bringing a menu by
shortly.

A: I am a vegetarian and need a vegetarian meal.

B: Vegetarian meals need to be requested at least two days before your flight. I
might be able to find you extra servings of vegetables, however.

A: I am getting thirsty and was wondering if I may order a drink.

B: Yes, I would be happy to take your drink order. We have coffee, tea, or soda
as well as bar drinks.

A: Do you charge for beverages?

B: We offer nonalcoholic beverages for free. Our bar drinks are five dollars each.

A: Are we going to get fed on this flight?

B: You will get a small snack served with your beverage. We will be serving
dinner about halfway through the flight.
 A: Do we have a choice of what we get for dinner?

B: Tonight we have chicken, fish, or beef to choose from. You will get a chance to
look at a menu a little before our mealtime.

A: Do you have vegetarian meals?

B: We serve many different meals for people with religious or dietary restrictions.
We do need to know about this at the time you book your flight.

Missing Connecting Flight

A: My flight just arrived late, and I need to know what to do.

B: That's okay. The airline computer is keeping track of what is happening with
you.

A: Do I have to call anyone?

B: By speaking with us at the arrival gate, we can fix the problem for you and
direct you.

A: What if there are no more connecting flights for today on this airline?

B: We will go online to see if there is something available with this airline. If we

need to, we can check for a flight with another carrier.

A: What if I can't find another flight out of here tonight?

B: We can help you find transportation to a local hotel.

A: Will the airline pay for my room if I have to spend the night at the airport?

B: Since the flight delay was our fault and you are continuing on with our airline,
we will cover the cost of a hotel room.

Ground Transportation
 A: I just arrived and need help getting transportation to my hotel.

B: There are shuttles, taxis, and buses that go all over the city.

A: Which one is the best form of transportation?

B: It depends on where you want to go. If you are going to a well-known hotel,
they have their own shuttles that drop you right off at the door.

A: Where can I catch a cab?

B: All ground transportation leaves from the island as you walk out the arrivals
gate.

A: Where can I rent a car?

B: The car rental agencies are against the wall as you exit.

A: Are there any subways in this town?

B: We have a subway system, but you need to take a shuttle to get to the
station.

Arranging a Tour of the City

A: I was wondering if you could help me book a few tours.

B: You have come to the right place. How many days will you be visiting here?

A: I will be here for a week.

B: Have you ever visited our city before?

A: This is my first time visiting this city.

B: What are you interested in? Do you enjoy museums and buildings, or would
you rather hit some outdoor hotspots and venues?

A: I really enjoy visiting museums and art galleries.

B: We have tours for all interests.

 A: Do you have a city tour?

B: Yes, in fact, I usually suggest that to visitors.

A: I need help knowing how to book some tours.

B: We will be able to book your tours here. How long will you be here?

A: I am only staying for three days.

B: Is this your first stay in our city?

A: I have been here before on a business trip but didn't really have a chance to
see much.

B: Have you thought of what types of things you would like to see? Would you
maybe like to visit some outdoor venues or nighttime hotspots?

A: I love being outdoors and would love to spend some time at the beach.

B: We have a tour that can take you where you can see all of that.

A: Do you have a tour where I can get a quick overview of the city?

B: We do have tours like that, and I think that that is a good place to start.

Sightseeing

A: Where should we go sightseeing today?

B: I think that some things might be best done in the morning and others in
the afternoon.

A: I think that I would like to go to the beach this morning.

B: That would be a good place to start our sightseeing. We could have

breakfast there.
A: I hear that there is a very nice natural history museum there.

B: Yes, it would be nice to check that out since we are so close by.

A: Where should we go in the afternoon?

B: I think that I would like to go to the amusement park. It's supposed to be

quite good.

A: At the end of the day, I would love to take in the sunset at the restaurant
by the park.

B: That sounds like a great idea! Let's go get a map.

A: It's so hard to choose where to go first on our sightseeing trip!

B: We could think of what would make a good morning activity versus an

evening activity.

A: I really wanted to make sure that I got a chance to go to the local beach.

B: I think that that would be a fun beginning to our day. We could walk
around there.

A: I heard that the Natural History Museum is pretty close to the beach.

B: I heard the same thing. We might as well go there since we are just down
the street.

A: What would be a good place to go to in the afternoon?

B: The local amusement park is supposed to be wonderful.

A: The restaurant on the edge of the park would be a great place to watch
the sun go down.

B: That sounds like a perfect sightseeing day to me.

Office Memos: The Do's and the Don'ts

interoffice

functioning or communicating between the offices of a company ororganization; within

a company:

punctual
adjective
1.
strictly observant of an appointed or regular time; not late; prompt.
2.
made, occurring, etc., at the scheduled or proper time:

abide
to remain; continue; stay:

STUDENT A's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student B.)

(1) What kind of jobs have you had (part-time and full-time)?
(2) Are there many good job vacancies for you in your country?
(3) What is your dream job?
(4) What jobs do you do at home?
(5) Are there jobs that are only for women or only for men?
(6) How many jobs do you think you’ll have in your life?
(7) Are there any jobs you would refuse to do, regardless of the pay?
(8) Is being a rock star or sports star a job?
(9) What do you think the job of being an English teacher is like?
(10) Who has the best job in the world? Why do you think so?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) Do you often check the jobs ads in newspapers or on the Internet?
(2) What kinds of jobs interest you most and least?
(3) Is the job market in your country growing?
(4) What are the toughest jobs in the world?
(5) Is being a housewife a job? Should women get paid for this?
(6) Do you like job hunting applying for jobs?
(7) What is the job description of your last job?
(8) Does everyone have equal job opportunities in your country?
(9) What’s the best way to pass job interviews?
(10) What is the best way to quit a job?

Signs You won't Like Your New Boss

 Can you talk about what a typical day at your current job is like?
 Can you describe some of the people that you work with?
 Can you describe your current job?
 Do you like your boss? Why or why not?
 Do you like your job?
 How have working conditions changed in recent years?
 Do you think that working conditions have improved? If so, in what
ways?
 How long do you plan to continue working where you are?
 How long have you been working at your present job?
 Do you think it is more important to make a lot of money or to enjoy your job?
 What are some jobs that you think would be boring?
 What are some jobs that you think would be fun?
 Would you consider yourself to be an ambitious person at work?
 Would you describe yourself as a workaholic?
 Would you like a job in which you traveled a lot?

3) What is your dream job?

(4) What jobs do you do at home?
(5) Are there jobs that are only for women or only for men?
(6) How many jobs do you think you’ll have in your life?
(7) Are there any jobs you would refuse to do, regardless of the pay?
(8) Is being a rock star or sports star a job?
(9) What do you think the job of being an English teacher is like?
(10) Who has the best job in the world? Why do you think so?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) Do you often check the jobs ads in newspapers or on the Internet?
(2) What kinds of jobs interest you most and least?
(3) Is the job market in your country growing?
(4) What are the toughest jobs in the world?
(5) Is being a housewife a job? Should women get paid for this?
(6) Do you like job hunting applying for jobs?
(7) What is the job description of your last job?
(8) Does everyone have equal job opportunities in your country?
(9) What’s the best way to pass job interviews?
(10) What is the best way to quit a job?

Food
I am hungry ,come eat with me
Mom, please,give me some food, I am hungry
If you are hungry, we will eat
Can you buy some food, Tom is hungry
 The animal died from hunger.
 The meal satisfied his hunger.
 The whole world hungers for peace.
 There's nothing worse than hunger.
 Let's eat now. I'm dying of hunger.
 This poor cat almost died of hunger.

I will drink now,because I am thirsty.

Can you give me a glass of water I am thirsty
There is a cup of water, and I am thirsty
John is thirsty ,he wants to drink
We are all thirsty ,give us something to dring

 I prefer milk to juice.

 Do you want fruit juice?
 I asked for grape juice.
 I love elderberry juice.
 I want some orange juice.
 I'd like an orange juice.
 Don't you want any orange juice?
 Can you get the boys some more juice?
 Are you sure you don't want some juice?

 Tom started eating.

 Tom stopped eating.
 Tom went on eating.
 Tom won't eat meat.
 Tom won't eat that.
 Tom hasn't eaten all day.
 Tom never eats junk food.
 Tom often eats Thai food.
 Tom only eats white meat.
 Tom quite often eats out.
 Tom seldom eats red meat

 I ate a turkey sandwich.

 I don't want a sandwich.
  I brought you a sandwich.
 I made myself a sandwich.
 I made you a ham sandwich.
 I couldn't find my sandwich.
 Do you want another sandwich?
 I almost dropped my sandwich.
 I won't give you my sandwich.

 Can I have some more milk?

 He put milk in his coffee.
 I prefer coffee with milk.
 Mary likes milk very much.
 This milk tastes terrible.
 You drink milk, don't you?
 Have you ever milked a cow?

The Rain Forest Adventure

What makes a jungle?

Jungles are known for their thick forests and their large amounts of plants and vines.
While they have a lot in common with rainforests, they are not the same thing.
Rainforests have extremely thick canopies of trees and the floor of them is completely
blocked from the sun. Jungles, on the other hand, allow more light in from the sun so
that lets more plants grow. This extra light helps the plants and trees grow so much,
in fact, that it can be very difficult to move around in a jungle.

Where are Jungles Found?

Jungles are found all over the world, usually surrounding rainforests that have grown.
The most famous jungles in the world can be found in Central America and South
America, but they are located in other areas, as well. Because they need warm
environments with hot and steamy temperatures, jungles are typically found near the
equator.
What Type of Weather Do Jungles Have?
Because jungles surround rainforests and are found in similar places, the weather in
jungles is about the same as it is in the rainforest. The weather in jungles is very hot
and humid. It typically rains a lot in these places, which also helps the plants grow.
Because the weather is always warm and there is never any winter or freeze period,
organisms grow quickly and constantly in the ideal environment, especially different
types of bacteria.

What kind of plants are in the jungle?

Some of the most common types of trees that can be found in the jungle are the
Brazil-nut tree, palm trees, and even trees that only grow on other trees, called
epiphytes. It is also home to vines, moss, and ferns. Because the jungle is already
such a harsh environment for plants, they cannot afford to be attacked or eaten by
animals, too. Many types of plants have adapted to give off poisonous toxins if an
animal should come to close, using it to protect themselves from danger.

What is a Jungle?
A jungle is an overgrown place with wild tangles and webs of vegetation and very
dense forest.

Is it a jungle or a rainforest? Well they are actually very similar, but rainforests have a
thick canopy of tall trees that hardly let any light in, and a jungle is more bright and
sunny, which makes it easier for plants to grow.

The extra light in a jungle creates a thick carpet of plants and vegetation. It’s definitely
not easy to make your way around here.

Jungles are often on the edge of rainforests, so they’re pretty close to each other.

There are just heaps of plants and animals that live in jungles, and you could see
some awesome things if you decided to become an explorer.

Jungles are mostly in warm places that have lots of rain, all the better for those plants
to grow.

Quick Facts: Jungles

 Over half of the world’s plant and animals species live in some type of jungle
environment
 Jungles are similar to rainforests, but they have less trees and more sunlight
 Jungles are in warm places with lots of rainfall
 Usually found near the equator
 Some animals that live in jungles are tigers, jaguars, elephants, and monkeys
Jungles have such a wide mix of plants and animals and they give us beautiful
ecosystems to research and study. While they may not be the most ideal places to go
on vacation, they still provide amazing environments for animals and plants to grow
and live. With over half of the world’s plant and animal species living in some type of
jungle, it is important that we cherish them and protect them.

What's in your schoolbag?

 [] I must find my key. (

 I pocketed my keys.
 I want my key back.
 I've found the key.
  I still have your key.
 I'll just get my keys.
 ] There has to be a key.
 Tom gave Mary the key
 Tell Tom I don't have his keys.
 Tom left his keys on the table.
 Tom locked his keys in his car.
 Tom seems to have lost his key. (

 This is a wooden comb.

 He combed back his hair. (
 Tom combed back his hair.
 Do you want me to comb your hair?
 You forgot to comb your hair, Tom.
 He doesn't bother to comb his hair.
 When was the last time you combed your hair?

 Gives Tom a tissue

 Could I have a tissue?
 I always have a good supply of tissues in my pockets.
 The patient's lung tissue was damaged from years of working in a coal
mine.

Time

10.30 A.M.

Students : Good Morning Sir,

Teachers : Good Morning sit down.

Leader : Here is the attendance sir.

Girl : Excuse me sir.

Teachers : Yes, what's the time now?

Girl : Its 9.40 am Sir.

Teachers : At what time does the bell ring?

Girl : The bell rings at 9.30 am.

Teachers : When should you come?

Girl : I should have come before 9.30.

Teachers : Yes, but you came at 9.40.

Girl : Sorry sir.

Teachers : What is the reason?

Girl : I missed the bus.

Teachers : You should have started earlier.

Girl : My mother is ill.

Teachers : Did you do the house hold things?

Girl : Yes sir,

Teachers : Why does not your father do it?

Girl : My father is a farmer. He has gone to the field early morning.

Teachers : Oh I see! Here after avoid coming late.

Girl : Yes sir,

Rahul : Show me your essay note-book.

Surya : I kept in my home.

Rahul : Then show me your work-book.

Surya : Take it.

Teachers : What's the noise there? Who's talking?

Rahul : Sorry sir.

Teachers : Don't you know about discipline?

Rahul : I am preparing for the English test during the period.

Talking about a School Project

KATE: "Hello?"
ANNE: "Hi Kate. This is Anne. Have you completed the class project?"
KATE: "Yeah. I finished it last night. How about you?"
ANNE: "No, not yet. I'm having a hard time with the conclusion of my report."
KATE: "Do you need any help?"
ANNE: "Maybe just a little. Do you have time tonight?"
KATE: "No. I'm sorry. It's my aunt and uncle's anniversary and I promised to babysit
my niece."
ANNE: "Oh. I understand."
KATE: "I'm free tomorrow night."
ANNE: "Tomorrow is good for me too. Can I come over or would you like to come
here."
KATE: "It might be quieter at your house. My brother is going to have a friend over
and they can be very noisy."
ANNE: "Ok. Then let's meet at my house."
KATE: "Sounds good. What time should I come over?"
ANNE: "How about 5 pm? I can make you dinner."
KATE: "Really? I'd love to come for dinner."
ANNE: "What's your favorite dish?"
KATE: "Spaghetti and meatballs. But please make anything you like."
ANNE: "Spaghetti and meatballs are my specialty. I'll make that."
KATE: "Sounds great! I will be there tomorrow at 5 pm."
ANNE: "See you tomorrow night."

New Friend at School

MOM: "Jane, how was school today?"
JANE: "Mom, it was fun. I made a new friend."
MOM: "That's nice. What's her name?"
JANE: "Her name is Cindy."
MOM: "Is she new to your school?"
JANE: "Yeah, she's a new student. She moved here from Seattle, Washington."
MOM: "You have an aunt who lives in Seattle."
JANE: "I know. I like Seattle. It's beautiful there, but it rains too much."
MOM: "Yeah. That's why we're staying in sunny California."
JANE: "Cindy and I have a lot in common. We both like drawing, playing with dogs,
and eating pizza."
MOM: "You should invite her over for dinner one night."
JANE: "Can we, Mom?"
MOM: "Sure. We can order pizza."
JANE: "Maybe I'll ask her if she can come over on Friday."
MOM: "Ok. Let's invite her parents too. We can get to know them."
JANE: "That's a good idea. They don't have any friends here, yet."
Women at work
 Can you talk about what a typical day at your current job is like?
 Can you describe some of the people that you work with?
 Can you describe your current job?
 Do you like your boss? Why or why not?
 Do you like your job?
 How have working conditions changed in recent years?
 Do you think that working conditions have improved? If so, in what
ways?
 How long do you plan to continue working where you are?
 How long have you been working at your present job?
 Do you think it is more important to make a lot of money or to enjoy your job?
 What are some jobs that you think would be boring?
 What are some jobs that you think would be fun?
 Would you consider yourself to be an ambitious person at work?
 Would you describe yourself as a workaholic?
 Would you like a job in which you traveled a lot?

3) What is your dream job?

(4) What jobs do you do at home?
(5) Are there jobs that are only for women or only for men?
(6) How many jobs do you think you’ll have in your life?
(7) Are there any jobs you would refuse to do, regardless of the pay?
(8) Is being a rock star or sports star a job?
(9) What do you think the job of being an English teacher is like?
(10) Who has the best job in the world? Why do you think so?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) Do you often check the jobs ads in newspapers or on the Internet?
(2) What kinds of jobs interest you most and least?
(3) Is the job market in your country growing?
(4) What are the toughest jobs in the world?
(5) Is being a housewife a job? Should women get paid for this?
(6) Do you like job hunting applying for jobs?
(7) What is the job description of your last job?
(8) Does everyone have equal job opportunities in your country?
(9) What’s the best way to pass job interviews?
(10) What is the best way to quit a job?

Rain, Rain Go Away

 It has become much warmer.

 Do you want that warmed up?
 We received a warm welcome.
 The island is warm all year.
 Tom tried to keep Mary warm.
 I kept the seat warm for you.
 My overcoat is light but warm.
 You should keep yourself warm.
 I didn't expect a warm welcome.

 There is no wind today.

 A cold wind was blowing.
 There was a strong wind.
 The wind has calmed down.
 The wind blew her hat off.
 The wind feels great today.
 I love the sound of wind chimes.
 I can hear the wind in the trees.

 There are clouds in the sky.

 Look at the cloud over there.
 The moon is behind the clouds.
 There aren't any clouds today.
 A cloud floated across the sky.
 Dark clouds are a sign of rain.
 I want to fly above the clouds.
 That mountain is in the clouds.

 The sun was coming up then.

 The sun is shining brightly.
 Cats like playing in the sun.
 Nothing is new under the sun.
 The sun baked the ground dry.
 The sun doesn't always shine.
 The sun gives light and heat.
 The sun is essential to life.

 The earth moves around the sun.

  The sun doesn't shine at night.
 The sun is sinking in the west.
 The sun rose above the horizon.

 It is likely to rain again.

 It's hardly raining at all.
 Let's get out of this rain.
 Suddenly, it began to rain
 Tom doubts if it will rain
 Wasn't it supposed to rain?

 It's likely to rain tomorrow

 Since it rained, I didn't go
 We'll go when the rain stops.
 Do you think it'll rain today?
 I have to go even if it rains.

Bella And The Tooth Fairy

 I brush my teeth every morning.

 Brush your teeth after each meal.
 Don't forget to brush your teeth.
 I brush my teeth after breakfast.
 Tom had a close brush with death.
 You should've brushed your teeth.
 Tom brushed the sand off his pants.

 The boy started crying.

 The men cried for help.
 Tom began to cry again.
 Tom has stopped crying.
 I couldn't keep from crying.
 Now don't start crying, Tom.
 I'm sorry for making you cry.
 I didn't mean to make Tom cry.
 I hate to see a grown man cry. (
 She couldn't keep from crying.
 ] Tom couldn't keep from crying.

 Brush your teeth after each meal.

 Don't forget to brush your teeth.
 I brush my teeth after breakfast.
 Tom had his wisdom teeth removed.
  You should've brushed your teeth.
 Look at how white Tom's teeth are.
 Tom had his wisdom teeth taken out.

Dental Check-up Sam: Hello, Doctor.

Dr. Peterson: Good morning, Sam. How are you doing today?
Sam: I'm OK. I've been having some gum pain recently.
Dr. Peterson: Well, we'll take a look. Please recline and open your mouth.... that's
good.
Sam:(after being examined) How does it look?
Dr. Peterson: Well, there is some inflammation of the gums. I think we should also
do a new set of S-rays.
Sam: Why do you say that?
Is something wrong?
Dr. Peterson: No, no, it's just standard procedure every year. It looks like you may
have a few cavities as well.
Sam: That's not good news .... hmmm
Dr. Peterson: There are just two and they look superficial.
Sam: I hope so.
Dr. Peterson: We need to take X-rays to identify tooth decay, as well as check for
decay between the teeth.
Sam: I see.
Dr. Peterson: Here, put on this protective apron.
Sam: OK.
Dr. Peterson: (after taking the X-rays) Things look good. I don't see any evidence of
further decay.
Sam: That's good news!
Dr. Peterson: Yes, I'll just get these two fillings drilled and taken care of and then
we'll get your teeth cleaned.

Dentist: Good morning, Ms Karp. What’s the problem?

Patient: I’ve got toothache. I think it’s in this tooth.
Dentist: Right, let me have a look. Open your mouth wide.
Dentist: Does it hurt when I touch it?
Patient: Ow! Yes, it’s very painful.
Dentist: Yes, you’ve got some bad decay in there. I’m going to have to
fill that tooth.
Patient: Oh, OK, Can you do it now?
Dentist: No, you’ll need to book an appointment with the receptionist on the
way out. You should do it as soon as possible.
Patient: OK, I’ll do that.
Dentist: And remember to clean your teeth twice a day.
Patient: I will, thank you.
Dentist: Good bye Ms Karp
Patient: Bye
Making Dentist Appointment

A: "Hello. Thank you for calling Dr. Smith's office. How can I help you?"
B: "This is Eleanor Johnson. I'd like to make an appointment to see the dentist."
A: "Will this be your first visit?"
B: "Yes. I haven't been to the dentist in a while. I'm afraid of going to the dentist."
A: "Oh. You will like Dr. Smith. He is very gentle."
B: "That's nice to hear."
A: "Is there anything wrong with your teeth?"
B: "I have a toothache."
A: "We have an opening tomorrow morning at 9 am."
B: "Do you have anything this afternoon. My tooth hurts very much."
A: "We are very busy this afternoon, but I can squeeze you in around 4 pm. Does that
work for you?"
B: "Yes! 4 pm is perfect."
A: "Do you have dental insurance?"
B: "Yes, I do."
A: "Ok. Please come 15 minutes early to fill out some forms."
B: "Ok. I will be there at 3:45. Thank you so much."
A: "You're welcome. We'll see you soon."
B: "Bye."

Talking about Dentist Appointment

A: "Susie, I'm picking you up from school early today."

B: "Why Mom?"
A: "You have a dentist appointment."
B: "I don't want to go."
A: "It's just a check-up."
B: "But it hurt last time."
A: "That is because you had a cavity."
B: "But I brush my teeth every day."
A: "I know, but you eat too much candy."
B: "I hope I don't have any cavities this time."
A: "Me too."
B: "What time are you picking me up?"
A: "2 o'clock."
B: "Ok. I'll tell my teacher."
A: "I will also call the school office."
B: "Ok. I'll see you later."
At the Dentist

A: "Hi Alice. What are you doing here?"

B: "Hi Linda. I'm here for a check-up. How about you?"
A: "I'm here for a procedure."
B: "What kind of procedure?"
A: "A root canal."
B: "A root canal? That's pretty serious, isn't it?"
A: "Yeah. I didn't take care of a tooth and now it's infected."
B: "Wow! I'm sorry to hear that. Are you in pain?"
A: "A little. I took some medicine this morning."
B: "That should help."
A: "I don't have dental insurance, so it's going to be very expensive."
B: "That's terrible. Why don't you have dental insurance?"
A: "I didn't think it was important."
B: "I think it's important to have dental insurance."
A: "Yeah. And it's important to take care of your teeth."
B: "I agree."

Vancouver
(1) Do you like travelling?
(2) What is travel for you?
(3) What different kinds of travelling are there?
(4) What’s the best place you’ve ever been to?
(5) Would you like to go travelling for a few years non-stop?
(6) What are the good and bad things about travelling?
(7) Where do you want to travel to before you die?
(8) Is it better to travel or to arrive?
(9) Lin Yutang said: "No one realizes how beautiful it is to travel until he comes
home and rests his head on his old, familiar pillow." Do you agree?
(10) Elizabeth Drew said: "Too often travel, instead of broadening the mind, merely
lengthens the conversation." What does this mean? Do you agree?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) What springs to mind when you hear the word ‘travel’?
(2) Are you a traveller?
(3) Is travel an education?
(4) Would you like to travel in space or to the moon?
(5) Would you like to work in the travel industry?
(6) What are the pros and cons of traveling first class and backpacking?
(7) Is travel helping the world?
(8) What would make you wiser – travelling around the world for ten years or
reading 10,000 books?
(9) Mason Cooley said: "Travelers never think that they are the foreigners." Do
you agree?
(10) St. Augustine said: "The World is a book, and those who do not travel read
only a page." What does this mean? Do you agree?

1. Canada spans 9 984 670 sq km and comprises 6 time zones.

2. Canada is home to the longest street in the world. Yonge Street in Ontario starts at
Lake Ontario, and runs north through Ontario to the Minnesota border, a distance of
almost 2,000 km.
3. While we’re talking ‘longest’, here’s another record: Canada has the world's longest
coastline at 202,080 km.
4. A bear cub named Winnipeg was exported from Canada to the London Zoo in
1915. A little boy named Christopher Robin Milne loved to visit Winnipeg, or Winnie
for short. His love for the bear cub inspired the stories written by his father, A.A.
Milne, about Winnie-the-Pooh.
5. The Canadian motto, A Mari Usque ad Mare, means "From sea to sea."
6. Toronto’s Rogers Centre, formerly known as the SkyDome, is home to the largest
Sony big screen in the world, measuring 10 m x 33.6 m.
7. The Blackberry Smartphone was developed in Ontario, at Research In Motion's
Waterloo offices.
8. The Big Nickel in Sudbury, Ontario is the world's largest coin. It is a huge
reproduction of a 1951 Canadian nickel and measures nine meters in diameter.
9. Canada has twice been invaded by the USA, first in 1775 and again in 1812.
10. Actor Leslie Nielsen is Canadian. His brother, Erik, was the Deputy Prime Minister
of Canada for two years, from 1984 to 1986.
11. Canada holds the record for the most gold medals ever won at the Winter
Olympics, taking 14 Golds at the 2010 Vancouver Winter Olympics.
12. Sandy Gardiner, a journalist with the Ottawa Journal in the 60s, coined the term
'Beatlemania' while he was writing a story about the Beatles.
13. Canada was named through a misunderstanding. When Jaques Cartier, a French
explorer, came to the new world, he met with local Natives who invited them to their
'kanata' (the word for ‘village’). The party mistakenly thought the name of the country
was "Kanata" or Canada.
14. The Mounted Police was formed in 1873, with nine officers. In 1920, the group
merged with the Dominion Police to become the famous Royal Canadian Mounted
Police, which today has close to 30 000 members.
15. Canada is home to approximately 55,000 different species of insects.
16. Montreal is home to many beautiful churches and is often called The City of
Saints or City of a Hundred Bell Towers.
17. Ontario is believed to be home to the world's smallest jail, which measures only
24.3 sq metres.
18. The Hotel de Glace in Quebec is built every year using 400 tons of ice and 12 000
tons of snow. Every summer it melts away, only to be rebuilt the following winter.
19. Canada’s only desert in British Columbia is only 15 miles long and is the only
desert in the world with a long boardwalk for visitors to walk on.
20. Famous Canadians include Pamela Anderson, Leonard Cohen, Avril Lavigne,
Keanu Reeves and Jim Carrey.

Numbers
Hint American English 'and' is not used.
120 - one hundred and twenty
1,750 - one thousand, two hundred and seventy
3,003 - two thousand and three
Hundreds
Always use 100 with 'a' or 'one'.
100= a hundred / one hundred
'a' can only stand at the beginning of a number.
200 - a hundred / two hundred
1,100 - one thousand, one hundred Wrong 1,100 - one thousand, a hundred
Thousands and Millions
Always use 1,000 and 1,000,000 using 'a' or 'one'.
1,000 - a thousand
5,000 - five thousand
901,300 - nine hundred and three thousand

Let's take a look at some basic math terms:

Plus or Add (+)
Two plus two is four. (2+2=4)
Five add five is ten. (5+5=10)
Minus, Subtract or Take Away (-)
Six minus two is four (6-2=4)
Ten subtract five is five (10-5=5) Nine take away eight is one (9-8=1)
Eight take away three is five (8-3=5)
Percent (%)
Twenty-five percent of eight is two.
The unemployment rate in the USA is six percent.
Decimal Point (.)
A number less than one that is written as one or more numbers after a decimal point:
10.1
4.345
Times or Multiply (x)
Three times three is nine (3x3=9)
Multiply five by five.
Four multiplied by two is eight (4x2=8)
Divide (÷)
Divide 8 by 2.
Ten divided by two is five (10÷2=5)
Equals or Is (=)
Five plus five equals ten (5+5=10)
Three times three is nine (3x3=9)
Now choose the missing maths vocabulary to complete these simple problems:
 1) Ten ___ ten equals twenty.

is

minus

plus

 2) Five ___ five is zero.

multiply

minus

add

 3) Twenty ___ by five is four.

multiplied

take away

divided

 4) Three ___ four is twelve.

add

times

minus

 5) Six __ two is eight.

 add

divided

minus

 6) Twelve ___ by four equals three.

divided

add

divide

 7) Ten ___ of a hundred is ten.

divide

percent

subtract

Addition
2+2=4 two and two is/ are/ comes up to four
625 + 542 = 1167 six hundred and twenty-five plus five hundred and forty-two is/
equals one thousand, one hundred and sixty-seven

Subtraction
6–4=2 six take away four leaves/ is two
267 – 194 = 73 two hundred and sixty-seven minus one hundred and ninety-
four equals seventy- three

Multiplication
4 x 6 = 24 four times six is/ makes twenty-four
42 x 63 = 2646 forty-two multiplied by sixty-three equals two thousand, six
hundred and forty-six

Division
24 : 6 = 4 twenty-four divided by six equals four

ONE
We often say "a" instead of "one".
For example when we have the numbers 100 or 1/2 we say "A hundred" or "A
half".
FRACTIONS
Not all numbers are whole numbers, or just fractions (see above), they are a
mixture of both.
For example:
11/2 - "One and a half."
DECIMALS
When pronouncing decimals we use the word "point" to represent the dot. The
numbers following the dot are pronounced separately.

For example:

When you have the number 1.36 we say "One point three six."

Telling of Ordinal Numbers

Just add th to the cardinal number:
 four - fourth
 eleven - eleventh
Exceptions:
 one - first
 two - second
 three - third
 five - fifth
 eight - eighth
 nine - ninth
 twelve - twelfth
In compound ordinal numbers, note that only the last figure is written as an ordinal
number:
 421st = four hundred and twenty-first
 5,111th = five thousand, one hundred and eleventh
Figures
When expressed as figures, the last two letters of the written word are added to the
ordinal number:
 first = 1st
 second = 2nd
 third = 3rd
 fourth = 4th
 twenty-sixth = 26th
 hundred and first = 101st

Phone Numbers
Each figure is said separately.
24 - two four
The figure 'O' is called oh.
105 - one oh five
Pause after groups of 3 or 4 figures (last group).
376 4705 - three seven six, four seven oh five
If two successive figures are the same, in British English you would usually use the
word double (in American English you would just say the figure twice)
376 4775 - BE: three seven six, four double seven five
376 4775 - AE: three seven six, four seven seven five

There are two common ways of telling the time.

1) Say the hour first and then the minutes. (Hour + Minutes)
 6:25 - It's six twenty-five
 8:05 - It's eight O-five (the O is said like the letter O)
 9:11 - It's nine eleven
 2:34 - It's two thirty-four

2) Say the minutes first and then the hour. (Minutes + PAST / TO + Hour)
For minutes 1-30 we use PAST after the minutes.
For minutes 31-59 we use TO after the minutes.
 2:35 - It's twenty-five to three
 11:20 - It's twenty past eleven
 4:18 - It's eighteen past four
 8:51 - It's nine to nine
 2:59 - It's one to three

When it is 15 minutes past the hour we normally say: (a) quarter past
 7:15 - It's (a) quarter past seven
When it is 15 minutes before the hour we normally say: a quarter to
 12:45 - It's (a) quarter to one
When it is 30 minutes past the hour we normally say: half past
 3:30 - It's half past three (but we can also say three-thirty)

Pets
 Do you have a pet?
 How old is it?
 Where did you get it from?
 Who takes care of it?
 What does it look like (color, breed, etc.)?
 What do you feed it?
 Do you play with it?
 What is it's name? How did you choose this name?
  Does it know any tricks or understand any words?
 If you don't have a pet, why not?
 Would you ever consider getting a pet?
 Did you grow up with pets in your home?
 What are the pros and cons of keeping a pet?
 What is the best pet to own?
 What are some animals that live in your country?
 What kind of pet would you like to have in the future?
 Have you ever been to the zoo? What animals did you see there?
 Have you ever been on a farm? What animals did you see there?
Writers love to compare people’s characteristics to those of animals. See if you can complete these common
similes from the list of animals below.
bee, bat, lion, mouse, mule, dog, fox, ox, peacock, lamb
As clever as a…
As stubborn as a…
As gentle as a…
As quiet as a…
As blind as a…
As sick as a…
As proud as a…
As busy as a…
As brave as a…
As strong as a…

Domesticated (adj.) tame and kept as a pet or on a farm

 Chickens have been domesticated for thousands of years.
Feral (adj.) existing in a wild, natural state, especially after being domesticated.
 The woods are full of feral cats who escaped from a farmhouse nearby and
have been living on their own ever since.
Captivity (n.) The state of being held in a place (for instance, a jail or a zoo) and not
being able to leave.
 I like seeing the animals in zoos, but it makes me sad that they are kept
in captivity.
Housebroken (adj.) trained to live indoors peacefully with humans, not destroying
furniture or peeing and pooping in the wrong places.
 My dog used to poop on the carpet until he was housebroken.
Rescue (v): to save someone or something from a dangerous or distressing situation.
 Example: I rescued my dog from a life the streets.
Predator (n.) An animal who hunts and kills other animals for food. (also known as
a carnivore – a meat eater)
 Example: Sharks are some of the fiercest predators.
Prey (n.) An animal who is hunted by predators. (many are also herbivores – plant
eaters)
 Example: Gazelles and other prey animals have an instinct to run from danger.
Territorial (adj.) living on and defending a particular piece of land
 Example: Lions are very territorial, and they will attack other lions who wander
into land they consider to be theirs.

 Elephants are the largest land mammal in the world.

 Elephants live in Asia and Africa.
 African elephants are larger than Asian elephants and have larger ears.
 Elephants have no natural animal predators.
 Humans are known to kill elephants for their ivory tusks.
 Scientists discovered that elephants sing.
 Elephants travel in a herd. A herd has 10 or more elephants.

 Lions are the 2nd largest cat species on the world. Tigers are number 1.
 Lion’s are known as king of the jungle, but they really don’t live in
jungles.
 Lions mostly live in the grasslands, savanna and open woodlands of
Africa but they also live in the Gir Forest in India.
 Lions are social animals. They often rub their heads together with other
lions and purr to eachother.
 They live in prides. A pride isa group of lions.
 A pride usually consists of 15-30 lions, however they can be as small as
3 lions or as big as 40 lions.
 A male lion is called a lion.
 A female lion is called a lioness.
 A baby lion is called a cub.

 There are 264 species of monkeys.

 Monkeys live in forest, grassland, high plains and mountain habitats.
 Monkeys are very social animals.
 A group of monkeys is called a troop, tribe or a mission
 Monkeys communicate with each other through a variety of sounds,
 Monkeys like to play and cuddle with other monkeys.
 They are very loving to their babies.
 Monkeys often carry their young on their backs or around their necks.
 Monkeys are considered adults at the age of 5.

Describing How You Feel With Adjectives

Reasons for being happy
I'm so happy after I got my new car.
I was very happy when I passed my car test.
I'll be happy when that happens.
These exams are making me worry a lot. I'll be very happy when they are over.
My mother was happy for me passing my exams.
Do you think my your dad was happier than then you when you got a new job?
It is best to find a job you are happy with or you will hate going to work.
It's very important to be happy with your job then you might think.
Sarah will not be happy if you do that.
My parents will not be happy if I lose my new bag.
I think my professor was happy with my essay.
My grandmother is always happy when we all go to see her.
My dog is always happy to see me when I get home.

Describing Someone’s Character and Personality

Character traits are qualities or characteristics that describe what a person is like. It's
important to be able to describe your own personality or someone else's.
Here is a list of English Adjectives to describe someone's personality.
 polite (Please be polite to our guests.)
 friendly (Everyone was very friendly towards me.)
 honest (He was a hard-working honest man.)
 generous (She’s always very generous to the kids.)
 rude (She was very rude about my driving.)
 lazy (He is the laziest boy in the class.)
 angry (I was very angry with myself for making such a stupid mistake.)

Describing Someone’s Feelings & Emotions

Sometimes it's hard to explain exactly how you feel. This vocabulary list helps you
narrow down exactly what word best expresses your current emotional state.
 terrified (She looked at him with wide, terrified eyes.)
 exhausted (You look absolutely exhausted.)
 scared (People are scared to use the buses late at night.)
 nervous (She was so nervous about her exams that she couldn’t sleep.)
 embarrassed (She's embarrassed about her height.)

There are many ways a person can get angry. Let's first look at the situation where it
involved a different person.

"I'm so pissed. Roger just stabbed me in the back."

"What was he thinking! I thought we were friends too."

"I don't know what I'm going to do when I see him. I found out that he's been sleeping
with my girlfriend."

"Matt is dating my ex-girlfriend. I'm pretty upset about that. He knows I still have
feelings for her."

"Whenever I think about him, I get pissed. He treats his friends like crap."

The day before a big event, many people get excited. Here are some sentences you
can use.

Regular sentences

"I'm excited to be here."

"Your sister must be really excited about starting law school."
"It's really exciting thinking about the benefits people will gain from our project."
"It's exciting starting a small business."
"I get excited thinking about how many people I will help."

"Don't get too excited. It's not guaranteed yet."

"I wouldn't get excited yet. You still have one more match to play."
"You didn't get the job yet, so don't get too excited about it."

Sometimes, a person might not take a situation seriously. If something bad happened
and they don't think it is bad, then a popular comment is to say something like this.

"I would worry if I were you."

"Do you think this is a joke? This is pretty serious."
"This is one of your last chances. Aren't you worried at all?"

When we are worried, the word doesn't have to be used to express that we are
worried. Here are a few examples of what I am talking about.

"I don't know how I'm going to pay for the medical bills."
"I have so much debt. I don't know what to do."

"I just took the exam and I don't know if I passed or not."
"I only applied for three schools. What's going to happen if I don't get into any of
them?

Stress - School
Unfortunately, stress is a common emotion that we all experience. Most of the time,
stress is caused by pressure placed on us. We experience stress trying to live up to
someone else's expectations. This is the same for school and work. We are given
work to do and if there is so much, we experience stress.

School

"I'm stressing out. I have a mid term tomorrow and I haven't studied yet."
"I have a paper due tomorrow and I didn't even read the book. I'm so stressed."
"I always get stressed out during finals week. Even if I study a lot, there are always
unexpected questions I don't know about."

"My parents give me so much stress. They expect me to get straight A's all the time."
"I would enjoy school a lot more if my parents didn't put so much pressure on me."
"My dad gave me a beating when I brought home a C on my report card."

Reading books
 ] This thin book is mine.
 Those books are theirs.
 Tom handed Mary a book.
 Tom has a lot of books.
 ] She has about 2,000 books.
 That book was interesting.
 The box was full of books.
 Tom has hundreds of books.
 What's my book doing here?
 What's with all the books?
 This book is very interesting.
 This book isn't worth reading.
 Tom borrowed a book from Mary.
 Tom found Mary reading a book.
 Tom has a lot of French books.
 Tom is reading a history book.

 We ran around the park.

 We've run out of money.
 We've run out of water.
 You've run out of time.
 Don't run. Walk slowly.
  Ken was running beside me.
 She runs faster than I do.
 She was run over by a car.
 The dog ran after the cat.
 Tom ran through the woods.
 Don't run away from me now.

 I suggest we skip this part.

 My brother skips school often.
 They skip school all the time.
 It's not healthy to skip meals.
 Tom doesn't like skipping rope.
 It won't hurt you to skip one meal.
 ] Tom skipped breakfast this morning.

 Tom jumped out of the plane.

 When he heard it, he jumped.
 I don't want to jump the gun.
 I want to try bungee jumping.
 Tom jumped out of the window.
 Tom jumped up from his chair.
 Everyone jumped into the pool.
 I dare you to jump over this ditch)
 I thought you'd jump at the chance.
 She tried to jump up a second time

 I had some help painting the fence.

 I have a house that needs painting.
 ] I'm the one who stole the painting.
 The walls were painted light brown.
 These pictures were painted by him.
 I don't like any of these paintings.
 I'm not going to sell this painting.
 Tom painted a picture of Mary's dog.

 May I take pictures here?

 ] She is drawing a picture.
 Tom's out of the picture
 What a beautiful picture!
 Tom showed Mary John's picture
 Can I keep one of your pictures? (
 ] Could you please take a picture? (
 I got those pictures you wanted. (
 I have Tom's picture right here.
Learn about Summer Olympic Games

I prefer walking to cycling.

 Tom and I go cycling together.
 I will go cycling even if it rains.
 You may go cycling if it doesn't rain.
 Usually I cycle or get the bus to work.
 Tom went cycling with one of his friends.
 We are going to cycle to the lake tomorrow.

 Volleyball is a lot of fun.

 They are playing volleyball.
 Tom is watching beach volleyball.
 I'm on the beach playing volleyball.
 The boys are playing beach volleyball.
 The girls are playing beach volleyball.
 Yoko is the captain of the volleyball team.

Conversation 2
Situation: Andrew, Tui and Patrick discuss popular sport.
Tui: Did you enjoy the football match you went to at the weekend Andrew?
Andrew: Yes. I always love going to watch football.
Tui: Even when the local team loses?
Andrew: Not as much but yes I still enjoy the atmosphere in the ground and
everyone singing and chanting together.
Patrick: How often do you go to watch them play?
Andrew: I go to all the home matches and a few away ones. Do you like football?
Patrick: Yes I like football – American football. I do not like soccer so much.
Tui: Do you go to American football games when you are at home Patrick?
Patrick: No. I live too far away from my team. It’s in a different state.
Tui: That’s a shame.
Patrick: Do you like American football?
Tui: No I haven’t watched it. English and Spanish football teams are very popular in
Thailand.
Andrew: Why is that?
Tui: Because that is where the best players are, and everyone wants to watch them.

Bob: I need to get fit and lose some weight.

Jane: That’s a good idea. __________1___________?
1) Which option is the best to fill in the first blank?

A) Can I join you

B) That sounds crazy

C) Really

D) What will you do

Bob: Yes sure. What sort of sport do want to do to get exercise?

Jane: I’m not sure. I used to play tennis when I was a school.
Bob: I’ve never played tennis. ___________2___________?

2) Which option is the best to fill in the second blank?

A) What equipment will we need

B) Were you any good

C) Where is there a court we could use

D) I do not like tennis

Jane: At the university’s sports centre, but we have to book the time to use it.
Bob: ___________3___________? We can do that whenever we want to.

3) Which option is the best to fill in the third blank?

A) What about playing football

B) What about playing cricket

C) What about playing basketball

D) What about going running

Jane: Yes we could go to the running track or just use the pavement next to the road.
Bob: Do you like cycling?
Jane: Yes it’s good and faster than running.
Bob: I have a friend ___________4____________. We could join his cycling club to
meet
other people interested in it.

4) Which option is the best to fill in the fourth blank?

 A) who goes cycling every weekend

B) who is good at the long jump

C) who never does any exercise

D) who watches cycling on the television

Jane: That would be fun if we could do the sport with lots of other people.
Bob: Great. When do you want to start?
Jane: ___________5___________?

5) Which option is the best to fill in the fifth blank?

A) Do you want to start at the weekend

B) How about going running now

C) How often do you want to do exercise

D) Will you help me if I get tired

Bob: No, not tonight. It looks as if it might start to rain.

Jane: Ok. We’ll wait until it’s good weather.

English with Charlie and Tina: At the Pet

 Please don't feed the animals.
 Tom was killed by wild animals.
 My children really like animals.
 He likes animals more than people.
 Tom was mauled by a vicious animal.
 He went to Africa to see wild animals.
 What kind of animals live around here?
 Some animals are very good at climbing.

 This pamphlet is about pets.

 My pet dog was seriously ill.
 Tom bent down to pet his dog.
 Tom kept a squirrel as a pet.
 She kept various kinds of pets
 Tom reached down to pet his dog.
 Tom has a pet monkey named Cookie.
  I buried my dog at the pet cemetery.
 The boy dug a grave for his dead pet.

 My parrot died yesterday.

 There's a parrot in the birdcage.
 A parrot can imitate human speech
 Parrots often imitate human speech.
 A parrot can mimic a person's voice.
 Jack keeps a cat and a parrot at home.
 Let's get what we need to keep a parrot.

 [ His old cat is still alive. (

 I gave the milk to the cat.
 I let the cat into my room.
 I like cats more than dogs.
 I like dogs more than cats.
 Is there a cat on the desk?
 The cat seems extremely happy.
 The cat was stuck in the tree.
 There is a cat in the kitchen.
 There is a cat under the desk. (
 There's a cat under the table. (

 He ran like a scared rabbit.

 Why do rabbits have long ears?
 The rabbit hid behind the tree.
 Tom and Mary raise rabbits for meat.
 Rabbits have long ears and short tails.
 A rabbit has long ears and a short tail.

HERE IS A CONVERSATION BETWEEN MRS SMITH (JOAN) AND HER

HUSBAND STEVE.
It's Saturday morning and something is happening next door.

Joan: Steve, what's all that noise outside?

Steve: Just a minute, I'll have a look. ....... Oh! It looks as if the new next door
neighbours are moving in.
Joan: It's a bit early, isn't it? Ah well I guess we'd better get up.
Steve: It's amazing how quickly the houses are selling round here, the Browns only
put theirs on the market about a month ago.
Joan: Where did they move to in the end?
Steve: I think he told me they were buying a detached house in Surbiton.
Joan: Sounds nice. I hope the new neighbours are nice.
Steve: Well, I was speaking with Mr Brown last week. He told me they were a young
couple with two daughters. They liked the house because the school here
has a good reputation.
Joan: Two daughters! That will please John.
Steve: Maybe we'd better pop next door and say hello.
Joan: Yes, and maybe we'd better start thinking of selling as well. I fancy a
detached house in Surbiton too.
Steve: Hmm?

Buildings
 Do you want to sell your house?
 His house is not far from here.
 I have the house all to myself.
 I know Tom's house is for sale.
 I know who lives in that house.
 I let the cat out of the house.
 I live in this house by myself.

 I don't want to go to school. (

 I don't want to go to school.
 I go to school every morning.
 I just got Tom off to school. (
 I never finished high school. (

 We're just high school students.

 Were you at school at that time?
 You must not be late for school.
 You're supposed to be in school.
 Debbie, is your school near here?
 He is a student at a high school. (

 ] I was in the hospital for a week.

 My father is in the hospital now
 My mother is in the hospital now.
 She went to the hospital by taxi.
 She will leave the hospital soon.
 Do I have to stay in the hospital?

 My father visited my uncle in the hospital.

 Tom asked Mary to take him to the hospital.
 Tom had to stay in the hospital for a week.
 Tom is still sick and in the same hospital.
  ] We had dinner at a restaurant.
 When does the restaurant open?
 I'll see you at the restaurant.
 Why were you at the restaurant?
 [] I can recommend this restaurant.
 The restaurant is always packed.

 Can you guess what type of restaurant it was?

 I can't believe that you like that restaurant.
 I can't go to the restaurant with you tonight.
 I think this is the best restaurant in Boston.
 There are a lot of good restaurants in Boston.

Good day, farm animals!

 We played around the farm.
 What do you grow on your farm?
 We worked on a farm last summer.
 Our farm isn't far away from here.
 Tom doesn't want to sell his farm
 ] Tom lives on a farm in California.
 Tom had a farm not too far from Boston.
 The stable is right behind the farm house.
 My father and mother have a big farm there.

 Tom fed the chickens.

 Tom loves fried chicken.
 Do you want some chicken?
 I don't eat chicken skin. (
 Don't count your chickens.
 The chicken laid an egg this morning.
 Tom ate the chicken with his fingers.
 Tom chickened out at the last minute.
 No one makes chicken soup like my mother.
 One hundred dollars is just chicken feed.

 My grandfather raises ducks.

 My son's rubber duck is yellow. (

 I'm going to go feed the ducks.

 We could see some ducks on the lake.
 He went duck hunting. (Spam

 This turkey tastes good.

 Do you want a turkey sandwich?
 I made myself a turkey sandwich.
  A turkey is a little bigger than a chicken. (
 One more hour and the turkey will be ready. (rush88)
 )

 Why do Americans eat turkey on Thanksgiving?

Letter to my grandfather
A family get together
Grandfather : What a nice family get-together!
Ramesh (elder son) : It’s so nice to have Raghu, his wife Rani, and our nephew Hans here
today.
Grandmother : It’s the best way to celebrate Holi.
Laxmi (Ramesh’s wife) : What fun! Look Hans is happy with his new cricket bat.
Jaya (Ramesh and Laxmi’s daughter) : Come Hans, let’s play cricket with your new bat.
Hans (Raghu and Rani’s son) : Thank you didi, I’d love to play with you!
Raghu (younger son) : Jaya looks happy to have her cousin, Hans here.
Grandmother : Wait children! Haven’t you forgotten something?
Raghu : What have we forgotten?
Grandmother : It’s your niece Jaya’s birthday today.
Rani (Raghu’s wife) : Oh yes! It’s the 19th of March. How old are you today Jaya?
Jaya : I am twelve years old today.
Everyone : Happy birthday Jaya. God bless you.
Ramesh : Where is the cake Laxmi?
Laxmi : Just a minute. Let me bring it.
Hans : May I please put the candles on the cake?
Laxmi : Of course you may. Now Jaya, blow out the candles.
Rani : Jaya, cut the cake and give grandmother and grandfather a piece
fi rst.
Grandmother : Let’s have a family photograph

Cleaning the house

Mother : Thank God for Sundays!
Daughter : Mummy, today I can help you with the cleaning of the house.
Father : I’ll wash the car and do a bit of gardening, too.
Son : I also want to help. I’ll separate the wet garbage from the plastics and put
the wet garbage into the compost pit.
Mother : (to the daughter) Sita, get all the dirty clothes and woollens. You can hand
wash the woollens and put the heavy clothes into the washing machine.
Daughter : I must remember to clean my closet and dust my room.
Father : Son, will you remove the cobwebs?
Son : Yes Dad. I’ll do that as soon as I’ve cleared the garbage.
Mother : I’m off to the kitchen. It needs a very thorough cleaning.
Father : It needs to be organized as well. Yesterday I spent about ten minutes
looking for a can-opener, and couldn’t fi nd one!
Word Meaning
1. separate to keep apart, to put aside
2. compost pit a deep hole in the ground to make manure
3. hand wash washed by hand
4. closet a small cupboard
5. cobwebs fi ne network of threads made by a spider
) Sharing the day’s experiences
Ravi : Good to have you back early today, Dad.
Father : Yes, it feels good . What about your presentation, Ravi?
Ravi : It was pretty good. The examiner asked me a few tricky questions towards the
end of the presentation but I managed alright.
Mother : How was your day at the offi ce?
Father : Oh ! I had a very busy day. The boss was on leave so I had to take
care of his work too.
Rina : I had the most fantastic day in school. Two of our teachers were absent.
So another teacher made us play games which we enjoyed.
Father : Neena , did you go shopping with your sister?
Mother : No, she called to say she was unwell. So we postponed our shopping trip till
tomorrow.
Father : Then it must have been a relaxed day for you?
Mother : Yes, I watched TV and also got time to catch up with my reading.
I did a lot of cooking too.
Ravi : So we can look forward to an exotic meal!
Word Meaning
1. tricky problematic, diffi cult, complicated
2. postponed to arrange for an event to take place at a later time or date
3. exotic out of the ordinary

Tending to the garden

Mother : Our garden is in a real mess. It looks so neglected.
Father : Yes, it does. If you all help, we can tidy it up in a couple of hours. Where
should we begin?
Son : Let’s begin with the hedge. Give me the shears. I’ll trim it neatly.
Father : Alright, then I’ll rake up the dead leaves and put them in a wheel barrow.
Son : I’ll dig a compost pit. Mummy, there’s a hoe on the ground near you,
please pass it to me. It’s got a loose handle but I’ll just have to manage.
Daughter : I want to do something. Can I prepare the fl ower beds and mow the lawn?
Father : Leave the mowing to me. It’s a heavy job. I’ll get the lawn mower.
Son : With what do I cut these thick stems?
Mother : Here you are. Take the secateurs.
Father : Well done! I think we’ve got a lot done in such a short time. The garden
already looks neater!
Word Meaning
1. neglected uncared for
2. shears clipping or cutting tool
3. hoe long-handled tool with a blade
4. lawn mower a machine with revolving cutters for trimming lawns
5. secateurs a pair of strong scissors for cutting stems and small branche

 I want to hear you play guitar.

 I wish I could buy that guitar. (
 I've been practicing my guitar. (
 I haven't played guitar in ages.
 I left my guitar in your office.
 I play guitar in an oldies band.
 Are you still playing the guitar?
 Do you want me to bring my guitar?
 We play tennis after school.
 He played tennis all day long.
 I can't play tennis that well.
 She is good at playing tennis.
 Tom can play tennis very well.
 We often play tennis together.
 I didn't play tennis yesterday.
 Playing tennis is a lot of fun.

 You must be back by 10 o'clock.

 It's two o'clock in the morning.
 Come here at exactly six o'clock.
 He said that it was nine o'clock. (
 I always get home by six o'clock.
 I usually wake up at six o'clock.
 Tom set his alarm clock for 2:30.
 Would three o'clock be all right?

 This castle was built in 1610.

 The castle is across the river.
 This princess is in the castle.
 The old castle stands on the hill.
 An old castle stands near the river.
 What's your favorite castle in Japan?
 Nagoya is a city famous for its castle.
 That castle was built in ancient times
 There was a castle here many years ago.
 A castle stands a little way up the hill.

 This blue sweater is very pretty.

 Can I borrow one of your sweaters?
 I hardly ever wear my red sweater.
 Tom had his sweater on inside out.
 Tom put on his sweater inside out.
 What do you think of this sweater?
 You look nice in that red sweater.
 She's going to buy the red sweater.

 The ship is bound for Finland.

 The ship is now in the harbor.
 This ship was ten meters long.
 Two passenger ships were sunk.
 We saw another ship far ahead.

 Which goes faster, a ship or a train?

 A woman fell from a ship into the sea.
 How many people are on board the ship?
 How many people were aboard that ship?
 Hundreds of ships left American ports.

 A young dog is called a "puppy."

 The kitten is between the puppies.
  The puppy licked her on the cheek.
 A puppy followed me wagging its tail.
 The boy clasped the puppy to his chest.
 The puppies nestled against their mother.
 My father gave me a puppy for my birthday.
 We looked for our lost puppy, but in vain.

Give and make

have, take, make, give, go and do

We often use common verbs like have and take with nouns like a shower, a drink:
I took a shower. = I showered.
She had a drink. = She drank something.
We call these delexical verbs because the important part of the meaning is taken out of the verb and
put into the noun.
We often put adjectives in front of the noun:
I took a cold shower.
She had a nice, refreshing drink.
The verbs used most frequently in this way are:
have take make give

have
We use have with:
Food and drink: a meal, breakfast, lunch, dinner, a snack, a cup of tea
Talking: a chat, a conversation, a discussion, a talk
Washing: a bath, a shower, a wash, a scrub
Resting: a break, a holiday, a rest
Disagreeing: an argument, a dispute, a fight, a quarrel
I had a good breakfast before I left home.
We had a long talk about the problem.
The kids should have a bath before they go to bed.
She generally had a short holiday in July or August.
They had a serious quarrel about their father’s will.
We also use have with nouns formed from verbs:
I think you should have a look at this.
She had a bite of the cake.
I’m thirsty. I’m going to have a drink of water.
I had a listen to that new CD in the car.
They are going to have a swim.

take
We use take with:
Washing: a bath, a shower, a wash
Resting: a break, a holiday, a rest
I always take a cold shower in the morning.
You look tired. You need to take a break.
and with these words:
care a turn trouble a chance a decision
care of turns the trouble a risk a photograph
We took hundreds of photographs on holiday.
Jane always takes a lot of trouble with her homework.
We also use take with some nouns formed from verbs:
I think you should take a look at this.
Let’s take a walk.
They are going to take a swim.

give
We use give with:
Noises: a cry, a laugh, a scream, a shout, a whistle
Facial expressions: a smile, a grin, a look, a glance
Hitting: a kick, a punch, a slap, a push, a knock, a blow
Affectionate actions: a hug, a kiss, a stroke
Talking: some advice, an answer, some information, an interview,
a lecture, some news, a report, a speech, a talk, a warning
She gave a loud laugh.
John gave a happy smile.
He gave me a nasty kick on the leg.
She gave the children a goodnight kiss and put them to bed.
I have to give a speech at the meeting tomorrow.

make
We use make with:
Talking and sounds: a comment, an enquiry, a noise, a point,
a promise, a sound, a speech, a suggestion
Plans: arrangements, a choice, a decision, a plan, plans, an appointment, a date
Try not to make a noise.
They made arrangements to meet the next day.

go and do
We also use go and do as delexical verbs:
Shall we go swimming this afternoon? Or shall we go for a walk?
It’s your turn to do the cooking.
I’ll have to do my hair before the party.
go
We use go with –ing verbs for common activities:
We usually go walking at the weekend.
He goes running every evening after supper.
Mum’s out. She’s gone shopping.
We use go for a with verbs to do with moving:
a jog a ride a swim a run a stroll a walk
I want to get out of here. Let’s go for a walk.
He’s gone for a ride on his bike.

do
We use do the with –ing nouns to do with work, especially work in the house:
It’s your turn to do the cooking.
You do the washing up and I’ll do the drying.
and with other nouns to do with work:
I need to do a few jobs around the house.
I can’t come out this evening. I have a lot of work to do.
We use do with nouns when it is obvious what the action is:
I’ll have to do my hair before we go out. = I’ll have to brush my hair.
Have you done your teeth? = Have you cleaned your teeth?
A question like
Have you done the car?
could mean
Have you washed the car?
Have you mended the car?
Have you put petrol in the car?
depending on the context.

Choose the correct verb for these sentences:

 1 - He ___ me some excellent advice.

gave

took

made

had

 2 - Why don't you ___ a nice cool long drink?

make

have

give

take

 3 - After a whole day at work I got home and ___ a long hot bath.

gave

had

made

 4 - He realised that he had ___ a serious mistake.

taken

had

given

made

 5 - I ___ a nice relaxing holiday in Greece.

made

had

took

gave

 6 - When we were on holiday in London we ___ loads of photographs.

took

made

gave

had

 7 - You can see the mountains from this window. Come and ___ a look.

make

take

give

 8 - Jane is very organised. She’s the one who ___ plans for our group.

makes

gives

takes

has

 9 - They ___ a serious fight because of the new marketing proposals.

gave

made

took

had

 10 - Thank you for ___ the trouble to come over to discuss the situation.
giving

taking

having

making

 11 - We ___ dinner at that fabulous Italian restaurant.

gave

took

made

had

 12 - I can't wait for it to be warm enough to ___ a swim in the lake.

give

have

take

make

 13 - |The CEO ___ a motivating speech at the annual conference.

took

had

made

gave

 14 - She ___ him such a seductive smile that he was speechless for a while.

had

made

took

gave
TJ the Turtle Goes to a Football Game!

 We enjoyed playing football.

 Tom likes football and music.
 I'm watching the football game.
 They play football after school.
 We play football every Saturday.
 Do you want to play football with us

 We will play football after school.

 I belong to the rugby football club.
 Football is more popular than tennis.
 Football players make a lot of money.
 I like swimming and playing football.
 I'll be home after football practice.
 Our football team has a good defense.

 He's gone to the stadium.

 Did you go to the stadium?
 She's gone to the stadium.
 The stadium was quite still.
 How can I get to the stadium?

 This stadium will hold 50,000 people.

 There were a lot of people in the stadium.
 How long does it take to get to the stadium?
 Which highway leads to the football stadium?

 It's crowded again today.

 The bus was very crowded.
 They found Tom in the crowd.
 Tom disappeared in the crowd.
 A crowd gathered at the scene.

 We were going to play baseball.

 Did you play baseball yesterday?
 I didn't know you liked baseball.
 Tom certainly is good at baseball.
 He's very good at playing baseball.
 I am a member of the baseball team.
 I let Tom borrow my baseball glove.
 What's your favorite baseball team?
  We played basketball in the gym.
 We're off to basketball practice.
 I like basketball, but I can't play.
 I am a member of the basketball team.
 It is interesting to play basketball
 I didn't even know you liked basketball.

 I haven't played tennis in years.

 I'd like to play tennis with you. (
 Let's play tennis this afternoon.
 She used to play tennis with him.
 Tom is a very good tennis player.
 Are you going to the tennis court?
 I went to the park to play tennis.

Daughter's Soccer Game

CAROL: "Hi Janet. What are you doing today?"

JANET: "Hi Carol. My daughter has a soccer game at 11 am."
CAROL: "Today? It's going to rain all day."
JANET: "Yeah. She plays in the rain too."
CAROL: "They don't cancel games if it rains?"
JANET: "No, only if there's a storm."
CAROL: "Wow! But, I bet it's fun to watch."
JANET: "Yes. We love it. She's the goalie. She's really good."
CAROL: "How long has she been playing?"
JANET: "Seven years. She wants to get a scholarship to college."
CAROL: "She's a smart girl! Did you play soccer, too?"
JANET: "I played a couple of years in high school, but she is much better than I was."
CAROL: "Do you worry that she could get hurt?"
JANET: "Yes. All the time. But she loves the sport and wants to play."
CAROL: "Maybe we'll see her in the Olympics one day."
JANET: "That's her dream."

Basketball at the Park

CHARLIE: "Hey Joe. Where are you heading?"

JOE: "Hey Charlie. I'm meeting some friends at the park. We're going to play
basketball."
CHARLIE: "It's a great day for it. Nice and sunny."
JOE: "Yeah. Perfect day to be outside. Do you play basketball?"
CHARLIE: "I used to play in high school. I was on the school basketball team."
JOE: "Do you want to join us?"
CHARLIE: "I can't today. I have to dentist appointment."
JOE: "A dentist appointment on a nice day?"
CHARLIE: "Yeah. It was the only day available."
JOE: "What about next weekend? We get together every Saturday at the basketball
court in the park."
CHARLIE: "Sure. Sounds like fun. What time?"
JOE: "Same time every Saturday. 10 am."
CHARLIE: "Do you think your friends will be ok with a new guy joining?"
JOE: "Yeah. We could use another player. One guy hurt his knee and won't be able
to play for a while."
CHARLIE: "Ok. Then I'll see you next Saturday."
JOE: "Cool!"

Conversation 1
Situation: Andrew and Lucy go to a football match.
Andrew: Hi, how are you? Ready to go?
Lucy: Yes ready to go and really excited.
Andrew: It should be a good match and great atmosphere.
Lucy: Yes. It’s always good when the local football team plays at home.
Andrew: I love being able to walk to the stadium with all the other supporters.
Lucy: Everyone is excited and hoping that the team will win.
Andrew: It’s good to see all the scarves and football shirts.
Lucy: And then when we get here to the turnstile and get into the ground with our
ticket. I just what the match to start now.
Andrew: It is also good to be able to sit in the same seats each time as we have our
season tickets.
Lucy: Yes we are lucky. We have a great view from here.
Andrew: Great the referee is about to blow the whistle to start the match.
Lucy: Let’s cheer loudly to support the team so they will hopefully win.

Conversation 2
Situation: Andrew, Tui and Patrick discuss popular sport.
Tui: Did you enjoy the football match you went to at the weekend Andrew?
Andrew: Yes. I always love going to watch football.
Tui: Even when the local team loses?
Andrew: Not as much but yes I still enjoy the atmosphere in the ground and
everyone singing and chanting together.
Patrick: How often do you go to watch them play?
Andrew: I go to all the home matches and a few away ones. Do you like football?
Patrick: Yes I like football – American football. I do not like soccer so much.
Tui: Do you go to American football games when you are at home Patrick?
Patrick: No. I live too far away from my team. It’s in a different state.
Tui: That’s a shame.
Patrick: Do you like American football?
Tui: No I haven’t watched it. English and Spanish football teams are very popular in
Thailand.
Andrew: Why is that?
Tui: Because that is where the best pla

Exploring the Outdoors

1) Have you ever been backpacking?
(2) What are the advantages of backpacking?
(4) What do you think when you see backpackers in your country?
(5) Have you ever stayed at a backpackers' or similar budget accommodation?
(6) Is backpacking generally something for younger people?
(7) Do you think backpacking is done only by those with little money?
(8) How do you think backpacking around the world would change a person?
(9) Is it better to go backpacking alone or with friends?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) Which is better, a backpack or a suitcase?

(2) What are the negative points or dangers of backpacking?
(3) What are the essential items to put in a backpack?

(5) Who would you choose to go backpacking with?

(6) Would you prefer to go on a two-week luxury cruise or go backpacking for six
months?
(7) In which countries would you most and least like to go backpacking?
(8) Is it OK for old people to go backpacking?
(9) Would you like to go backpacking around your own country?
(10) Why is it called ‘backpacking’ and not ‘rucksacking’?

(1) Do you like travelling?

(2) What is travel for you?
(3) What different kinds of travelling are there?
(4) What’s the best place you’ve ever been to?
(5) Would you like to go travelling for a few years non-stop?
(6) What are the good and bad things about travelling?
(7) Where do you want to travel to before you die?
(8) Is it better to travel or to arrive?
(1) What springs to mind when you hear the word ‘travel’?
(2) Are you a traveller?
(3) Is travel an education?
(4) Would you like to travel in space or to the moon?
(5) Would you like to work in the travel industry?
(6) What are the pros and cons of traveling first class and backpacking?
(7) Is travel helping the world?

Describing things and people

 Tom is an excellent father.

 Tom is in excellent health.
 Tom's speech was excellent.
 She is an excellent student.
 That's an excellent question.
 Tom is an excellent marksman.
 That's an excellent suggestion.

 Mrs. Smith is an elderly lady.

 It's popular among the elderly.
 We must take care of the elderly. (
 Who should look after the elderly? (
 I am already what you call elderly.
 This is a problem for elderly people.
 [T] She takes care of many elderly people.

He is constitutionally energetic.
, The heart responds well to energetic exercise.
, He is an energetic boy; he enjoys sports.
, I don't feel energetic enough to rush about, so I'll sit down.
, Her son was an energetic boy, always ready for work
, I think I'd prefer something a little less energetic.

1. Describing Someone’s Appearance

Appearance is defined as the way someone or something looks.
This is list of adjectives to describe a person’s appearance:
 beautiful (My younger sister is very beautiful.)
 handsome (He's the most handsome man I've ever met.)
 cute (That's a cute little baby.)
  thin (She was looking pale and thin.)
 tall (She's tall and thin.)
 chubby (She was eleven years old and pretty in a chubby sort of way.)
 muscular (He was tall, lean and muscular.)
 attractive (The actress is an attractive woman.)

Here is a list of English Adjectives to describe someone's personality.

 polite (Please be polite to our guests.)
 friendly (Everyone was very friendly towards me.)
 honest (He was a hard-working honest man.)
 generous (She’s always very generous to the kids.)
 rude (She was very rude about my driving.)
 lazy (He is the laziest boy in the class.)
 angry (I was very angry with myself for making such a stupid mistake.)

3. Describing Someone’s Feelings & Emotions

Sometimes it's hard to explain exactly how you feel. This vocabulary list helps you
narrow down exactly what word best expresses your current emotional state.
 terrified (She looked at him with wide, terrified eyes.)
 exhausted (You look absolutely exhausted.)
 scared (People are scared to use the buses late at night.)
 nervous (She was so nervous about her exams that she couldn’t sleep.)
 embarrassed (She's embarrassed about her height.)

Garden

My name is Anne.
I love flowers.
I have a flower garden.
My garden is in front of my house.
My neighbour has a garden too.
My garden has different types of flowers.
I have roses in my garden.
I have tulips in my garden.
I have petunias in my garden.
My garden has different colours.
I plant red flowers.
I plant orange flowers.
I plant blue flowers.
I plant purple flowers.
I take care of my garden.
I water my garden every day.
I kill the weeds in my garden.
I kill insects that eat my flowers.
I love my beautiful garden.

Garden equipment with a brief explanation

Spade:- used for digging.

Fork:- used for digging or moving things.
Long handled shears:- used for edging the edge of a lawn.
lawn rake:- Used for raking leaves, hay, grass ext.
Rake:- Used for levelling soil, gravel.
Hoe:- Used for weeding.
Hand fork:- used for loosening soil and planting,
Trowel:- used for planing small shrubs or moving small amounts of soil.
Pruners:- can be used to cut roses and other small shrubs.
Garden clothes:- To protect your hands and keep them clean.
Pesticide:- used for removing insects that are harmful to flowers and plants.
Wheelbarrow:- Used for moving things around the garden.

I really like walking around gardens. Every garden is different. Even two gardens that
are next to each other are different. I loved the garden our family had when I was
small. I also loved starting my own garden when I bought my house. The best
gardens in the world are in England. English country gardens are famous all over the
world. The gardeners are like artists. It’s amazing how they make everything so
perfect and so colourful. I can sit in or walk through an English garden all day. I also
like Japanese gardens. They also have a very special feel about them. Everything is
so perfect and you feel really peaceful. I’d like to spend my life visiting different
gardens.

Everybody should take up gardening as a hobby. We can all get

back to nature. Thousands of years ago we all did a bit of
gardening. It’s one of the most relaxing hobbies I can think of. It’s
also very satisfying. I get very excited about gardening. I love
planting seeds and then letting nature take over. It’s amazing how
quickly things grow. Before you know it, your seeds are beautiful
flowers. You also learn a lot about flowers, vegetables, shrubs and
trees. Of course, gardening is also very practical. If you grow
vegetables, you can eat what you grow. Vegetables picked fresh
from your garden really do taste better than the ones in the shops.
Gardening is good for you. It makes you feel part of the Earth.

Big, Small, Short, Tall

We use adjectives to describe nouns.
Most adjectives can be used in front of a noun…:
They have a beautiful house.
We saw a very exciting film last night.
or after a link verb like be, look or feel:
Their house is beautiful.
That film looks interesting.

comparative and superlative adjectives

We use comparative adjectives to describe people and things:

This car is certainly better but it’s much more expensive.
I’m feeling happier now.
We need a bigger garden
We use than when we want to compare one thing with another:
She is two years older than me.
New York is much bigger than Boston.
He is a better player than Ronaldo.
France is a bigger country than Britain.

When we want to describe how something or someone changes we can use two
comparativeswith and:

The balloon got bigger and bigger.

Everything is getting more and more expensive.
Grandfather is looking older and older.
We often use the with comparative adjectives to show that one thing depends on
another:
When you drive faster it is more dangerous
> The faster you drive, the more dangerous it is.
When they climbed higher it got colder
> The higher they climbed, the colder it got.

Superlative adjectives:
We use the with a superlative:
It was the happiest day of my life.
Everest is the highest mountain in the world.
That’s the best film I have seen this year.
I have three sisters, Jan is the oldest and Angela is the youngest .
Activities

You Are The Apple Of My Eye

1. A Hot Potato
Meaning: a situation or issue that is difficult, unpleasant, or risky to deal with.
Example: He dropped that topic like a hot potato.
2. At the drop of a hat
Meaning: without any hesitation, delay or planning; for no obvious reason.
Example: He was always ready to go fishing at the drop of a hat.
3. Bob’s your uncle
Meaning: ironic expression of something easily done, taking little time; there you
have it, as if by magic.
Example: Put it in the oven for 20 minutes and Bob’s your uncle, your dinner will be
done.
4. Born with a silver spoon in one’s mouth
Meaning: one born into a wealthy family of high social standing.
Example: She can afford to go to medical school; she was born with a silver spoon in
her mouth.
5. Bought the farm
Meaning: to die, usually in an accident or in military action.
Example: He nearly bought the farm during a frontal assault against the enemy.
6. Burn the midnight oil
Meaning: to work, study, etc., until late into the night.
Example: College students frequently burn the midnight oil while studying for
semester exams.
7. Can’t do [something] to save one’s life
Meaning: one is extremely bad at doing [something].
Example: The poor girl couldn’t hold a note to save her life.
8. Chew the fat
Meaning: chat or gossip in a leisurely way, especially at length.
Example: Sit yourself down and let’s chew the fat for a while.
9. Cry over spilled milk
Meaning: to be unhappy about what cannot be undone.
Example: The car is ruined and that’s too bad, but there’s no use crying over spilled
milk.
10. Cut the mustard
Meaning: to meet expectations; reach a required standard.
Example: Though I practiced, I couldn’t cut the mustard as a professional hockey
player.
11. Do a Devon Loch
Meaning: to fail when one is very close to winning.
Example: Sheila did a Devon Loch in the last minutes of the match.
12. I’ll eat my hat
Meaning: used to indicate that one thinks the specified thing is extremely unlikely to
happen.
Example: If she actually marries that guy, I’ll eat my hat.
13. If wishes were horses, beggars would ride
Meaning: if you could achieve your aims simply by wishing for them, life would be
very easy.
Example: Wendy would love a brand-new car for her sixteenth birthday but if wishes
were horses, beggars would ride.
14. It takes two to tango
Meaning: both parties involved in a bad situation or argument are responsible for it.
Example: She may want to argue, but it takes two to tango, and I won’t stoop to her
level.
15. Keep something or someone at bay
Meaning: prevent someone or something from approaching or having an effect.
Example: He needed to keep the bill collectors at bay until his next paycheck.
16. Let the cat out of the bag
Meaning: reveal a secret carelessly or by mistake.
Example: The child let the cat out of the bag about the surprise birthday party.
17. A leopard can’t change his spots
Meaning: the idea that a person’s character, especially if it is bad, will not change,
even if they feign it will.
Example: I doubt very much that prison time will change Sam for the better. A
leopard doesn’t change its spots.
18. Method to my madness
Meaning: a purpose or plan behind a person’s inexplicable behavior.
Example: What I’m doing may look strange, but I assure you there’s a method to my
madness.
19. Not a spark of decency
Meaning: one who has no manners; lacks decency.
Example: He is two hours late for dinner. That boy doesn’t have a spark of
decency in him.
20. Not playing with a full deck
Meaning: one who is mentally deficient or lacking in intellectual ability.
Example: Ever since she fell and hit her head, Jane’s hasn’t been playing with a full
deck.
21. Pot calling the kettle black
Meaning: one should not criticize another person for a fault they have themselves.
Example: Elliot accused me of being selfish. Talk about the pot calling the kettle
black!
22. Steal someone’s thunder
Meaning: to win praise by lessening someone’s recognition, force or authority.
Example: Someone stole my thunder by leaking my announcement to the press.
23. Take with a grain of salt
Meaning: to view something with skepticism, or not to take it literally.
Example: When grandma tells stories about her past, you should take what she says
with a grain of salt.
24. Straight from the horse’s mouth
Meaning: from an authoritative or dependable source.
Example: I know it’s true! I heard it straight from the horse’s mouth!
25. Turn a blind eye
Meaning: to ignore something and pretend you do not see it.
Example: The usher turned a blind eye to the little boy who sneaked into the theater.
Animal Idioms for Kids
 Fish out of water - Being somewhere you don’t belong
 Kettle of fish - Something is completely different
 Get off your high horse - Quit thinking you are better than others
 Hold your horses - Wait a minute
 Horse of a different color - Something that is different
 Let the cat out of the bag - Tell a secret
 Curiosity killed the cat - Asking may get you in trouble
 Cat got your tongue? - Why aren’t you talking?
 Raining cats and dogs - It is raining very hard
 You can't teach an old dog new tricks - It’s harder for older people to learn new
things
 Hot dog - A person doing athletic stunts that are dangerous
 Doggy bag - A bag to take home leftovers from a restaurant
 A little birdie told me - Someone told me a secret
 Bee in her bonnet - She is upset
 Goose is cooked - Now you’re in trouble
 For the birds - Something that is not worth anything
 Birdbrain - Someone who is not very smart
 But a bug in his ear - Make a suggestion
 A bull in a china shop - someone who is very clumsy
 Pig out - To eat a lot
 Wolf in sheep’s clothing - A person who pretends to be nice but is not
 Cry crocodile tears - To pretend to be upset
 Make a mountain out of a molehill - Make something that is not important into a
big deal

How many toys are there?

 These are beautiful horses.

 Tom rode away on his horse.
 Tom rode the horse bareback.
 I want to try riding a horse.
 They shoot horses don't they?

 The horse stopped and wouldn't move.

 Tom and Mary both like riding horses.
 Tom got on a horse and followed Mary.
 Tom jumped on his horse and rode off.
 A horse can run faster than a man can.
 I wanted a horse, but I got a bicycle.
  It's a beautiful country. (
 Tom's out of the country.
 Tom is out of the country.
 What country is Boston in?

 We traveled around the country by car.

 How long have you been in this country?
 Tom did it for the sake of his country.
 Tom doesn't like living in the country. (
 I have many friends in foreign countries. (
 I would rather live alone in the country.
 I'm going to the country for the weekend.

Positive Sentences
We use there is for singular and there are for plural.
 There is one table in the classroom.
 There are three chairs in the classroom.
 There is a spider in the bath.
 There are many people at the bus stop.
We also use There is with uncountable nouns:
 There is milk in the fridge.
 There is some sugar on the table.
 There is ice cream on your shirt.

Contractions
The contraction of there is is there's.
 There's a good song on the radio.
 There's only one chocolate left in the box.
You cannot contract there are.
 There are nine cats on the roof.
 There are only five weeks until my birthday.

Negative Form
The negative is formed by putting not after is or are:
 There is not a horse in the field.
 There are not eight children in the school.
 There is not a tree in the garden.
 There are not two elephants in the zoo.
We almost always use contractions when speaking.
The Negative contractions are:
  There's not = There isn't
 There are not = There aren't

There aren't with ANY

When we want to indicate that a zero quantity of something exists we use there
aren't any.
 There aren't any people at the party.
 There aren't any trees in my street.
We also use this structure with uncountable nouns:
 There isn't any water in the swimming pool.
 There isn't any sugar in my coffee.

Questions
To form a question we place is / are in front of there.
Again we use any with plural questions or those which use uncountable nouns.
We also use there is / are in short answers.
 Is there a dog in the supermarket? - No, there isn't.
 Are there any dogs in the park? - Yes, there are.
 Is there a security guard in the shop? - Yes, there is.
 Are there any polar bears in Antarctica? - No, there aren't.
 Is there any ice-cream in the freezer? - Yes, there is.

HOW MANY ...? - (Quantity)

How many is used when we want to know the QUANTITY of something.
It is only used with plural countable nouns.
HOW MANY + PLURAL NOUN
 How many days are there in January?
 How many people work in your company?
 How many cousins do you have?
 How many books did you buy?
 How many countries are there in the world?
 How many students are in the class right now?
 How many chairs are there in this room?
 How many pieces of chocolate would you like?

HOW MUCH ...? - (Quantity)

How much is used with uncountable nouns.
HOW MUCH + UNCOUNTABLE NOUN
 How much time do we have to finish the test?
 How much money did you spend?
 How much sugar would you like in your coffee?
 How much paper will I need?
 How much milk is in the fridge?
 How much traffic was there on the way to work?
If the verb To Be is used with an uncountable noun, it is in singular form (= IS or WAS
etc.)

HOW MUCH ...? - (Price)

How much can also be used when we want to know the PRICE of something.
In this case, we can use How much with countable nouns (both singular and plural
nouns).
 How much is that painting?
 How much are those shoes?
 How much did your jacket cost?
 How much is the dress on display in the window?
 How much will it cost me?
 How much does it cost ?

Buildings
Selling the House

DAD: "Hey Jeff. Are you ok?"

JEFF: "Hi Dad. Yeah, I'm just a little sad that we are selling my childhood home."
DAD: "I know. I'm sad too. But it's just too big for your mother and me."
JEFF: "I understand. I just have a lot of memories here."
DAD: "Me too. This is the first home your mother and I bought."
JEFF: "Do you remember all of our holiday parties here? Everyone came to our
house."
DAD: "Of course I remember them. Those were the best times."
JEFF: "Now I'm married and have a family of my own."
DAD: "I wish we didn't have to sell it, but we can no longer take care of it. We're
getting old and it's too much work."
JEFF: "Do you know who bought our house?"
DAD: "A young couple with two kids. They seem like a loving family."
JEFF: "Where will you and mom go?"
DAD: "We found a beautiful, small condo a few blocks away."
JEFF: "That's nice. Will there be enough room when the grandchildren visit?"
DAD: "Yes. We have an extra room for guests, so your kids can stay over any time."
JEFF: "Where's Mom?"
DAD: "She's at the fabric store. She wants to sew new curtains for the condo."

Loud Neighborhood Music

JOAN: "Hi Helen. What's wrong?"

HELEN: "I couldn't sleep until 3 o'clock in the morning."
JOAN: "Why? What happened?"
HELEN: "Our neighbors' children threw a big party last night. The music was so loud."
JOAN: "Wow! Where were their parents?"
HELEN: "They are on vacation. They left the kids home."
JOAN: "How old are the kids?"
HELEN: "They're teenagers. They're old enough to be home alone."
JOAN: "Did you complain to them?"
HELEN: "Yes! I went over there three times. I told them that their music was too loud
and we were trying to sleep."
JOAN: "What did they do?"
HELEN: "Nothing. They wouldn't turn the music down."
JOAN: "That is so rude! Why didn't you call the police?"
HELEN: "I finally did. The police found some of the teens drinking alcohol."
JOAN: "I bet that ended the party."
HELEN: "Yeah. Now my neighbors are heading back home from their vacation."
JOAN: "Do they know what happened?"
HELEN: "Yes. They are not happy. Those kids are in big trouble."

Daughter's friend Moving Away

MOM: "Sally, what's wrong? Why do you look so sad?"

SALLY: "Mom, Candace is moving away."
MOM: "Oh, I'm sorry to hear that. Why is she moving?"
SALLY: "Her dad got a job in another state."
MOM: "Where is she moving?"
SALLY: "To California. That's across the country."
MOM: "There are many ways you can still keep in touch. You can e-mail, text, and
call each other on the phone."
SALLY: "But it won't be the same as seeing each other every day. She is my best
friend. I'm going to miss her."
MOM: "I know you will. When are they moving?"
SALLY: "At the end of June when the school year ends. In two months."
MOM: "Would you like to invite her over this weekend? You can have a sleepover."
SALLY: "Yes, please. That would be great. We're going to try to hang out as much as
possible before she moves."
MOM: "That sounds like a good plan."
SALLY: "Can we visit her in California?"
MOM: "It's pretty far from us. We don't know anyone there."
SALLY: "Yes, we do. Candace and her family."

Conversation 1
Situation: Lucy calls Jeff about his flat rental.
Lucy: Hello. My name is Lucy Smith, and I’m calling about the flat rental you have
advertised in the newspaper. Is it still available?
Jeff: Hi, Lucy. My name is Jeff, and I am the owner. Yes, the apartment is still
available.
Lucy: Great! Would you mind telling me a little about it?
Jeff: Sure. It has one bedroom and one bathroom. Every room has carpet except for
the kitchen and bathroom which have hardwood floors.
Lucy: Okay. Is it a newer building or an older one?
Jeff: It is located in an apartment complex and the building is about six years old, so
it’s quite modern.
Lucy: That sounds lovely. How far away is it from downtown London?
Jeff: Well, it is about a thirty minute drive from the city center.
Lucy: Wonderful. What about the price? I didn’t see one listed in the advertisement.
Jeff: It’s a thousand pounds a month not including utilities.
Lucy: Alright. That’s in my price range, so I’m very interested in looking at it.
Jeff: Excellent! I’d be happy to show you the flat. I’m sure you will love it. Would you
be able to come and see it tomorrow?
Lucy: Absolutely! I could come right after work. Is six o’clock okay with you?
Jeff: Yes. That’s fine. Do you need me to give you the address?
Lucy: No, thank you. I see it here in the advertisement.
Jeff: Okay. I’ll see you tomorrow then, Lucy.
Lucy: Sure. See you then!

Conversation 2
Situation: Andrew takes a tour of Emma’s house for sale.
Emma: Good afternoon. Are you Andrew?
Andrew: Good afternoon. Yes, I am. I’m here to see your house for sale.
Emma: Yes. Please come in.
Andrew: Thank you.
Emma: Please follow me, and I’ll give you a tour.
Andrew: Great. Thanks.
Emma: This is the kitchen, and as you can see, it has tile flooring and new cabinets.
Andrew: Yes. It’s beautiful!
Emma: Thank you. This is the master bedroom. The carpet in here is about two years
old, so it’s fairly new.
Andrew: Right.
Emma: You can see that there is a master bathroom that is attached to the bedroom.
The toilet and shower are a little older, but they’re in excellent condition.
Andrew: Yes, they look almost new.
Emma: Here is the family room.
Andrew: I like it! It’s very spacious.
Emma: Yes, it has a lot of room. Here is the other bedroom and bathroom. They are
a little small, but they’re fine for guests or young children.
Andrew: Sure. What about the laundry room?
Emma: Right. I almost forgot. It’s beside of the master bedroom. It has a large closet,
so you can hang your clean clothes after washing.
Andrew: Nice! How much are you asking for the house?
Emma: It’s two-hundred thousand pounds.
Andrew: Okay. Thank you for showing me your home and telling me about the price.
I’ll call you if I am interested.
Emma: Sure. It was my pleasure! Have a great day.
Andrew: You too. Bye.
Emma: Bye.

 I grew up in this house.

 I have to sell my house.
 I'm looking for a house.
 Let's drop by his house.
 Please come to my house.

 Somebody was in the house.

 The house is owned by him.
 This house needs painting.
 This is a beautiful house.
 This is my father's house.
 Tom has a house in Boston.

 ] We learn French at school.

 We may be late for school.
 We visited our old school.
 Where do you go to school?
 Why should I go to school?

 It's time to leave for school.
 Our school is fifty years old.
 She was often late for school.
 This school has many students.
 Tom goes to school by bicycle.

 Tom didn't go to the hospital.

 Tom had to go to the hospital.
 Tom took Mary to the hospital.
 Tom was taken to the hospital.
 He wants to work in a hospital.

 We've got to get you to a hospital.

 You're needed here in the hospital.
 I've got to get Tom to the hospital.
 You should've stayed in the hospital.
 I went to the hospital to see my wife.

TJ the Turtle Learns the Days of the Wee.

 Is it your helicopter?
  A helicopter circled over us. (
 They were rescued by helicopter.
 ]He knows how to fly a helicopter.
 [The helicopter is flying very low.
 The helicopter landed on the roof.
 Have you ever been on a helicopter?
 The helicopter is hovering overhead.

 I've never seen a yellow submarine in my life.

 The submarines sank a lot of ships.
 The submarine can dive up to 300 meters.
 The submarine finally came to the surface.

Sunday, Monday, Tuesday too.

Wednesday, Thursday just for you.
Friday, Saturday that's the end .
Now let's say those days again!
Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday!

The months of the year

1 January
2 February
3 March
4 April
5 May
6 June
7 July
8 August
9 September
10 October
11 November
12 December

Times of the day

From sunrise to the middle of the
Morning
day
 From the middle of the day to
Afternoon
sunset
Evening Between sunset and night
Night When it is dark
Noon The middle of the day
Midnight The middle of the night

Greeting
Good morning
Good afternoon
Good evening
Good night

Remember:
1. Days and months are always capitalized.
Example:
 Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday...
 January, February, March ...
2. The preposition that we use for days is "on".
Example:
 I go to the cinema on Mondays
3. The preposition that we use for months is "in".
Example:
 The school year starts in September.

1. There are 24 hours in a .

2. There are 7 days in a .

3. There are 4 weeks in a .

4. There are 12 months in a .

My birthday is on the 5th August.

My new car arrives on the 6th

The Months
January brings the snow;
Makes our feet and fingers glow.

February brings the rain;

Thaws the frozen pond again.

March brings the wind so cold and chill;

Drives the cattle from the hill.

April brings us sun and showers,

And the pretty wildwood flowers.

May brings grass and leafy trees,

Waviang in each gentle breeze.

June brings roses, fresh and fair,

And the cherries ripe and rare.

July brings the greatest heat,

Cloudless skies and dusty street.

August brings the golden grain;

Harvest time is here again.

Mild September brings us more

Fruit and grain, for winter store.

Brown October brings the last

Of ripening gifts, from summer past.

Dull November brings the blast:

Down from the trees the leaves fall fast.

Cold December ends the rhyme

With blazing fires and Christmas time.

Noun Determiners
Determiners are words like all, none, most, both and half. They go before nouns. Can
you use determiners correctly? Take a moment to do this interactive grammar
exercise.

1. I don't like ....................... of my physics teachers.

either
neither
both
2. ........................... people don't trust politicians.
Most
Most of
3. Neither .......................................... the door.
keys open
key opens
key open
4. Neither of .......................................... valid.
this argument is
these arguments is
these arguments are
5. ....................... the shops are closed on Sundays.
Most
Most of
Either could be used here
6. They spend ........................... their income on movies.
half
half of
Either could be used here
7. ................................. my friends wished me on my birthday.
No one of
None of
None
8. .................. child was given a present.
Each
Each of
Either could be used here
9. .................................. his ideas are quite interesting.
All
All of
Either could be used here
10. ................................ my children are engineers.
Both
Both of
Either could be used here
11. His ideas are ............................ different from those of his peers.
little
less
least
12. The new job isn't ............................... different from the old one.
many
much
most
Determiners all, each, every, few, little, etc.
Choose the correct answer.

1. They were bored because there was to do.

2. We invited friends over to our house for a barbecue.

3. of the cakes had been baked the day before.

4. Sally didn't take photos when she went on holiday.

5. The teacher gave of the students a piece of paper.

6. Every one of sent me a birthday card, but none of them bought me a

present.

7. Henry had idea what the answer to the question was.

8. I like many of her songs, but not of them are good.

HOW MUCH ...? - (Quantity)

How much is used with uncountable nouns.
HOW MUCH + UNCOUNTABLE NOUN
 How much time do we have to finish the test?
 How much money did you spend?
 How much sugar would you like in your coffee?
 How much paper will I need?
 How much milk is in the fridge?
 How much traffic was there on the way to work?
If the verb To Be is used with an uncountable noun, it is in singular form (= IS or WAS
etc.)

HOW MUCH ...? - (Price)

How much can also be used when we want to know the PRICE of something.
In this case, we can use How much with countable nouns (both singular and plural
nouns).
 How much is that painting?
 How much are those shoes?
 How much did your jacket cost?
 How much is the dress on display in the window?
 How much will it cost me?
 How much does it cost ?
HOW MANY ...? - (Quantity)
How many is used when we want to know the QUANTITY of something.
It is only used with plural countable nouns.
HOW MANY + PLURAL NOUN
 How many days are there in January?
 How many people work in your company?
 How many cousins do you have?
 How many books did you buy?
 How many countries are there in the world?
 How many students are in the class right now?
 How many chairs are there in this room?

Holly Hippo plants a garden.

Ordering flowers
A: Hello, welcome to Jane’s Flowers.
B: Hello, I’d like to order some flowers for my girlfriend, please.
A: Okay. Do you have anything in particular in mind?
B: She likes frangipanis.
A: Are they for any particular occasion?
B: Yes, it’s her birthday.
A: We can arrange a frangipani bouquet to suit the occasion. We also have other
arrangements. You can look at them in our catalogue here.
B: Oh, I like the frangipani bouquet in pink and yellow. Can I order that one, please?
A: When would you like the flowers delivered?
B: Her Birthday is next week on Wednesday. Can you deliver it in the morning,
around 10am, please?
A: Certainly, I just need the delivery name, address and your contact number?
B: Please deliver it to: Theresa Green, 752 Evergreen Terrace, Springfield. My
contact number is 555 – 1234
A: That will be $47 including delivery. Would you like to pay by cash or credit?
B: Cash, please.
A: No problem. Okay, you’re all set for a frangipani bouquet to be delivered to your
lucky girlfriend next Wednesday at 10am.
B: Thank you very much.

Getting Flowers

CATHY: "Who are the beautiful flowers from?"

SUSAN: "They're from my boyfriend."
CATHY: "That's so sweet! Those are long-stemmed roses."
SUSAN: "I know. They're beautiful."
CATHY: "How many are there?"
SUSAN: "I counted 30."
CATHY: "Wow! That must've been expensive."
SUSAN: "I need to find a vase. I don't want them to die."
CATHY: "Is there one in the kitchen?"
SUSAN: "I found one. But it's too small."
CATHY: "Yeah, that bouquet is huge. You're a lucky woman. I wish my boyfriend
would send me flowers. Is it a special occasion?"
SUSAN: "No, not really."
CATHY: "Do you know why he sent them?"
SUSAN: "I have an idea."
CATHY: "Why do you think he sent them?"
SUSAN: "Well, he forgot my birthday yesterday."
CATHY: "Oh! Now, I understand."

Taking Care of Plants

ALICE: "You take such good care of your plants, Joan."

JOAN: "I try my best. I love plants."
ALICE: "I have killed every plant I have ever owned."
JOAN: "How, Alice?"
ALICE: "I don't know. I water them and make sure they get enough sun, but they still
die."
JOAN: "That's strange."
ALICE: "I know. I don't buy plants anymore."
JOAN: "That's sad. Plants are beautiful and they provide oxygen too."
ALICE: "Can you teach me how to care for plants?"
JOAN: "Sure. I'm going on vacation tomorrow. I'll be gone for a couple of weeks. We
can start after I get back."
ALICE: "Ok! Can we shop for the plants together?"
JOAN: "Yes. Let's get a couple of plants that require low maintenance."
ALICE: "What do you mean by low maintenance?"
JOAN: "Plants that don't need much attention."
ALICE: "That will be perfect for me."
JOAN: "I'll make a list of good plants to start with."
ALICE: "What are you going to do about all of your plants while you're on vacation?"
JOAN: "Well, I was going to ask you to water them for me, but I think I'll ask my sister
instead."
ALICE: "Yeah, that's a good idea."

Wrong Flowers

Customer: I have a problem with my online order.

Customer service rep: What is the problem?
Customer: I ordered red roses for my wife, but she received daisies.
Customer service rep: I'm sorry to hear that.
Customer: It is our anniversary and roses are her favorite flowers.
Customer service rep: I will have red roses delivered to her as soon as possible.
 Customer: What should I do with the daisies?
Customer service rep: Please keep them since we made the error.
Customer: That's very nice of you.
Customer service rep: I hope your wife enjoys both flower bouquets.

 Person – He is the person to see.

 Person – John started to run.
 Person – Plato was an influential Greek philosopher.
 Person – Sharon admires her grandfather.
 Person – My mother looks a lot like my grandmother, and I look very much like them.

 Animal – The dog barked at the cat.

 Animal – Elephants never forget.
 Animal – Sophie is my favorite horse.

 Place – The restaurant is open.

 Place – Let’s go to the beach.
 Place – Look over there.
 Place – Come here.
 Place – Harvard and Yale are two famous universities.
 Place – Look! There’s the Eiffel Tower.

 Thing – Throw the ball.

 Thing – Please close the door and lock it.
 Thing – Use words properly to be understood.
 Thing – The lamp sits on a table next to the sofa.
 Thing – Money doesn’t grow on trees.

 Idea – Follow the rules.

 Idea – The theory of relativity is an important concept.
 Idea – Love is a wonderful emotion.
 Nothing seems to grow in this soil.
 This soil is moist.
 Don't let it get soiled.
  What'll grow in this soil?
 That soil is rich in humus.
 Rich soil yields good crops.
 The rain washed away the soil.
 Plants don't grow in this soil.
 It's a very rocky soil, isn't it?

 We don't have root beer.

 I'm rooting for you.
 Money is the root of all evil.
 Pull the plant up by the roots.
 Poverty is the root of all evil.
 Tom usually drinks diet root beer.

 A rose has thorns on its stem.

 Roses have thorns on their stems.
 Such trouble stems from carelessness.
 He dropped his wineglass and broke its stem.
 Tom poured wine into three long-stemmed glasses.

 He is shaking like a leaf.

 I've turned over a new leaf.
 Meg found a four leaf clover.
 He turned over a new leaf in life.
 Leaf after leaf fell to the ground.
 He resolved to turn over a new leaf.
 You'll have to turn over a new leaf
 Tom and Mary grow leaf lettuce in their garden.
 A horseshoe and a four-leaf clover bring good luck.

Bella And The Tooth Fairy

Dentist

 Tom is my dentist.
 He went to the dentist.
 We have the same dentist.
 Can the dentist see me today?
 I have a dentist appointment.
 Tom has a son who is a dentist.
 I didn't know you were a dentist.
 I'm going to the dentist tomorrow.
 Tom is a retired dentist.
 I've got to see a dentist
 Do you know a good dentist?
 I've been to the dentist's.
  She's married to a dentist.
 You must go to the dentist. (
 You ought to see a dentist. (
 You should go see a dentist.
 He is a dentist by profession

 The dentist pulled out her bad tooth.

 The dentist told me to open my mouth.
 Mr. Jones made Mary go to the dentist.
 You don't need to go to the dentist's.
 I am going to see the dentist tomorrow.
 Let me introduce you to a good dentist.
 The dentist put in a temporary filling
 You should go to a dentist immediately.

 Use your teeth.

 Brush your teeth.
 Which tooth hurts?
 This tooth is loose.
 I had a tooth pulled.
 I have a sweet tooth.
 One of my teeth hurts.

 I brush my teeth after breakfast. (

 Tom had his wisdom teeth removed.
 Look at how white Tom's teeth are.
 Tom had his wisdom teeth taken out.
 Tom escaped by the skin of his teeth.
 Tom had a tooth pulled out last week.
 Tom always brushes his teeth after meals.
 Tom brushed his teeth and washed his face.
 Tom accused Mary of lying through her teeth.

At the Dentist

A: "Hi Alice. What are you doing here?"

B: "Hi Linda. I'm here for a check-up. How about you?"
A: "I'm here for a procedure."
B: "What kind of procedure?"
A: "A root canal."
B: "A root canal? That's pretty serious, isn't it?"
A: "Yeah. I didn't take care of a tooth and now it's infected."
B: "Wow! I'm sorry to hear that. Are you in pain?"
A: "A little. I took some medicine this morning."
B: "That should help."
A: "I don't have dental insurance, so it's going to be very expensive."
B: "That's terrible. Why don't you have dental insurance?"
A: "I didn't think it was important."
B: "I think it's important to have dental insurance."
A: "Yeah. And it's important to take care of your teeth."
B: "I agree."

 I brush my teeth every morning.

 Brush your teeth after each meal.
 Don't forget to brush your teeth.
 I brush my teeth after breakfast.
 Tom had a close brush with death.
 You should've brushed your teeth.
 Tom brushed the sand off his pants.

 The boy started crying.

 The men cried for help.
 Tom began to cry again.
 Tom has stopped crying.
 I couldn't keep from crying.
 Now don't start crying, Tom.
 I'm sorry for making you cry.
 I didn't mean to make Tom cry.
 I hate to see a grown man cry. (
 She couldn't keep from crying.
 ] Tom couldn't keep from crying.

 Brush your teeth after each meal.

 Don't forget to brush your teeth.
 I brush my teeth after breakfast.
 Tom had his wisdom teeth removed.
 You should've brushed your teeth.
 Look at how white Tom's teeth are.
 Tom had his wisdom teeth taken out.

 My town has a castle.
 We made a sand castle.
 Is the castle open today?
 I am now in an old castle.
 ] We saw a castle in the distance.
  I would like to live in a castle.
 The town is famous for its old castle.
 There used to be a castle on the hill.
 I can see the castle from my bedroom window.

 I didn't get you a present.

 I brought a present for you.
 She gave him a nice present.
 He gave a nice present to me.
 I bought them each a present.
 They each received a present.

Dental Check-up Sam: Hello, Doctor.

Dr. Peterson: Good morning, Sam. How are you doing today?
Sam: I'm OK. I've been having some gum pain recently.
Dr. Peterson: Well, we'll take a look. Please recline and open your mouth.... that's good.
Sam:(after being examined) How does it look?
Dr. Peterson: Well, there is some inflammation of the gums. I think we should also do a new
set of S-rays.
Sam: Why do you say that?
Is something wrong?
Dr. Peterson: No, no, it's just standard procedure every year. It looks like you may have a
few cavities as well.
Sam: That's not good news .... hmmm
Dr. Peterson: There are just two and they look superficial.
Sam: I hope so.
Dr. Peterson: We need to take X-rays to identify tooth decay, as well as check for decay
between the teeth.
Sam: I see.
Dr. Peterson: Here, put on this protective apron.
Sam: OK.
Dr. Peterson: (after taking the X-rays) Things look good. I don't see any evidence of further
decay.
Sam: That's good news!
Dr. Peterson: Yes, I'll just get these two fillings drilled and taken care of and then we'll get
your teeth cleaned.

Dentist: Good morning, Ms Karp. What’s the problem?

Patient: I’ve got toothache. I think it’s in this tooth.
Dentist: Right, let me have a look. Open your mouth wide.
Dentist: Does it hurt when I touch it?
Patient: Ow! Yes, it’s very painful.
Dentist: Yes, you’ve got some bad decay in there. I’m going to have to
fill that tooth.
Patient: Oh, OK, Can you do it now?
Dentist: No, you’ll need to book an appointment with the receptionist on the
way out. You should do it as soon as possible.
Patient: OK, I’ll do that.
Dentist: And remember to clean your teeth twice a day.
Patient: I will, thank you.
Dentist: Good bye Ms Karp
Patient: Bye

Making Dentist Appointment

A: "Hello. Thank you for calling Dr. Smith's office. How can I help you?"
B: "This is Eleanor Johnson. I'd like to make an appointment to see the dentist."
A: "Will this be your first visit?"
B: "Yes. I haven't been to the dentist in a while. I'm afraid of going to the dentist."
A: "Oh. You will like Dr. Smith. He is very gentle."
B: "That's nice to hear."
A: "Is there anything wrong with your teeth?"
B: "I have a toothache."
A: "We have an opening tomorrow morning at 9 am."
B: "Do you have anything this afternoon. My tooth hurts very much."
A: "We are very busy this afternoon, but I can squeeze you in around 4 pm. Does that work
for you?"
B: "Yes! 4 pm is perfect."
A: "Do you have dental insurance?"
B: "Yes, I do."
A: "Ok. Please come 15 minutes early to fill out some forms."
B: "Ok. I will be there at 3:45. Thank you so much."
A: "You're welcome. We'll see you soon."
B: "Bye."

Talking about Dentist Appointment

A: "Susie, I'm picking you up from school early today."

B: "Why Mom?"
A: "You have a dentist appointment."
B: "I don't want to go."
A: "It's just a check-up."
B: "But it hurt last time."
A: "That is because you had a cavity."
B: "But I brush my teeth every day."
A: "I know, but you eat too much candy."
B: "I hope I don't have any cavities this time."
A: "Me too."
B: "What time are you picking me up?"
A: "2 o'clock."
B: "Ok. I'll tell my teacher."
A: "I will also call the school office."
B: "Ok. I'll see you later."

At the Dentist
A: "Hi Alice. What are you doing here?"
B: "Hi Linda. I'm here for a check-up. How about you?"
A: "I'm here for a procedure."
B: "What kind of procedure?"
A: "A root canal."
B: "A root canal? That's pretty serious, isn't it?"
A: "Yeah. I didn't take care of a tooth and now it's infected."
B: "Wow! I'm sorry to hear that. Are you in pain?"
A: "A little. I took some medicine this morning."
B: "That should help."
A: "I don't have dental insurance, so it's going to be very expensive."
B: "That's terrible. Why don't you have dental insurance?"
A: "I didn't think it was important."
B: "I think it's important to have dental insurance."
A: "Yeah. And it's important to take care of your teeth."
B: "I agree."

The Fox and the Stork

 Fish out of water - Being somewhere you don’t belong

 Kettle of fish - Something is completely different
 Get off your high horse - Quit thinking you are better than others
 Hold your horses - Wait a minute
 Horse of a different color - Something that is different
 Let the cat out of the bag - Tell a secret
 Curiosity killed the cat - Asking may get you in trouble
 Cat got your tongue? - Why aren’t you talking?
 Raining cats and dogs - It is raining very hard
 You can't teach an old dog new tricks - It’s harder for older people to learn new
things
 Hot dog - A person doing athletic stunts that are dangerous
 Doggy bag - A bag to take home leftovers from a restaurant
 A little birdie told me - Someone told me a secret
 Bee in her bonnet - She is upset
 Goose is cooked - Now you’re in trouble
 For the birds - Something that is not worth anything
 Birdbrain - Someone who is not very smart
 But a bug in his ear - Make a suggestion
 A bull in a china shop - someone who is very clumsy
 Pig out - To eat a lot
 Wolf in sheep’s clothing - A person who pretends to be nice but is not
 Cry crocodile tears - To pretend to be upset
 Make a mountain out of a molehill - Make something that is not important into a
big deal
(1) Do you like animals?
(2) What is your favorite animal?
(3) What animals are there in your country?
(4) What animals have disappeared from your country?
(5) Are there any dangerous animals in your country?
(6) What is the cutest animal in the world?
(7) Do you think animals were put on this planet so we could eat them?
(8) Do you think animals would rather not be kept as pets?
(9) Is it OK to use animals in sport?
(10) What animal would you like to come back to Earth as after you die?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) What natural animal ability or talent would you like to have?
(2) What is the most useful animal in the world?
(3) What animal best represents your character?
(4) Do you think it is necessary to experiment on animals to test cosmetics and
drugs?
(5) What animals have the best life?
(6) Should animals be kept in zoos?
(7) What are the biggest differences between animals and humans?
(8) If animals could speak, what do you think they would say to humans?
(9) What animal are you most fascinated by?
(10) What animal do you least like?

The jealous big sister

How important is your family to you?
(3) How important are you to your family?
(4) Would you like / Do you have your own family?
(5) Do you prefer spending time with your family or friends?
(6) Are there any strange people in your family?
(7) Are you jealous of any of your family members?
(8) Do you get on well with all of your family members?
(9) How often do you have big family get-togethers?
(10) How much of a family person are you?
STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) Do you have the ideal family?

(2) Is there a black sheep in your family?
(3) Is “blood thicker than water” regarding your family?
(4) Do you prefer the idea of extended or nuclear families?
(5) There is much talk recently of increased social problems due to family breakdown. Is this true
in your country?
(6) When do you need your family most?
(7) What would the world be like without families?
(8) Are we all in one big happy family?
(9) Do you ever get tired of family duties?
(10) How far back do you know your family tree?

Here are some questions you can ask when talking about family.

"How are your parents doing?"

"Are your parents healthy and well?"

"Do you still live with your parents?"

"Do you live near any family members?"
"Where do your in-laws live?"

"Do you see your family frequently?"

"Do you ever have family reunions?"

You can respond to these types of questions in multiple ways. Here are some
examples.

"My parents are doing well."

"My father is getting old, but otherwise, healthy."
"My mother has been complaining about chest pains. I hope it isn't anything serious."

"Yeah. I live with my parents. It saves me some rent money."

"Just for another year until I get back on my feet."
"No. I moved out several years ago. I have my own apartment now."

"My in-laws are in Ohio."

"I grew up in Florida, so my in-laws are there. We moved to California 5 years ago."

"My family lives in the area so I usually see them once a month."
"My family lives pretty far away, so I only see them a couple times a year."

"We have a family reunion every 5 years."

"No, but I wish we could."
"We used to, but everyone is too busy these days, so we haven't had one in a while
now."
Another Nuclear Family
– How many people are there in your family?

– There are five people in my family.

– Who are they?

– They are my husband, my son, my daughter and myself.

An Extended Family
– How many people are there in your family?

– There are seven people in my family.

– Who are they?

– They are my parents, my wife, my two children, my grandmother and my

grandfather.

Another Extended Family

– How many people are there in your family?

– There are lots of people in my family. I am not sure how many. There are maybe
twenty people.

– Who are they?

– They are my grandparents, my parents, my two brothers and my two sisters, my

uncle and his wife and their two children. Then next door is my other uncle and his
wife and his wife’s parents and his four children. That makes about twenty people.

Boring Family Reunion

SAM: "Mom, do I have to go to the family reunion?"

MOM: "Yes, Sam. Why don't you want to go?"
SAM: "It's boring and I have no one to talk to."
MOM: "You have a lot of cousins."
SAM: "I know, but they are all younger than me."
MOM: "So, you could entertain them."
SAM: "Ok."
MOM: "Your grandparents will be very disappointed if you do not attend."
SAM: "Ok. Where is it going to be?"
MOM: "It is going to be at an Italian restaurant. Italian food is your favorite."
SAM: "I know. How long is it going to be?"
MOM: "Probably a few hours."
SAM: "Can I leave early?"
MOM: "If you can find a ride home, you can leave early."
SAM: "I wish I knew how to drive."
MOM: "You will learn someday. But tonight you are going to the reunion."

Unhappy Family Reunion

JANE: "Hello?"
SUSAN: "Hi Jane. This is Susan."
JANE: "Hi Susan. How are you?"
SUSAN: "Did you receive an invitation to the family reunion?"
JANE: "Yeah."
SUSAN: "Are you going to go?"
JANE: "I don't think so."
SUSAN: "Why?"
JANE: "Remember our cousin Bill and I had a disagreement at the last reunion?"
SUSAN: "Yes. But it was all a misunderstanding."
JANE: "I know, but I still feel uncomfortable about it."
SUSAN: "I would really like to see you there. I haven't seen you in a while."
JANE: "I know. I feel the same way."
SUSAN: "If you don't go to the reunion, maybe I can visit you."
JANE: "That sounds like a great idea. Have you ever been to New York?"
SUSAN: "No. I would love to visit you and check out the city."
JANE: "Let's plan to do that."
SUSAN: "I still want you to come to the reunion."
JANE: "I'll think about it."
SUSAN: "Ok. I hope to see you there."

Sister's Baby
JENNIFER: "Hi Susie. Where are you going? Are you taking a trip?"
SUSIE: "Yeah, I'm going to Chicago. My sister just had a baby. I'm going to be
helping her for a couple of weeks."
JENNIFER: "That's so nice of you. Did she have a boy or a girl?"
SUSIE: "A girl. Her name is Rose."
JENNIFER: "What a beautiful name!"
SUSIE: "Yeah. She is named after our grandmother."
JENNIFER: "My daughter is also named after my grandmother. Her name is Marie."
SUSIE: "That's also a beautiful name."
JENNIFER: "Thanks. Is this your sister's first child?"
SUSIE: "Yeah. This is my first niece too. She's also the first grandchild in the family."
JENNIFER: "How special!"
SUSIE: "I know. My mother is so excited. She's only lives a few blocks away from my
sister. So, she will be helping a lot too."
JENNIFER: "That's wonderful. It's nice to have a lot of help with your first child."
SUSIE: "Yeah. I agree. Well, I better go now. I have to be at the airport by 1 pm."
JENNIFER: "Ok. See you in two weeks."

Family Shopping Day

Where you can buy clothes

There are different types of clothes shops. Here are some common ones:
shopping centre = large building with lots of different shops inside (= shopping mall
in American English)
boutique = small shop, often expensive, with designer label clothes
charity shop (goodwill in American English) = shop where you can buy second-hand
( = not new) clothes. The money you pay for them goes to charity
factory outlet = shop where you can buy clothes directly from the factory that makes
them. Often these clothes (or shoes) are "samples".
department store = large shop with "departments" for men's clothes, women's
clothes, household objects, etc.
chain store = a "brand" that has shops in many different towns, such as "Zara" or
"H&M".

Useful phrases a shop assistant says

"Can I help you?"
"Are you looking for anything in particular?"
"Do you need any help at all?"
"We don't have any of these left in stock." ( = There is no more of something.)

Useful phrases a customer says

"I'm looking for ..."
"I'd like to buy..."
Indicating a piece of clothing
"Do you have this in ..."
- medium / large / small / extra large / XL
- blue / black / beige (other colours etc)

Talking about the price

Clothes shops have "sales" when some or all the clothes are discounted.
"Is this in the sales?"
"Is this on sale?"
"There's a discount of 20% on this."
"These jeans are discounted by 20%."
"It's a bargain." (= the low price is a surprise)
"It's cheap." (= doesn't cost much money)
"It's expensive." (= costs a lot of money.)

Trying something on
When you go clothes shopping, you probably want to try something on before you
buy it so you know it's the right size or that it looks good on you!
"I'd like to try this on please. Where are the changing rooms?"
"Can I try this on?"

Example shopping conversation

Can I try this on?
Sure. The changing rooms are over there...
... (later)
Any good?
No, not really. (It's the wrong size / It doesn't really suit me.)
Or, "Yes, I'll take it."

Paying
"Where I can pay?"
"The cash tills are over there."
Other shopping vocabulary
to suit = to be in your style, or to compliment your body shape or skin / hair colour
"That dress really suits you!"
to fit = to be the right size
"These jeans don't fit very well."
Clothes can be...
... too big (size "Large" when you are size "Small")
... too small (small size when you are large size)
... too tight (waist measurement 34 when you are waist 38)
... too loose (waist measurement 38 when you are waist 34)
... too long (jeans leg measurement 34 when your leg measurement is 32)
... too short (jeans leg measurement 32 when your leg measurement is 34)
to go well with / to match = to look good with your other clothes
"This jumper goes well with my trousers."
"This colour jumper matches your new trousers."

1. Finding the right store / shop

Questions:
 Can you recommend a good toy shop/store?
 Is there a chemist / pharmacy in this area?
 Where can I get pet food from?
 Where is the nearest shopping centre?
 Could you direct me to the nearest post office please?
 Do you know where the nearest hardware store is?
Responses:
 There is a really good book shop just around the corner.
 You can buy that here in the hotel.
 The nearest one is a few mile away.
 The best toy shop is in the shopping centre.
 The post office isn’t open on Sundays.
 The convenience store on the corner might sell that.
2. Opening times
Questions:
 What time are you open until?
 What time do you close today?
 Are you open on the weekends?
 Are you open all day?
 What are your opening hours?
 Are you open on Sundays?
 Are you open every day during the week?
 What time do you open tomorrow?
Responses:
 We’re open from 9am to 6pm.
 We’re open on weekdays only (Monday to Friday).
 We’re open from 10am to 8pm.
 We’re open 7 days a week.
 We’re open 24/7 (24 hours a day, 7 days a week).
 We’re closed at lunchtime, between 12pm and 2pm.
 We’re closed on Bank Holidays (national holidays).

3. Selecting goods
Clerk’s / Assistant’s Questions:
 Can / May I help you?
 Can I help you find something?
 What colour would you like?
 What size would you like?
 Is there anything else I can help you with?
 Would you like to try it on?
 Is that any good?
 What can I do for you?
 How does it fit?
 How about this one?
 Anything else?
 Would you like anything else?
Customer’s Questions:
 Excuse me, do you work here?
 Could you help me please?
 I’m looking for a ….
 I’m trying to find a ….
 Could you tell me where the …. is, please?
  How much is this?
 How much are these?
 How much does this cost?
 How much is that …. in the window?
 Where can I find the …. ?

TJ the Turtle Plays at the Park

NANCY: "Hi Sheila. Have you been to the new amusement park yet?"
SHEILA: "No. When did it open?"
NANCY: "Last weekend."
SHEILA: "Was it crowded?"
NANCY: "It was very crowded. Parking is terrible too."
SHEILA: "Did you have fun?"
NANCY: "Oh yes! The roller coasters are really fun. My kids had a great time. It was
even fun for the adults too."
SHEILA: "I didn't know it was open yet. I will have to take my son soon."
NANCY: "You should. They will love it."
SHEILA: "Are the tickets expensive?"
NANCY: "Yeah, they're pretty expensive. But your family will enjoy it."
SHEILA: "Maybe we'll go this weekend. We don't have any plans on Saturday. My
son has been asking about it."
NANCY: "If you go on Saturday, try to go early. There aren't enough parking spots.
They need to add more."
SHEILA: "Ok. That's good to know. Do you have any other tips?"
NANCY: "The lines for the rides are very long, so be patient."
SHEILA: "Ok. I assumed that. Now I have to convince my husband to go."
NANCY: "He doesn't like amusement parks?"
SHEILA: "No. I have motion sickness, so I can't ride any of the roller coasters. That
means my husband has to ride all of them with our son."
NANCY: "Tell him to be prepared. There are a lot of roller coasters."

Simple Conversation in the park :

Mohan : Look at the birds. They are beautiful.

Lavanya : There is a parrot above my head. It is very nice.

Srileka : Oh! there you can see the peacock.

Mohan : There is the owl and cuckoo bird.

Lavanya : We can see the eagle also.

Srileka : Who are standing near the peacock?

Lavanya : A boy and a girl are standing near the peacock.

Srileka : What are they doing?

Lavanya : They are admiring the beauty of the peacock.

Mohan : We had a nice time to-day in the park.

Playing with Kids at the Park

A: Here we are!

B: Hurray! We finally made it to the park.

A: What do you want to play on first?

B: I want to go on the slide.

A: All right, but be careful.

B: I'm having so much fun.

A: Did you like the slide?

B: I slid down it fast.

A: Now what do you want to do?

B: I want to go on the swings.

A: Would you like me to push you?

B: No. I can do it myself.

A: We made it!
B: Great! There so much I want to play on.

A: What do you want to do first?

B: Let's go down the slide.

A: Make sure you're careful.

B: This is great!

A: How'd you like the slide?

B: The slide was so much fun.

A: What would you like to do next?

B: I want to swing.

A: I'll push you if you want me to.

B: I don't need your help. I can do it.

A: We're here!

B: I want to go play!

A: What do you want to do first?

B: I want to go down the slide.

A: Don't run, and be careful.

B: I will. This is so much fun.

A: Did you enjoy the slide?

B: Yes. It was great. I went so fast.

A: What else do you want to play on?

B: Swinging would be fun.

A: Do you want me to push you?

B: I can do it by myself. Watch me.

Taking a Walk around a Park

A: It's such a beautiful day.

B: It's a perfect day to take a walk in the park.

A: I think so too.

B: The sky is so clear, and you can see the mountains perfectly.

A: Check out those red roses.

B: You can tell that it's the spring.

A: That's because everything's in bloom right now.

B: Look! That man's selling ice cream.

A: Do you want to go get one?

B: That sounds so good.

A: It'll be my treat.

B: That's very nice of you.

Interrogative and Declarative Sentences

The four types of sentences in the English language include:

 Declarative sentence
 Imperative sentence
 Interrogative sentence
 Exclamatory sentence

Imperative: tells someone to do something. It's a command.

"Go to the store."

"Sit down."
"Be quiet."

Declarative: states fact or provides information.

"The cat is brown."

"You are my friend."
"Monkeys are primates."

Interrogative: asks a question. These are easily recognizable by their end punctuation
(?).

"Where are you going?"

"What is your name?"
"Why do you smell?"

Exclamatory: shows surprise, intense emotion, or often, the use of a curse word. Also
easily recognizable by their end punctuation (!).

"Fire!"
"Oh my God! You threw me a surprise party!"

Interrogative

Interrogative sentences are used in asking questions:

Is this your book?
Did you receive my message?
Have you found a new job yet?

The examples above are specifically YES/NO INTERROGATIVES, because they

elicit a response which is either yes or no.

ALTERNATIVE INTERROGATIVES offer two or more alternative responses:

Should I telephone you or send an email?
Do you want tea, coffee, or espresso?
Yes/no interrogatives and alternative interrogatives are introduced by an auxiliary
verb.

WH- INTERROGATIVES, on the other hand, are introduced by a wh-word, and they
elicit an open-ended response:

What happened?
Where do you work?
Who won the Cup Final in 1997?
Questions are sometimes tagged onto the end of a declarative sentence:
David plays the piano, doesn't he?
We've forgotten the milk, haven't we?
There's a big match tonight, isn't there?
These are known as TAG QUESTIONS. They consist of a main or auxiliary verb
followed by a pronoun or existential there

Declarative
Declarative sentences are used to convey information or to make statements:
David plays the piano
I hope you can come tomorrow
We've forgotten the milk
Declarative sentences are by far the most common type.

Most statements and denials are in the declarative. An important feature of

declarative sentences is that they have a subject that comes before the verb.
Our dog eats any old thing.
Our dog won’t just eat any old thing.
The dog has already been fed.
The dog hasn’t been fed yet.
We have already won several races.
We haven’t won any races yet.
Most questions are in the interrogative. An important feature of interrogative
sentences is that they normally have a subject that comes after an auxiliary verb.
Does your dog eat any old thing?
Has the dog already been fed?
Hasn’t the dog been fed yet?
Have you won any races yet?
Haven’t you won any races yet?

Tell Me a Story
past simple

With most verbs the past tense is formed by adding -ed:

call >> called; like >> liked; want >> wanted; work >> worked
But there are a lot of irregular past tenses in English. Here are the most common
irregular verbs in English, with their past tenses:

Use
We use the past tense to talk about:
 something that happened once in the past:
I met my wife in 1983.
We went to Spain for our holidays.
They got home very late last night.
 something that happened again and again in the past:
When I was a boy I walked a mile to school every day.
We swam a lot while we were on holiday.
They always enjoyed visiting their friends.
 something that was true for some time in the past:
I lived abroad for ten years.
He enjoyed being a student.
She played a lot of tennis when she was younger.
 we often use phrases with ago with the past tense:
I met my wife a long time ago.

past continuous
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the
verb:
We use the past continuous to talk about the past:
 for something which continued before and after another action:
The children were doing their homework when I got home.
Compare:

I got home. The children did their homework.

and
The children did their homework when I got home.

As I was watching television the telephone rang.

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story:
The other day I was waiting for a bus when …
Last week as I was driving to work …
 for something that happened before and after a particular time:
It was eight o’clock. I was writing a letter.

 o show that something continued for some time:

My head was aching.
Everyone was shouting.
 for something that was happening again and again:
I was practising every day, three times a day.
They were meeting secretly after school.
They were always quarrelling.
 with verbs which show change or growth:
The children were growing up quickly.
Her English was improving.
My hair was going grey.
The town was changing quickly.

Word Roots Part IV

excess
1.
the fact of exceeding something else in amount or degree:
His strength is in excess of yours.
2.
the amount or degree by which one thing exceeds another:

access
noun
1.
the ability, right, or permission to approach, enter, speak with, oruse; admittance:
assess

to estimate officially the value of (property, income, etc.) as a basisfor taxation.

Recess
noun
1.
temporary withdrawal from the usual work or activity.
2.
a period of such withdrawal.

Committee
a person or group of persons elected or appointed to perform someservice or function, as to i
nvestigate, report on, or act upon aparticular matter.

Landmark
a building or other place that is of outstanding historical, aesthetic, orcultural importance, ofte
n declared as such and given a special status(landmark designation) ordaining its preservat
ion, by some

 How do you assess your students?

 She can assess investments very accurately.

 Man is the only animal that possesses language.

 Do you think it should be legal for citizens to possess a gun?
 An understanding of people is the greatest weapon you can possess.
 It is the things that we do not possess which seem to us most desirable.

 The insidious group of villians was successful with their mission.

 Some teenage girls can be insidious and sneaky with their gossip.

 Drinking a cup of coffee each morning can lead to an insidious addiction.

  It was so insidious in people's minds, and so full of surprises.

 But his health was broken down by too assiduous study, and he died at Christiania
on the 18th of February 1899, six months after his return.

 In the midst of the cares of war, Harlan was assiduous in his religious duties, and few
years passed without his making the pilgrimage.

 His education was only elementary and very defective, except in mathematics, in
which he was largely self-taught; and although at his death he left a considerable
library, he was never an assiduous reader.

You have good financial status if you live in a mansion and own a yacht.
The king of a country has a greater status than all of his citizens.
A general has an extremely prestigious status within the military.

 His short stature makes him feel insecure.

 Young people have shown a lot of improvement in physical stature. (

 Lord Edward Fitzgerald was of small stature and handsome features.

 It is true that the Japanese are shorter in stature than either the Chinese or the
Koreans

Institute

noun
a society or organization for carrying on a particular work, as of aliterary, scientific, or educati
onal character.

verb
to set up; establish; organize:

Substitute
verb (used with object), substituted, substituting.

to put (a person or thing) in the place of another.

to take the place of; replace.

noun

a person or thing acting or serving in place of another.

Insist
verb (used with object)
to demand or persist in demanding:
verb (used without object)
to be emphatic, firm, or resolute on some matter of desire, demand,intention, etc.:

destitute
without ; lacking food, clothing, and shelter.

Irritable
easily irritated or annoyed; readily excited to impatience or anger.

irresistible
adjective
1.
not resistible; incapable of being resisted or withstood:
an irresistible impulse.
2.
lovable, especially calling forth feelings of protective love:
an irresistible puppy.

assiduous

constant in application or effort; working diligently at a task;persevering; industrious; attentive:

constituent

adjective
serving to compose or make up a thing; component:
the constituent parts of a motor.

noun
a constituent element, material, etc.; component.

The Sleeping Princess

 Being a prince is not that easy. (

 The prince was lost in the woods.
 The prince became a king that day.
 The prince succeeded to the throne.
 The prince was changed into a frog.
 Frogs turn into princes only in fairy tales

 ] I am able to read English.

 I don't have time to read.
 I have some reading to do.
 I like reading Tom's blog.
 I read a lot of magazines.
 He reads a novel every day.
 He was reading a newspaper
 I can read you like a book.
 Look at that knight on the horse.
 General Franks received an honorary knighthood.
 The knight swore an oath of allegiance to the king.

 What time is dinner served?

 No man can serve two masters.
 What was served at the party?
 At what time is dinner served?
 What time will dinner be served?
 He served a ten-year prison term.
 You're the one who kissed me.
 I saw Tom kissing John's wife.
 It wasn't Tom who kissed Mary.
 She surprised him with a kiss.
 Tom felt an urge to kiss Mary
 I had never been kissed before. (

 The lion is king of beasts.

 Who died and made you king?
 He was named after the king.
 The king crushed his enemies.
 The king's son was kidnapped.
 He served his king faithfully.
 The king reigned over the island.
 They defied the laws of the king. (
 He made up a story about the king.

These those
Demonstrative Pronouns
We use this (singular) and these (plural) to refer to something that is here / near.
Examples:
 This is my car. (singular)
 These are our children. (plural)
We use that (singular) and those (plural) to refer to something that is there / far.
Examples:
 That is our house. (singular)
 Those are my shoes. (plural)
Note that the verb changes (i.e. singular / plural) depending on the pronoun that you use.
 You can also use Demonstrative Pronouns by themselves:
 Did you do that?
 I'd like to buy these?
 Which of those would you like?

Why do we use that and those?

We use that (singular) and those (plural):
- to talk about things that are not near us:
What’s that?
This is our house, and that’s Rebecca’s house over there.
Those are very expensive shoes.
- We also use that to refer back to something someone said or did:
 - Shall we go to the cinema?
- Yes, that’s a good idea.
 - I’ve got a new job.
- That’s great.
 - I’m very tired.
- Why is that?
this, these, that, those with nouns
We also use this, these, that and those with nouns to show proximity
We use this and these for people or things near us:
We have lived in this house for twenty years.
Have you read all of these books?
… and that and those for people or things that are not near us:
Who lives in that house?
Who are those people?

Change from plural to singular

1. Those are footballs >> is a football

2. These are cats >> is a cat

3. These are kites > is a kite

4. Those are cars >> is a car

5. Those are robots >> is a robot

6. These are dolls >> is a doll

7. Those are bats >> is a bat

8. These are jump ropes >> is a jump rope

9. These are bicycles >> is a bicycle

10. Those are lions >> is a lion

Change to "These" or "Those"

Change from singular to plural
1. That is an elephant >> are elephants

2. This is a book >> are books

3. That is a tiger >> are tigers

4. That is a pencil > are pencils

5. This is a carrot >> are carrots

6. This is a pen >> are pens

7. That is a boy >> are boys

8. This is a box >> are boxes

9. That is a girl >> are girls

10. That is an orange >> are oranges

Type This or These in the boxes below.

1. pencil is no good.

2. is Michelle's pen.

3. computer is expensive.

4. girls are from my college.

5. bikes are mountain bikes.

6. is my newspaper.

Dreess.to have
The words 'have to' describe something that needs to take place soon. It expresses certainty,
necessity, or obligation.

Here are some examples:

"I have to switch schools."

"I have to use the telephone."
"I have to go to the bathroom."
"I have to leave."
"I have to unpack my bags."

You can also add the word 'don't' to suggest that someone is not required to do something.
"I don't have to switch schools."
"I don't have to use the telephone."
"I don't have to go to the bathroom."
"I don't have to leave."
"I don't have to unpack my bags."

I have got a car.

You have got two brothers.
He has got a big house.
She has got a cold.
It has got a ball.
We have got brown hair.
They have got red bicycles.
HAVE

Have,has, had

1. Jack fun at the party last Saturday.

2. I'm sorry, but I to go now.
3. you ever been to Canada?
4. Dave passed his driving test.
5. Can we the bill, please?
6. The match already started when we arrived.
7. They breakfast at 6:30 this morning.
8. Do you a brother?
9. My boss never time.
10. Doris been waiting for Pam for 20 minutes now.

Have - Action Verb

Have is also used as a main verb to express a number of actions including:
have a bath, wash, shower, etc. - I usually have a bath before I go to bed.
have breakfast, lunch, dinner - When are we going to have dinner tomorrow?
have fun - I had a lot of fun last weekend.
have time - Do you have any time available next week?
have questions - I have a few questions for you.
have a party - We're going to have a party next weekend.
have a walk, hike, ride, etc. - Let's have a hike later today.
have a discussion, fight, argument etc. - Unfortunately, we had a fight last night.

Let's ride a horse!

1) Do you like animals?

(2) What is your favorite animal?
(3) What animals are there in your country?
(8) If animals could speak, what do you think they would say to humans?
(9) What animal are you most fascinated by?
(10) What animal do you least like?
(2) What is the most useful animal in the world?
(5) What animals have the best life?

Domesticated (adj.) tame and kept as a pet or on a farm

 Chickens have been domesticated for thousands of years.
Feral (adj.) existing in a wild, natural state, especially after being domesticated.
 The woods are full of feral cats who escaped from a farmhouse nearby and have
been living on their own ever since.
Captivity (n.) The state of being held in a place (for instance, a jail or a zoo) and not being
able to leave.
 I like seeing the animals in zoos, but it makes me sad that they are kept in captivity.
Housebroken (adj.) trained to live indoors peacefully with humans, not destroying furniture or
peeing and pooping in the wrong places.
 My dog used to poop on the carpet until he was housebroken.
Rescue (v): to save someone or something from a dangerous or distressing situation.
 Example: I rescued my dog from a life the streets.
Predator (n.) An animal who hunts and kills other animals for food. (also known as
a carnivore – a meat eater)
 Example: Sharks are some of the fiercest predators.
Prey (n.) An animal who is hunted by predators. (many are also herbivores – plant eaters)
 Example: Gazelles and other prey animals have an instinct to run from danger.
Territorial (adj.) living on and defending a particular piece of land
 Example: Lions are very territorial, and they will attack other lions who wander into
land they consider to be theirs.

Hobbies

Questions you can ask

What do you like doing?
What sort of hobbies do you have?
What do you get up to in your free time?
How to reply
In my free time I...
When I have some spare time I...
When I get the time, I...
I relax by watching TV / listening to music, etc.
My hobbies are bird-watching / playing sport, etc.
I'm interested in (+ noun / gerund)
I'm keen on (+ noun / gerund)
I'm into (+ noun / gerund)
I enjoy (+ noun / gerund)
You can add "really" or "quite" after "I'm..." for emphasis.
"I'm really keen on football."
"I'm really into geneaology."

Talking about hobbies in more detail

You can give more information about your hobbies and interests:
"I like arts and crafts. I'm a creative / practical person, and like doing things with my hands."
"I'm an outgoing person, and like socialising / hanging out with friends."
"I enjoy being physically active, and spend a lot of time playing sports and team games."

Saying why you like your hobby

You can also explain why you spend time on your hobby to make the conversation longer and
more interesting.
"I really enjoy going to the gym because..."
...it keeps me fit.
...it gets me out of the house, you know!
...it's sociable. I've met lots of new people.
...it gives me something interesting to do with my time.
...it's not very expensive, and anyone can do it!
"My hobbies are all creative..."
... I've always enjoyed painting and drawing.
... Because my job is technical, it's good to spend time doing something completely different.
... I enjoy spending time making things like clothes.

More words that you can use to describe your hobbies:

creative
fascinating
practical
cheap
enjoyable
relaxing
different
unusual

Like doing vs like to do

We use like + gerund (ing form) to talk about general likes:
I like fishing.
We use like + infinitive to talk about more specific likes:
I like to go fishing at the weekend.

Talking About Hobbies Quiz

Level: Elementary and above
1. Someone asks you, ''What do you like doing in your __ time?''
 own
 spare

2. You answer, ''When I __ any free time, I like going to the cinema.''
 have
 make
3. You ask, ''Is there anything in particular you're interested __?''
 in
 on
4. If someone asks you that, you can reply ''I'm really __ sports.''
 in
 into
5. You want to say a bit more about your hobby. For example, ''I like playing tennis
because it keeps me __''
 athletic
 fit
6. Here's another example to talk more about your hobby. ''I'm quite __ and I like
hanging out with my friends at the weekend.''
 friendly
 sociable
7. Here's another example you can use to describe a hobby: ''Painting is quite a __
hobby.''
 artistic
 creative
8. If you like an activity like fishing, you can say ''You need a lot of __ for this.''
 patience
 waiting
9. You can also ask people about their hobbies. For example, ''Do you have an __
hobby?''
 uncommon
 unusual
10. Don't forget to make a comment if someone tells you about an interesting hobby.
You can say, ''That sounds __!''
 fascinating
 lovely

Sharing Fruits
At the restaurant

Booking a Table

 I'd like to reserve / book a table for four at 8pm, please.

 I'd like to reserve / book a table for a party of six at 8pm, please.
 I'd like to book a table for two at 8 in the name of Hand, please.
 Could we have a table by the window, please?
 Could we have a non-smoking table, please?
 Could we have a table away from the kitchen/toilets, please?
 Could we have a booth, please?
 Could you make sure it's a quiet table, please?
Placing Your Order

 I'd like the .............., please.

 For starters I'll have the soup and for the main course I'd like the roast beef.
 Could I have chips instead of new potatoes, please?
 What is the house special today?
 Is there anything you would recommend?
 Could I see the wine menu, please?
 I'll have a bottle of the South African Cabernet Sauvignon.
 I'll have a glass of house red/white, please.
 Which wine would you recommend?

Complaining
 Excuse me, but my meal is cold.
 Excuse me, we've been waiting for over half an hour for our drinks.
 I'm sorry but I ordered the side salad not the vegetables.
 Excuse me this steak is over done, I ordered rare.
 I'm afraid this wine tastes corked.
 Excuse me this wine isn't chilled properly.

Arriving at the Restaurant

 Good evening, the name is Hand. I have a table booked for six.
 Do you have the menu in English/German/French ..., please?
 Do you have a high chair for young children, please?
 Could we have a table over there, please?
 I'm sorry but I asked for a table by the window.
 Could we have an extra chair, please?

During/After the Meal

 Could we have some more bread, please?
 Do you have a pepper mill?
 Could I have some dressing, please?
 Could you pass me the salt, please?
 That was delicious. My compliments to the chef.
Paying
 Could I have the bill, please?
 Do you take Visa?
 We'd like separate bills, please.
 Is service included?
 No, please. This is on me. (When you wish to pay for everyone.)

Eating Out
W:
Good evening.
C:
A table for two please.
W:
Certainly. Just here, sir.
C:
Could we sit by the window?
W:
I'm sorry. The window tables are all reserved.
W:
Are you ready to order, sir?
C:
Yes. I'll have tomato soup for starters and my wife would like prawn cocktail.
W:
One tomato soup and one prawn cocktail. What would you like for main course?
C:
I'll have the plaice and my wife would like the shepherd's pie.
W:
I'm afraid the plaice is off.
C:
Oh dear. What do you recommend?
W:
The steak pie is very good.
C:
OK I'll have that.
W:
Would you like anything to drink?
C:
Yes, a bottle of red wine please.

Sponge feels soft - Describing Touch

 A sponge absorbs water.
 Tom squeezed the sponge.
 Soak this sponge in water
 I sponged a dinner off my uncle.
 Do you use a sponge when you take a bath?

 She is absorbed in rock music.

 The ship crashed on the rocks.
 What does this rock look like?
 Don't throw rocks into the river.
 The rock rolled down the hillside.
 He hid himself behind a large rock.

 Tom is lying on a large rock.

 He threw a rock into the pond.
 He hit his head against a rock.

1. Rub the surface with sandpaper before painting.

2. I rounded off the corners with sandpaper.
3. Rub the wood down with fine sandpaper till it is smooth.
 4. He rubbed the woodwork down with sandpaper.
5. Take a piece of sandpaper and round off the edges of the frame.
6. Rub the wood down well with fine sandpaper before painting.
7. Use a finer piece of sandpaper to finish.

 The girl has a soft heart.

 Please eat only soft foods.
 Silk feels soft and smooth.
 She spoke with a soft voice.
 This pillow is too soft for me.
 Her voice was soft and beautiful.
 My teacher has a very soft voice.

 You must've had a hard time.

 You're really a hard worker.
 Don't be so hard on yourself.
 He is hard to get along with.
 I had a hard time getting in.
 Why are you so hard on yourself?
 Don't you think it's really hard?
 He is accustomed to working hard. (
 I encouraged Tom to study harder.
] I regret that I did not work harder.
 I studied hard when I was in school.
 I think you're working way too hard.
 I thought Tom would be hard at work.

 We went down a very rough road.

 I have a rough idea where it is.
 The tongue of a cat feels rough.
 Things might get a little rough.
 This will give you a rough idea.
 I was going through a rough time.

 The road to the village is very rough.

 They were made of rough brown leather.
 The sea was rough because of the storm.
 The suit's made of very rough material.

Much many
 1) There are a lot ___ people here.

in

any

any
 of

 2) There were ___ any bikes in the shop.

much

no

lots

not

 3) ___ of people come hiking here.

No

Plenty

Most

All

 4) Some ___ are in the garden.

a cats

any cats

cats

of cats

 5) ___ of birds drink from our birdbath.

Lot

A lots of

Lots

Not any
Countable: There are not any biscuits left.
Non-countable: There is not any water in the sink.
No
Countable: There are no animals in the park.
Non-countable: There is no money in my purse.
Some
Countable: Some children play here on the weekend.
Non-countable: There is some smoke coming from that house.
A lot of
Countable: She has a lot of dogs.
Non-countable: There’s a lot of traffic today.
Lots of
Countable: Lots of women work here.
Non-countable: She made us lots of coffee.
Plenty of
Countable: There are plenty of bottles in the fridge.
Non-countable: There is plenty of information in report.
Most
Countable: She keeps most of her books in the shelf.
Non-countable: We spent the most time on the project.
All
Countable: Who ate all the apples?
Non-countable: Jennifer is the one with all the experience.

With Uncountable Nouns

 much
 a little/little/very little *
 a bit (of)
 a great deal of
 a large amount of
 a large quantity of

With Both
 all
 enough
 more/most
 less/least
 no/none
 not any
 some
 any
 a lot of
 lots of
 plenty of
With Countable Nouns

 many
 a few/few/very few **
 a number (of)
 several
 a large number of
 a great number of
 a majority of
"much" - not countable

"How much...?" With uncountable nouns in negative and questions.

Examples:

How much homework do we get?

How much money do I need?
How much milk do you want?
Is there much sugar in my tea?

"many" - countable nouns

With countable nouns in negative and questions.

Examples:

How many sisters does he have?

How many pupils are in this class?
How many books do you buy?
How many cows live on this farm?

"a few ..." countable nouns

Use "(A) few ..." with countable nouns.

Examples:

There are just a few examples.

I meet a few friends
I see a few hundred pupils.
I've got few brothers.

"a little..." uncountable

Use "a little" with uncountable nouns.

Examples:

There is little tea left.

Not a lot, only a little, please.
I've got little money.

Countable nouns and uncountable nouns

a lot of / lots of Use an exact quantity or a lot of / lots of

 Examples:

There are 10 pupils.

There are a lot of cookies
They have got a lot of CDs.
There are a lot of things on your table.
We have got lots of money.

1. cars

2. music

3. pictures

4. flowers

5. milk

6. numbers

7. money

8. tea

9. girls

10. pencils
Decide whether you have to use much or many.

1. Jane hasn't got time.

2. Do you know words in English?

3. He didn't eat meat.

4. There isn't butter in the fridge.

5. How eggs did the hens lay?

6. Samantha has as money as Bruce.

7. How lessons do you have on Mondays?

8. There was too noise in the streets.

9. I cannot see stars in the sky tonight.

10. Do you have friends abroad?

eggs did you buy ?

coffee did you drink last night ?
girls are there in your classroom ?
cans of beer do you want ?
are the oranges ?
time have you got to play ?
stars can you see in the sky ?
sugar would you like in your tea ?
money did you pay for your bike ?
hours do you sleep every night ?
Spanish words do you know ?
water did you drink ?

(1) What comes to mind when you hear the word ‘food’?
(2) How often do you think about food?
(3) Can you eat anything?
(4) Can you go without food for a whole day?
(5) Do you have to watch what you eat?
(6) What is your favourite breakfast, lunch and dinner?
(7) Do you think your country’s food is the best?
(8) Do you think “you are what you eat”?
(9) What do you think about canned, frozen and processed food?
(10) What kinds of international cuisine do you like?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) Are you fussy or particular about the food you eat?
(2) Have your favourite kinds of food changed over the years?
(3) Do you like fast food and slow food?
(4) What do you think about food additives?
(5) Do you care where the food you eat comes from?
(6) What national dishes from your country would you recommend to the world?
(7) Do you worry about the rising cost of food?
(8) Do you think the world’s food will ever run out?
(9) What do you think of genetically-modified (GM) food?
(10) Is your food bill big?

(1) What springs to mind when you hear the word ‘food safety’?
(2) What food safety issues do hear or read about in the news?
(3) Do you think food is becoming more or less safe to eat?
(4) Do you worry about where the food you eat comes from?
(5) Do you understand what the chemicals and E numbers are on the ingredients of food labels?
(6) How sure are you your government is in control of the quality of food for sale in your
supermarkets?
(7) Do you worry about how disease-free meat is?
(8) Do you think it is safer to eat out or at home?
(9) How safe do you think fast food is?
(10) Is there any food that scientists have not warned us about?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) Do you ever think that the food you eat is not safe?
(2) Is it safer to grow your own food?
(3) What should chefs and restaurant staff do to make sure food is safe to eat?
(4) Do you ever eat food that has gone past the eat-by / expiry date?
(5) Have you ever had food poisoning?
(6) Is food from your country the safest?
(7) Do people in your country put dangerous things in food on supermarket shelves?
(8) How safe is safe? Do you think we worry too much?
(9) Do you think genetically modified food is 100% safe to eat?
(10) Are you happy with the quality of the water that comes out of your taps?

BEE idioms

 Fish out of water - Being somewhere you don’t belong

 Kettle of fish - Something is completely different
 Get off your high horse - Quit thinking you are better than others
 Hold your horses - Wait a minute
 Horse of a different color - Something that is different
  Let the cat out of the bag - Tell a secret
 Curiosity killed the cat - Asking may get you in trouble
 Cat got your tongue? - Why aren’t you talking?
 Raining cats and dogs - It is raining very hard
 You can't teach an old dog new tricks - It’s harder for older people
to learn new things
 Hot dog - A person doing athletic stunts that are dangerous
 Doggy bag - A bag to take home leftovers from a restaurant
 A little birdie told me - Someone told me a secret
 Bee in her bonnet - She is upset
 Goose is cooked - Now you’re in trouble
 For the birds - Something that is not worth anything
 Birdbrain - Someone who is not very smart
 But a bug in his ear - Make a suggestion
 A bull in a china shop - someone who is very clumsy
 Pig out - To eat a lot
 Wolf in sheep’s clothing - A person who pretends to be nice but is
not
 Cry crocodile tears - To pretend to be upset
 Make a mountain out of a molehill - Make something that is not
important into a big deal

What Instruments are They Playing?

1. What is music to you?

2. Define “good” music.
3. What music do you listen to when you’re stressed/angry/happy/sad?
4. Are you a musician? Can you sing?
5. What’s more important to you, a good melody or good lyrics?

 Who are some of your favorite bands or artists?

 How often do you listen to music?
 When was the last time you bought a song or album?
 Where do you buy music?
 Have you ever illegally downloaded music? Do you think it is okay or not okay to
download music illegally?
 What kind of music do you listen to when you want to dance?
 What kind of music do you listen to when you are sad?
 Is there a certain song or type of music that makes you really energetic?
 Do you think music is getting better or worse?
 What kind of music will your kids listen to?
  What music did your parents listen to?
 How do you feel about your country’s traditional music?
 How is your country’s traditional music different from other countries’ traditional
music?

Concert Tickets

STACY: "Hello?"
STEPHANIE: "Hi Stacy. This is Stephanie. Guess what I just got."
STACY: "What?"
STEPHANIE: "Two tickets to the concert tonight!"
STACY: "How did you get those? The concert has been sold out for months."
STEPHANIE: "My dad works at the arena. He was able to get front row seats."
STACY: "Are you serious?"
STEPHANIE: "Yes! Do you want to go?"
STACY: "Yes! I need to ask my mom, but I'm sure I can go."
STEPHANIE: "Ok. My dad can pick you up. We're going to leave at 4 pm."
STACY: "What time does the concert start?"
STEPHANIE: "7 pm."
STACY: "Why are we leaving so early?"
STEPHANIE: "We want to have dinner first."
STACY: "Ok. I'll let my mom know."
STEPHANIE: "I'm so excited!"
STACY: "Me too! Thank you so much for inviting me."
STEPHANIE: "Of course I would invite you. You're my best friend."

Free Concert Tickets

Justine: I have two tickets to the concert tonight.

Kurt: How did you get tickets? The concert is sold out.
Justine: My boss and her husband can't go, so she gave them to me.
Kurt: That's great! Where are the seats?
Justine: Third row!
Kurt: Wow! Those are awesome seats!
Justine: I know. My boss is really sad she can't go.
Kurt: Why can't she go?
Justine: She isn't feeling well.
Kurt: That's too bad. We should get her a thank you gift.

Let's ride a horse!

1) Do you like animals?
(2) What is your favorite animal?
(3) What animals are there in your country?
(8) If animals could speak, what do you think they would say to humans?
(9) What animal are you most fascinated by?
(10) What animal do you least like?
(2) What is the most useful animal in the world?
(5) What animals have the best life?

Domesticated (adj.) tame and kept as a pet or on a farm

 Chickens have been domesticated for thousands of years.
Feral (adj.) existing in a wild, natural state, especially after being domesticated.
 The woods are full of feral cats who escaped from a farmhouse nearby and have
been living on their own ever since.
Captivity (n.) The state of being held in a place (for instance, a jail or a zoo) and not being
able to leave.
 I like seeing the animals in zoos, but it makes me sad that they are kept in captivity.
Housebroken (adj.) trained to live indoors peacefully with humans, not destroying furniture or
peeing and pooping in the wrong places.
 My dog used to poop on the carpet until he was housebroken.
Rescue (v): to save someone or something from a dangerous or distressing situation.
 Example: I rescued my dog from a life the streets.
Predator (n.) An animal who hunts and kills other animals for food. (also known as
a carnivore – a meat eater)
 Example: Sharks are some of the fiercest predators.
Prey (n.) An animal who is hunted by predators. (many are also herbivores – plant eaters)
 Example: Gazelles and other prey animals have an instinct to run from danger.
Territorial (adj.) living on and defending a particular piece of land
 Example: Lions are very territorial, and they will attack other lions who wander into
land they consider to be theirs.

Learn about Summer Olympic Games

Basketball at the Park

CHARLIE: "Hey Joe. Where are you heading?"

JOE: "Hey Charlie. I'm meeting some friends at the park. We're going to play
basketball."
CHARLIE: "It's a great day for it. Nice and sunny."
JOE: "Yeah. Perfect day to be outside. Do you play basketball?"
CHARLIE: "I used to play in high school. I was on the school basketball team."
JOE: "Do you want to join us?"
CHARLIE: "I can't today. I have to dentist appointment."
JOE: "A dentist appointment on a nice day?"
CHARLIE: "Yeah. It was the only day available."
JOE: "What about next weekend? We get together every Saturday at the basketball
court in the park."
CHARLIE: "Sure. Sounds like fun. What time?"
JOE: "Same time every Saturday. 10 am."
CHARLIE: "Do you think your friends will be ok with a new guy joining?"
JOE: "Yeah. We could use another player. One guy hurt his knee and won't be able
to play for a while."
CHARLIE: "Ok. Then I'll see you next Saturday."
JOE: "Cool!"

Daughter's Soccer Game

CAROL: "Hi Janet. What are you doing today?"

JANET: "Hi Carol. My daughter has a soccer game at 11 am."
CAROL: "Today? It's going to rain all day."
JANET: "Yeah. She plays in the rain too."
CAROL: "They don't cancel games if it rains?"
JANET: "No, only if there's a storm."
CAROL: "Wow! But, I bet it's fun to watch."
JANET: "Yes. We love it. She's the goalie. She's really good."
CAROL: "How long has she been playing?"
JANET: "Seven years. She wants to get a scholarship to college."
CAROL: "She's a smart girl! Did you play soccer, too?"
JANET: "I played a couple of years in high school, but she is much better than I was."
CAROL: "Do you worry that she could get hurt?"
JANET: "Yes. All the time. But she loves the sport and wants to play."
CAROL: "Maybe we'll see her in the Olympics one day."
JANET: "That's her dream."

Son's Baseball Team

BOB: "Hey Steve. Where are you going with all of that baseball gear?"
STEVE: "Oh, hi Bob. I coach my son's baseball team. We're having our first practice
today."
BOB: "How old is your son?"
STEVE: "8 years old. He's been playing baseball for a couple of years."
BOB: "Does he like it?"
STEVE: "He loves it! This is my first year as a coach. I'm pretty excited."
BOB: "It sounds exciting. I used to play baseball in college."
STEVE: "What position did you play?"
BOB: "Pitcher. But I had to quit because of a shoulder injury."
STEVE: "That's too bad. Do you miss it?"
BOB: "Not anymore. I'm too old to play now."
STEVE: "My son is a pitcher too. Maybe you can give him some tips on how to
throw."
BOB: "Sure. I'm always free in the afternoon."
STEVE: "We have our first game next Saturday. Would you like to come and watch?"
BOB: "That would be fun. What time is the game?"
STEVE: "10 am."
BOB: "Ok. Can I bring my wife?"
STEVE: "Of course."

Likes and Dislikes

1. What is your favorite color? Purple.

2. What’s your favorite kind of music? I like pop music.

3. Favorite sport? Kung fu.

4. Do you have a lucky number? Yes. It’s eight.

5. What kind of food do you like best? I like Cantonese food.

6. How about movies? Action.

7. Who is your favorite movie star? Jackie Chan.

8. What city do you like most? Hong Kong, of course!

1
A: "What are you doing tomorrow?"
B: "I'm going to stay home and watch a video."
A: "What are you going to watch?"
B: "I rented Last of the Mohican. Have you seen it?"
A: "That was one of my favorite movies. You will not be disappointed."

2
A: "What's your favorite food?"
B: "I like Chinese food the most."
A: "Have you been to the Chinese restaurant on 44th street."
B: "No I haven't. Is it any good?"
A: "It's my favorite Chinese restaurant. I believe you will like it."
B: "That sounds great. Let's go."

3
A: "Hey Jack. How were your classes this semester?"
B: "They were not too bad. I really digged (liked) my poli-science class."
A: "Would you consider it your favorite class?"
B: "I don't know if I would call it my favorite, but it ranks up there."
A: "What class was your favorite then?"
B: "I took a business communication class last year and it was terrific."
A: "I never took that yet. If that was your favorite, I think I will check it out."
London

 England is the most populated country in the United Kingdom. The other
countries that make up the United Kingdom are Wales, Scotland and Northern
Ireland.
 England is bordered by Wales to the west and Scotland to the north.
 The population of England in 2011 was around 53 million.
 The capital city of England is London. Other major cities include Birmingham,
Manchester, Sheffield, Liverpool, Newcastle and Leeds.
 England includes many small islands such as the Isle of Wight and Hayling
Island.
 There is only a 34 kilometre (21 mile) gap between England and France and
the countries are connected by the Channel Tunnel which opened in 1994.
 England was the first industrialized nation after the industrial revolution that
began around 1760.
 Famous English scientists include Charles Darwin, Michael Faraday, Isaac
Newtonand Stephen Hawking among many others.
 The longest river in the United Kingdom is the River Severn. Located in
England and Wales, it stretches around 354 kilometres (220 miles) in length.
 The longest river found entirely in England is the River Thames, it flows
through London and is slightly shorter than the River Severn at around 346
kilometres (215 miles) in length.
 The largest lake in England is named Windermere.
 The highest mountain in England is Scafell Pike, which stands at around 978
metres (3,209 ft) in height.
 England has a large economy and uses the pound sterling as its currency.
 English computer scientist Tim Berners-Lee is credited with inventing the
World Wide Web.
 There have been a number of influential English authors but perhaps the most
well known is William Shakespeare, who wrote classics such as Romeo and
Juliet, Macbeth and Hamlet.
 Football (soccer) is the most popular sport in England but others such as
cricket and rugby have large followings.
 The Summer Olympic Games have been held in London 3 times, in 1908,
1948 and 2012.
 The official London home of the British monarch (king or queen) is
Buckingham Palace.

(1) Do you like travelling?

(2) What is travel for you?
(3) What different kinds of travelling are there?
(4) What’s the best place you’ve ever been to?
(5) Would you like to go travelling for a few years non-stop?
(6) What are the good and bad things about travelling?
(7) Where do you want to travel to before you die?
(8) Is it better to travel or to arrive?
(9) Lin Yutang said: "No one realizes how beautiful it is to travel until he comes
home and rests his head on his old, familiar pillow." Do you agree?
(10) Elizabeth Drew said: "Too often travel, instead of broadening the mind, merely
lengthens the conversation." What does this mean? Do you agree?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) What springs to mind when you hear the word ‘travel’?
(2) Are you a traveller?
(3) Is travel an education?
(4) Would you like to travel in space or to the moon?
(5) Would you like to work in the travel industry?
(6) What are the pros and cons of traveling first class and backpacking?
(7) Is travel helping the world?
(8) What would make you wiser – travelling around the world for ten years or
reading 10,000 books?
(9) Mason Cooley said: "Travelers never think that they are the foreigners." Do
you agree?
(10) St. Augustine said: "The World is a book, and those who do not travel read
only a page." What does this mean? Do you agree?

The article

USE 1
The article A is used before singular, countable nouns which begin
with consonant sounds.
Examples:
 He is a teacher.
 She doesn't own a car.
 I saw a bear at the zoo.
USE 2
The article AN is used before singular, countable nouns which begin
with vowel sounds.
Examples:
 He is an actor.
 She didn't get an invitation.
 I saw an eagle at the zoo.
USE 3
Remember that A(AN) means "one" or "a single". You cannot use A(AN) with plural
nouns.
Examples:
 I saw a bears in Yellowstone National Park. Not Correct
 I saw bears in Yellowstone National Park. Correct
USE 4
If there is an adjective or an adverb-adjective combination before the
noun, A(AN) should agree with the first sound in the adjective or the adverb-adjective
combination.
Examples:
 He is an excellent teacher.
 I saw a really beautiful eagle at the zoo.
USE 5
Use A before words such as "European" or "university" which sound like they start
with a consonant even if the first letter is a vowel. Also use Abefore letters and
numbers which sound like they begin with a consonant, such as "U", "J", "1" or "9".
Remember, it is the sound not the spelling which is important. For example, "1" is
spelled O-N-E; however, it is pronounced "won" like it starts with a "W".
Examples:
 She has a euro. Sounds like "yu-ro".
 That number is a "1". Sounds like "won".
USE 6
Use AN before words such as "hour" which sound like they start with a vowel even if
the first letter is a consonant. Also use AN before letters and numbers which sound
like they begin with a vowel, such as "F" or "8". Remember, it is the sound not the
spelling which is important. For example, "F" is pronounced "eff" like it starts with an
"E".
Examples:
 I only have an hour for lunch. Sounds like "au-er".
 Does his name begin with an "F"? Sounds like "eff".

GENERAL RULES
Use the to refer to something which has already been mentioned.
EXAMPLES
 On Monday, an unarmed man stole $1,000 from the bank. The thief hasn't
been caught yet.
 I was walking past Benny's Bakery when I decided to go into the bakery to get
some bread.
 There's a position available in my team. The job will involve some international
travel.
Use the when you assume there is just one of something in that place, even if it has
not been mentioned before.
EXAMPLES
 We went on a walk in the forest yesterday.
 Where is the bathroom?
  Turn left and go to number 45. Our house is across from the Italian
restaurant.
 My father enjoyed the book you gave him.
Use the in sentences or clauses where you define or identify a particular person or
object.
EXAMPLES
 The man who wrote this book is famous.
 I scratched the red car parked outside.
 I live in the small house with a blue door.
 He is the doctor I came to see.
Use the to refer to people or objects that are unique.
EXAMPLES
 The sun rose at 6:17 this morning.
 You can go anywhere in the world.
 Clouds drifted across the sky.
 The president will be speaking on TV tonight.
 The CEO of Total is coming to our meeting.
Use the before superlatives and ordinal numbers.
EXAMPLES
 This is the highest building in New York.
 She read the last chapter of her new book first.
 You are the tallest person in our class.
 This is the third time I have called you today.
Use the with adjectives, to refer to a whole group of people.
EXAMPLES
 The French enjoy cheese.
 The elderly require special attention.
 She has given a lot of money to the poor.
Use the with decades.
EXAMPLES
 He was born in the seventies.
 This is a painting from the 1820's.
Use the with clauses introduced by only
EXAMPLES
 This is the only day we've had sunshine all week.
 You are the only person he will listen to.
 The only tea I like is black tea.
PROPER NOUNS
Use the with names of geographical areas, rivers, mountain ranges, groups of
islands, canals, and oceans.
EXAMPLES
 They are travelling in the Arctic.
 Our ship crossed the Atlantic in 7 days.
 I will go on a cruise down the Nile.
 Hiking across the Rocky Mountains would be difficult.
Use the with countries that have plural names
EXAMPLES
 I have never been to the Netherlands.
 Do you know anyone who lives in the Philippines?
Use the with countries that include the words "republic", "kingdom", or "states" in their
names.
EXAMPLES
 She is visiting the United States.
 James is from the Republic of Ireland.
Use the with newspaper names.
EXAMPLES
 I read it in the Guardian.
 She works for the New York Times.
Use the with the names of famous buildings, works of art, museums, or monuments.
EXAMPLES
 Have you been to the Vietnam Memorial?
 We went to the Louvre and saw the Mona Lisa.
 I would like to visit the Eiffel Tower.
 I saw King Lear at the Globe.
Use the with the names of hotels & restaurants, unless these are named after a
person.
EXAMPLES
 They are staying at the Hilton on 6th street.
 We ate at the Golden Lion.
Use the with the names of families, but not with the names of individuals.
EXAMPLES
 We're having dinner with the Smiths tonight.
 The Browns are going to the play with us.
WHEN NOT TO USE "THE"
Do not use the with names of countries (except for the special cases above).
EXAMPLES
 Germany is an important economic power.
 He's just returned from Zimbabwe.
Do not use the with the names of languages.
EXAMPLES
 French is spoken in Tahiti.
 English uses many words of Latin origin.
 Indonesian is a relatively new language.
Do not use the with the names of meals.
EXAMPLES
 Lunch is my favorite meal.
 I like to eat breakfast early

Money Matters - Bank Card

 A magnet attracts iron.
 This is a horseshoe magnet.
  The children played with magnets.
 The students used a magnet in science class.
 I remember playing with magnets in kindergarten.

 I prefer paper cups to plastic ones.

 Could I have a plastic bag for those?
 This glue does not adhere to plastic.
 A plastic dish will melt on the stove.
 Our picnic plates are made of plastic.
 I put all my belongings in a plastic bag.

 That secret can't be kept forever.

 They say that he knows the secret.
 This is secret between you and me.
 Tom isn't good at keeping secrets.
 I'd like you to keep this a secret.
 I don't want to have any secrets from you.
 I have a feeling that he knows the secret.
 You can't keep something that big a secret.

Inherit - to receive money from somebody when they die.

Invest - to put money into something to make a profit.
Loan - a sum of money which is borrowed, often from a bank, and has to be paid back.
Rate - an amount or level of payment.
Save - to prevent money being wasted or spent.
Withdraw - to take out or remove money from the bank.

Broke - without money. "I can't afford to go out tonight. I'm broke."
Cheque - a printed form, used instead of money, to make payments from your bank account.
Currency - the money that is used in a particular country.
Debt - money which is owed to someone else.

Fill the gaps while you learn vocabulary related with money:
 1. When I need money I ___ some from a cash machine.

Lend

Refund

Withdraw

 2. They ___ ten per cent of their wages every month to go on holiday.

Save

Invest

Exchange
 3. The banks give ___ to people or companies to help them with their projects.

Interest

Rate

Loans

 4. The ___ is a price that people or companies pay in order to use the money for a certain period
of time.

Bank charges

Bank statement

Interest rate

 5. The dollar is the most important ___ in the foreign exchange market.

Currency

Rate

Draft

 6. The movements of money between banks are called ___.

Transfers

Cheque

Funds

 7. When people decide to start a business they need to ___ money, looking for profitable returns.

Invest

Debt

Save

 8. When I want to buy something I always ___in order to get a lower price.

Broke

Inherit

Haggle
Here and There - Prepositional Adverbs

Positive Sentences
We use there is for singular and there are for plural.
 There is one table in the classroom.
 There are three chairs in the classroom.
 There is a spider in the bath.
 There are many people at the bus stop.
We also use There is with uncountable nouns:
 There is milk in the fridge.
 There is some sugar on the table.
 There is ice cream on your shirt.
Questions
To form a question we place is / are in front of there.
Again we use any with plural questions or those which use uncountable nouns.
We also use there is / are in short answers.
 Is there a dog in the supermarket? - No, there isn't.
 Are there any dogs in the park? - Yes, there are.
 Is there a security guard in the shop? - Yes, there is.
 Are there any polar bears in Antarctica? - No, there aren't.
 Is there any ice-cream in the freezer? - Yes, there is.

How Many with Are There

If we want to find out the number of objects that exist we use How many in the
following form:
How many + plural noun + are there (+ complement).
 How many dogs are there in the park?
 How many students are there in your class?
 How many countries are there in South America?
 How many Star Wars films are there?

 We talked over a cup of coffee. (

 Can I get another cup of coffee?
 I poured myself a cup of coffee.
 I wouldn't mind a cup of coffee.
 Tom poured Mary a cup of coffee.

I made Ann a doll.

I made a doll for Ann.
She has a pretty doll.
This doll has big eyes.
This is a Japanese doll.

 These chairs are not comfortable.

  This plastic chair is very cheap.
 Tom grabbed a chair and sat down.
 Tom suddenly sat up in the chair.
 I'm sitting on a very small chair.
 Move the chair nearer to the desk.

Money Matters - Nouns

Where you can buy clothes
There are different types of clothes shops. Here are some common ones:
shopping centre = large building with lots of different shops inside (= shopping mall
in American English)
boutique = small shop, often expensive, with designer label clothes
charity shop (goodwill in American English) = shop where you can buy second-hand
( = not new) clothes. The money you pay for them goes to charity
factory outlet = shop where you can buy clothes directly from the factory that makes
them. Often these clothes (or shoes) are "samples".
department store = large shop with "departments" for men's clothes, women's
clothes, household objects, etc.
chain store = a "brand" that has shops in many different towns, such as "Zara" or
"H&M".
Useful phrases a shop assistant says
"Can I help you?"
"Are you looking for anything in particular?"
"Do you need any help at all?"
"We don't have any of these left in stock." ( = There is no more of something.)
Useful phrases a customer says
"I'm looking for ..."
"I'd like to buy..."
Indicating a piece of clothing
"Do you have this in ..."
- medium / large / small / extra large / XL
- blue / black / beige (other colours etc)
Talking about the price
Clothes shops have "sales" when some or all the clothes are discounted.
"Is this in the sales?"
"Is this on sale?"
"There's a discount of 20% on this."
"These jeans are discounted by 20%."
"It's a bargain." (= the low price is a surprise)
"It's cheap." (= doesn't cost much money)
"It's expensive." (= costs a lot of money.)
Trying something on
When you go clothes shopping, you probably want to try something on before you
buy it so you know it's the right size or that it looks good on you!
"I'd like to try this on please. Where are the changing rooms?"
"Can I try this on?"
Example shopping conversation
Can I try this on?
Sure. The changing rooms are over there...
... (later)
Any good?
No, not really. (It's the wrong size / It doesn't really suit me.)
Or, "Yes, I'll take it."
Paying
"Where I can pay?"
"The cash tills are over there."
Other shopping vocabulary
to suit = to be in your style, or to compliment your body shape or skin / hair colour
"That dress really suits you!"
to fit = to be the right size
"These jeans don't fit very well."
Clothes can be...
... too big (size "Large" when you are size "Small")
... too small (small size when you are large size)
... too tight (waist measurement 34 when you are waist 38)
... too loose (waist measurement 38 when you are waist 34)
... too long (jeans leg measurement 34 when your leg measurement is 32)
... too short (jeans leg measurement 32 when your leg measurement is 34)

Places to Go in Town
Even if He is poor and has no house, but even if he had money, he wouldn't b
(Supposing he had the money, he still wouldn't buy a house.)

In case Take an umbrella in case it rains.

(It might rain, so it's a good idea to take an umbrella.)

In spite of/Despite In spite of/despite the rain, she walked to the station.
In spite of/despite being blind, he walked to the station.
(without being affected by the rain or by being blind.)

So that She arrived early so that she could help her colleagues.
(She arrived early for the purpose of helping her colleagues.)

Whatever You can count on me whatever you decide to do.

(No matter what your decision is, you can count on me.)
 Whereas Tom is rich, whereas Jack is poor.
(Tom is rich; in contrast Jack is poor.)

Whenever I will lend you my car whenever you need it.

(No matter when you need my car, I will lend it to you.)

Wherever My thoughts will be with you wherever you go.

(No matter where you go, my thoughts will be with you.)

Choose the appropriate conjunctions to complete the sentences.

1. Johnny Pacheco has a creative talent as a composer; ----, he is a successful

arranger.

A) owing to

B) now that

C) though

D) moreover

E) in addition to
2. ---- how long you've been using tobacco, you can still overcome your addiction to
smoking.

A) Regarding

B) Although

C) No matter

D) However

E) Even though
3. ---- they tried hard, the students could not complete the project in time as they were
lacking in skills and knowledge.

A) Although

B) As
 C) Since

D) Despite

E) However
4. All the soldiers had to take their masks with them ---- there was a gas attack.

A) because of

B) so

C) nevertheless

D) so that

E) in case
5. He should not have used office property, ---- he ought not to have been in the
building at all outside the office hours.

A) in addition to

B) owing to

C) so that

D) furthermore

E) so as to
6. She feels like giving up her job ---- the consequences she will face.

A) although

B) much as

C) as a result

D) regardless of

E) since
7. Smaller companies were merged into the parent company ---- creating a single
organization.

A) despite

B) as a consequence

C) though
 D) in order to

E) thereby
8. ---- you fail, you will have the satisfaction of knowing that you tried.

A) Whereas

B) Unlike

C) Provided

D) But for

E) Even if
9. ---- a person tries very hard to suppress the obsession, it continues to reoccur in an
uncontrollable fashion.

A) No matter

B) Besides

C) Even though

D) Therefore

E) Nevertheless
10. Bicycles are the most preferable way of transport in town, ---- cars and buses just
cause air pollution.

A) whereas

B) on the other hand

C) on the contrary

D) whenever

E) as long as

My Family Tree

Family Reunion
ROBERT: "Mom, are we having a big party tonight?"
MOM: "Yes, Robert. All of our relatives are coming. Did you forget?"
ROBERT: "Oh yeah. It's our annual family reunion."
MOM: "How could you forget? We have a big party every year. This year it is at our
house."
ROBERT: "I remember it was at Uncle Walter's house last year. That was fun."
MOM: "Do you need any help?"
ROBERT: "Yes. Could you please go to the store and buy some ice?"
MOM: "I made some lemonade and I want to keep it cold during the party."
ROBERT: "That's a good idea. It's going to be hot today."
MOM: "I hope the food stays fresh."
ROBERT: "I'm sure it will be fine. What are you making?"
MOM: "It's going to be a potluck. I am serving barbeque ribs and potatoes."
ROBERT: "Do you know what other people are bringing."
MOM: "I think some people are going to bring salads, appetizers, and desserts."
ROBERT: "Sounds like a feast."
MOM: "I think everyone is coming, except Aunt Linda. She's feeling sick today."
ROBERT: "That's too bad. She is my favorite aunt."
MOM: "I know. She's my favorite sister."
ROBERT: "I can't wait to see all of my cousins."
MOM: "They're excited to see you too. But right now, please go buy some ice."

Boring Family Reunion

SAM: "Mom, do I have to go to the family reunion?"

MOM: "Yes, Sam. Why don't you want to go?"
SAM: "It's boring and I have no one to talk to."
MOM: "You have a lot of cousins."
SAM: "I know, but they are all younger than me."
MOM: "So, you could entertain them."
SAM: "Ok."
MOM: "Your grandparents will be very disappointed if you do not attend."
SAM: "Ok. Where is it going to be?"
MOM: "It is going to be at an Italian restaurant. Italian food is your favorite."
SAM: "I know. How long is it going to be?"
MOM: "Probably a few hours."
SAM: "Can I leave early?"
MOM: "If you can find a ride home, you can leave early."
SAM: "I wish I knew how to drive."
MOM: "You will learn someday. But tonight you are going to the reunion."

Unhappy Family Reunion

JANE: "Hello?"
SUSAN: "Hi Jane. This is Susan."
JANE: "Hi Susan. How are you?"
SUSAN: "Did you receive an invitation to the family reunion?"
JANE: "Yeah."
SUSAN: "Are you going to go?"
JANE: "I don't think so."
SUSAN: "Why?"
JANE: "Remember our cousin Bill and I had a disagreement at the last reunion?"
SUSAN: "Yes. But it was all a misunderstanding."
JANE: "I know, but I still feel uncomfortable about it."
SUSAN: "I would really like to see you there. I haven't seen you in a while."
JANE: "I know. I feel the same way."
SUSAN: "If you don't go to the reunion, maybe I can visit you."
JANE: "That sounds like a great idea. Have you ever been to New York?"
SUSAN: "No. I would love to visit you and check out the city."
JANE: "Let's plan to do that."
SUSAN: "I still want you to come to the reunion."
JANE: "I'll think about it."
SUSAN: "Ok. I hope to see you there."

SiEgg yolk [Silent L]

cilent Letters

What Are Silent Letters?

Silent letters are letters inside words that are not pronounced. In other words,
silent letters cannot be matched to any specific sound made by a word. Silent
letters can be broken up into two major groups: auxiliary and dummy.

Let's take a look at some rules for silent letters:

1. The letter B is usually silent when used after the letter M and also before the letter
T.
 Examples before M: Jamb, Lamb, Comb, Tomb
 Examples before T: Subtle, Doubt
2. The letter C is silent when used before the letter Z and sometimes when used
before the letter L and the letter K.
 Examples before Z: Tzar, Czarina, Czechoslovakia
 Example before L: Muscle
 Examples before K: Block, Puck
3. The letter D is silent when it appears before the letter N and then also before the
letter G.
 Example before N: Wednesday
 Example before G: Cadge
4. Let's look at the letter E.
 If E happens to be at the end of a word, it is generally not pronounced.
Examples: Able, Challenge, Bible
 If E happens to occur right before the letter D in simple past tense or past
participle forms of verbs, E may sometimes not be pronounced.
Examples: Smuggled, Dragged, Chained
5. The letter G is silent when it is used before the letters M, N and L.
 Examples before N: Deign, Reign
 Example before M: Diaphragm
 Example before L: Intaglio
6.
7. The letter K is always silent when it precedes the letter N.
 Examples: Know, Knock, Knife, Knight

A - artistically, logically, musically, romantically, stoically

B - comb, climb, debt, plumber, tomb, subtle, dumb, bomb, doubt, , numb, subpoena,
thumb, womb.
C - acquire, acquit, blackguard, connecticut, czar, muscle, scissors, victual
CH - yacht
D - handkerchief, Wednesday Wednesday (commonly said Wens-day)
E - plaque. veqetable (veg'tab'I), bridge, clothes. When on the end of a word, it
changes the pronunciation of the word, but the -e is silent.
F - halfpenny
G - align, alight, champagne, diaphragm, gnash, gnaw, high, light,reign, though
GH - right, drought, eight, weigh, etc.
H - choir, exchast, hour, honour, honest, herb, rhyme, rhythm, thyme, Thailand
I - business, parliament
J - NONE
K - blackguard.
KN -words, the k is silent: know, knot, knee, knife, knight, knock.
L - calm, folk, salmon, talk, walk, could, should, would, folk, half, calf.
M - mnemonic.
N - autumn, chimney, column, damn, damn, government, solemn.
O- colonel, sophomore, opossum
P - corps, coup, cupboard, pneumonia, psalm, raspberry, receipt, coup
Q - (NONE)
R - butter, finger, surprise
S - aisle, island, debris, isle, patios, viscount.
T - beret, Chevrolet, depot, listen, whistle, wrestle, trestle, mortgage, apostle
(When talking fast, the t is very lightly pronounced in words like Christmas, mountain
and little)

TH - asthma, isthmus, north, Easter

W - who, whole, write, wrong, two, sword, wrist, answer
X - faux
Y - (NONE)
Z - rendezvous
9 - sign, gnat, gnu, foreign

Clothes

Where you can buy clothes

There are different types of clothes shops. Here are some common ones:
shopping centre = large building with lots of different shops inside (= shopping mall in
American English)
boutique = small shop, often expensive, with designer label clothes
charity shop (goodwill in American English) = shop where you can buy second-hand ( = not
new) clothes. The money you pay for them goes to charity
factory outlet = shop where you can buy clothes directly from the factory that makes them.
Often these clothes (or shoes) are "samples".
department store = large shop with "departments" for men's clothes, women's clothes,
household objects, etc.
chain store = a "brand" that has shops in many different towns, such as "Zara" or "H&M".
Useful phrases a shop assistant says
"Can I help you?"
"Are you looking for anything in particular?"
"Do you need any help at all?"
"We don't have any of these left in stock." ( = There is no more of something.)
Useful phrases a customer says
"I'm looking for ..."
"I'd like to buy..."
Indicating a piece of clothing
"Do you have this in ..."
- medium / large / small / extra large / XL
- blue / black / beige (other colours etc)
Talking about the price
Clothes shops have "sales" when some or all the clothes are discounted.
"Is this in the sales?"
"Is this on sale?"
"There's a discount of 20% on this."
"These jeans are discounted by 20%."
"It's a bargain." (= the low price is a surprise)
"It's cheap." (= doesn't cost much money)
"It's expensive." (= costs a lot of money.)
Trying something on
When you go clothes shopping, you probably want to try something on before you buy it so
you know it's the right size or that it looks good on you!
"I'd like to try this on please. Where are the changing rooms?"
"Can I try this on?"
Example shopping conversation
Can I try this on?
Sure. The changing rooms are over there...
... (later)
Any good?
No, not really. (It's the wrong size / It doesn't really suit me.)
Or, "Yes, I'll take it."
Paying
"Where I can pay?"
"The cash tills are over there."
Other shopping vocabulary
to suit = to be in your style, or to compliment your body shape or skin / hair colour
"That dress really suits you!"
to fit = to be the right size
"These jeans don't fit very well."
Clothes can be...
... too big (size "Large" when you are size "Small")
... too small (small size when you are large size)
... too tight (waist measurement 34 when you are waist 38)
... too loose (waist measurement 38 when you are waist 34)
... too long (jeans leg measurement 34 when your leg measurement is 32)
... too short (jeans leg measurement 32 when your leg measurement is 34)

Conversation 1
Situation: Lucy, Tui and Jane are out shopping for a new dress.
Lucy: Come over here Jane and have a look at this dress.
Jane: Oh, yes! It looks lovely. Why don’t you try it on in the fitting room?
Tui: It looks like it will fit you.
Lucy: I better try it on. Last time I bought a dress it was baggy and did not fit properly.
Tui: Let me hold the hanger while you try it on.
Lucy: Thanks, Tui.
Jane: If you need a different size just ask and I will get it for you.
Lucy: What do you think, does it look good?
Tui: Perfect! It fits you and you look very pretty in it.
Jane: I agree, it really suits you, Lucy!
Tui: Why do you want to buy a dress anyway, Lucy?
Lucy: I’m going to my brother’s 30th birthday party and I want to look my best!
Jane: There are some designer dresses over there that look nice as well.
Lucy: I think I will buy this one. Is this dress in the sale?
Tui: Yes, the label says it is 30% off.
Lucy: Great. Let’s go to pay for it, come on.

Conversation 2
Situation: Bob and Andrew are getting ready for a wedding.
Andrew: Are you going to wear a suit, Bob?
Bob: Yes, I am. Why?
Andrew: I’m thinking what outfit I should wear to the wedding ceremony.
Bob: I think a waistcoat looks very smart for attending a wedding. Do you have one?
Andrew: Yes, I do. I also have a matching tie. Look, here it is.
Bob: That looks very smart. I think you should wear that outfit.
Andrew: This shirt needs cufflinks. Do you have some I can borrow?
Bob: Yes I do. Here you go.
Andrew: Thanks Bob.
Bob: No problem. Don’t forget to wear a coat as it’s supposed to rain today.
Andrew: Yes I know. I will probably take a jumper as well. It is quite cold.
Bob: Are you taking a change of clothes for the party on the evening?
Andrew: Yes, I’ve packed some smart casual clothes for the evening.
Bob: Me, too. Are you ready to go?
Andrew: Just about ready. Thanks for your help. Let’s go to the church.
Bob: You’re welcome, Andrew. Let’s go.

Choose the best option (A-D) in the following five questions to fill in the blanks in the
clothes conversation given above.

1) Which option is the best to fill in the first blank?

A) A new hat
B) Some new trainers
C) A new pair of socks
D) A new shirt
2) Which option is the best to fill in the second blank?
A) What type of shoe do you need?
B) What size shoes do you take?
C) Do you need a new pair of shoes?
D) How many pairs of jeans do you want?
3) Which option is the best to fill in the third blank?
A) Sorry, we don’t sell jeans.
B) We only have trousers.
C) We don’t have many in stock.
D) Do you know your waist size?
4) Which option is the best to fill in the fourth blank?
 A) Do you have section with designer clothes?
B) Do you have a swimwear section?
C) Can I pay by credit card?
D) Can I keep the hangers?
5) Which option is the best to fill in the fifth blank?
A) I will try my best to help.
B) How can I help?
C) Do you need help with anything else?
D) You are welcome.

Travel Maldives

(1) Do you like travelling?

(2) What is travel for you?
(3) What different kinds of travelling are there?
(4) What’s the best place you’ve ever been to?
(5) Would you like to go travelling for a few years non-stop?
(6) What are the good and bad things about travelling?
(7) Where do you want to travel to before you die?
(8) Is it better to travel or to arrive?
(9) Lin Yutang said: "No one realizes how beautiful it is to travel until he comes
home and rests his head on his old, familiar pillow." Do you agree?
(10) Elizabeth Drew said: "Too often travel, instead of broadening the mind, merely
lengthens the conversation." What does this mean? Do you agree?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) What springs to mind when you hear the word ‘travel’?
(2) Are you a traveller?
(3) Is travel an education?
(4) Would you like to travel in space or to the moon?
(5) Would you like to work in the travel industry?
(6) What are the pros and cons of traveling first class and backpacking?
(7) Is travel helping the world?
(8) What would make you wiser – travelling around the world for ten years or
reading 10,000 books?
(9) Mason Cooley said: "Travelers never think that they are the foreigners." Do
you agree?
(10) St. Augustine said: "The World is a book, and those who do not travel read
only a page." What does this mean? Do you agree?

1. Patience Is Important
Don’t sweat the stuff you can’t control. Life is much too short to be angry & annoyed all the
time. Did you miss your bus? No worries, there will be another one. ATMs out of money?
Great! Take an unplanned road trip over to the next town and explore. Sometimes freakouts
happen regardless.
Just take a deep breath and remind yourself that it could be worse.
2. Wake Up Early
Rise at sunrise to have the best attractions all to yourself while avoiding crowds. It’s also a
magical time for photos due to soft diffused light, and usually easier to interact with locals.
Sketchy areas are less dangerous in the morning too. Honest hardworking people wake up
early; touts, scammers, and criminals sleep in.

3. Laugh At Yourself
You will definitely look like a fool many times when traveling to new places. Rather than get
embarrassed, laugh at yourself. Don’t be afraid to screw up, and don’t take life so seriously.
Once a whole bus full of Guatemalans laughed with glee when I forced our driver to stop so I
could urgently pee on the side of the road. Returning to the bus and laughing with them gave
me new friends for the rest of the journey.
4. Stash Extra Cash
Cash is king around the world. To cover your ass in an emergency, make sure to stash some
in a few different places. I recommend at least a couple hundred dollars worth. If you lose
your wallet, your card stops working, or the ATMs run out of money, you’ll be glad you did.
Some of my favorite stash spots include socks, under shoe inserts, a toiletry bag, around the
frame of a backpack, even sewn behind a patch on your bag.

(1) What comes to mind when you hear the word ‘transportation’?
(2) What's you favourite method of transportation?
(3) What transportation problems are there in your country?
(4) What will the transportation of the future be like?
(5) What would life be like if all public transportation in your country stopped?
(6) Are you happy with transportation services in your country?
(7) What do you think of the transportation in other countries?
(8) How many different kinds of transportation have you been on?
(9) Will the quality of transportation in your country get better or worse?
(10) What was transportation like when you were a kid?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) If life is a highway, what mode of transportation are you using?
(2) What do you think is the most dangerous form of transportation and why?
(3) Which transportation do you prefer – air, sea or road?
(4) If you were a mode of transportation, what would you be?
(5) What form of transport is worst for the environment?
(6) What mode of transportation would you like someone to invent?
(7) How has international transportation changed in the past few decades?
(8) What are the transportation needs of your country?
(9) Do you think we are spoilt for choice these days with all the different
transportation options?
(10) What do you think will be the next big breakthrough in transportation?

(1) Are cities good things?

(2) What is your favorite city?
(3) How are city people and country people different?
(4) What are the biggest problems with living in cities?
(5) What damage do cities do to the countryside?
(6) When does a town become a city?
(7) Which world city do you think would be the best to live in?
(8) How will cities in the future be different from those today?
(9) If you were city mayor, what changes would you make to your
city?
(10) Which city would you choose as capital of the world and why?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) Do you prefer city or country life?

(2) What do you like and dislike about the capital city of your country?
(3) What do you think are the world’s three greatest cities and why?
(4) Is the capital city of a country always that country’s best city?
(5) Is it better to grow up in the city?
(6) How are the cities in your country different?
(7) Do you think there’ll be more and more cities in the world?
(8) What’s the best way to deal with traffic problems in a city?
(9) Are cities beautiful?
(10) Is it possible for a city to escape social problems?

Fair
NANCY: "Hi Sheila. Have you been to the new amusement park yet?"
SHEILA: "No. When did it open?"
NANCY: "Last weekend."
SHEILA: "Was it crowded?"
NANCY: "It was very crowded. Parking is terrible too."
SHEILA: "Did you have fun?"
NANCY: "Oh yes! The roller coasters are really fun. My kids had a great time. It was
even fun for the adults too."
SHEILA: "I didn't know it was open yet. I will have to take my son soon."
NANCY: "You should. They will love it."
SHEILA: "Are the tickets expensive?"
NANCY: "Yeah, they're pretty expensive. But your family will enjoy it."
SHEILA: "Maybe we'll go this weekend. We don't have any plans on Saturday. My
son has been asking about it."
NANCY: "If you go on Saturday, try to go early. There aren't enough parking spots.
They need to add more."
SHEILA: "Ok. That's good to know. Do you have any other tips?"
NANCY: "The lines for the rides are very long, so be patient."
SHEILA: "Ok. I assumed that. Now I have to convince my husband to go."
NANCY: "He doesn't like amusement parks?"
SHEILA: "No. I have motion sickness, so I can't ride any of the roller coasters. That
means my husband has to ride all of them with our son."
NANCY: "Tell him to be prepared. There are a lot of roller coasters."

A roller-coaster is a small railway at a fair that goes up and down

steep slopes fast and that people ride on for pleasure or excitement.
It's great to go on the roller coaster five times and not be sick.
  [S] [T] Tom rode the roller coaster. (CK)
 [S] [T] I used to collect coasters. (Munia)
 [S] [T] I got sick riding the roller coaster with the loop-the-loop. (CM)

A Ferris wheel is a very large upright wheel with carriages around the edge of it
which people can ride in. Ferris wheels are often found at theme parks or funfairs.

Peggy surveyed the crowds swarming around the giant Ferris wheel.

Tina opened her enormous umbrella and twirled it like a Ferris wheel

We also rode in the Ferris wheel, and on the ice-railway, and had a sail in the Whale-
back....

New ZEland
1. The world’s first commercial bungee jump was a 43 metre leap off the
Kawarau Bridge in Queenstown in 1988.
2. New Zealanders love their cars! 2.5 million cars for 4 million people
(including the kids) makes New Zealand’s car ownership rate one of the
highest in the world.
3. Although it is around the size of Japan, New Zealand’s population is just over
four million, making it one of the world’s least populated countries.
4. In 1893, New Zealand became the first country to give women the right to
vote.
5. Sir Edmund Hillary, the first person to climb Mount Everest in 1953, was a
New Zealander.
6. Baron Ernest Rutherford, the first person in the world to split the atom in
1919, was also a New Zealander.
7. It’s no wonder New Zealanders have always been ahead with regards to things
like inventions and politics…. New Zealand is after all the very first country
to greet each new day!
8. While Rugby remains the most popular spectator sport in New Zealand, golf is
the most popular participation sport, with more golf courses in New Zealand
per capita of population, than any other country in the world.
9. Auckland also has the largest number of boats per capita than any other city
in the world.
10. New Zealand won the first ever Rugby World Cup, held in 1987.
11. New Zealand has won more Olympic gold medals per capita, than any other
country.
12. The Hector’s Dolphin, the world’s smallest marine dolphin, which grows to a
maximum length of 1.5 metres, is found nowhere else in the world but in New
Zealand waters.
13. New Zealand is also home to the world’s only flightless parrot, the Kakapo.
14. Dairy farmers produce a whopping 100 kg of butter and 65 kg of cheese each
year, for each person who lives in New Zealand!
 15. Notable New Zealand filmmakers include ‘The Piano’ director Jane Campion
and Peter Jackson, who made King Kong and the ‘Lord of the Rings’ trilogy.
16. The most popular New Zealand films include ‘Once were Warriors’, ‘The
Whale Rider’, ‘The Piano’ and the ‘Lord of the Rings’ trilogy.
17. Here’s a really good reason to visit New Zealand – there are no snakes in the
country!
18. There are also no nuclear power stations in New Zealand.
19. The Maori name for New Zealand is ‘Aotearoa’. It means “the land of the long
white cloud”.
20. Another great reason to live in New Zealand if you love surfing and other
watersports is that nowhere in New Zealand is more than 120 km from the
coast.

Football - General Statements

Listen to the Entire Lesson

"Do you like football?"

"What do you think about football?"
"Do you keep up with the NFL?"
"Do you keep up with football?"
"Who is your favorite team?"
"Did you play football when you were young?"
"Which player do you like the most?"
"Who is your favorite player?"

"Football is a brutal sport. It seems so dangerous."

"Most of the people in football are so big."
"There are too many injuries in football."
"Football is so fun to watch."

"I just started watching football on TV. I kind of get it, but I'm still learning all the
rules."
"In my country we don't have football so I really don't know how to play."
"We don't have football in my country so I never learned the game."

"I only watch the Superbowl."

"I'm from Seattle, and because the Seahawks suck so bad, I don't really keep up
with them."
"I love the Miami Dolphins."
"Joe Montana was my favorite player. I don't have a current one right now."
"My favorite player is Priest Holmes. He is such a great running back."

Talking about people you see

"I saw a guy in a restaurant. He was huge man. Towering over everyone. I got the
nerve to ask him if he played football, and he ended up being a professional football
player for the Seahawks."

"I saw a professional football player last week at a night club. All the girls were around
him."

"College football is very popular in America. It's almost as popular as the NFL."
"My brother had class with a football player in college named Cortez Kennedy. He's
now playing for the Raiders."

"Even though a lot of football players are huge, most of them are really nice."

A: "What are you watching?"

B: "A football game. Packers are playing the Chiefs."
A: "I never understood this game."
B: "It's not that hard. If you watch a couple of games, you'll start to understand it."
A: "Do you watch a lot of football?"
B: "I like the Packers, so I watch all their games."
A: "Did you play football before?"
B: "Only in high school. I was too small to play for college."
A: "What position did you play?"
B: "I was the corner back."
A: "Is that the main guy in offense?"
B: "No. That's the quarterback. The corner back is a defensive player covering
passing plays and outside running plays."
A: "I see. Do you think it is more fun than baseball?"
B: "It's hard to compare the two because they're so different. I like both baseball and
football. How about you? You like baseball a lot?"
A: "Yeah. I'm a big baseball fan."
B: "Baseball is fun, but you should also learn football. I'll explain as we watch."
A: "Cool."
2
Listen All | Person A | Person B
A: "What sports do you like to play?"
B: "I like baseball and basketball."
A: "How about football?"
B: "In my country football is brand new, so I never learned the game when I was
younger."
A: "It's a very popular game in America."
B: "Yeah. I heard a lot about it. Is it really that fun?"
A: "For me, it's one of those games that are fun to both watch and play."
B: "Are you a football player?"
A: "No, just for fun with my friends. We play two hand touch or flag football. We're too
old to play tackle football."
B: "What is two hand touch and flag football?"
A: "Instead of tackling somebody, you just have to touch them with two hands, or if it
is flag football, grab the flag that the ball carrier is wearing."
B: "I see. It's safer then right?"
A: "Exactly. We play every Saturdays on the field by the tennis courts. If you want to
learn and play a little, you're welcome to join us."
B: "I'll give it a try. Give me a call and let's go down together."
A: "Ok. I'll call you Saturday morning."
B: "Great."

Sammy Squirrel Loves to Ski!

A: "I can't wait to go skiing tomorrow."
B: "I know. It's going to be so much fun."
A: "I always get excited the day before."
B: "I used to be like that. But I go skiing so often that I don't get excited anymore."
A: "I only go skiing twice a year, so it's a real treat for me."
B: "That makes sense."
A: "What things make you excited?"
B: "Whenever I go to Vegas, I get really excited."
A: "Oh... that makes me excited too!"
B: "Looks like anything fun makes you excited."

 Tom broke his leg in a ski race.

 He skis in Hokkaido every winter.
 He went skiing during the winter.
 I argued her out of going skiing.
 I went skiing at Zao last winter.
 Is your brother a ski instructor?
 Tom said you were good at skiing.
 He put the skis on top of the car.

 I didn't know Tom was going skiing with you.

 Jim pulled a muscle in his leg while skiing.
 We can enjoy skiing here all the year round.
 Which do you like better, skating or skiing?
 I went skiing for the first time this winter.
 Tom often wears a knit ski cap in the winter.
1. The woman __________.

A. has gone skiing many times

B. doesn't have skiing experience

C. skis once to twice a year

2. The ski slopes are ____________.

A. very crowded

B. somewhat icy

C. nearly empty
3. Another skier ___________.

A. drove into the woman

B. forced her into the trees

C. stole her new purple gloves

4. When the woman finds the other skier, she is going to __________.

A. break his face, arm, and legs

B. show his face on social media

C. hit the person in the head with a book

5. The woman says she can recognize the other skier by his __________.

A. hair and eyes

B. crazy laugh

C. clothing

(1) Do you like snow?

(2) What are your earliest memories of snow?
(3) What fun things can you do in the snow?
(4) Can snow be dangerous?
(5) Do you think snow is beautiful?
(6) Do you ever really hope that it snows?
(8) Which is more fun, having a snowball fight or making a snowman?

The skier
Afel was only a very small boy when he first saw snow. But it wasn’t real snow that he
saw. No, there was no real snow where he lived. He saw the snow in a picture book.
The book had lots of pictures of children playing in big white fields. He asked his
mother,
“What are those white fields?” and his mother laughed and said
“That’s snow!” She tried to explain to him what snow was, but Afel didn’t really
understand. Sometimes there was rain where he lived, but not very much, so it was
very difficult for him to understand what this cold, ice rain that his mother described
was. It didn’t matter. Even when he was only a very small boy, Afel was already in
love with snow.
He dreamed about snow all the time, trying to imagine how it really was. He thought
of big white fields. He thought of the big, heavy clothes the children playing in the
snow wore. He thought about feeling cold. He dreamed of being able to fly across the
white fields of snow.

Travel - You should go to Italy

 Population: 61.6 million people live in Italy (2016)

 Capital: Roma (Rome), which is often called 'Eternal City',
with 2.6 mio inhabitants and Italy’s biggest city.
 Name: Repubblica Italiana

The modal verbs are:

can could
may might
shall should
will would
must

Strong obligation You must stop when the traffic

must
lights turn red.
 logical conclusion He must be very tired. He's
/ Certainty been working all day long.
must prohibition You must not smoke in the
not hospital.
ability I can swim.
can permission Can I use your phone please?
possibility Smoking can cause cancer.
ability in the past When I was younger I could
run fast.
could polite permission Excuse me, could I just say
something?
possibility It could rain tomorrow!
permission May I use your phone please?
may possibility, It may rain tomorrow!
probability
polite permission Might I suggest an idea?
might possibility, I might go on holiday to
probability Australia next year.

don’t have to, must, mustn’t, shouldn’t, would, can’t, can, shall, needn’t, can’t

1. If you are sick, you ________ go to work. You’ll infect everyone there.
2. Drivers _______ stop at red lights.
3. You _______ finish the proposal today. You can finish it tomorrow.
4. She ______ hear much better with her new hearing aids.
5. ______ I order us a bottle of wine?
6. Sam ______ pick his daughter up from school. She’s taking the bus home.
 7. You _____________ smoke here. It’s a smoke-free building.
8. You ________ eat so many sweets. They are bad for you.
9. _________ you mind walking a little faster? We’re going to be late.
10. I’m sorry. I _______ help you. I don’t know how to do it.

Answers:
1. shouldn’t
2. must
3. don’t have to
4. can
5. shall
6. needn’t
7. mustn’t
8. shouldn’t
9. would
10. can’t

Modal Meaning Example

can
to express ability
I can speak a little Russian.

can
to request permission
Can I open the window?

may
to express possibility
I may be home late.

May
to request permission
May I sit down, please?

must
to express obligation
I must go now.
Must
to express strong belief
She must be over 90 years old.

should
to give advice
You should stop smoking.
would
to request or offer
Would you like a cup of tea?
would
in if-sentences
If I were you, I would say sorry.

Much and many

HOW MUCH ...? - (Quantity)

How much is used with uncountable nouns.
HOW MUCH + UNCOUNTABLE NOUN
 How much time do we have to finish the test?
 How much money did you spend?
 How much sugar would you like in your coffee?
 How much paper will I need?
 How much milk is in the fridge?
 How much traffic was there on the way to work?
If the verb To Be is used with an uncountable noun, it is in singular form (= IS or WAS
etc.)

HOW MUCH ...? - (Price)

How much can also be used when we want to know the PRICE of something.
In this case, we can use How much with countable nouns (both singular and plural
nouns).
 How much is that painting?
 How much are those shoes?
 How much did your jacket cost?
 How much is the dress on display in the window?
 How much will it cost me?
 How much does it cost ?
HOW MANY ...? - (Quantity)
How many is used when we want to know the QUANTITY of something.
It is only used with plural countable nouns.
HOW MANY + PLURAL NOUN
 How many days are there in January?
 How many people work in your company?
 How many cousins do you have?
 How many books did you buy?
 How many countries are there in the world?
 How many students are in the class right now?
 How many chairs are there in this room?
 How many pieces of chocolate would you like?

Omitting the noun
Often the noun is omitted in the question when it is obvious what we are talking
about.
A: I would like to buy some cheese. B: How much (cheese) would you like?
The noun cheese is not necessary after how much since we already know we are
talking about cheese. In fact, it is normally omitted to avoid sounding repetitive.
More examples:
 A: I need some coins. - B: How many do you need?
 A: I need some sugar. - B: How much do you need?

Uncountable nouns
EXAMPLES
 tea
 sugar
 water
 air
 rice
 knowledge
 beauty
 anger
 fear
 love
 money
 research
 safety
 evidence

 1 - How ___ kittens did your cat have?

many
much

 2 - There are not ___ dishes left to clean.

much
many

 3 - Why was there so ___ smoke in the room?

many
much
  4 - There were so ___ people on the bus I got off and walked.

many
much

 5 - We don't see ___ birds in winter.

much
many

 6 - How ___ money should I save?

many
much

 7 - We couldn't think of ___ good ideas.

many
much

 8 - Does this TV use ___ electricity?

much
many

 9 - Is our teacher going to give us ___ homework?

many
much

 10 - There's ___ information to remember.

a lot of
much
many

Italy

Fun Facts about Italy for Kids

 The capital city of Italy is Rome.
 Italy has 113,545 square miles of land.
 60,500,000 people live in Italy.
  For hundreds of years, Italy was split into independent states – some ruled by
foreigners. In 1861, the country was finally reunited as one country.
 Italian is the official language of Italy.
 83 percent of Italians are Christian, and most are Catholic.
 The Euro is the recognized currency.
 Italians can expect to live 78 years.
 97 percent of adults can read.

Question: What do people do to earn a living here?

Answer: Northern Italy is a wealthy, urban area. People are work in industry or have
service jobs, such as banking, education and medicine. In southern Italy, many
people are farmers. They grow grain, grapes for wine or olives.

Italy

Italy lies in southern Europe, surrounded on three sides by the Adriatic Sea, the
Mediterranean Sea, the Tyrrenian Sea and the Ligurian Sea. Two islands, Sardinia
and Sicily, also belong to Italy.
The country is shaped a bit like a boot. It was first settled around 1200 B.C. Later,
Greeks arrived in Italy, followed by Romans. The city of Rome was the center of the
great Roman Empire.

Italy is a very old civilization. It is known for art, music and food. Families are
important here. Grandparents, parents, children and aunts and uncles all live together
or close by. Family meals go on for several hours and are a time to talk and laugh.
Children live at home until they are in their 30s or older.

The Zoo

Complaining

Vocabulary for complaining

Getting Attention
 Excuse me…
 Pardon me…
 I have a complaint…
 Sorry to bother you but…
 I’m sorry to say…
Expressing opinion
 I’m afraid there’s a problem…
 I’m angry about…
 I’m really not happy…
 There’s a slight problem with…
Making the complaint
I would like/I want…
  to lodge a complaint
 to make a complaint
 to report an issue
 to give you some feedback
 to inform you
Let’s start!!

Complaining in a Restaurant
In a restaurant there can be a lot of things to complain about.
Possible reasons to complain in a restaurant
 Dirty cutlery: when your knife and fork or eating utensils are not clean or
healthy to use.
 Cold food: When your food has not been cooked for the correct amount of
time and is cold.
 Uncooked and dangerous food: When your food could damage your health
and maybe even kill you!
 A long waiting time: When you have to wait hours for your food.
 Bad service: If the people that work in the restaurant are rude or unfriendly to
you.

Waliking

Hiking for Beginners

SANDY: "Hey Sue. What are you doing this weekend?"

SUE: "Hi Sandy. I'm going hiking with some friends. Do you want join?"
SANDY: "No, that's ok. I've never gone hiking before."
SUE: "Really? It's a lot of fun and great exercise."
SANDY: "It sounds fun and good for you."
SUE: "It is. You should come."
SANDY: "I don't even have the correct shoes."
SUE: "I have an extra pair. What size do you wear?"
SANDY: "I wear a size 7."
SUE: "What a coincidence! Me too!"
SANDY: "What else do I need?"
SUE: "Comfortable clothes, a jacket, a water bottle, snacks, a flashlight, and a map."
SANDY: "Wow! That's a lot of stuff to bring."
SUE: "Do you have a small backpack to put these items in?"
SANDY: "Yeah."
SUE: "Well then, you are ready to go."
SANDY: "How long are you going to be hiking?"
SUE: "We usually hike about 10 miles, but this weekend we're going to hike a much
shorter distance."
SANDY: "Why?"
SUE: "My friend is bringing her sister. She has never gone hiking before either. So,
it'll be a fun experience for the both of you."

Hiking Injury

KEVIN: "Hey Joe. What happened to your ankle?"

JOE: "Hey Kevin. I broke it while hiking last weekend."
KEVIN: "That's terrible. How?"
JOE: "We were hiking down a steep trail. I lost my balance and fell."
KEVIN: "Ouch!"
JOE: "Yeah, it hurt badly."
KEVIN: "How did you get back to your car?"
JOE: "It was a long, painful walk."
KEVIN: "Were you alone?"
JOE: "No, I was with my wife. But I'm too heavy for her to carry me."
KEVIN: "Why didn't you call someone?"
JOE: "There was no cell phone coverage in that area."
KEVIN: "How long do you have to wear your cast?"
JOE: "Six weeks."
KEVIN: "Six weeks? Are you going to miss the marathon next month?"
JOE: "Yeah! Looks like I am. I'm so disappointed. I've been training for that for a year.
Why don't you go in my place?"
KEVIN: "No, thanks. Do you know what I hate more than hiking?"
JOE: "What?"
KEVIN: "Marathons!"

Walking:
"Every morning right when I get up, I like to take a thirty minute walk."
"I like to take walks with my dog."
"Golf is a healthy sport because of all the walking it requires."
"I heard from some doctors that walking is the healthiest form of exercise."
"There's a trail by my house that is a perfect 20 minute walk."
"We usually go to a nearby lake and walk around it."

Jogging:
"Every night, I go to an elementary school across from my house and jog a few laps
around the playground."
"I go jogging in the morning when the air is still fresh."
"Some people find jogging stressful, but I find it as a way to relieve some of my
stress."
"It feels so good after jogging for half an hour."
"I usually jog on a treadmill because it's convenient."
trudge - walk slowly and with effort or difficulty because one is tired
slip - slide accidentally
trip - catch one's foot on something and stumble or fall
stroll - walk in a very pleased mood, with a lot of happiness, relaxed and
confident for pleasure
stray - wander away
stagger - walk unsteadily as if about to fall or as if you were drunk or ill
dash - move quickly and suddenly, rush, (Always a short distance)
wander - move without a fixed purpose or destination
march - walk with regular steps of equal length
creep - move stealthily
limp - walk unevenly because one leg is hurt
crawl - move slowly with the body close to the ground or on hands and knees

Dancing
CAROL: "Hi Jane. Did you buy some new shoes?"
JANE: "Hi Carol. Yeah, I'm taking dancing classes and I need new dancing shoes."
CAROL: "Where are the classes?"
JANE: "At the local community center."
CAROL: "How do you like it?"
JANE: "I'm really enjoying it."
CAROL: "What kind of dance are you learning?"
JANE: "We're learning a few different types of dance. So far, we have learned ballet,
modern, and tap."
CAROL: "Which one is your favorite?"
JANE: "I like tap dance. Ballet was pretty hard."
CAROL: "Sounds like a lot of fun."
JANE: "It is. Do you want to join? Our class is not full."
CAROL: "I'm too old to take dance lessons."
JANE: "No, you are not. You should come to one of our classes. The first visit is free."
CAROL: "Really? Free? When are your lessons?"
JANE: "Every Monday evening at 7 pm."
CAROL: "OK. I'll go next Monday. But don't laugh at me. I'm a terrible dancer."
JANE: "Me too. That's why I'm taking lessons."

1. What did Jane need to buy for dance class?

Shoes

Leotard

Bag
 Yoga mat

2. Where is Jane taking dance lessons?

Studio

Community center

Private home

High school

3. What is her favorite type of dance?

Ballet

Modern

Tap

Hip Hop

4. Why doesn't Carol take dance lessons?

She hates dancing

She doesn't have time

Her leg is broken

She thinks she is too old

Playing Instruments

MATT: "Hey Jason, do you play any instruments?"

JASON: "Yeah, I play two instruments. I play the piano and violin?"
MATT: "I wish I knew how to play an instrument."
JASON: "You don't know how to play any instruments?"
MATT: "No. My mom gave me piano lessons when I was a child, but I hated it. So, I
quit."
JASON: "I took piano and violin lessons when I was a child."
MATT: "How long did you take lessons?"
JASON: "10 years."
MATT: "Wow! You must be really good."
JASON: "My mom wanted me to go to a music college, but I wanted to be a doctor."
MATT: "Really?"
JASON: "Yeah. My mom was a famous violinist in China. My dad was a famous
pianist in China."
MATT: "You come from a very talented family."
JASON: "Thanks. What instrument do you want to learn?"
MATT: "Guitar."
JASON: "Oh, I don't know how to play the guitar."
MATT: "We can take lessons together."
JASON: "I wish I could, but I don't have time."

1. How many instruments does Jason play?

2. How long did Jason take lessons?

1 year

2 years

5 years

10 years

3. What instrument does Matt want to play?

Piano

Violin

Guitar

Clarinet

4. What did Jason's parents do in China?

They owned a clothing business

They were doctors

They were famous musicians

They were famous designers

This and those

We use this (singular) and these (plural) as pronouns:
- to talk about people or things near us:
This is a nice cup of tea.
Whose shoes are these?
- to introduce people:
This is Janet.
These are my friends, John and Michael.

Why do we use that and those?

We use that (singular) and those (plural):
- to talk about things that are not near us:
What’s that?
This is our house, and that’s Rebecca’s house over there.
Those are very expensive shoes.
- We also use that to refer back to something someone said or did:
 - Shall we go to the cinema?
- Yes, that’s a good idea.
 - I’ve got a new job.
- That’s great.
 - I’m very tired.
- Why is that?

 This book is very interesting.

 These books belong to the public library.
 This glass is broken.
 These glasses need to be washed.
 We bought this car about three years ago.
 These cars will need to be serviced.
 I would like to buy this mobile phone.
 None of these mobile phones have the functions I am looking for.
 This bed has been untidily made.
 These beds are badly made.
Non-countable nouns such as tea, sugar, water, air, rice, anger, fear, money, salary,
research, love etc. have no plural form and therefore are qualified with the word
“this”. See the examples below.
 This type of anger is totally unjustified.
 This money belongs to my father.
 I find this salary too small to manage a decent living.
 This tea has no sugar in it.
 This coffee tastes better with cream.
 This rice is undercooked.
 You must overcome this unreasonable fear of cockroaches.
 This deep love you show your dog makes me jealous.
 Will this research that you do benefit mankind?
 This audience is very receptive to the concert.
“This” and “these” can be used to introduce people.
 Hello John, this is my father and this is my mother.
  These are my parents.
 These are my friends, Sally and Polly.
 Hello, this is Mary speaking. May I speak to Maria?
 These young men were in school with me.
 This is my husband Richard.
 These are my children, George and Ralph.
 This is the telephone company calling to see if your bill has been paid.
We also use this and these to show proximity as opposed to that and those. We
use this and these for people or things near us, This points to something nearby,
while that points to something “over there.”
 This restaurant is better than that down the road.
 This shop has better clothes than that shop next door.
 These shoes are more comfortable than those under the bed.
 I prefer these pink candles to those green ones.
 This school is better than that chosen by your parents.
 This food is better than that cooked by my mother.
 These flowers look fresher than those in the vase.
 These young singers are better than those of the church choir.
 This desk is hers while that desk is mine.
 Those trees are elms but these are oaks.
This and these can be used as pronouns as well. For instance,
 This is mine. That over there is yours.
 These are old shoes. Those there are newer.
 This is the result of your stupidity.
 These are the sins of our forefathers.
 This helps in learning English.
 These are insincere words spoken without any feeling.
 This is my last visit to Europe.
 These small issues are not worth wasting time over.

This / That / These / Those Quiz

Complete the sentences using this, that, these, those, as well as here or there:
1. Could you bring me that chair over _____?
2. Here are _____ pictures you asked for.
3. Can you see _____ building next to the bank?
4. Is _____ piece of pie over there for me?
5. _____ are three boys sitting on the bench.
6. I would like some of _____ cookies right here.
7. _____ bicycles over there are expensive.
8. _____ dolls on the table are very old.
9. _____ are the books you wanted.
10. I'd love to have that picture on the wall over _____.

1. there - Use there to speak about something away from you.

2. those - Use those to refer to something you've discussed earlier.
 3. that - Use that to point out large structures that are away from you.
4. there - Use there in the questions is there / are there to ask if something is
available.
5. There - Use there to indicate people who are away from you.
6. these - Use these to speak about something close by.
1. those - Use those to indicate more that one object.
2. those - Use those to discuss something away from you.
3. here - Use here is / here are when handing something to someone.
4. there - Use there in the phrase to indicate something in the distance.

He's looking at dinosaurs.

Dinosaurs once ruled the earth.
Dinosaurs used to rule the earth.
I don't know anything about dinosaurs.
] This is a replica of a dinosaur's egg.
He was accused of stealing dinosaur bones.
Dinosaurs are animals that disappeared long ago.
The evolution of dinosaurs interests me greatly.
There are no dinosaurs or mammoths to be found now.

Grocery Store

In the grocery store, you don't have to say anything except when you need to find
something. Here are some sentences to find general items.

"Where is the fruit section?"

"Do you sell ice cream here?"
"Where can I find batteries?"
"Where is the toothpaste?"
"Can you point me to the medicine area?"
"Where is the bakery section?"
"Do you sell fresh seafood?"

"Do you sell postcards?"

"Where can I find film?"

Be careful when you say film. They will not understand you if you say it improperly. If
you have difficulty pronouncing film, you should say, "Where can I find camera film?"

"Where are the shopping carts?"

"Where can I find a shopping basket?"

The employee might refer you to an aisle – aisles are the corridors in the
supermarket. Or they might tell you to go to one of these sections of the store:
  Dairy section – Milk, yogurt, butter, and cheese
 Produce section – Fresh fruits and vegetables
 Frozen food section – Ice cream, pre-prepared meals
 Bakery – Bread, muffins, cakes
 Deli – Sliced meat and cheese for sandwiches
 Ethnic foods – International foods
If the store doesn’t have the item available right now, the employee will say:
“Sorry, it’s out of stock.”
“Sorry, we’re out of unsalted peanuts at the moment.”
In this case, you can return to the store later to check if the item is available.
If the store never offers the item, the employee will say:
“Sorry, we don’t carry mango juice.”
In this case, you need to go to a different store to find it.
You can buy food in different types of packaging:
 A can of soup
 A jar of jelly / jam
 A box of cereal
 A package of pasta
 A carton of milk
 A bottle of wine
 A loaf of bread
You might see signs that says 20% off – that means there’s a 20% discount. If you’re
not sure, you can ask:
“Is this on sale?”
When you’re ready to pay, go to the checkout. The person who works there is called
the cashier.
The cashier might say:
“How would you like to pay?”
You can answer:
– “In cash.”
– “With a credit card.”
– “With a debit card.”
If you pay with a credit card, the cashier will say,
“Please sign here.”
If you pay with debit card, the cashier will say,
“Please enter your PIN.”
(personal identification number)
If you pay in cash – imagine your purchases total $70 and you pay $100, the cashier
will give you back the extra money and say,
“Here’s your change.”
or:
“Your change is $30.”
The cashier will give you a receipt – this is the piece of paper with the list of what you
bought.
Finally, the cashier might say:
“Have a nice day!”
And you can reply:
“Thanks, you too

Famous places to see from modern times

(1) Do you like travelling?

(2) What is travel for you?
(3) What different kinds of travelling are there?
(4) What’s the best place you’ve ever been to?
(5) Would you like to go travelling for a few years non-stop?
(6) What are the good and bad things about travelling?
(7) Where do you want to travel to before you die?
(8) Is it better to travel or to arrive?
(9) Lin Yutang said: "No one realizes how beautiful it is to travel until he comes
home and rests his head on his old, familiar pillow." Do you agree?
(10) Elizabeth Drew said: "Too often travel, instead of broadening the mind, merely
lengthens the conversation." What does this mean? Do you agree?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) What springs to mind when you hear the word ‘travel’?
(2) Are you a traveller?
(3) Is travel an education?
(4) Would you like to travel in space or to the moon?
(5) Would you like to work in the travel industry?
(6) What are the pros and cons of traveling first class and backpacking?
(7) Is travel helping the world?
(8) What would make you wiser – travelling around the world for ten years or
reading 10,000 books?
(9) Mason Cooley said: "Travelers never think that they are the foreigners." Do
you agree?
(10) St. Augustine said: "The World is a book, and those who do not travel read
only a page." What does this mean? Do you agree?

What is he/she doing (verbs/Present Contious)

The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the
present participle (-ing form) of a verb:
Use
1. We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present:
 for something that is happening at the moment of speaking:
I’m just leaving work. I’ll be home in an hour.
Please be quiet. The children are sleeping.
 for something which is happening before and after a given time:
At eight o’clock we are usually having breakfast.
When I get home the children are doing their homework.

 for something which we think is temporary:

Michael is at university. He’s studying history.
I’m working in London for the next two weeks.
 for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state:
These days most people are using email instead of writing letters.
What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays? What sort of music are they
listening to?
 to show that something is changing, growing or developing:
The children are growing quickly.
The climate is changing rapidly.
Your English is improving.
 for something which happens again and again:
It’s always raining in London.
They are always arguing.
George is great. He’s always laughing.
Note: We normally use always with this use.
2. We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future:
 for something which has been arranged or planned:
Mary is going to a new school next term.
What are you doing next week?
3. We can use the present continuous to talk about the past:
 When we are telling a story:
 When we are summarising the story from a book, film or play etc.:

What can we travel by? Means of Transport

At the Hotel

Aside from your flight, the next more important thing while abroad is your
accommodation, and if you’re staying in a hotel and not with friends or family, the
following phrases will come in handy.
Does the room have a bathroom? As noted before, bathroom is another word
for restroom (so is washroom and toilets), and it’s always good to know whether your
room has a private bathroom (one that only you use) or a shared bathroom (one that
people from multiple rooms use).
How many beds are in the room? This question will also be helpful to know if there
are enough places to sleep for the number of people in your hotel room.
I would like one queen bed, please. A queen bed is one that allows two people to
sleep comfortably on it.
I would like two double beds, please. Two people can sleep on a double bed,
but sometimes, only one person sleeps in a double bed so they have extra space.
What floor am I on? A floor in this situation refers to the level of the hotel.
Where are the elevators? In the event that you’re on a high floor, you may want to
use the elevator (the device that lifts and lowers you between floors of the hotel) to
help you get to your room.
How do I access the Internet? Some hotels may have WiFi (wireless internet
connection), and should you want to use it, you’ll have to ask how to access it. You
could also ask “what is the password for the WiFi?”
Is there free breakfast? Some hotels include a small breakfast free of charge. Ask at
the reception desk about this.
My room needs towels. Most of the time, housekeeping (the people who clean the
room) will make sure that you have everything you need. Should they forget, ask
for towels or bed sheets or toilet paper.
My room is messy, and I would like it cleaned. Should the room not be clean, don’t
be afraid to ask to have it cleaned again.
How do I call for room service? Room service means that someone will come up to
your room to deliver food and sometimes even alcohol.
How do I call down to the front desk? The front desk is another word for
the reception desk. Most are open all day and night, and if you need something, you
should call down to these people first.

BUYING TICKETS (train/bus tickets) - Questions and answers

Buying tickets 1 (plane, train, bus)

Choose the correct, most natural-sounding response according to the context of the
conversation:

YOU: Hello. I _____________ two tickets to Manchester, please, for the 5:00 PM
train.

would buy

would like

would sell

CLERK: First or second-class?

YOU: What's the _____________ between the two?

difference in price

different price

cheaper

CLERK: First class tickets are £47 each and second-class tickets are £35 each.

YOU: I'll take two second-class tickets. Can I buy the ____________ tickets now as
well?

round

return

back

CLERK: If you like... When would you like to come back?

YOU: Is there a train that ____________ Manchester in the afternoon on Monday?

leaves

goes to

arrives in

CLERK: Yes... there's a train from Manchester to London leaving daily at 4:00 PM...
Would you like me to book two tickets for you?

YOU: Yes, ________________. Second-class as well.

can be

can do

please do

Choose the correct, most natural-sounding responses according to the context of the
conversation:

GAS STATION ATTENDANT: What can I do for you.

YOU: Fill it up, please... Hey, ______________ is Philadelphia from here?

how long
 how far

where

GAS STATION ATTENDANT: It's about 100 miles from here.

YOU: What's ______________ to get there?

the best way

best

a way

GAS STATION ATTENDANT: Take the 95. That will take you all the way to
Philadelphia.

YOU: Thanks. Is the 95 a ______________ highway?

paying

toll

cash

GAS STATION ATTENDANT: No, it's free. Would you like me to clean your
windshield?

YOU: Yes, please... And could you check my _____________ as well?

oil

liquid

container

GAS STATION ATTENDANT: All right... All done. That'll be $46.75.

YOU: Here you go. _____________.

Keep the money

Keep it for yourself

Keep the change

Buying tickets 4 (ferry/boat)
Choose the correct, most natural-sounding response according to the context of the
conversation:

YOU: Hello. _____________?

When can the next ferry to Calais leave

When would the following ferry to Calais leave

When does the next ferry to Calais leave

CLERK: At 10:45. Would you like to buy tickets.

YOU: Yes, _____________?

how much it is

how much are they

how much cash

CLERK: The tickets are £100 each way.

YOU: OK, _____________, please.

we'll take three

can we give three

we can take three

CLERK: Are you driving? Or do you have bicycles you'll be taking on the ferry?

YOU: No, we're ______________.

no bicycle

on foot

walk

CLERK: Here are your tickets. That'll be £300 in total.

YOU: (HANDING THE CASHIER THE MONEY) ______________.

Money.
 Here is.

Here you go.

Buying tickets 3 (plane, train, bus)

Choose the correct, most natural-sounding response according to the context of the
conversation:

YOU: Hello. _____________ a one-way ticket to Singapore, please.

I'd like to buy

I purchase

I can buy

CLERK: Alright. And when would you like to leave?

YOU: _____________ Monday if possible.

Following

Next

Coming

CLERK: So, the 22nd of May... We have a flight at 7:30 AM. It's $450... should I go
ahead and book it for you?

YOU: Yes, ______________, please book it.

perfection

is perfect

that's perfect

CLERK: OK... and your name?

YOU: It's David Boreanaz. Would you like me to ______________ my last name for
you?

letter

spell
 number

CLERK: Yes, please.

YOU: B-O-R-E-A-N-A-Z. And when does the flight ______________ ( = arrive in)
Singapore?

get in to

get up at

get up to

CLERK: Let me check... It arrives in Singapore at 2:00 PM local time.

Buying tickets 2 (plane, train, bus)

Choose the correct, most natural-sounding response according to the context of the
conversation:

YOU: Hello. _____________ two tickets to Boston, please, for the 5:00 PM bus.

Would I purchase

Could I give

Could I get

CLERK: Sure. That'll be $100.

YOU: Oh, I thought these tickets were _____________?

low

on sale

so expensive

CLERK: They are, but only when you book two weeks in advance.

YOU: OK, no problem... I'll take them. How much ____________ they were?

did you pay

 did you sell

did you say

CLERK: $100. You did want one-way tickets, not round-trip, right?

YOU: That's right. Can I pay by ______________?

credit card

credit

a credit

CLERK: No, I'm sorry, we only accept cash.

YOU: OK, could you tell me where the nearest ________________ ( = cash machine)
is?

VIP

ATM

KLM

CLERK: There's one in the bank across the street from here.

Science quiz
 Squirrel monkey is a type of __________ ?
o A.
Squirrel
o B.
Lizard
o C.
Monkey
o D.
Panda

 2.
An instrument to measure temperature is called __________ ?
Discuss
o A.
Hydrometer
o B.
Thermometer
 o C.
Gyrometer
o D.
Tempometer

 3.
Another name for a twister is
o A.
Earthquake
o B.
Tornado
o C.
Wind
o D.
Flood

 4.
It is a bird born out of the largest egg in the world
o A.
Sparrow
o B.
Hen
o C.
Turkey
o D.
Ostrich

 5.
The seventh planet from the sun is:
o A.
Earth
o B.
Uranus
o C.
Mars
o D.
Jupiter

 6.
Albatross is ?
o A.
A sea bird
o B.
A beetle
o C.
A fruit
 o D.
A city

 7.
It bears the closest resemblance to man
o A.
Panda
o B.
Rhino
o C.
Chimpanzee
o D.
Elephant

 8.
It is known as the ship of the desert
o A.
Cat
o B.
Panther
o C.
Camel
o D.
Rabbit

 9.
The planet closest to the sun is:
o A.
Neptune
o B.
Mercury
o C.
Venus
o D.
Saturn

 10.
The blanket of air that envelops the earth is called _________ ?
o A.
Upper crust
o B.
Hydrosphere
o C.
Lithospere
o D.
Atmosphere
  11.
The number of bones in the Human face is ______ !
o A.
14
o B.
33
o C.
15
o D.
11

 12.
The largest animal is the _______.
o A.
Giraffe
o B.
Camel
o C.
Blue whale
o D.
Rhino

 13.
The layer that protects the earth from UV radiations:
o A.
Nitrogen
o B.
Ozone layer
o C.
Methane
o D.
Magnesium oxide

 14.
The largest land animal is _________________
o A.
Panther
o B.
Lion
o C.
Whale
o D.
African Bush Elephant

 15.
Smallest indivisible particle of an element that can exist is called:
o A.
Cell
o B.
Nucleus
o C.
Molecule
o D.
Atom

 16.
The Kalahari desert is in:
o A.
India
o B.
Chile
o C.
Australia
o D.
Botswana

 17.
Lunar eclipse refers to the eclipse caused by the _____________
o A.
Sun
o B.
Mars
o C.
Moon
o D.
Venus

 18.
An astronomical measure of distance is called:
o A.
Kilometre
o B.
Yard
o C.
Light Year
o D.
Metre

 19.
The process by which green plants manufacture their food is called _____ ?
o A.
Respiration
o B.
Photosynthesis
o C.
Digestion
o D.
Excretion

 20.
The top crust of the Earth is called ___________.
o A.
Lithosphere
o B.
Asthenosphere
o C.
Stratosphere
o D.
Atmosphere

 It is said that stars live billions of years. If a star dies, it will turn to what color?*

o White

o Red

o Black

o Blue

o Yellow
 Is there an official count of how many exactly are the stars in our galaxy?*

o No.

o Yes.
 What is the dense center formed after an explosion called the Supernova?*

o Black Hole

o Black Pole.

o Black Space.

o Black panther.
 True or False: Stars begin as giant balls of gas that gets combined with dust as
it collects in one area.*
 o False, because stars are made up of stones.

o False, because the giant balls of gas have no shape.

o False, because stars aren't made up of gas.

o True.
 What do you call a star that shrinks and turns white?*

o White Dwarf.

o White House.

o White Flower.

o White Star.
 Very hot stars are usually __ in color.*

o Pale.

o Yellowish.

o Blue or White.

o Red or Orange.
 What do you call the process when the gas and dust combined begin to swirl
and gets too hot?*

o Solar Energy.

o Heating.

o Nuclear fusion.

o Atomic Fusion

o Nuclear Bombing.
 This star is the only star that does not move and is used for many centuries as
a guide. What is it called?*

o Star dust.

o Bright Star.

o North Star.

o East Star.
 You look up to the sky one night and saw many tiny lights. Not all of those
lights are stars. What could those other tiny lights be?*

o Planets
 o Aircrafts

o All of the choices.

o None of the choices.

o Satellites

. What food makes up nearly all (around 99%) of a Giant Panda’s diet?
2. True or false? Mice live for up to 10 years.
3. What is the name of the phobia that involves an abnormal fear of spiders?
4. What is the largest type of ‘big cat’ in the world?
5. True or false? Crocodiles have no sweat glands so they use their mouths to release heat.
6. Are butterflies insects?
7. What are female elephants called?
8. True or false? Bats are mammals.
9. Bees are found on every continent of earth except for one, which is it?
10. True or false? Cats spend an average of 13 to 14 hours a day sleeping.
11. What is the fastest land animal in the world?
12. A ‘doe’ is what kind of animal?
13. True or false? Cougar’s are herbivores.
14. Groups of lions are known as what?
15. Is a dolphin a mammal?
16. What is the largest land animal in the world?
17. True of false? Snakes have slimy skin.
18. What is the only continent on earth where Giraffes live in the wild?
19. How many pairs of wings does a bee have?
20. What type of animal is the largest primate in the world?
21. Is a shark a fish or a mammal?
22. What is the most recognizable feature of a hedgehog’s appearance?
23. True or false? Owls are far-sighted, meaning that anything within a few inches of their eyes can’t
be seen properly.
24. What is the name of an adult female horse?
25. What are baby goats called?
26. What is the tallest animal in the world?
27. True or false? Rabbits are born blind.
28. What is the most recognizable physical feature of the male lion?
29. How many legs does a spider have?
30. The crocodile species is believed to have been around for how long? 2 million years or 200
million years?

Animal Quiz Answers

1. Bamboo
2. False - Captive mice live for up to 2 and a half years while wild mice only live for an average of
around 4 months.
3. Arachnophobia
4. The tiger, weighing up to 300 kilograms (660 pounds).
5. True - They often sleep with their mouth open to cool down.
6. Yes
7. Cows
8. True
9. Antarctica
10. True
11. The cheetah (it can reach speeds of up to 120kph – 75mph).
12. A female deer.
13. False - They are carnivores.
14. Prides
15. Yes
16. The elephant - The largest on record weighed around 12,000 kilograms! (26,000 lb).
17. False - Snakeskin is smooth and dry.
18. Africa
19. 2
20. The Gorilla
21. A fish
22. Their spines of spiky hair.
23. True
24. A mare
25. Kids
26. The giraffe - The average height is around 5 metres (16ft) and the tallest on record stood nearly
6 metres (20 ft) tall.
27. True
28. Its mane
29. 8
30. 200 million years

Short vowel sounds

. True or false? You see with your eyes. _________________________________

2. True or false? Dogs have 10 legs. _____________________________________
3. True or false? 3 + 4 = 8. _____________________________________________
4. True or false? Sheep can't fly. ________________________________________
5. True or false? Yellow is a color. _______________________________________
6. True or false? 'B' is the first letter of the alphabet. _________________________
7. True or false? Shoes are worn on your hands. ____________________________
8. True or false? Up is the opposite of down. _______________________________
9. True or false? You hear with your nose. _________________________________
10. True or false? The Sun is very hot. ____________________________________

Eletricity
Electricity is one of the most important inventions ever. It is the thing that powers the
Earth. If there was no electricity, we’d be back in the dark ages. Few people stop and
think just how amazing electricity is. With the flick of a switch, you can power almost
anything. Think about what would happen if there was no electricity. We’d have no
TV, no computers, no traffic signals. It would be like going back to living in caves.
There are a few negative points about electricity, of course. Number one, it’s
dangerous. Thousands of people die each year from electrocuting themselves or in
electrical fires. And number two, it isn’t good for the environment. Most electricity
comes from burning coal and that creates greenhouse gasses.
Short wowel sounds
When you speak or read, you use sounds.

When you read, the sounds are represented by 26 letters of the alphabet. Associating
sounds with letters of the alphabet is called phonics.

Each of the 26 alphabet letters represents one or more sounds. A letter's name can
also be one of its sounds. For example, the letter A can sound like aaa, ah, or ae.

Each of the 26 alphabet letters has a capital and a lower case form. The two forms for
each of the 26 letters are shown below.
Upper Case ABC

Lower Case abc

When letter sounds are put together, they become words. For example, putting
together the sounds of the letters C, A, and T, spells the word CAT.
C + A + T = CAT

A letter can be used more than once in the same word. If the same letter appears
more than once in a word its sound might be the same or different each time it
appears in that word.

There are two types of letters in the alphabet: consonants and vowels. The basic
difference is how the sound is produced through the mouth.

When sounding consonants, air flow is interrupted or limited by the position of the
tongue, teeth or lips.
The majority of letters in the alphabet are consonant letters. Most consonant
letters have only one sound and rarely sound like their name. Click on the
following consonant letters to hear examples of their sounds.
BCDFGHJK
LMNPQRS
TVWXYZ
When sounding vowels, your breath flows freely through the mouth.
Five of the 26 alphabet letters are vowels: A, E, I, O, and U. The letter Yis sometimes
considered a sixth vowel because it can sound like other vowels.
Unlike consonants, each of the vowel letters has more than one type of sound or can
even be silent with no sound at all.

When a vowel sounds like its name, this is called a longsound. A vowel letter can
also have short sounds. Whether a vowel has a long sound, a short sound, or
 remains silent, depends on its position in a word and the letters around it. Click on
the following vowel letters to hear their long and short sounds.

A E I O U

When a vowel sounds like its name, this is called a longsound. A vowel letter can
also have short sounds. Whether a vowel has a long sound, a short sound, or
remains silent, depends on its position in a word and the letters around it. Click on the
following vowel letters to hear their long and short sounds.

The letter Y is sometimes considered a vowel because it can sound like the vowel
letters A, E, or I depending on the letters around it or whether the letter Y is at the
middle or end of a word. Click on the following links to hear the different sounds for
the letter Y.
Example:
Middle Y symbols

Ending Y cry

Doctor Know-All
How is your health?
(2) Do you do anything to stay healthy?
(3) Do you worry about the health of those around you?
(4) Do you ever worry about your own mental health?
(5) Have you ever stopped doing something for your health?
(6) Are you always a picture of health when you wake up in the morning?
(7) What are the health risks associated with your lifestyle and environment?
(8) What health problems do you worry about most?
(9) What is the WHO and what does it do?
(10) What can you do to improve your health?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) Do you worry about your health?

(2) Are you a health-conscious person?
(3) Do you read magazines or newspaper articles about health?
(4) What things do you do that might damage your health?
(5) How often do you have a health check?
(6) Have you ever been in poor or ill health?
(7) Where do you go to get information on health?
(8) Who are the healthiest people in the world and why are they so healthy?
(9) What are the best and worst jobs for your health?
(10) How is the health of your computer / the economy / the planet?

What are you doing? Part 2 - Present Con

Use
1. We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present:
 for something that is happening at the moment of speaking:
I’m just leaving work. I’ll be home in an hour.
Please be quiet. The children are sleeping.
 for something which is happening before and after a given time:
At eight o’clock we are usually having breakfast.
When I get home the children are doing their homework.

 for something which we think is temporary:

Michael is at university. He’s studying history.
I’m working in London for the next two weeks.
 for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state:
These days most people are using email instead of writing letters.
What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays? What sort of music are they
listening to?
 to show that something is changing, growing or developing:
The children are growing quickly.
The climate is changing rapidly.
Your English is improving.
 for something which happens again and again:
It’s always raining in London.
They are always arguing.
George is great. He’s always laughing.
Note: We normally use always with this use.
2. We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future:
 for something which has been arranged or planned:
Mary is going to a new school next term.
What are you doing next week?
3. We can use the present continuous to talk about the past:
 When we are telling a story:
 When we are summarising the story from a book, film or play etc.:

Walking
Hiking for Beginners
SANDY: "Hey Sue. What are you doing this weekend?"
SUE: "Hi Sandy. I'm going hiking with some friends. Do you want join?"
SANDY: "No, that's ok. I've never gone hiking before."
SUE: "Really? It's a lot of fun and great exercise."
SANDY: "It sounds fun and good for you."
SUE: "It is. You should come."
SANDY: "I don't even have the correct shoes."
SUE: "I have an extra pair. What size do you wear?"
SANDY: "I wear a size 7."
SUE: "What a coincidence! Me too!"
SANDY: "What else do I need?"
SUE: "Comfortable clothes, a jacket, a water bottle, snacks, a flashlight, and a map."
SANDY: "Wow! That's a lot of stuff to bring."
SUE: "Do you have a small backpack to put these items in?"
SANDY: "Yeah."
SUE: "Well then, you are ready to go."
SANDY: "How long are you going to be hiking?"
SUE: "We usually hike about 10 miles, but this weekend we're going to hike a much
shorter distance."
SANDY: "Why?"
SUE: "My friend is bringing her sister. She has never gone hiking before either. So,
it'll be a fun experience for the both of you."

Hiking Injury

KEVIN: "Hey Joe. What happened to your ankle?"

JOE: "Hey Kevin. I broke it while hiking last weekend."
KEVIN: "That's terrible. How?"
JOE: "We were hiking down a steep trail. I lost my balance and fell."
KEVIN: "Ouch!"
JOE: "Yeah, it hurt badly."
KEVIN: "How did you get back to your car?"
JOE: "It was a long, painful walk."
KEVIN: "Were you alone?"
JOE: "No, I was with my wife. But I'm too heavy for her to carry me."
KEVIN: "Why didn't you call someone?"
JOE: "There was no cell phone coverage in that area."
KEVIN: "How long do you have to wear your cast?"
JOE: "Six weeks."
KEVIN: "Six weeks? Are you going to miss the marathon next month?"
JOE: "Yeah! Looks like I am. I'm so disappointed. I've been training for that for a year.
Why don't you go in my place?"
KEVIN: "No, thanks. Do you know what I hate more than hiking?"
JOE: "What?"
KEVIN: "Marathons!"

Walking:
"Every morning right when I get up, I like to take a thirty minute walk."
"I like to take walks with my dog."
"Golf is a healthy sport because of all the walking it requires."
"I heard from some doctors that walking is the healthiest form of exercise."
"There's a trail by my house that is a perfect 20 minute walk."
"We usually go to a nearby lake and walk around it."

Jogging:
"Every night, I go to an elementary school across from my house and jog a few laps
around the playground."
"I go jogging in the morning when the air is still fresh."
"Some people find jogging stressful, but I find it as a way to relieve some of my
stress."
"It feels so good after jogging for half an hour."
"I usually jog on a treadmill because it's convenient."

trudge - walk slowly and with effort or difficulty because one is tired
slip - slide accidentally
trip - catch one's foot on something and stumble or fall
stroll - walk in a very pleased mood, with a lot of happiness, relaxed and
confident for pleasure
stray - wander away
stagger - walk unsteadily as if about to fall or as if you were drunk or ill
dash - move quickly and suddenly, rush, (Always a short distance)
wander - move without a fixed purpose or destination
march - walk with regular steps of equal length
creep - move stealthily
limp - walk unevenly because one leg is hurt
crawl - move slowly with the body close to the ground or on hands and knees

Dancing

CAROL: "Hi Jane. Did you buy some new shoes?"

JANE: "Hi Carol. Yeah, I'm taking dancing classes and I need new dancing shoes."
CAROL: "Where are the classes?"
JANE: "At the local community center."
CAROL: "How do you like it?"
JANE: "I'm really enjoying it."
CAROL: "What kind of dance are you learning?"
JANE: "We're learning a few different types of dance. So far, we have learned ballet,
modern, and tap."
CAROL: "Which one is your favorite?"
JANE: "I like tap dance. Ballet was pretty hard."
CAROL: "Sounds like a lot of fun."
JANE: "It is. Do you want to join? Our class is not full."
CAROL: "I'm too old to take dance lessons."
JANE: "No, you are not. You should come to one of our classes. The first visit is free."
CAROL: "Really? Free? When are your lessons?"
JANE: "Every Monday evening at 7 pm."
CAROL: "OK. I'll go next Monday. But don't laugh at me. I'm a terrible dancer."
JANE: "Me too. That's why I'm taking lessons."

5. What did Jane need to buy for dance class?

Shoes

Leotard

Bag

Yoga mat

2. Where is Jane taking dance lessons?

Studio

Community center

Private home

High school

3. What is her favorite type of dance?

Ballet

Modern

Tap

Hip Hop

4. Why doesn't Carol take dance lessons?

She hates dancing

She doesn't have time

 Her leg is broken

She thinks she is too old

Playing Instruments

MATT: "Hey Jason, do you play any instruments?"

JASON: "Yeah, I play two instruments. I play the piano and violin?"
MATT: "I wish I knew how to play an instrument."
JASON: "You don't know how to play any instruments?"
MATT: "No. My mom gave me piano lessons when I was a child, but I hated it. So, I
quit."
JASON: "I took piano and violin lessons when I was a child."
MATT: "How long did you take lessons?"
JASON: "10 years."
MATT: "Wow! You must be really good."
JASON: "My mom wanted me to go to a music college, but I wanted to be a doctor."
MATT: "Really?"
JASON: "Yeah. My mom was a famous violinist in China. My dad was a famous
pianist in China."
MATT: "You come from a very talented family."
JASON: "Thanks. What instrument do you want to learn?"
MATT: "Guitar."
JASON: "Oh, I don't know how to play the guitar."
MATT: "We can take lessons together."
JASON: "I wish I could, but I don't have time."

2. How many instruments does Jason play?

2. How long did Jason take lessons?

1 year

2 years

5 years

10 years

3. What instrument does Matt want to play?

 Piano

Violin

Guitar

Clarinet

4. What did Jason's parents do in China?

They owned a clothing business

They were doctors

They were famous musicians

They were famous designers

Sailing

Rob: Hello. I'm Rob. And this is Li!

Li: Hello.

Rob: The weather is so great today we're outside on the sea, sailing in this beautiful
boat. What do you think Li?

Li: Impressive. Rob, I didn't know you had a sailing boat – in fact I didn't know you
could sail a boat!

Rob: Don't worry Li, I know what I'm doing.

Li: Mind that rock!

Rob: Whoa…it's ok Li. I’m in control – just keep your hand on that rope. We've got
the wind in our sails, the sea is calm – we can just easily sail around this island and
be home in time for tea.

Li: Oh right. I thought our excursion was going to be trouble free – or plain sailing.

Rob: What? Plain sailing? We're not sailing any planes Li.

Li: No Rob. Plain sailing. It's an expression used to describe an activity that goes well
or smoothly and is easy and uncomplicated.
Rob: Yes of course – this sailing is going well and is actually quite easy – so you're
right – this is plain sailing. But can we only use the phrase to describe sailing boats?

Li: No. Although it was originally a sailing term, it can really refer to any activity.
Listen to these examples:
 Driving through the city was difficult but once we were on the motorway it was
plain sailing all the way.
 Once we found some office space and recruited staff, setting up our business
was plain sailing.
Li: So plain sailing means things are going well. I have to admit Rob, your sailing
skills are very good and …oh watch out for that big wave!

Rob: Whoa...ouch! I've hit my head on the boom. Oh no, we're heading for the rocks
again…hold the rope Li, quick!

Li: I've changed my mind Rob, this isn't plain sailing anymore! That's taken the wind
out of your sails Rob.

Rob: Err, it's still windy Li. Look at the sails.

Li: No Rob. That's another sailing idiom – to take the wind out of your sails is an
expression that means your boasting and arrogance has been challenged. Let's hear
some other people using this expression:
 I was all ready for a big argument but when he bought me some flowers it took
the wind out of my sails.
 The negative feedback from my boss has really taken the wind out of my sails.
Rob: Hmm, Li you've certainly taught me a lot about sailing today – there are some
really good expressions – but one thing you haven't taught me is how to sail this
boat.

Li: You said you knew how to sail it.

Rob: Well when I said I had been sailing several times I had….but I meant on a
ferry….as a passenger.

Li: Oh. Watch out!

Rob: That was close. I've a feeling this really isn't going to be plain sailing after all.

Li: Too right! Bye bye.

Rob: Bye. Now Li could you just hold that rope there please.

 What do whales eat?

 Have you ever seen a whale?
  I've never seen a live whale.
 Have you ever eaten whale meat?
 I've never seen a whale that big.
 I've never seen such a large whale.

 Tom is chopping heads off fish.

 We spent the whole day fishing.
 Can we rent a fishing boat here?
 I caught more fish than Tom did.
 I'll show you how to catch fish.
 That's a delicious-looking fish.

The ship is now in the harbor.

This ship was ten meters long.
Two passenger ships were sunk.
We saw another ship far ahead.
We should go back to the ship.

 You can see the island in the distance.

 Most snakes on this island are harmless.
 Niue is a very beautiful island country.
 No one lived on the island at that time.
 The island was enveloped in a thick fog
 They were stranded on a deserted island.
 We arrived on the island two days later.

 How long is the Rainbow Bridge?

 A rainbow is a natural phenomenon.
 The new bridge was named Rainbow Bridge.
 Looking out of the window, I saw a rainbow.
 Never have I seen such a beautiful rainbow.
 You can't have a rainbow without a little rain.
 You can see the colors of the spectrum in a rainbow.

Sharks

Phrases to describe the activity of swimming

 Go swimming
 Go for a swim
 Go for a dip (in the pool, in the ocean, etc.)
 Take a dip (in the pool, in the ocean, etc.)
 Jump in the pool
Places to swim
  A "public pool" is available for anyone to swim in, sometimes for free and
sometimes for a charge.
 An "indoor pool" is inside a building.
 A "kiddie pool" is a small pool that you can buy at a store and put in your
yard. It's for small children to play in.
 A "hot tub" has hot water. You don't swim in it exactly, but just sit in it. If it has
jets that make bubbles in the water, it's called a "jacuzzi".
 A "public access beach" is one that anyone can swim at. A "secluded
beach" is one that's far away from cities or towns, and that you can swim at
alone.
 You can also swim in the ocean, at a lake, in a river, and so on.

Swimming gear

 Women wear bathing suits. Technically, you can call men's swimming trunks
a "bathing suit" as well, but usually it just means a women's bathing suit. Types
of bathing suits for women include:
o Bikinis are bathings suits that come in two pieces.
o One-piece bathing suits cover the whole chest and stomach area.
 Some people use swim goggles.
 Little children wear floaties. These are air-filled floats that go around your
arms.

Describing the water

 Pool water is usually chlorinated. Chlorine is a chemical that people put in pool
water to keep it clean.
 If you can see through the water in an ocean, river, or lake, you can describe it
as "clear" or "crystal clear".
 Water that you can't see through is "murky".
 A lot of pools have a shallow end and a deep end.

Asking about the Swimming Pool

A: Is there a swimming pool in this hotel?

B: We don't have a full-sized swimming pool, but we do have individual swim stations.

A: What exactly does that mean?

B: Basically, a swim station is like a treadmill, except instead of running, you swim.

A: That sounds really neat. Is there an extra charge for these swim stations?
B: If you're a registered guest, you have free access to our swim stations.

A: Are the swim stations open 24 hours, like the rest of the gym?

B: To conserve electricity, the stations operate only from 7:00 a.m. till 10:00 p.m.

A: I'll go down there as soon as I can!

B: I don't think you'll be disappointed. People really seem to like the swim stations.

A: Does this hotel have a pool?

B: I'm sorry, sir, we don't have one. However, in our gym, we do have swim stations.

A: I'm not sure I understand.

B: Think of a deep bathtub that you can swim in, but against a current.

A: Cool. What will they think of next? How much are they?

B: Sir, guests pay nothing to use the stations.

A: Excellent! Now what are the hours?

B: The gym is open 24/7, but the stations are open from 7 a.m. to 10 p.m. only.

A: I'm going to change into my trunks right now!

B: I think you'll like the experience, sir. It's a great workout.

 Can you swim?

 Do you like swimming? Why do you like it?
 Do you prefer swimming in a swimming pool or in the sea, in a river or in a
lake? Why?
 Are you a good/strong swimmer?
 Do you swim equally well with all the strokes or do you have a preference?
 How old were you when you learnt to swim? Was that a good age to learn?
 How and where did you learn?
 What do you think of teaching babies to swim? Have you done it/would you do
it to your children?
 Do you go swimming all year round or just in summer?
 At the beach do you usually stay within your depth or are you that swimmer
who swims far out into the sea?
 Do you always wait for two hours after eating before you go in the water?
Why/why not?
  Have you ever suffered cramp while swimming? If so, what did you do?
 Have you ever had an unpleasant experience when swimming? What
happened?
 Have you ever done a life-saving course? Have you done any refresher
courses?
 Have you ever had to save anyone from drowning? Would you know what to
do?
 Do you prefer to wear goggles when swimming? Why/why not?
 Have you ever been snorkelling/diving? Would you like to?
 Have you ever had any bad experience regarding swimming?
 Do you think swimming is an important skill? why?
 Who taught you how to swim?
 Did you take formal swimming lesson? or not?

Swimming

"I'm on the swimming team."

"I got a scholarship for swimming."
"I made the varsity swimming team."
"I love swimming."

"What style of swimming do you specialize in?"

"I like breaststroke the most."

"I like freestyle swimming, but I'm better at the butterfly."
"I'm pretty quick at backstroke."
"I like the competitive aspect of swimming. Sometimes it's hard to tell who is ahead of
you or behind you, but right when you touch that wall and see that nobody else is
there is a great feeling."
"I've been swimming ever since I was 6 years old."
"I swim 4 times a week."
"I try to swim everyday."

"I believe swimming is very healthy, especially for the joints."

"I'm not a good swimmer. The only style I know is the dog paddle."

"I can't hold my breath long enough to be an effective swimmer."

"I can hold my breath for a minute and a half

What COLOR is it?

Salesperson: Can I help you?

Gloria: Yes, I’m looking for a sweater — in a size medium.
Salesperson: Let’s see…here’s a nice white one. What do you think?
Gloria: I think I’d rather have it in blue.
Salesperson: OK…here’s blue, in a medium. Would you like to try it on?
Gloria: OK…yes, I love it. It fits perfectly. How much is it?
Salesperson: It’s $50. It will be $53 with tax.
Gloria: Perfect! I’ll take it.

Language notes
 Can I help you? or “May I help you?” is what a salesperson normally says to greet a
customer.
 I’m looking for a here means “I don’t know exactly which one I want.”
 Size medium. Clothing usually comes in small, medium and large sizes. Some
women’s clothing comes in number sizes, usually ranging from 2 to 16.
 Let’s see… An expression used when a person wants to think something over to
make a choice or decision, or to look for something.
 I’d rather have it in here means “I don’t like this exact one. I would prefer it in a
different color/size/material,” etc.
 Would you like to…? is a polite way to ask “Do you want to…?”
 Try it on means to test the fit or appearance of a garment by putting it on. “Try on” is
a separable phrasal verb, so the object “it” goes between “try” and “on.”
 How much is it? means “How much does it cost?” Notice that the main sentence
stress falls on “is” in this question.
 I’ll take it means “I will buy it.”

Useful phrases a shop assistant says

"Can I help you?"
"Are you looking for anything in particular?"
"Do you need any help at all?"
"We don't have any of these left in stock." ( = There is no more of something.)

Useful phrases a customer says

"I'm looking for ..."
"I'd like to buy..."

Indicating a piece of clothing

"Do you have this in ..."
- medium / large / small / extra large / XL
- blue / black / beige (other colours etc)

Talking about the price

Clothes shops have "sales" when some or all the clothes are discounted.
"Is this in the sales?"
"Is this on sale?"
"There's a discount of 20% on this."
"These jeans are discounted by 20%."
"It's a bargain." (= the low price is a surprise)
"It's cheap." (= doesn't cost much money)
"It's expensive." (= costs a lot of money.)
Trying something on
When you go clothes shopping, you probably want to try something on before you
buy it so you know it's the right size or that it looks good on you!
"I'd like to try this on please. Where are the changing rooms?"
"Can I try this on?"

Example shopping conversation

Can I try this on?
Sure. The changing rooms are over there...
... (later)
Any good?
No, not really. (It's the wrong size / It doesn't really suit me.)
Or, "Yes, I'll take it."

Paying
"Where I can pay?"
"The cash tills are over there."
Other shopping vocabulary
to suit = to be in your style, or to compliment your body shape or skin / hair colour
"That dress really suits you!"
to fit = to be the right size
"These jeans don't fit very well."
Clothes can be...
... too big (size "Large" when you are size "Small")
... too small (small size when you are large size)
... too tight (waist measurement 34 when you are waist 38)
... too loose (waist measurement 38 when you are waist 34)
... too long (jeans leg measurement 34 when your leg measurement is 32)
... too short (jeans leg measurement 32 when your leg measurement is 34)
to go well with / to match = to look good with your other clothes

Where you can buy clothes

There are different types of clothes shops. Here are some common ones:
shopping centre = large building with lots of different shops inside (= shopping mall
in American English)
boutique = small shop, often expensive, with designer label clothes
charity shop (goodwill in American English) = shop where you can buy second-hand
( = not new) clothes. The money you pay for them goes to charity
factory outlet = shop where you can buy clothes directly from the factory that makes
them. Often these clothes (or shoes) are "samples".
department store = large shop with "departments" for men's clothes, women's
clothes, household objects, etc.
chain store = a "brand" that has shops in many different towns, such as "Zara" or
"H&M".
FArn animals

Dog
Male dog are called dog and female dogs are called bitch, young dog is a puppy.
Cat
Male cat is called a tom and female is a bitch, young cat is a kitten

Pig
Male pig is called a boar and female is a sow, young pig is a piglet.

Goat
Male goat is called a buck or billy and the female is a doe or nanny, a young goat is a kid,
billy.
Duck
Male duck is called a drake and female is a chick, young duck is a duckling.
Cow / cattle
Male bull is called a drake and female is a cow, young baby are called a calf, dogie (a
motherless calf).
Sheep
Male sheep is called a buck or a ram and female is a ewe or dam; young sheep is called a
lamb, lambkin or cosset.

Horse
Male horse is called a stallion or stud and female is a mare or dam; young horse is called a
lamb, lambkin or cosset.
Bee
Male bee is called a drone and female is a Queen but can also be a worker, young bee is
called larva or pupa.

Goose
Male goose is called a gander and female is a goose; a young goose is called a gosling.

Horses
Most English speakers just call an individual horse a "horse", but there are also
specific terms that people who deal with horses use:
 A baby horse is a foal.
 A young male horse is a colt and a young female horse is a filly.
 After they reach adult age and size, a male is called a stallion and a female is
a mare.
 A group of horses is called a herd.

Cows
In English, we commonly use the word "cow" to talk about all of the big grass-eating
animals that farmers and ranchers raise for milk and beef. But technically, "cow" is
only the word for the femaies. Here are more details:
  Cattle is the technical word for a group of these animals. Strangely, there's not
a good word to talk about a single animal. Farmers might count cattle by
calling them like "a head of cattle" or "three head of cattle".
My uncle raises cattle. He has I think about twenty head.
 As mentioned before, a female is called a cow. A male is a bull.
 A baby is a calf.
 A group of cattle is a herd.
 As you probably already know, the meat from cattle is called beef.

Pigs
 A baby pig is a piglet.
 A female pig is a sow. There are two words for a male pig: hog and boar.
There's a technical difference between these two words, but most English
speakers don't know the difference. When we hear "boar" we may think of
a wild boar, which is the wild version of a pig.
 Pig meat is pork.
 Pigs are also called swine. The word "swine" sounds very negative, though.
Somone who doesn't eat pork might say something like:
I don't eat swine.
Sheep
Sheep are interesting because the same word is used for both one animal ("a sheep")
and more than one ("sheep"). Here are some other details:
 A baby is a lamb.
 A female is a ewe (pronounced like "you"). and a male is a ram.
Do you keep the rams and ewes together, or do you separate them?
 A group of sheep is known as a flock.
 Lamb is also the word that we usually use to talk about sheep meat.
Do you want beef, lamb, or chicken?
 People who raise sheep have a special name, too. They are
called shepherds.
Chickens
 A female chicken is a hen. A male is a rooster.
 A baby chicken is a chick. The babies that have just come out of their eggs
can also be called hatchlings.
 You can call a group of chickens a brood, but that word is not very common.
 Chicken meat is just called chicken, but a general term for the meat of any
kind of bird is poultry.
Geese
 The singular is goose and the plural is geese.
 Geese travel in flocks.
Hey, look at that big flock of geese!
 A male goose can technically be called a gander while the female is a goose.
"Goose" is also the common word for both males and females. People don't
talk about "ganders" very often, except in a famous proverb, "What's good for
the goose is good for the gander," which means that the same things are good
for both men and women.
  A baby goose is a gosling.

Passives
1. Passive – Use
We only use the passive when we are interested in the object or when we do not know who
caused the action.
Example: Appointments are required in such cases.
2. Passive – Form
to be + past participle
How to form a passive sentence when an active sentence is given:
 object of the active sentence becomes subject in the passive sentence
 subject of the active sentence becomes object in the passive sentence (or is left out)
We can only form a passive sentence from an active sentence when there is an object in the
active sentence.
Type of sentence Subject Verb Object

Active sentence: Peter builds a house.

Passive sentence: A house is built by Peter.

3. Examples
3.1. Simple Present
Type of sentence Subject Verb Object

Active sentence: Peter builds a house.

Passive sentence: A house is built by Peter.

3.2. Simple Past

Type of sentence Subject Verb Object

Active sentence: Peter built a house.

Passive sentence: A house was built by Peter.

3.3. Present Perfect

Type of sentence Subject Verb Object
 Active sentence: Peter has built a house.

Passive sentence: A house has been built by Peter.

3.4. will-future
Type of sentence Subject Verb Object

Active sentence: Peter will build a house.

Passive sentence: A house will be built by Peter.

Passives
We make the passive using ‘be’ – in a suitable tense – and
the past participle (‘done’, ‘played’ etc.). We use the passive:

1) … when we don’t know, or we are not interested in, who does

an action.
 My car was stolen yesterday.
We don’t know who stole the car.
 A lot of wine is produced in France.
It’s not important who produces the wine.

2) … when the main topic of the sentence isn’t who did the
action.
 Television was invented in the 1920s by John Logie Baird.
The main topic here is television – we aren’t particularly
interested in ‘who’.
 Kennedy was assassinated in 1963.
In English we tend to put the most important thing at the start of
the sentence.

3) … more in written English than in spoken English.

 War and Peace was written by Tolstoy.
You often see the passive in textbooks.
 The mixture is heated to 500˚C.
Scientific texts especially use the passive.

Tenses

The passive can be used with all tenses - the form of ‘be’
changes.
 What is tiramisu made from?. Present Simple.
 The hall is being painted this week so our class will be in a
different room. Present Continuous.
 Oranges have been grown here for centuries. Present
Perfect.
 When he got home he found that his flat had been
burgled. Past Perfect.
 The work won’t be finished until next week. Future Simple.

Let's Go To School

Winter magic
 It snowed in Boston last night.
 Tom hates it when it's snowing.
 We had a lot of snow last year.
 He was late because of the snow.
 Does it snow a lot in the winter?
 It's likely to snow this evening.
 Snow completely covered the town.
 Tom hopes it won't snow tomorrow.

 The cold winter will soon be over.

 He shows interest in winter sports.
 I always catch colds in the winter.
 I like to spend winters in Germany
 It rarely snows here in the winter.
 I often went skiing in the winter.
 I used to go skiing in the winter. (
Sailing

 You can still see the ship.

 A white ship came into view.
 Get off this ship right now.
 I'm going to Hawaii by ship.

 The ship's crew is now complete.

 Father made me a model of a ship.
 The brave captain saved his ship.
 The ship gradually came in sight.

 This is a 30-passenger bus.

 Are the passengers all aboard?
 How many passengers are there?
 Two passenger ships were sunk.
 This bus can carry fifty passengers.

 He is captain of the football team.

 We elected him captain of our team.
 Suddenly, the captain left the ship.
 The captain controls the whole ship.

Policeman

Questions tourists ask police

 I'm lost. Can you help me find the Pacific Hotel?
 I'm looking for the American Consulate / Embassy.
 My luggage / suitcase was stolen. What should I do?
 Who can we trust to exchange our money?
 Where is the bad part of town?
 Please help us. Our child is missing.
Questions police ask tourists
 Which hotel are you staying at?
 When did you lose your wallet?
 How much money was in your purse?
 What did the thief look like?
 What was the man wearing?
 Did he have a weapon?
 Where/When did you last see your child?
 How old is your child?
 What was your child wearing?
Comforting a tourist in distress
 Please stay calm. I am going to help you.
  We will do everything we can.
 I'll give you a map of the city.
 Try not to panic.
 I can give you a ride to the hospital.
 The ambulance is on its way.
 Don't worry, everything is going to be okay.
Sample Conversation
A Spanish police officer helps a British woman to find her missing child...
Woman: Help! Police!
Police: What's wrong?
Woman: My daughter is missing. I can't find her anywhere!
Police: Okay. Calm down. I'm going to help you find her. What's her name?
Woman: Erica. She's only five. She doesn't know how to speak Spanish!
Police: Okay. What does Erica look like?
Woman: She has brown curly hair. She's skinny and small for her age.
Police: Okay. What is she wearing today?
Woman: Blue shorts and a pink T-shirt. She has a hat on too, I think.
Police: How long ago did she go missing?
Woman: I've been looking for her for almost an hour now.
Police: And where did you last see her?
Woman: We were just shopping in the vegetable section. I turned around and she
was gone.
Police: Don't worry, everything is going to be okay.
Woman: What should I do?
Police: Stay right at the front of the store in case she comes looking for you. We'll
start looking for her now.
Check your understanding
1. Why is the woman panicking?

2. Which is true about Erica?

3. Where was the little girl last seen?

Books

Books and magazines contain a wealth of information. Learning new things, finding
information needed to help with projects or simply a way to escape from the everyday
world are some of the many reasons why people read books and magazines.
Reading books is also a great way to spend time with your children for fun, or to
share what you have learned with family and friends.

Here are some questions you might ask while at a bookstore.

"What are some of the bestsellers?"
"What are some new releases?"
"Where can I find books by a particular author?"
"Where is the children's section?"
"Do you have books on animals?"
"Do you offer a membership for customers?"
"Does this magazine have monthly or yearly subscription?"
"Can I get a subscription sent to my business?"
"Can I reserve a book?"

You can also make many statements about books to your friends.

"I just finished reading a book on money management. It was very informative."
"I love reading. If I am not out, I am usually in my room reading a book."
"My favorite types of books are autobiographies."

"The new fiction bestseller was fun. You have to read it."
"Buying books as a present is not appreciated by the kid, but the parents usually love
them."
"I really like getting books as a gift."

Read - Many people love to read both fiction and non-fiction books and magazines. If
you like fiction, you can read novels, short stories, crime fiction, romance, etc. If you
like non-fiction, you can read biographies, autobiographies, or books on history,
science, philosophy, religion, or any other topic you are interested in.

Write - Many people like to write in their diary. Another name for a diary is a journal.
You can also write many other things, such as poetry, novels, letters, short stories,
etc. (See under Read for more options).

Modal and Modal Phrases (Semi-Modals)

A modal is a type of auxiliary (helping) verb that is used to express: ability, possibility, permission
or obligation. Modal phrases (or semi-modals) are used to express the same things as modals, but
are a combination of auxiliary verbs and the preposition to. The modals and semi-modals in English
are:

1. Can/could/be able to
2. May/might
3. Shall/should
4. Must/have to
5. Will/would

May, Might
Formal Permission / Formal Prohibition
may / may not + base form of the verb
1. You may start your exam now.
2. You may not wear sandals to work.
Polite Request
May + subject + base form of the verb
1. May I help you?
Possibility / Negative Possibility
may/ might + base form of the verb
1. We may go out dinner tonight. Do you want to join us?
2. Our company might get the order if the client agrees to the price.
may not / might not + base form of the verb
1. Adam and Sue may not buy that house. It’s very expensive.
2. They might not buy a house at all.
To Make a Suggestion (when there is no better alternative)
may as well / might as well + base form of the verb
1. You may as well come inside. John will be home soon.
2. We might as well take Friday off. There’s no work to be done anyway.
Polite Suggestion
might + base form of the verb
1. You might like to try the salmon fillet. It’s our special today.

Exercises: May / Might

Fill in the correct form of may or might as in the example.
1. May I sit here?
1. They ______ finish the project on time. The main engineer is ill.
2. You _____ want to stop by the museum gift shop on your way out.
3. _____ I have your autograph?
4. He _______ visit the Louvre. He’s in Paris anyway.
5. You ______ park your car here. It’s reserved for guests of the hotel only.

Exercises: will, would

Fill in the blanks with one of the following words: will, won’t, would, wouldn’t.
1. Will you please help me lift this box?
1. I ______ like to order the onion soup please.
2. The manager _______ be pleased to hear that a customer slipped on the wet
floor.
3. _______ it be okay if I slept here tonight?
4. When Igor lived in Russia, he ________ call his mother as often as he does
now.
5. I can assure you sir, the order ______ be shipped out tonight.
 1. If you are sick, you ________ go to work. You’ll infect everyone there.
2. Drivers _______ stop at red lights.
3. You _______ finish the proposal today. You can finish it tomorrow.
4. She ______ hear much better with her new hearing aids.
5. ______ I order us a bottle of wine?
6. Sam ______ pick his daughter up from school. She’s taking the bus home.
7. You _____________ smoke here. It’s a smoke-free building.
8. You ________ eat so many sweets. They are bad for you.
9. _________ you mind walking a little faster? We’re going to be late.
10. I’m sorry. I _______ help you. I don’t know how to do it.
Answers:

Indefinite Pronouns-Introduction
The indefinite pronouns are:

somebody someone something

anybody anyone anything
nobody no one nothing
everybody everyone everything

We use indefinite pronouns to refer to people or things without saying exactly who or
what they are. We use pronouns ending in -body or -one for people, and pronouns
ending in -thing for things:
Everybody enjoyed the concert.
I opened the door but there was no one at home.
It was a very clear day. We could see everything.
We use a singular verb after an indefinite pronoun:
Everybody loves Sally.
Everything was ready for the party.
When we refer back to an indefinite pronoun we normally use a plural pronoun:
Everybody enjoyed the concert. They stood up and clapped.
I will tell somebody that dinner is ready. They have been waiting a long time.
We can add -'s to an indefinite pronoun to make a possessive.
They were staying in somebody’s house.
Is this anybody’s coat?
We use indefinite pronouns with no- as the subject in negative clauses (not
pronouns with any.)
Anybody didn’t come >> Nobody came.
We do not use another negative in a clause with nobody, no one or nothing:
Nobody came.
Nothing happened.
We use else after indefinite pronouns to refer to people or things in addition to the
ones we already mentioned.
All the family came, but no one else.
If Michael can’t come we’ll ask somebody else.
So that's eggs, peas and chips. Do you want anything else?

another an additional or That ice-cream was good. Can I

different person or have another?
thing

anybody/ no matter what person Can anyone answer this question?

anyone

anything no matter what thing The doctor needs to know if you

have eaten anything in the last two
hours.

each every one of two or Each has his own thoughts.

more people or
things, seen
separately

either one or the other of Do you want tea or coffee? / I don't

two people or things mind. Either is good for me.

enough as much or as many Enough is enough.

as needed

everybody/ all people We can start the meeting

everyone because everybody has arrived.

everything all things They have no house or possessions.

They lost everything in the
earthquake.

less a smaller amount "Less is more" (Mies van der Rohe)

little a small amount Little is known about his early life.

much a large amount Much has happened since we met.

 neither not one and not the I keep telling Jack and Jill
other of two people or but neither believes me.
things

nobody/ no- no person I phoned many times

one but nobody answered.

nothing no single thing, not If you don't know the answer it's best
anything to say nothing.

one an unidentified person Can one smoke here? | All the

students arrived but now one is
missing.

1. ................................. can't learn a new language in a week.

One
You
Either could be used here
2. .............................. should never tolerate injustice.
One
Somebody
Anybody
3. How ..................................... get to Calicut?
does one
do you
Either could be used here
4. .................................... can find lots of people who speak English in India.
One
They
Somebody
5. .................................. knocked at the door.
One
Anybody
Somebody
6. ................................ do not allow smoking in the kitchen.
One
They
Somebody
7. Centuries ago ................................. believed that the sun went around the earth.
one
you
they
8. ................................ should knock before walking into somebody's room.
You
One
They
9. One should never hide anything from ................................... doctor or lawyer.
his
one's
Either could be used here
10. ................................ say her marriage is in trouble.
They say
One says
You say
11. ............................... doesn't know what to do in such situations.
One
Somebody
Anybody
12. ...................................... going to widen the road.
One is
You are
They are

1. Did somebody knock on the door? No, knocked on the door.

2. Did either of the solutions work? No, of the solutions worked.

3. Does anybody here speak English? No, here speaks English.

4. Are any of your sisters married? No, of my sisters are married.

5. Did something happen? No, happened.

6. Does either of your brothers live with you? No, of my brothers

lives with me.

7. Do any of your friends smoke? No, of my friends smoke.

8. Did you see anything? No, I saw .

Schooll
Greetings

Good morning, everyone.

Good afternoon, class.
How are you this morning, Mikako?
Mikako, how are you today?
Do you have a cold?

What a lovely day!

What a rainy day!
Isn’t it warm this morning?
It’s a humid day, isn’t it?
Today is very cold, isn’t it?

Role call

Hiroshi? Yes / Here

Is Yukiko absent today? No, she is coming. Yes, she’s
absent.
Where is Mikio? He is absent. He is in the office.

Beginning the Lesson

Please sit down, everyone.

Let’s begin today’s lesson.
It’s time to begin, please stop talking.

Let’s quickly review the last lesson.

Try to answer my questions.
Right / Correct / Nearly Right / Close / Almost

Let’s start on page 60. Let’s start at line 10.

Turn to page 12.
Please look at the blackboard.
Look at your textbooks.
Now open your textbooks to page 33.

Come to the blackboard.

Write this down in your notebooks.
Pass back these sheets/handouts.

Reading

Please listen carefully (to me).

Repeat!
Repeat after me.

Kenichi, you read Bill’s part.

Read this out loud.
Keiko, begin reading at line 5.
Okay, stop there, thank you.
Next, Masaki.

What is the English/Japanese word for . . . ?

How do you say it in English?

Please summarize the first paragraph.

What is the paragraph/section/story about?
Let’s do some translation work.

Questions

Any questions?
Do you have any questions?
Now I’m going to ask you some questions.
Who knows the answer?
Raise your hand.
Please raise your hand if you don’t understand.

Try to answer by yourself.

Try again.
A full sentence, please.
Use a full sentence please.
Make a sentence.
Say it in a loud voice.
Louder, please!
Again, please.
Do you understand?
(I don’t understand.)
(I don’t know.)
(Please say it again.)
(Once more, please?)

Ending the Lesson

There will be no homework for today.

For homework, please do the exercises on page 9.
Today’s homework is . . .
Please read pages . . . to . . . for homework.
Tomorrow, we’ll study Lesson 6.

There’s the bell.

That’s all for today.
The lesson is over for today.
We’ve run out of time.

Goodbye, class.
See you on Friday.
Have a good day!
Have a nice weekend!
See you next week.
Good job today.

Confusing words

fun and funny

Both of these are positive adjectives.
fun: something that is enjoyable. Something that we enjoy.
'Going to the park with friends is fun.'
funny: something that makes us laugh is funny.
'The comedy I saw last night was really funny. I laughed and laughed.'
lose and loose
These two words are often confused in written English. They have very
different meanings.
lose: is a present tense verb. The simple past and past participle forms
are both lost. Lose has two meanings:
To no longer possess something because you do not know where it is.
 'Try not to lose this key, it's the only one we have.'
Not to win or draw (tie) in a game or sport. To be beaten.
'I always lose when I play tennis against my sister. She's too good.'
Loose: is an adjective which means the opposite of tight. Something
which does not fit properly is loose.
'His shirt is too loose because he is so thin.'
advise and advice
Both of these have the same meaning. They
mean recommend. Advice is the noun form. Adviseis the verb form.
'She never listens to my advice.'
'I advise you to spend more time planning projects in the future.'
embarrassed and ashamed
The difference between these two adjectives is that ashamed is a much
stronger word. It is used in very serious situations.
Embarrassed: to feel uncomfortable in a social situation because of
your actions or because of what someone has done to you.
'I felt embarrassed when I fell over in the street. Lots of people saw me
fall. My face turned red.'
Ashamed: to feel guilt or strong embarrassment over your actions.
'I am ashamed to tell you that i was arrested by the police for drink-
driving.'
lend and borrow
Both lend and borrow are verbs. Although they are used in the same
situation, they are opposites.
Lend: to give something to someone. They will give it back to you when
they are finished with it.
'I will lend you my car while I am away on holiday.'
Borrow: to receive or 'get' something from someone for a short period
of time.
'Can I borrow your pen, please?'

Link: Improve your vocab quiz

 I enjoyed the amusement park. It was a lot of ___.

funny

fun

 Your brother is so ___. How does he remember all those jokes?

funny

fun
 Be careful with that jar. I think the lid is ___.

loose

lose

 We don't play cards for money so it doen't matter if I ___.

lose

loose

 Can I offer you a piece of ___?

advise

advice

 The bank will ___ you on which account is best for you.

advise

advice

 I was ___ when I called my neighbour by the wrong name.

ashamed

embarrassed

 I am ___ over my governments treatment of political prisoners.

embarrassed

ashamed

 Don't ___ him your pen; you'll never see it again.

borrow

lend
 I tried to ___ my brother's hammer, but he said 'no'

lend

borrow

How do we say the time?

here are two common ways of telling the time.

1) Say the hour first and then the minutes. (Hour + Minutes)
 6:25 - It's six twenty-five
 8:05 - It's eight O-five (the O is said like the letter O)
 9:11 - It's nine eleven
 2:34 - It's two thirty-four

2) Say the minutes first and then the hour. (Minutes + PAST / TO +
Hour)
For minutes 1-30 we use PAST after the minutes.
For minutes 31-59 we use TO after the minutes.
 2:35 - It's twenty-five to three
 11:20 - It's twenty past eleven
 4:18 - It's eighteen past four
 8:51 - It's nine to nine
 2:59 - It's one to three

When it is 15 minutes past the hour we normally say: (a) quarter past
 7:15 - It's (a) quarter past seven
When it is 15 minutes before the hour we normally say: a quarter to
 12:45 - It's (a) quarter to one
When it is 30 minutes past the hour we normally say: half past
 3:30 - It's half past three (but we can also say three-thirty)
 O'clock
We use o'clock when there are NO minutes.
 10:00 - It's ten o'clock
 5:00 - It's five o'clock
 1:00 - It's one o'clock
Sometimes it is written as 9 o'clock (the number + o'clock)

12:00
For 12:00 there are four expressions in English.
 twelve o'clock
 midday = noon
 midnight

Asking for the Time

The common question forms we use to ask for the time right now are:
 What time is it?
 What is the time?
A more polite way to ask for the time, especially from a stranger is:
 Could you tell me the time please?
The common question forms we use to ask at what time a specific event will
happen are:
What time...?
When...?
 What time does the flight to New York leave?
 When does the bus arrive from London?
 When does the concert begin?

Giving the Time

We use It is or It's to respond to the questions that ask for the time right now.
 It is half past five (5:30).
 It's ten to twelve (11:50)
We use the structure AT + time when giving the time of a specific event.
 The bus arrives at midday (12:00).
 The flight leaves at a quarter to two (1:45).
 The concert begins at ten o'clock. (10:00)
We can also use subject pronouns in these responses.
 It arrives at midday (12:00).
 It leaves at a quarter to two (1:45).
 It begins at ten o'clock. (10:00)

AM vs. PM
 We don't normally use the 24-hour clock in English.
We use a.m. (am) for the morning and p.m. (pm) for the afternoon and night.
3am = Three o'clock in the morning.
3pm = Three o'clock in the afternoon.

Months
Here are the twelve months of the year with the pronunciation:
⦿ January – /’gian.iu.e.ri/
⦿ February – /’fe.bru.e.ri/
⦿ March – /’ma:tc/
⦿ April – /’ei.pril/
⦿ May – /’mei/
⦿ June – /’giun/
⦿ July – /giu’lai/
⦿ August – /’o:.gust/
⦿ September – /sep’tem.ba/
⦿ October – /ok’tou.ba/
⦿ November – /nou’vem.ba/
⦿ December – /di’sem.ba/

We also always use a capital letter for the first letter of months. For
example:
– February is the shortest month of the year, with only 28 days.
– They’re going away on holiday in May.
– The weather is very hot here in July.
– It’s very cold in December.
– Halloween is in October.

Years
In English, most years are separated into two numbers. For example:
 1750 – seventeen fifty
 1826 – eighteen twenty-six
 1984 – nineteen eighty-four
 2017 – twenty seventeen

The first year of each century is pronounced like this:

 1400 – fourteen hundred
 1700 – seventeen hundred
 2000 – two thousand

The first nine years of a century are pronounced like this:

 1401 – fourteen oh one
 1701 – seventeen oh one
 2001 – two thousand and one
 We can refer to a decade (a period of ten years) in this way:
 1960-1969 – The ‘60s – pronounced ‘the sixties’
 1980-1989 – The ‘80s – pronounced ‘the eighties’.
 2000 – 2009 – The 2000s – pronounced ‘the two thousands’

For example:
– The Beatles were famous in the sixties.
– My parents got married in the seventies.
– Maradona played for Napoli in the eighties.
– Where were you living in the nineties?
– The internet became popular worldwide in the two thousands.

If there were only 100

Nice To Meet You

Peter: Hello.
Jane: Hi!
Peter: My name is Peter. What's your name?
Jane: My name is Jane. Nice to meet you.
Peter: It's a pleasure. This is a great party!
Jane: Yes, it is. Where are you from?
Peter: I'm from Amsterdam.
Jane: Amsterdam? Are you German?
Peter: No, I'm not German. I'm Dutch.
Jane: Oh, you're Dutch. Sorry about that.
Peter: That's OK. Where are you from?
Jane: I'm from London, but I'm not British.
Peter: No, what are you?
Jane: Well, my parents were Spanish, so I'm Spanish, too.
Peter: That's very interesting. Spain is a beautiful country.
Jane: Thank you. It is a wonderful place.

A simple greeting, followed by asking about the other person is all that's
needed to begin a courteous introduction.
Jane: Hello, Peter. How are you?
Peter: Fine, thanks. How are you?
Jane: I'm fine, thank you.
Once you're finished speaking with someone, it's customary to say
goodbye as you both part, as in this example:
Peter: Goodbye, Jane. See you tomorrow!
Jane: Bye bye, Peter. Have a nice evening.
Peter: Thanks, you too!
Jane: Thanks.

Questions are always better than comments, because they make

the other person talk, and this gives you time so that you can think of
new things to say.
How are you?
Where are you from?
What are you doing here? or What brings you here?
Are you having a good time?

Pay attention to the answers from your first questions and ask for more
details. People like talking about themselves, so this won’t be a
problem. Below are some sample conversations.
Amy: How are you?
Brian: A little tired.
Amy: Why is that?
Brian: I didn’t sleep well last night.
Amy: I’m sorry to hear that. What went wrong?
Brian: I’m a bit jet-lagged from my flight.
Amy: I bet. Where did you fly from?
Brian: I came from London last night.
Amy: That’s far! Was it a long flight?
Brian: Just a few hours. But I had a long layover in Frankfurt.

Have answers ready for these questions:

Where are you from?
What do you do?
What are you doing here?
Do you like your job?
How was your trip?
Are you having a good time?
What do you think of the weather?
What do you think of the
movie/event/conference/restaurant?

If you find you have nothing more to say or you’re not connecting with
the person you’re talking with, you need a way to leave politely.
Otherwise, there could be a lot of awkward silences. Here are a few key
lines for leaving politely:
Excuse me, I need to (find my friend/go to a meeting)
Well, it’s been lovely talking to you.
Best of luck.
Nice to meet you, Brian.
I hate to run off, but I need to go.
Let me give you my card before I go.
 Enjoy your time here!

Fun with shapes

WErbs

A conversation between two friends Mr Bean and Mr Jones

Mr Bean: Do you like to go running yes I do like running
Mr Jones Does Mrs Bean like to dance Mr Bean: yes she does
Mr Bean: What's your favorite pastime?
Mr Jones: I like to hang out with friends, and i love to listen to music.
Mr Bean: can you play a musical instrument.
Mr Jones: No,I can't.
Mr Bean: Can you sing?
Mr Jones: Only in the shower. How about you?
Mr Bean: I like to chat on the internet and I like to play games.
Mr Jones: Me too. I love tyo play football, basketball, tennis and cricket.
Mr Bean: I don't like exercise. I''m talking about computer games.
mr Jones: Oh, now I get it.

relieving/ to relieve- to get rid of, to stop

you guys- you (other people), a slang way to say you (plural)
buddy- friend
hang gliding- flying with wings and no motor
as free as a bird- the feeling of being free
awesome- great or wonderful
scaredy cat- person who feels afraid
to knit- to make sweaters, scarves, etc.

Dialog
Ann: What kinds of things do you like to do in your free time?

Dean: I like playing basketball. I play on a city team every Saturday

afternoon.

Marcus: I didn't know that. How long have you been playing?
Dean: For about a year now. But it's not the only thing I like to do. I also
enjoy painting. It's great for relieving stress.

Ann: Really? Are you pretty good at it?

Dean: Not too bad. But I'm not a Picasso or Rembrandt. How about you
guys? What do you like to do for hobbies?

Marcus: Well, a couple of times a month I go up to Widow's Mountain

with some buddies and go hang gliding.

Ann: No way! You do? That sounds dangerous! Aren't you scared?

Marcus: Not at all. It's fascinating. It's so beautiful up there. I feel as

free as a bird. You should try it sometime.

Ann: It sounds awesome, but I think I'm too much of a scaredy cat to try
it.

Dean: Wow! I might want to try it sometime. Do you think I could?

Marcus: Sure, how about this Saturday? I'll let you know the details
later.

Dean: Sounds great! I can't believe I'm going to do it. By the way Ann,
you never told us what you do in your spare time.

Ann: Well, uh, I like to knit...

Check Your Understanding

True or False Check your answers below.
1. Marcus likes to play basketball.

True

False
2. Dean thinks basketball is great for relieving stress.

True

False
3. Marcus goes hang gliding every Saturday.

True

False
4. Ann doesn't want to try hang gliding.
 True

False
5. Marcus and Dean will go hang gliding on Sunday.

True

False
6. Ann can make things with yarn.

True

False

Animals

 Do you have a pet?

 How old is it?
 Where did you get it from?
 Who takes care of it?
 What does it look like (color, breed, etc.)?
 What do you feed it?
 Do you play with it?
 What is it's name? How did you choose this name?
 Does it know any tricks or understand any words?

(1) Do you like animals?

(2) What is your favorite animal?
(3) What animals are there in your country?
(4) What animals have disappeared from your
country?
(5) Are there any dangerous animals in your country?
(6) What is the cutest animal in the world?
(7) Do you think animals were put on this planet so we
could eat them?
(8) Do you think animals would rather not be kept as
pets?
(9) Is it OK to use animals in sport?
(10) What animal would you like to come back to Earth
as after you die?
STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) What natural animal ability or talent would you like

to have?
(2) What is the most useful animal in the world?
(3) What animal best represents your character?
(4) Do you think it is necessary to experiment on
animals to test cosmetics and drugs?
(5) What animals have the best life?
(6) Should animals be kept in zoos?
(7) What are the biggest differences between animals
and humans?
(8) If animals could speak, what do you think they
would say to humans?
(9) What animal are you most fascinated by?
(10) What animal do you least like?

As,as many

As … as

We use as + adjective/adverb + as to make comparisons when the

things we are comparing are equal in some way:
The world’s biggest bull is as big as a small elephant.
The weather this summer is as bad as last year. It hasn’t stopped
raining for weeks.
You have to unwrap it as carefully as you can. It’s quite fragile.

Not as … as
We use not as … as to make comparisons between things which aren’t
equal:
It’s not as heavy as I thought it would be, actually.
Rory hasn’t grown as tall as Tommy yet.
She’s not singing as loudly as she can.
They didn’t play as well as they usually do.
We can modify not as … as by using not quite as or not nearly as:
The second race was not quite as easy as the first one. (The second
race was easy but the first one was easier.)
These new shoes are not nearly as comfortable as my old ones. (My
old shoes are a lot more comfortable than these new shoes.)
 We can also use not so … as. Not so … as is less common than not as
… as:
The cycling was good but not so hard as the cross country skiing we
did.

As … as + possibility
We often use expressions of possibility or ability after as … as:
Can you come as soon as possible?
Go to as many places as you can.
We got here as fast as we could.

As much as, as many as

When we want to make comparisons referring to quantity, we use as
much as with uncountable nouns and as many as with plural nouns:
Greg makes as much money as Mick but not as much as Neil.
They try to give them as much freedom as they can.
There weren’t as many people there as I expected.
We can use as much as and as many as before a number to refer to a
large number of something:
Scientists have discovered a planet which weighs as much as
2,500 times the weight of Earth.
There were as many as 50 people crowded into the tiny room.

To compare two things that are equal, we use the pattern:

as + adjective indicating quantity + (noun) + as
The quantity adjective you use depends if the noun in the comparison is
countable or uncountable.
COUNTABLE NOUNS
Use as many and as few with countable nouns. Note that the noun may
be ommitted when it is understood from the context, as in the last
example below.
EXAMPLES
 They have as many children as we do.
 We have as many customers as they do.
 Tom has as few books as Jane.
 There are as few houses in his village as in mine.
 You know as many people as I do.
 I have visited the States as many times as he has.
 I have three brothers. That's as many as you have. ("brothers" is understood)
UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS
Use as much or as little with uncountable nouns. Note that the noun
may be ommitted when it is understood from the context, as in the last
example below.
EXAMPLES
 John eats as much food as Peter.
 Jim has as little patience as Sam.
 You've heard as much news as I have.
 He's had as much success as his brother has.
 They've got as little water as we have.
 I'm not hungry. I've had as much as I want. ("food" is understood)

STUDENT A's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student B.)

(1) Are you interested in the world of business?
(2) Do you think you have a good head for business?
(3) What kind of business would you like to start?
(4) Do you think anyone can start their own business?
(5) What are the dangers of having your own business?
(6) Would you include your own name in your business
name?
(7) Do you read any business magazines?
(8) Do men or women make more successful business
people?
(9) Do you think you’d be a tough person to work for?
(10) What advice would you give to people starting in
business?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) How would you define business?

(2) Would you like to have your own business?
(3) What kind of people are good at business?
(4) Is it easy to start a business in your country?
(5) What business skills do you have?
(6) Would you prefer to start a “bricks ‘n’ mortar” business
or an Internet business?
(7) What would be your motto in business?
(8) What kind of office would you like?
(9) Who would be your business hero?
(10) What would be your main business goal?

(1) What kind of jobs have you had (part-time and full-
time)?
(2) Are there many good job vacancies for you in your
country?
(3) What is your dream job?
(4) What jobs do you do at home?
(5) Are there jobs that are only for women or only for men?
(6) How many jobs do you think you’ll have in your life?
(7) Are there any jobs you would refuse to do, regardless of
the pay?
(8) Is being a rock star or sports star a job?
(9) What do you think the job of being an English teacher is
like?
(10) Who has the best job in the world? Why do you think
so?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) Do you often check the jobs ads in newspapers or on
the Internet?
(2) What kinds of jobs interest you most and least?
(3) Is the job market in your country growing?
(4) What are the toughest jobs in the world?
(5) Is being a housewife a job? Should women get paid for
this?
(6) Do you like job hunting applying for jobs?
(7) What is the job description of your last job?
(8) Does everyone have equal job opportunities in your
country?
(9) What’s the best way to pass job interviews?
(10) What is the best way to quit a job?

Basebal

Son's Baseball Team

BOB: "Hey Steve. Where are you going with all of that baseball gear?"
STEVE: "Oh, hi Bob. I coach my son's baseball team. We're having our
first practice today."
BOB: "How old is your son?"
STEVE: "8 years old. He's been playing baseball for a couple of years."
BOB: "Does he like it?"
STEVE: "He loves it! This is my first year as a coach. I'm pretty excited."
BOB: "It sounds exciting. I used to play baseball in college."
STEVE: "What position did you play?"
BOB: "Pitcher. But I had to quit because of a shoulder injury."
STEVE: "That's too bad. Do you miss it?"
BOB: "Not anymore. I'm too old to play now."
STEVE: "My son is a pitcher too. Maybe you can give him some tips on
how to throw."
BOB: "Sure. I'm always free in the afternoon."
STEVE: "We have our first game next Saturday. Would you like to come
and watch?"
BOB: "That would be fun. What time is the game?"
STEVE: "10 am."
BOB: "Ok. Can I bring my wife?"
STEVE: "Of course."

Baseball Game with Son

SAM: "I'm taking my son to a baseball game."

JASON: "Cool!"
SAM: "We always watch it on TV, but I wanted him to experience the
game in person."
JASON: "My son loves going to the games. He loves the hot dogs and
cotton candy."
SAM: "Yeah, I think my son will be more interested in those things too."
JASON: "Where are your seats?"
SAM: "My boss gave me his season tickets for this game. We're sitting
right behind home plate."
JASON: "Wow! Those are fantastic seats! You have a nice boss."
SAM: "Yes, I do. He has three children. They are all grown up now, but
he still takes them to games."
JASON: "It's a great time to bond with your children."
SAM: "That's what I'm hoping for."
JASON: "Are you taking your baseball mitts?"
SAM: "Yeah. My son wants to take it just in case he catches a foul ball."
JASON: "He may. You never know."
SAM: "Also, I want to take our mitts so we can get them signed by one
of the players."
JASON: "That would be amazing. He would probably love that."
SAM: "He would be so thrilled."
JASON: "Well, have a great time! I'll try to find you on TV."

Transportation

Joyce: Should we take a taxi or a bus to the mall?

Bill: Let’s take a bus. It’s impossible to get a taxi during rush hour.
Joyce: Isn’t that a bus stop over there?
Bill: Yes…Oh! There’s a bus now. We’ll have to run to catch it.
Joyce: Oh, no! We just missed it.
Bill: No problem. There’ll be another one in 10 minutes.

Complaining about a Late Bus

A: Where is the bus?

B: I think it's running late.

A: It should've been here 30 minutes ago.

B: It should be coming soon.

A: It better, because I'm already late for work.

B: I can't stand riding the bus.

A: Me too, it's so unreliable.

B: That is true.

A: It's also horrible having to be at a bus stop in any kind of weather.

B: Exactly.That's the worst part.

A: I think it's time we started driving.

B: Yes, I agree.

2
Repeat
A: When is the bus going to get here?

B: It's obviously late.

A: It was scheduled to be here about thirty minutes ago.

B: I'm sure it'll be here in a little bit.

A: I hope so, because I'm running really late for work.

B: I hate having to take the bus every day.

A: So do I, you can never count on public transportation.

B: Exactly.

A: I really can't stand being at the bus stop in the heat and rain.

B: I know what you mean.

A: We're going to have to get a car of our own.

B: I couldn't agree with you more.

Getting Off Too Early

A: Is this our bus stop?

B: I think this is it. Get off.

A: Dude, where are we at?

B: I have no idea.

A: I thought this was the right stop.

B: It doesn't look right to me.

A: Did you make us get off early?

B: I think we did.
A: I should not have listened to you.

B: I really thought this was our stop.

A: Now we have to walk.

B: Maybe we should just wait for the next bus.

Taking bus
A: Do you know which bus I can take to Florida

B: Tell me where you need to get on at.

A: I live on Las Flores and Fair Oaks.

B: If you don't mind walking, I know a bus you can take.

A: I'm okay with walking.

B: Walk all the way down Fair Oaks, and catch the 267 on Altadena
Drive.

A: Do you know which direction it should be heading?

B: You have to catch it going west.

A: Which stop do I get off on?

B: You need to get off on the corner of Del Mar and Hill.

A: Thank you for telling me.

B: It was my pleasure.

On foot
The free mode of transport as cost no money.

By bicycle
Are used for going to work or for exercise, a good mode of transport in
busy cities.

By car
Used for transport friends and family around.

By Taxi
Taxi you have to pay the driver to take you somewhere

By tanker
Are used for carrying large amounts of liquids to another place
By bus
Buses carry many people around a certain route. people pay money
and get of at there stop.
By Train
Trains uses tracks to carry many people around on a certain route.
People pay money and get of at there train station.

By Tram
Are used for carry many people around on a certain route

By motorbike
Are used by one or two people to get to another place.
By tube
Tubes are underground network that as tracks and carries many people
around on a certain route. People pay money and get of at there tube
station.

By lorry
Are used for carry large amounts of goods to the next destination.

By coach
Are used to carry people long distances in comfort.

By yacht
Are used for pleasure, for people to enjoy in their free time.

By ship
Are used to carry large amounts of cargo across water.
By boat
Are used to travel across water and carry people or can be used for
fishing.
By helicopter
Helicopters are used by police. coast guards, business men, and the
rich and famous.

By areoplane
Used for traveling any where in your own country or the world.
By hot air balloon
Mainly used for enjoyment then for transport.

Engineering

(1) Do you worry about the environment?

(2) What stories have you read or heard recently
about the environment?
(3) What are the biggest problems facing our
environment?
(4) What would you do to save our environment?
(5) What danger does your country pose to the global
environment?
(6) Do you think the American government cares more
about its economy or the environment?
(7) Which countries are leaders in caring about the
environment?
(8) What do you know about the history of how our
environment came to be under threat?
(9) Would you give money to or actively campaign for
environmental causes?
(10) What do you think of environmental groups like
Greenpeace?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) What is the quality of the environment in your
country?
(2) What kind of environmental policies does your
country have/need?
(3) How important is the natural environment to you in
your daily life?
(4) Are you environmentally friendly?
(5) Do you think our environment is beyond repair?
(6) Do you think international meetings on the
environment are useful?
(7) What do you think our grandkids will think of the
way we treated the environment?
(8) What is your image of an environmentalist?
(9) If the environment could speak, what would it tell
us?
(10) What is our duty as custodians of the
environment?

(1) Does your country need a lot of energy?

(2) How can you save the amount of energy you use
every day?
(3) Do you think scientists will solve the world’s energy
problems?
(4) What happens if we run out of energy?
(5) Does your country use a lot of renewable energy?
(6) What do you think of a future in which we totally
rely on nuclear energy?
(7) What are biofuels and what harm do they cause
the environment?
(8) Have you started buying energy-efficient
appliances for your house?
(9) Do you think its possible to get our future energy
from some source we don’t yet know of?
(10) What do you think when multinational energy and
oil companies say they care about the
environment?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) How much energy do you use every day?
(2) Do you try to save energy?
(3) What do you think of the world’s hugely increasing
energy needs?
(4) Do you think solar cells, wind farms, tidal power,
hydropower and thermal energy will solve our
future energy needs?
(5) How would the would be a better place if we used
only clean energies?
(6) What have you done today that has used your
country’s energy
(7) Do you think it’s possible for there to be energy
wars, started by countries who have run out of
energy?
(8) What do you think low energy houses of the future
will be like?
 (9) Does your government have/need an energy
conservation policy?
(10) Do you think our energy demands are sustainable?

Common adjectives- Letter W

Positive Adjectives to Describe a Person
wary: feeling or showing caution about possible dangers or problems
 the kid is wary of strangers
watchful: watching or observing someone or something closely; alert and vigilant
 the watchful eyeof their father
well: in good health; free or recovered from illness
 I don’t feel very well.
well-balanced: emotionally stable
 we all want well-balanced kids
well-behaved: conducting oneself in an appropriate manner
 the crowd was very well-behaved
well-connected: acquainted with or related to people with prestige or influence
 a well-connected businessman
well-informed: having or showing much knowledge about a wide range of subjects,
or about one particular subject
 well-informed citizens

Positive Adjectives to Describe an Event

wacky: funny or amusing in a slightly odd or peculiar way
 a wacky chase movie
well-grounded: based on good evidence or reasons
 well-grounded assumptions
well-placed: having a fortunate or advantageous position
 a well-placed move
wholesome: conducive to or promoting moral well-being
 good wholesome fun
widespread: found or distributed over a large area or number of people
 there was widespread support for the war
worthwhile: worth the time, money, or effort spent; of value or importance.
 a worthwhile experience

Positive Adjectives to Describe a Place

warm: of or at a fairly or comfortably high temperature
 a warm living room
wealthy: having a great deal of money, resources, or assets; rich
 wealthy nations
weatherproof: resistant to the effects of bad weather, especially rain
 the building is structurally sound and weatherproof
well-endowed: having plentiful supplies of a resource.
 the country is well-endowed withmineral resources
well-liked: regarded with much affection; popular with many people
 a well-liked city landmark
wonderful: inspiring delight, pleasure, or admiration; extremely good; marvelous
 wonderful scenery
wondrous: inspiring a feeling of wonder or delight; marvelous
 this wondrous city

Negative Adjectives to Describe a Person

wanton: sexually immodest or promiscuous
 a wanton seductress
warlike: disposed toward or threatening war; hostile
 a warlike clan
wasteful: using or expending something of value carelessly, extravagantly, or to no
purpose
 she has always been wasteful
wayward: difficult to control or predict because of unusual or perverse behavior
 her wayward, difficult sister
weak: lacking the power to perform physically demanding tasks; lacking physical
strength and energy
 she was recovering from the flu and was very weak
wicked: evil or morally wrong
 a wicked and unscrupulous politician

Negative Adjectives to Describe an Event

wearisome: causing one to feel tired or bored
 the wearisome journey
wistful: pensive and sad
 a wistful memory
woebegone: sorrowful
 a woebegone experience
woeful: characterized by, expressive of, or causing sorrow or misery
 a woeful incident
worrisome: causing anxiety or concern
 a worrisome problem
wrongful: not fair, just, or legal
 he is suing the police for wrongful arrest

Negative Adjectives to Describe a Place

weird: suggesting something supernatural; uncanny
 weird museum
windy: marked by or exposed to strong winds
 a windy region
worst: superlative of bad, ill
 worst restaurant
worthless: having no real value or use
 worthless estate
wretched: very unfortunate in condition or circumstances; miserable; pitiable
 a wretched land

Heroic Adjectives
wellborn: coming from a noble, respected, or wealthy family
 a wellborn gentleman
well-bred: having or showing good breeding or manners
 his well-bred demeanor
well-mannered: having or showing good manners; polite
 a well-mannered officer
wise: having or showing experience, knowledge, and good judgment
 a wise ruler
worldly: experienced and sophisticated
 worldly nobleman

Romantic Adjectives
warm-hearted: sympathetic and kind
 her warm-hearted personality
wavy: having or consisting of a series of undulating and wavelike curves
 she had long, wavy hair
well-dressed: wearing smart or fashionable clothes
 a well-dressed lady
well-groomed: clean, tidy, and well dressed
 a well-groomed husband
well-spoken: speaking in an educated and refined manner
 his well-spoken wife
willowy: tall, slim, and lithe
 willowy young lady
winsome: attractive or appealing in appearance or character
 a winsome smile

please don’t give me bad feedback if other student or you are having bad internert
connection. You are are giving the grade 1 to 10 for my teaching only, not for bad
connection or bad lesson plan.
I was doing my best to teach you, have a nice day and see you next time
Big, Small, Short, Tall

 That's a big question.

 Their son grew bigger.
 There's a big problem.
 This is a big mistake.
 This is my big moment.
 Is this big enough for you?
 It was no big deal, really.
 It's much bigger than that.
 It's no big deal, you know.
 Could I ask you a big favor?
 Do you have any bigger ones?
 How big of an idiot are you?
 I don't need a car that big. (

 This house is quite small.

 This is a very small book.
 This is smaller than that.
 Two small bottles, please.

 This meeting room is small.

 Don't sweat the small stuff.
 He heard a very small voice.
 His house was small and old.

 Life in a small town is boring.

 My brother is small but strong.
 My legs are smaller than yours.
 The hedgehog is a small animal.

 What I really want is something hot to eat.

 I just can't stand this hot weather anymore.
 It was such a hot day that we went swimming.
 Don't leave your dog locked inside a hot car.
 I want a hot shower before I go back to work.

 Will it be hot again tomorrow?

 I can't stand this hot weather.
 What's your favorite hot drink?
  It's too hot and I'm very tired.

Summer Fruits. Contractions

Hawaii Summer Trip

JASON: "I can't wait for summer!"

MARK: "Why?"
JASON: "I'm going to Hawaii with my cousins."
MARK: "That's great! I've never been to Hawaii."
JASON: "It's beautiful there! The beaches are sandy and the weather is nice."
MARK: "My family and I go to Germany every summer. My grandparents live there.
They are too old to travel, so we have to go there every year."
JASON: "That must be fun too."
MARK: "It's a lot of fun. But I'd love to visit Hawaii someday. How long are you going
to stay there?"
JASON: "Two weeks."
MARK: "What are you going to do after you get back?"
JASON: "I need to find a part-time job."
MARK: "You're going to work the rest of the summer?"
JASON: "Yeah. I need to make some money for college."
MARK: "That's a good idea. I should do that too."
JASON: "How long are you going to be in Germany?"
MARK: "Two months."
JASON: "Wow! That's a long time. That's almost the whole summer vacation."
MARK: "I know. My mom doesn't get to see her parents that often, so we stay for a
while."
JASON: "I understand. Family is important."
MARK: "Yeah. But sometimes I wish I could do other fun things during the summer."

Spring Break in Florida

RICK: "Hey Joe. What are you doing for Spring Break?"
JOE: "I'm going to Florida with some friends. Do you want to join us, Rick?"
RICK: "Sure! That sounds like fun. I need to ask my parents first."
JOE: "Ok. Let me know later. We're going to leave on Friday at 3 pm."
RICK: "Where are we going to stay?"
JOE: "My parents own a beach house. They said I could invite a few friends."
RICK: "That's nice! How many people are going?"
JOE: "I'm inviting four people including you."
RICK: "Are your parents going to be there?"
JOE: "Yeah. They want to be there just in case there is an emergency."
RICK: "What should I bring?"
JOE: "Clothes, swimsuit, and a surfboard."
RICK: "I don't have a surfboard."
JOE: "I think you can rent one at the beach. Do you know how to surf?"
RICK: "Yeah. I've done it a few times."
JOE: "Cool."
RICK: "Let me call my parents. I'll text you later."
JOE: "Ok. It's going to be fun."

Shopping
(1) What springs to mind when you hear the word ‘shopping’?

(2) Is shopping a real hobby?

(3) Why do women like shopping more than men?
(4) When’s the best time to go shopping?
(5) Do people always need the things they buy when they go shopping?
(6) Do you prefer going shopping alone or with friends?
(7) Which is better, shopping in shops or shopping online?
(8) Have you ever experienced “trolley rage” when shopping?
(9) What’s the worst shopping experience you’ve had?
(10) Is shopping an addiction? How can it be cured?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) Do you like shopping?
(2) Is window shopping a total waste of time?
(3) When did shopping become so popular?
(4) Do you prefer shopping in malls, markets or streets?
(5) What’s top of your shopping list?
(6) Would you like to go on a shopping holiday?
(7) In which store would you like to go on a shopping spree?
(8) What is the thing you forget most often when you go shopping?
(9) Do you like going shopping in other countries?
(10) What’s the difference between ‘going shopping’ and ‘doing the shopping’?

Language notes
 Can I help you? or “May I help you?” is what a salesperson normally says to
greet a customer.
 I’m looking for a here means “I don’t know exactly which one I want.”
 Size medium. Clothing usually comes in small, medium and large sizes. Some
women’s clothing comes in number sizes, usually ranging from 2 to 16.
  Let’s see… An expression used when a person wants to think something over
to make a choice or decision, or to look for something.
 I’d rather have it in here means “I don’t like this exact one. I would prefer it in
a different color/size/material,” etc.
 Would you like to…? is a polite way to ask “Do you want to…?”
 Try it on means to test the fit or appearance of a garment by putting it on. “Try
on” is a separable phrasal verb, so the object “it” goes between “try” and “on.”
 How much is it? means “How much does it cost?” Notice that the main
sentence stress falls on “is” in this question.
 I’ll take it means “I will buy it.”

hopping for a Sweater

Shop assistant: May I help you?
Customer: Yes, I'm looking for a sweater.
Shop assistant: What size are you?
Customer: I'm an extra large.
Shop assistant: Would you like a plain sweater or something else?

Customer: I'm looking for a plain blue sweater.

Shop assistant: How about this one?
Customer: Yes, that's nice. Could I try it on?
Shop assistant: Certainly, the changing rooms are over there.
Customer: Thank you. (goes into a changing room to try on the sweater)
Shop assistant: How does it fit?
Customer: It's too large. Do you have a large?
Shop assistant: Yes, here you are. Would you like to try it on to see if it fits?
Customer: No that's Okay. Thank you. I'll take it. I'm also looking for some nice
slacks.
Shop assistant: Great. We have some very nice wool slacks over here. Would you
like to take a look?
Customer: Yes, thanks for your help.
Shop assistant: What are your measurements?
Customer: I'm a 38'' waist and a 32" inseam.
Shop assistant: What do you think about these?
Customer: They're nice, but I'd prefer cotton trousers if you have them.
Shop assistant: Certainly, our summer slacks collection is over here.
How about these?
Customer: Yes, I like those. Do you have them in grey as well?
Shop assistant: Yes, here's a pair. You said you the measurements are 38" by 32",
didn't you?
Customer: Yes, that's correct. I'll go try them on.
Shop assistant: Let me know if you need any help.
Customer: Thank you. (comes back) These are great.
So, that makes one sweater and a pair of grey slacks.
Shop assistant: OK, how would you like to pay?
Customer: Do you take credit cards?
Shop assistant: Yes, we do. Visa, Master Card and American Express.
Customer: OK, here's my Visa.
Shop assistant: Thank you. Have a nice day!
Customer: Thank you, goodbye.

What a joke! (reading)

Classroom Jokes

It was oral examination in the standard two. The class teacher asked various
questions to the students. She asked Tom, ‘Can you tell me a name of an animal that
starts with alphabet ‘E’?
Tom replied ‘ELEPHANT’
Teacher asked him again to name an animal that starts with alphabet ‘T’.
Tom replied ‘Two Elephants’
Teacher asked him the same question.
Tom replied ‘Ten Elephants’
Annoyed teacher, asked him name an animal that starts with alphabet ‘M’
Tom replied ‘Mother Elephant’
The angry teacher repeated the same question.
Cool Tom replied ‘May be an elephant’

Teacher asked the students to tell the most common word used by students in a
classroom.
Suddenly a student got up and said “Can’t Sir”!
Brilliant! You are right, the teacher said!

Johnny asked to Sam what they will do that night.

Sam said “we will flip a coin”
Then Johnny said “If it comes head, we will go for movies. If tails, we will play cards, if
it stands on edge, we will study”!

Teacher asked the students to tell the importance of the year 1809.
John stand up and said “Abraham Lincoln was born”
Then teacher again asked the students to tell the importance of another year 1819
Then Sam suddenly stand up and said “Abraham Lincoln was ten years old”!

Little Sam (on phone): My son is having high fever and he won’t be able to come to
school today.
Teacher: Who is this?
Little Sam: This is my father speaking!

Son: I am not able to go to school today.

Father: what happened?
Son: I am not feeling well
Father: Where you are not feeling well?
Son: In school!

Teacher announced that “students, we will have only half a day of school in this
morning.
All the students said “Yeahh”
Then the teacher said “We will have the other half this afternoon”!

Teacher: Why are you late?

Student: Because of the sign on the road.
Teacher: What type of sign?
Student: The sign that says, “School Ahead, Go Slow.”!

Let's Talk About It! Summer Clothes 2

Types of Shops
 Shopping center/mall: is a large building full of different shops and brands.
 Boutique: is a small shop and is usually expensive because they are designer
labelled clothes
 Chain store: is a retail store that has that have different branches. Example:
Zara
 Factory outlet: Clothes directly come from the factory and are not very
expensive. They are mostly on a trial basis.
 Department store: is a large huge store where you get a lot of things, like
grocery, clothes, accessories, kitchen utensils etc.
Where you can buy clothes
There are different types of clothes shops. Here are some common ones:
shopping centre = large building with lots of different shops inside (= shopping mall in
American English)
boutique = small shop, often expensive, with designer label clothes
charity shop (goodwill in American English) = shop where you can buy second-hand (
= not new) clothes. The money you pay for them goes to charity
factory outlet = shop where you can buy clothes directly from the factory that makes
them. Often these clothes (or shoes) are "samples".
department store = large shop with "departments" for men's clothes, women's clothes,
household objects, etc.
chain store = a "brand" that has shops in many different towns, such as "Zara" or
"H&M".
Useful phrases a shop assistant says
"Can I help you?"
"Are you looking for anything in particular?"
"Do you need any help at all?"
"We don't have any of these left in stock." ( = There is no more of something.)
Useful phrases a customer says
"I'm looking for ..."
"I'd like to buy..."
Indicating a piece of clothing
"Do you have this in ..."
- medium / large / small / extra large / XL
- blue / black / beige (other colours etc)
Talking about the price
Clothes shops have "sales" when some or all the clothes are discounted.
"Is this in the sales?"
"Is this on sale?"
"There's a discount of 20% on this."
"These jeans are discounted by 20%."
"It's a bargain." (= the low price is a surprise)
"It's cheap." (= doesn't cost much money)
"It's expensive." (= costs a lot of money.)
Trying something on
When you go clothes shopping, you probably want to try something on before you buy it
so you know it's the right size or that it looks good on you!
"I'd like to try this on please. Where are the changing rooms?"
"Can I try this on?"
Example shopping conversation
Can I try this on?
Sure. The changing rooms are over there...
... (later)
Any good?
No, not really. (It's the wrong size / It doesn't really suit me.)
Or, "Yes, I'll take it."
Paying
"Where I can pay?"
"The cash tills are over there."
Other shopping vocabulary
to suit = to be in your style, or to compliment your body shape or skin / hair colour
"That dress really suits you!"
to fit = to be the right size
"These jeans don't fit very well."
Clothes can be...
... too big (size "Large" when you are size "Small")
... too small (small size when you are large size)
... too tight (waist measurement 34 when you are waist 38)
... too loose (waist measurement 38 when you are waist 34)
... too long (jeans leg measurement 34 when your leg measurement is 32)
... too short (jeans leg measurement 32 when your leg measurement is 34)
Hello! I'm the kitten

1) Hello, It’s nice to meet you.

Hello and Nice to meet you in English are must-know phrases. And any introduction will
probably will start with these words.
Remember these.
2) My name is _____.
This is simple. Just take the phrase above and add your name.
 My name is + (your name)
 My name is Juan.
 My name is Ali.
 My name is Maria.
 My name is Shen.
 My name is Bob.
 My name is Anna.
3) I am from ______.
So, where are you from? America? Europe? Africa? Asia? Just stick the name of your country
inside this phrase. This means – what country where you born in?
 I’m from Pakistan.
 I’m from China.
 I’m from India.
 I’m from Malaysia.
 I’m from South Korea.
 I’m from Russia.
 I’m from Mexico.
4) I live in ______.
What about now – where do you live now? Just fill in the blank with the country or city (if
famous) into this phrase.
 I live in Pakistan.
 I live in India.
 I live in France.
 I live in Brazil.
 I live in China.
 I live in Taiwan.
 I live in Japan.
Where do you live?
5) I’ve been learning English for _____.
How long have you been learning English for? A month? A year?
 I’ve been learning English for 1 year.
 I’ve been learning English for 2 years.
 I’ve been learning English for 2 months.
 I’ve been learning English for 30 days.
 I’ve been learning English for 5 weeks.
6) I’m learning English at _____.
Where are you learning English? And how? At school? At home? This would be a great line
to know and use when you’re introducing yourself. “At” may change to “in” or other
prepositions. Or, it may get removed Here are my examples:
 I’m learning English at school.
 I’m learning English at home.
  I’m learning English in class.
 I’m learning English online.
 I’m learning English with a friend.
 I’m learning English with a teacher.
 I’m learning English at Tutor ABC
7) I am ____ years old.
Here’s how to say how old you are in English. Just place your age number inside that’s it.
 I am 15 years old.
 I am 20 years old.
 I am 25 years old.
8) I am ______.
What about your position? Are you a student? Yoga teacher? Lawyer for the potato industry?
Potato salesman? Super important question that people like to ask.
Just say “I + am + a + (job).
 I am a student.
 I am a doctor.
 I am a programmer.
 I am a dentist.
 I am a college student.
 I am an office worker.
 I am an English teacher.
9) One of my hobbies is _____.
Now, let’s move onto personal interests – hobbies! My hobbies are languages and using the
internet. How about you? Here are some examples:
 One of my hobbies is sleeping.
 One of my hobbies is learning English.
 One of my hobbies is going out with friends.
 One of my hobbies is watching movies.
 One of my hobbies is going to restaurants.
 One of my hobbies is cooking.
Please use these for yourself.
10) I enjoy listening to music.
Rhis is just another example line about your hobbies. You can use something else where.
What do you enjoy or like? Here are some examples:
 I enjoy listening to music.
 I enjoy eating.
 I enjoy watching television.
 I enjoy learning languages.
 I enjoy exercising.
 I enjoy reading.

Peter: Hello.
Jane: Hi!
Peter: My name is Peter. What's your name?
Jane: My name is Jane. Nice to meet you.
Peter: It's a pleasure. This is a great party!
Jane: Yes, it is. Where are you from?
Peter: I'm from Amsterdam.
Jane: Amsterdam? Are you German?
Peter: No, I'm not German. I'm Dutch.
Jane: Oh, you're Dutch. Sorry about that.
Peter: That's OK. Where are you from?
Jane: I'm from London, but I'm not British.
Peter: No, what are you?
Jane: Well, my parents were Spanish, so I'm Spanish, too.
Peter: That's very interesting. Spain is a beautiful country.
Jane: Thank you. It is a wonderful place.

School
: What do you need for school?
B: I need pencils.
A: Anything else?
B: I need a notebook.
A: Do you need a pen?
B: No. I already have a pen.
A: Do you need a calculator?
B: No. The teacher doesn't permit calculators.
A: How about a dictionary?
B: No, we have a big dictionary in the classroom.
A: Well, I guess that's it.
B: Yes, that's all I need for now.

New Glasses
A: I can't read my book.
B: Turn on the light.
A: The light is on.
B: Open the book.
A: The book is open.
B: See an eye doctor.
A: That's what I need to do.
B: He'll give you a prescription for glasses.
A: I'll make an appointment tomorrow.
B: I'll get the yellow pages for an eye doctor.
A: Read the phone number to me.
B: I'll read it very loud, in case your hearing is getting bad, too.

I Go to College
A: Do you go to college?
B: Yes, I do.
A: What college do you go to?
B: I go to Pasadena City College.
A: Do you like it?
B: Oh, yes, I really like it.
A: Why do you like it?
B: Because it has great teachers.
A: What else?
B: I like all my classmates, too.
A: Anything else?
B: Yes. It's not expensive!

A Lost Pen
A: I lost my new pen.
B: Where did you lose it?
A: I don't know.
B: When did you lose it?
A: I think I lost it today. I used it yesterday.
B: Did you check all your pockets?
A: I checked all my pockets.
B: Did you look in your desk?
A: Yes. It isn't there, either.
B: It's probably around somewhere.
A: Oh, well, it only cost me a dollar.
B: Only a dollar? Don't even look for it.
Two Plus Two
A: How good is your math?
B: I can add two and two.
A: So you're not very good at math?
B: I'm terrible at math.
A: Well, I need some help.
B: With what?
A: I'm taking a math course in school.
B: Well, you should ask your teacher or your classmates for help.
A: I can't do that.
B: Why not?
A: They might think I'm stupid.
B: They're not going to think that! They'll be glad to help you.

The English Major

A: What is your major?
B: English.
A: What are you going to do with an English major?
B: I'm going to be a teacher.
A: High school or middle school?
B: High school.
A: I teach high school English.
B: I didn't know that.
A: I started teaching five years ago.
B: How do you like it?
A: Do you see all this gray hair? It was totally black five years ago.
B: Maybe I'll teach middle school.

Do Your Homework
A: Have you done your homework?
B: Not yet.
A: Then why are you watching TV?
B: This is my favorite show.
A: Go do your homework.
B: But, mom!
A: You can watch TV after you do your homework.
B: But the show will be over.
A: There will be another show next week.
B: Please?
A: You know the rules.
B: I hate the rules! I can't wait till I grow up.

Silent S

Silent B
The lift is broken, we'll have to climb the stairs.
A baby sheep is called a lamb.
Silent C
There's a strong scent of flowers in the garden.
The final scene in the movie was exciting.
Silent D
My English lesson is on Wednesday.
I had a sandwich for lunch.
Silent G
I've never been to a foreign country.
The dog gnawed on a big bone.
Silent H
You can hear your echo when you shout in the cave.
I can only play a few chords on the guitar.
Silent K
I don't know what to do next.
I hurt my knee playing football.
Silent N
Autumn is my favourite season.
My brother is a journalist, he writes a weekly column in the local newspaper.
Silent P
She's studying psychology in university.
Make sure you get a receipt when you buy your new shoes.
Silent T
Please listen to what I tell you.
We applied for a mortgage so we can buy a new home.
Silent U
Would you like a biscuit with your coffee?
Guess who I saw yesterday?
Silent W
I'll wrap her birthday presents tonight.
We were looking for you in the wrong room.

(1) Do you like travelling?

(2) What is travel for you?
(3) What different kinds of travelling are there?
(4) What’s the best place you’ve ever been to?
(5) Would you like to go travelling for a few years non-stop?
(6) What are the good and bad things about travelling?
(7) Where do you want to travel to before you die?
(8) Is it better to travel or to arrive?
(9) Lin Yutang said: "No one realizes how beautiful it is to travel until he comes home and
rests his head on his old, familiar pillow." Do you agree?
(10) Elizabeth Drew said: "Too often travel, instead of broadening the mind, merely
lengthens the conversation." What does this mean? Do you agree?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) What springs to mind when you hear the word ‘travel’?
(2) Are you a traveller?
(3) Is travel an education?
(4) Would you like to travel in space or to the moon?
(5) Would you like to work in the travel industry?
(6) What are the pros and cons of traveling first class and backpacking?
(7) Is travel helping the world?
(8) What would make you wiser – travelling around the world for ten years or reading
10,000 books?
(9) Mason Cooley said: "Travelers never think that they are the foreigners." Do you
agree?
(10) St. Augustine said: "The World is a book, and those who do not travel read only a
page." What does this mean? Do you agree?

Hiring a Data Scientist

(1) Are you interested in the world of business?

(2) Do you think you have a good head for business?
(3) What kind of business would you like to start?
(4) Do you think anyone can start their own business?
(5) What are the dangers of having your own business?
(6) Would you include your own name in your business name?
(7) Do you read any business magazines?
(8) Do men or women make more successful business people?
(9) Do you think you’d be a tough person to work for?
(10) What advice would you give to people starting in business?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) How would you define business?
(2) Would you like to have your own business?
(3) What kind of people are good at business?
(4) Is it easy to start a business in your country?
(5) What business skills do you have?
(6) Would you prefer to start a “bricks ‘n’ mortar” business or an Internet
business?
(7) What would be your motto in business?
(8) What kind of office would you like?
(9) Who would be your business hero?
(10) What would be your main business goal?

Present Perfect Continuous

The present perfect continuous is used to refer to an unspecified time between

'before now' and 'now'. The speaker is thinking about something that started
but perhaps did not finish in that period of time. He/she is interested in
the process as well as the result, and this process may still be going on, or may
have just finished.

FORM
[has/have + been + present participle]
Examples:
 You have been waiting here for two hours.
 Have you been waiting here for two hours?
 You have not been waiting here for two hours.

USE 1 Duration from the Past Until Now

We use the present perfect continuous to show that something started in the past and
has continued up until now. "For five minutes," "for two weeks," and "since Tuesday"
are all durations which can be used with the present perfect continuous.
Examples:
 They have been talking for the last hour.
 She has been working at that company for three years.
 What have you been doing for the last 30 minutes?
 James has been teaching at the university since June.
 We have been waiting here for over two hours!
 Why has Nancy not been taking her medicine for the last three days?
 
USE 2 Recently, Lately

You can also use the present perfect continuous WITHOUT a duration such as "for
two weeks." Without the duration, the tense has a more general meaning of "lately."
We often use the words "lately" or "recently" to emphasize this meaning.
Examples:
 Recently, I have been feeling really tired.
 She has been watching too much television lately.
 Have you been exercising lately?
 Mary has been feeling a little depressed.
 Lisa has not been practicing her English.
 What have you been doing?

Medicine-doctor

Health, Illness and Disease Vocabulary

pain
feeling in your body when you have been hurt or when you are ill,sick
 Suddenly she felt a sharp pain in her neck, shoulder, waist, arm, leg, stomach.
 Take an aspirin to relieve the pain.
ache
continuous pain; feel a continuous pain
 I can’t sleep because my head aches too bad.
 I have a terrible headache, backache, stomach-ache.
ill
suffering from an illness or disease; not feeling well; sick
 My elder sister is seriously ill in St John’s hospital.
 The children started to feel ill an hour after the meal.
sick
physically or mentally ill; wanting to vomit
 I feel very sick, I don’t think I can work today.
 Be careful with the cake, too much of it can make you sick.
sore
painful (and often red) because of infection or because a muscle has been used too
much
 I have a sore throat, I mustn’t take that cold drink.
 She says her stomach is still sore after the operation.
 His feet were sore after the bicycle trip.
illness
the state of being physically or mentally ill
 Our secretary missed a lot of work through illness last month.
 Flu can be a serious illness if you aren’t careful enough.
disease
serious illness, often caused by infection
 Peter’s uncle suffers from a rare blood disease.
 A fatty diet increases the risk of heart disease.
 The government is planning further health measures to prevent the spread
of disease.
heal
become healthy again; make something, somebody healthy again, make somebody
feel happy again
 As I see it will take a long time for your wounds to heal.
 This ointment will help to heal your scratches.
 The tea you made really healed me.
cure
make somebody or something healthy again after an illness; make an illness go away
 He was seriously ill for a long time, but the doctor cured him at last.
 Scarlet fever is a serious illness, but it can be cured fairly fast.
cure
medicine or medical treatment that cures an illness; the act of curing or the process of
being cured
 There is no known cure for this illness but the it can be treated.
 I’m afraid you must be taken to hospital for the cure.
treat
give medical care or attention to somebody or something; deal with something or
somebody
 I was treated for flu, but later I was diagnosed with pneumonia.
 This illness is usually treated with antibiotics and a strict diet..
treatment
(the way or process of) curing an illness or injury or making somebody look and feel
good; the way of dealing with something or somebody
 Doctors apply various treatments for this illness.
 My sister goes to a wellness centre to receive beauty treatments.
diagnose
define what an illness or the cause of a problem is
 The blood test is used to diagnose all kinds of diseases.
 She was diagnosed (as) (a) diabetic in her early childhood.
diagnosis
medical description of an illness or condition
 The doctors didn’t share every detail of the diagnosis with the patient’s family.
 We had to wait a lot for the exact diagnosis after the examination.
injury
harm done to the body, for example in an accident
 They were lucky to escape the fight without serious injuries.
 There were only minor injuries in the crash.
injure
harm somebody or yourself physically, especially in an accident, receive/suffer an
injury
 He injured his finger when he was cutting the meat.
 Nobody was killed in the accident, but two people were seriously injured.
wound
an injury to part of the body, especially one in which a hole is made in the skin
 He died from the wounds that he had received in the crash.
 He was taken to hospital although his wounds didn’t seem too serious.
cut
a wound caused by something sharp
 He had such a deep cut on his arm that he was taken to hospital.
 The victim had several cuts on his chest, still he survived.
bruise
a blue, brown or purple mark on the skin after somebody has fallen
 He was covered in bruises at the end of the football match.
 The man came to the surgery with a huge bruise over his eye.
scratch
rub your skin with your nails, usually because it’s itching; a mark or a small cut or
injury made by scratching
 The cat continuously scratched itself behind the ear.
 She had a long scratch on her arm when she came out of the rose garden.
infection
illness caused by bacteria or a virus; the act or process of causing or getting a
disease
 Wash your hands carefully to decrease the risk of infection.
 She almost died from blood infection.
inflammation
a condition when a part of the body becomes red, sore and swollen because of
infection or injury
 My knee was twice the size of the other one due to the inflammation.
 You had better not eat fatty food so soon after your stomach inflammation.
symptom
a change in your body or mind that shows that you are not healthy
 You don’t necessarily need a doctor with symptoms like a headache or sore
throat.
 Depression can cause physical symptoms, too.
temperature
the measurement of how hot your body is
 have a temperature – when your temperature is higher than normal due to
illness
 I feel so weak, I think I have a temperature.
 She had such a high temperature that she was immediately taken to hospital.
fever
a medical condition in which someone has a temperature that is higher than normal; a
particular type of disease with high temperature
  Did you take aspirin to reduce the fever?
 Our daughter has been diagnosed with scarlet fever.
cold
illness affecting the nose and/or throat, making you cough and/or sneeze
 I think I caught a cold on the ice rink yesterday.
 She can’t come to school, she’s in bed with a cold.
flu
a very bad cold, an infectious disease with fever, pains and weakness
 Please don’t visit us this week, the whole family has the flu.
 If you’re not careful enough and you don’t take antibiotics, you may even die
from the flu.

What to say at the doctor?

Going to Doctor
 I think you should see a doctor.
 You look very pale. Shall I call the ambulance?
 I’m ill. I don’t feel well. I need a doctor. I must see a doctor.
 Doctor Bulb’s surgery hours are from 9 to 12 every morning.
 Where do I find the GP’s office? (general practitioner – a doctor who is trained
in general medicine working in the local community)
 What are the consulting hours of the ENT (ear, nose and throat) specialist?
 Do I have to make an appointment?
Doctor’s Questions and Answers to Patient
 What’s the matter? Where’s the pain? What do you complain of?
 Have you taken your temperature?
 For how long have you been feeling ill?
 Take your clothes off. I’ll examine you. Let me take your pulse, please.
 I’ll measure your blood pressure.
 Your blood pressure is rather high. Your blood pressure is too low.
 Let me sound your back. Take a deep breath. I’ll check your lungs.
 Can I have a look? Where does it hurt?
 Does it hurt here? Breath out slowly.
 Show me your tongue. Poke out your tongue.
 Have you got any other symptoms?
 What infectious diseases have you had?
 What have you eaten/drunk?
 Have you been injured?
 Don’t worry. There’s no serious problem.
 I don’t think it’s too serious.
 You’ve got to be vaccinated against tetanus.
 You must stay in bed and take this medicine three times a day, after meals.
 I’ll dress the wound and put a plaster on your arm.
 You must follow a diet, you need to rest and you shouldn’t worry.
 Your test results have come in. The blood test came back negative.
 The biopsy shows a tumour.
  You should consult a specialist.
 We’ll know more in a few days.
 It would be better if you went to hospital.
 I think you’ll have to stay in hospital for a week.
 Hopefully, there won’t be any complications.
 I don’t think you need chemotherapy.
 I’ll give you a prescription. Take this medicine three times a day / after meals /
an hour before lunch.
 You’ll soon be well again.
 Come back next week if you don’t feel better.

Patient Symptoms
 I’ve got a high temperature.
 I feel really rough. I’m shattered/exhausted.
 Could you check my blood pressure? I’ve got high blood pressure.
 There’s a sharp pain here. I’ve got a pain in my limbs.
 I feel dizzy. I’ve got a kidney problem. I’ve lost weight.
 I always feel bad after meals. I’ve got a stomach ache.
 I’ve got a splitting headache. I often have nosebleeds.
 I have diarrhoea. I’ve lost my appetite.
 I’ve got circulation problems. I sweat all night.
 My ears are buzzing. I’ve got an upset stomach.
 I’ve sprained my wrist/ankle. My hand/foot is badly swollen.
 I think I’ve pulled a muscle in my leg/arm.
 I’ve had scarlet fever, mumps, the measles.
 Is it something serious? Is this a common problem at my age?
 When will the tests results come in? Are you going to run more tests?
 Do I have to be operated on? Will I need surgery?
 How long do I have to stay in hospital?
 I hope there won’t be any complications.
 Could you prescribe some medicine for me?
 How often should I take this medicine?
 Shall I come back next week if I don’t get better?

Match the phrases to make sentences

1) I think I’ll have to refer…
2) The doctor prescribed me…
3) I’ve been having…
4) He’s allergic to…
5) Get plenty of rest and…
a) …some painkillers
b) …really bad headaches recently
c) …make sure you don’t overexert
yourself
d) …you to a specialist
e) …seafood, so cook something else

Animal
Simile -
a figure of speech in which two unlike things are explicitly compared,as in “she is like
a rose.”.

Similes in Everyday Language

Similes are used in literature to make writing more vivid and powerful. In everyday
speech they can be used to convey meaning quickly and effectively, as many
commonly used expressions are similes. For example, when someone says “He is as
busy as a bee,” it means he is working hard, as bees are known to be extremely
busy. If someone says "I am as snug as a bug in a rug," they mean that they feel very
comfortable and cozy or are tucked up tight in bed.

Examples of Similes:
1. He runs like a horse.
2. He eats like a pig.
3. Her dancing was a smooth as a flowing river.
4. She was as cool as a cucumber under pressure.
5. I turned as white as a ghost when you jumped out at me.
6. That little girl is as sweet as sugar.
7. This math problem is as easy as pie.
8. The child chattered like a magpie.
9. The baby was as busy as a bee.
10. Swinging on those bars, you look like a monkey.

As Tiny as an Ant
As blind as a Bat
As busy as a Bee
As Busy as a Beaver
As Quick as a Bunny
As hungry as a Bear
As free as a Bird
As eager as a Beaver
As Calm as a Cat
As Curious as a Cat
As bald as a Coot
As lame as a Duck
As meek as a Dove
As dead as the Dodo
As slippery as an Eel
As graceful as a Gazelle
As tall as a Giraffe
As Silly as a Goat
As Subtle as a Snake
As fierce as a Tiger
As happy as a Lark
As crazy as a Loon
As gentle as a Lamb
As poor as a Church Mouse
As mischievous as a Monkey
As Strong as a Horse
As gentle as a Lamb
As hairy as a Gorilla
As timid as a Rabbit
As naked as a Jaybird
As proud as a Peacock
As stubborn as a Mule
As meek as a Lamb
As strong as a Bull
As playful as a Kitten
As Happy as a Hippo.
As slow as a Snail
As slow as a Sloth
As wise as an Owl
As weak as a Rat
As weak as a Kitten
As sleepy as a Koala
As quiet as a Mouse
As sick as a Dog
As sly as a Fox
As strong as an Ox
As brave as a Lion
As drunk as a Skunk
As gracious as a Swan
As noisy as Crickets
As Big as a Whale
As Swift as a Fox
As Happy as a Dog
As Lazy as a Dog
As Free as a Bird
As Fat as a Pig

(1) Do you like animals?

(2) What is your favorite animal?
(3) What animals are there in your country?
(4) What animals have disappeared from your country?
(5) Are there any dangerous animals in your country?
(6) What is the cutest animal in the world?
(7) Do you think animals were put on this planet so we could eat them?
(8) Do you think animals would rather not be kept as pets?
(9) Is it OK to use animals in sport?
(10) What animal would you like to come back to Earth as after you die?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) What natural animal ability or talent would you like to have?
(2) What is the most useful animal in the world?
(3) What animal best represents your character?
(4) Do you think it is necessary to experiment on animals to test cosmetics and
drugs?
(5) What animals have the best life?
(6) Should animals be kept in zoos?
(7) What are the biggest differences between animals and humans?
(8) If animals could speak, what do you think they would say to humans?
(9) What animal are you most fascinated by?
(10) What animal do you least like?

Venice

(1) Do you like travelling?

(2) What is travel for you?
(3) What different kinds of travelling are there?
(4) What’s the best place you’ve ever been to?
(5) Would you like to go travelling for a few years non-stop?
(6) What are the good and bad things about travelling?
(7) Where do you want to travel to before you die?
(8) Is it better to travel or to arrive?
(9) Lin Yutang said: "No one realizes how beautiful it is to travel until he comes
home and rests his head on his old, familiar pillow." Do you agree?
(10) Elizabeth Drew said: "Too often travel, instead of broadening the mind, merely
lengthens the conversation." What does this mean? Do you agree?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) What springs to mind when you hear the word ‘travel’?
(2) Are you a traveller?
(3) Is travel an education?
(4) Would you like to travel in space or to the moon?
(5) Would you like to work in the travel industry?
(6) What are the pros and cons of traveling first class and backpacking?
(7) Is travel helping the world?
(8) What would make you wiser – travelling around the world for ten years or
reading 10,000 books?
(9) Mason Cooley said: "Travelers never think that they are the foreigners." Do
you agree?
(10) St. Augustine said: "The World is a book, and those who do not travel read
only a page." What does this mean? Do you agree?

Animal

(1) Do you like animals?

(2) What is your favorite animal?
(3) What animals are there in your country?
(4) What animals have disappeared from your country?
(5) Are there any dangerous animals in your country?
(6) What is the cutest animal in the world?
(7) Do you think animals were put on this planet so we could eat them?
(8) Do you think animals would rather not be kept as pets?
(9) Is it OK to use animals in sport?
(10) What animal would you like to come back to Earth as after you die?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) What natural animal ability or talent would you like to have?
(2) What is the most useful animal in the world?
(3) What animal best represents your character?
(4) Do you think it is necessary to experiment on animals to test cosmetics and
drugs?
(5) What animals have the best life?
(6) Should animals be kept in zoos?
(7) What are the biggest differences between animals and humans?
(8) If animals could speak, what do you think they would say to humans?
(9) What animal are you most fascinated by?
(10) What animal do you least like?

 Rats breed so quickly that in just 18 months, 2 rats could have created over 1
million relatives.
 The blue whale can produce the loudest sound of any animal. At 188 decibels,
the noise can be detected over 800 kilometres away.
 Horses and cows sleep while standing up.
 Giant Arctic jellyfish have tentacles that can reach over 36 metres in length.
 Locusts have leg muscles that are about 1000 times more powerful than an
equal weight of human muscle.
 Hummingbirds are so agile and have such good control that they can fly
backwards.
 Instead of bones, sharks have a skeleton made from cartilage.
 Insects such as bees, mosquitoes and cicadas make noise by rapidly moving
their wings.
 The horn of a rhinoceros is made from compacted hair rather than bone or
another substance.
 Sharks lay the biggest eggs in the world.
 Even when a snake has its eyes closed, it can still see through its eyelids.
 Unlike humans, sheep have four stomachs, each one helps them digest the
food they eat.
 Despite the white, fluffy appearance of Polar Bears fur (which is transparent), it
actually has black skin.
 As well as being a famous Looney Tunes character, the Tasmanian Devil is a
real animal that is only found in the wild in Tasmania, Australia. It is the largest
carnivorous marsupial in the world.
 The average housefly only lives for 2 or 3 weeks.
 Mosquitoes can be annoying insects but did you know that it's only the female
mosquito that actually bites humans.
 Cats use their whiskers to check whether a space is too small for them to fit
through or not.

1. Do you consider yourself an animal lover?

2. Are you afraid of snakes or spiders?
3. Is there a zoo near your home? How often do you go there?
4. Have you ever been to a farm? What animals can you see on a farm?
5. Is there an animal that is the symbol of your country?
6. Do you eat meat? Why are some people vegetarians who never eat meat?
7. Is there any kind of meat you would not eat? Why not?
8. Are there animal rights groups in your country? What do you think of them?
Discussion Questions
Here are more challenging questions on the topic of animals. Ask these questions to
your friends and be ready to continue the conversation by asking follow up questions.
1. What do you think is the most interesting animal in the world?
2. Do you think it is acceptable to keep wild animals in a zoo? Why might some
people be against zoos?
3. Do you think it is okay to test cosmetics on animals?
4. How do you feel about the use of animals for medical research?
5. What do you think of people who wear fur coats?
6. Do you think animals have "souls" (spirits)?

How to Make Small Talk

Work
1. If you weren’t working here, what would you probably be doing right now?
2. How did you become a [job title]?
3. What surprised you the most about your current job?
4. What’s the craziest thing a boss has ever asked you to do?
5. Would you rather work four 10-hour days or five eight-hour days?
6. If you were guaranteed to be successful, what job would you want?
7. What was your first job? Did you like it?
8. What’s the best career advice you’ve ever received? How about the worst?

Entertainment
9. Are you reading any good books right now? I’d love some recommendations.
How about shows?
10. Are there any apps on your phone that you can’t live without?
11. If you could only watch one genre of movies for the rest of your life, what would
it be?
12. What’s a book you hated that everyone else loved, and vice versa?
13. Do you have any podcast suggestions for my commute?
14. What’s the last movie that made you cry? Or laugh aloud?
15. Whom would you want to be your Amazing Race partner?
16. Who is your favorite person to follow on Instagram?

Food
17. If you could only eat one thing for the rest of your life, what would it be?
18. What’s the weirdest thing you’ve ever eaten?
19. What’s your go-to comfort food?
20. Are there any foods that you absolutely would not eat?
21. What’s something that’s easy to bring in for lunch that isn’t a sandwich?
22. What are the best cheap eats around here?
23. Does your family have any “secret” or famous recipes?
24. What’s your favorite restaurant that other people don’t tend to know about?

Travel
 25. What’s the best “hidden gem” around here?
26. If you could fly anywhere for free, where would you go?
27. What’s the coolest road trip you’ve ever been on?
28. Where’s the last place you traveled? What did you do there?
29. Do you prefer action-packed vacations or relaxing on the beach?
30. What’s the next trip you have planned?
31. If you could take a workcation or sabbatical, where would you go and what
would you do?
32. What’s your favorite thing to do around here on the weekends?

Life Story
33. Where did you live before this? What are the biggest differences you see?
34. What did you think you were going to be growing up?
35. Do you have any hidden talents or surprising hobbies?
36. What was your favorite subject in elementary school?
37. What was the must-have accessory or item when you were growing up?
38. What’s the most unbelievable thing that’s ever happened to you?
39. Who’s the most important role model or mentor you’ve had in your life?
40. What’s the best piece of advice you’ve ever received?

Totally Random
41. If you were in charge of picking the eighth wonder of the world, what would you
choose?
42. What do you wish you had placed in a time capsule 15 years ago?
43. What’s the strangest compliment you’ve ever gotten?
44. Have you ever thought of a cool invention or company, only to discover
someone had already invented or started it?
45. If you could teach a college course on any subject you want, what would it be?
46. What’s the most out-of-character thing you’ve ever done?
47. What would be your ideal superpower?
48. If you could have any type of animal for a pet, what would it be?

Numbers

1. The numbers in English

1.1. Cardinal numbers
Cardinal numbers say how many people or things there are.
Examples:
 There are five books on the desk.
 Ron is ten years old.
1.1.1. Numbers bigger than 20
Use a hyphen between compound numbers.
 Number Word

21 twenty-one

55 fifty-five

99 ninety-nine

1.1.2. Numbers bigger than 100

Use a hyphen between compound numbers and the word and.
Use either the definite article a or one for 100.
Number Word

121 a/one hundred and twenty-one

356 three hundred and fifty-six

999 nine hundred and ninety-nine

1.1.3.Numbers bigger than 1,000

Use a hyphen between compound numbers and the word and.
Use either the definite article a or one for 1,000.
Separate three digits with a comma (,) → 50,000.
Number Word

1,121 a/one thousand one hundred and twenty-one

2,356 two thousand three hundred and fifty-six

9,999 nine thousand nine hundred and ninety-nine

1.3. Fractions and decimals

1.3.1. Fractions
Use the ordinal number for the denominator:
 1/3 → one third
 2 3/5 → two and three fifths
Exceptions:
 1/2 → one half
 1/4 → one quarter
1.3.2. Decimals
Use the cardinal number for decimals:
 3.8 → three point eight
 4.25 → four point two five
 100 a/one hundred

1,000 a/one thousand

10,000 ten thousand

100,000 a/one hundred thousand

1,000,000 a/one million

1,000,000,000 a/one billion

All higher numbers are regular in that the number is spoken as the digit followed by
the name of the higher number. A comma is placed between every three digits
beginning from the right. For example:
 100 – one hundred, a hundred
 200 – two hundred
 1,000 – one thousand, a hundred
 4,000 – four thousand
 20,000 – twenty thousand
 1,000,000 – one million, a million
 13,000,000,000 – thirteen billion

Complex Higher Numbers

Finally teach how to form more complex higher numbers, which are formed by
combining the names of the higher numbers with the names for the numbers under
one hundred from the left to the right. For example:
 101 – one hundred one, one hundred and one
 135 – one hundred thirty-five
 1,002 – one thousand two, one thousand and two
 3,579 – three thousand five hundred seventy-nine
 7,654,321 – seven million six hundred fifty-four thousand three hundred
twenty-one
Coffee

Get Started with One of These Phrases

Now that you’ve had time to browse the menu and have an idea of what you want, it’s
time to order!
When you approach the counter, you’ll want to say more than, “Coffee, please.” Here
are a few simple phrases to help you order your coffee like a local.
Basic and polite
“Hello. I’d like a small latte, please.”
Quick and informal
“Could I have a medium coffee to go?”
“Can I get a large mocha for here?”
“I’ll take a small coffee and a donut, please.”
Ask about the menu
“Hello. Do you have any low-calorie drinks?”
(cashier answers)
“Okay, I’d like a large green tea, please.”
Ask about the cashier—it’s a good way to practice friendly conversation
“Hi. How are you doing?”
(cashier answers)
“Great. Okay, I’d like a large black coffee to go, please.”
3. Get Ready to Answer These Common Questions
Similar to ordering beer and wine in English, you usually have to specify a few details
about your coffee order.
The cashier (the person who works at the coffee shop) may ask you the following
questions. You can practice the responses below.
What size would you like?
“A (small/medium/large), please.”
Would you like the 8-, 12- or 16-ounce size?
“The 8-ounce size, please.”
Or if you aren’t sure about the exact size, try this:
“The smallest/largest size, please.”
Anything else besides the drink?
“No, thanks. That’s all.”
“Yes, I’d also like a bagel/sandwich/muffin.”
Is that for here or to go?
“To go, please.”
“To go, thanks.”
“For here, please.”

Practice Before You Go with This Partner Dialogue

If you practice before your arrival, you’ll have more confidence when placing your
order. Find a friend and make use of this simple partner dialogue.
Cashier: Hi there! What can I get for you?
Customer: Hello. I’d like an americano, please.
Cashier: Okay. What size would you like?
Customer: Sorry?
Cashier: What size?
Customer: Oh. A small, please.
Cashier: Okay. Anything else besides the drink?
Customer: No, thanks. That’s all.
Cashier: And is that for here or to go?
Customer: For here, please.
Cashier: Your name, please?
Customer: (your name)
Cashier: Okay. Your total comes to $3.49. Are you paying with cash or credit?
Customer: Credit. (Give the cashier the credit card.)
Cashier: Great. We’ll call your name when your order is ready. You can pick it up at
the counter over there, okay?
Customer: Okay, thanks!
Cashier: Thank you!

Black coffee: classic coffee made by hot water passing through ground coffee beans
Pour over: similar to classic coffee, made by hot water poured over coffee beans and
dripping down into a cup
Cold brew: similar to classic coffee, made by soaking ground coffee beans in cool
water for a long time
Decaf: decaffeinated coffee, or coffee with no caffeine
Espresso: a small shot of coffee made in an espresso machine
Americano: espresso with hot water added
Macchiato: espresso with just a little bit of steamed (hot) milk
Cappucino: espresso with a smaller amount of steamed (hot) milk
Latte: espresso with a larger amount of steamed (hot) milk
Frappé: espresso on ice, mixed with foamed milk
Mocha: a latte with chocolate syrup added
Steamer: hot, frothy milk with sweet flavor added
Hot tea (green tea, black tea, herbal teas, etc.)
Iced tea: generally black or green tea, served cold with ice and lemon
Lemonade: a drink of cold lemon juice, sugar and water
Italian soda: carbonated water with flavors added, such as raspberry, strawberry or
lemon
 Mary plays the piano.
 Playing cards is fun.
 They play basketball.
 Tom can play a flute.

 Tom plays the guitar.

 We were just playing.
 We were playing golf.
 Are you ready to play?
 Can I go out and play? (

 He was playing the piano.

 How about playing tennis?
 I like playing the piano.
 I like to play the piano.

 Tom gave Mary a ride home.

 I prefer riding to walking.
 I prefer walking to riding.
 I'll catch a ride with Tom.
 I'm happy to ride with Tom.

 Come on, I'll give you a ride home.

 I don't know how to ride a bicycle.
 I rode up in the elevator with Tom.
 Tom mounted his horse and rode off.
 We happened to ride the same train.

 He can swim like a fish.

 He can swim on his back.
 He seems unable to swim.
 I expect Tom won't swim.

 Why don't we go swimming

 You swim well, don't you?
 He swims better than I do.

 ] I'm not very good at swimming.

 Swimming is one thing I enjoy.
 Tom will be able to swim soon.
 We don't have a swimming pool
TJ the Turtle Plays Baseball
Baseball Game with Son

SAM: "I'm taking my son to a baseball game."

JASON: "Cool!"
SAM: "We always watch it on TV, but I wanted him to experience the game in
person."
JASON: "My son loves going to the games. He loves the hot dogs and cotton candy."
SAM: "Yeah, I think my son will be more interested in those things too."
JASON: "Where are your seats?"
SAM: "My boss gave me his season tickets for this game. We're sitting right behind
home plate."
JASON: "Wow! Those are fantastic seats! You have a nice boss."
SAM: "Yes, I do. He has three children. They are all grown up now, but he still takes
them to games."
JASON: "It's a great time to bond with your children."
SAM: "That's what I'm hoping for."
JASON: "Are you taking your baseball mitts?"
SAM: "Yeah. My son wants to take it just in case he catches a foul ball."
JASON: "He may. You never know."
SAM: "Also, I want to take our mitts so we can get them signed by one of the
players."
JASON: "That would be amazing. He would probably love that."
SAM: "He would be so thrilled."
JASON: "Well, have a great time! I'll try to find you on TV."

Basketball Game

PHIL: "Hey Simon. What are you doing this Saturday?"

SIMON: "Nothing much Phil."
PHIL: "Do you want to go to the basketball game?"
SIMON: "Sure! What time does the game start?"
PHIL: "7 pm."
SIMON: "How much is the ticket?"
PHIL: "Don't worry about it. It's my treat."
SIMON: "That's really nice of you."
PHIL: "I'll pick you up at 6 pm."
SIMON: "You're going to drive, too?"
PHIL: "Sure. I don't mind driving."
SIMON: "Hey, let's have dinner before we go. That will be my treat."
PHIL: "Ok. Sounds good. Where should we go?"
SIMON: "There's a great steak house near the arena. Do you want to go there?"
PHIL: "Steak? Sure! I'll pick you up at 4 pm."
SIMON: "Cool! Thanks for inviting me."
PHIL: "Hey, thanks for dinner."

A: Did you go to the basketball game on Friday?

B: No, I couldn't make it.

A: You missed a really good game.

B: Oh, really? Who won?

A: Our school did. They played really well.

B: Too bad I was busy. I really wanted to go.

A: Yeah, you should have. It was really exciting.

B: So what was the score?

A: The score was 101-98.

B: Man, that was a really close game.

A: That's what made it so great.

B: I'll make sure and make it to the next one.

A: Were you able to attend Friday night's basketball game?

B: I was unable to make it.

A: You should have been there. It was intense.

B: Is that right. Who ended up winning?

A: Our team was victorious.

B: I wish I was free that night. I'm kind of mad that I didn't go.
A: It was a great game.

B: What was the score at the end of the game?

A: Our team won 101-98.

B: Sounds like it was a close game.

A: That's the reason it was such a great game.

B: The next game, I will definitely be there.

A: I was meaning to ask you if you saw the basketball game on Friday.

B: I wanted to go, but I couldn't.

A: It was a great game.

B: It's too bad that I couldn't make it. Who won?

A: Our team played hard and won.

B: I really wish I went to the game.

A: It was the best game ever.

B: So tell me the final score.

A: The other team lost by three points, 101-98.

B: It must've been a close game.

A: It really was. You should've gone.

B: Hopefully, I'll make it to the next one.

Small Talk about Sports

MATTHEW: "I like your sports jersey."

KAREN: "Thanks! You must be a fan too."
MATTHEW: "I am. I went to that college."
KAREN: "Really? Me too."
MATTHEW: "What year did you graduate?"
KAREN: "2000."
MATTHEW: "I graduated in 2004."
KAREN: "What was your major?"
MATTHEW: "I studied Law."
KAREN: "I studied Law, too!"
MATTHEW: "I'm Matthew, by the way."
KAREN: "I'm Karen. Nice to meet you, Matthew."
MATTHEW: "Are you going to the game tonight?"
KAREN: "No. I'm going to watch it at home."
MATTHEW: "I have an extra ticket. Would you like to go to the game with me?"
KAREN: "I'd love to. We can watch our college football team win tonight!"
MATTHEW: "Ok! What about dinner first?"
KAREN: "Sounds great."
MATTHEW: "I'll meet you at this coffee shop at 5 pm."
KAREN: "Ok. See you tonight, Matthew."

1. How often do you play sports?

2. What is your favourite sport?
3. Do you play any sport professionally?
4. Are you a member of any sports team ?
5. What sports are you good at?
6. Do you like to exercise ?
7. Do you go jogging?
8. Do you like team sports ? What are your favourite team sports?
9. Do you watch sports on TV?
10. Can you swim?
11. What sports did/do you play in school?
12. What is your favourite winter sport?
13. What is your favourite summer sport?
14. What sport is the most dangerous ?
15. What sport is the most expensive ?
16. Have you ever tried any extreme sport ?
17. What do you think about extreme sports?
18. What new sports would you like to try?
19. What is the most popular sport in your country?
20. Who is your favourite sportsman/sportswoman?
21. Are there any sportsmen/sportswomen in your country that are
successful worldwide ?
TJ the Turtle Learns the Days of the Week

Here is how this works for every hour on the clock:

1:00 — One o’clock
2:00 — Two o’clock
3:00 — Three o’clock
4:00 — Four o’clock
5:00 — Five o’clock
6:00 — Six o’clock
7:00 — Seven o’clock
8:00 — Eight o’clock
9:00 — Nine o’clock
10:00 — Ten o’clock
11:00 — Eleven o’clock
12:00 — Twelve o’clock

Morning (from 12:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m.)

1:00 a.m. — It is one in the morning.
6:00 a.m. — It is six in the morning.
11:00 a.m. — It is eleven in the morning.
Afternoon (from 12:00 p.m. to sunset)
1:00 p.m. — It is one in the afternoon.
3:00 p.m. — It is three in the afternoon.
4:00 p.m. — It is four in the afternoon.
Evening (from 5:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m.)
6:00 p.m. — It is six in the evening.
8:00 p.m. — It is eight in the evening.
Night (from 6:00 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)

1) Say the hour first and then the minutes. (Hour + Minutes)
 6:25 - It's six twenty-five
 8:05 - It's eight O-five (the O is said like the letter O)
 9:11 - It's nine eleven
 2:34 - It's two thirty-four

2) Say the minutes first and then the hour. (Minutes + PAST / TO + Hour)
For minutes 1-30 we use PAST after the minutes.
For minutes 31-59 we use TO after the minutes.
 2:35 - It's twenty-five to three
 11:20 - It's twenty past eleven
 4:18 - It's eighteen past four
 8:51 - It's nine to nine
 2:59 - It's one to three
When it is 15 minutes past the hour we normally say: (a) quarter past
 7:15 - It's (a) quarter past seven
When it is 15 minutes before the hour we normally say: a quarter to
 12:45 - It's (a) quarter to one
When it is 30 minutes past the hour we normally say: half past
 3:30 - It's half past three (but we can also say three-thirty)

O'clock
We use o'clock when there are NO minutes.
 10:00 - It's ten o'clock
 5:00 - It's five o'clock
 1:00 - It's one o'clock
Sometimes it is written as 9 o'clock (the number + o'clock)

12:00
For 12:00 there are four expressions in English.
 twelve o'clock
 midday = noon

Asking for the Time

The common question forms we use to ask for the time right now are:
 What time is it?
 What is the time?
A more polite way to ask for the time, especially from a stranger is:
 Could you tell me the time please?
The common question forms we use to ask at what time a specific event will happen
are:
What time...?
When...?
 What time does the flight to New York leave?
 When does the bus arrive from London?
 When does the concert begin?

Giving the Time

We use It is or It's to respond to the questions that ask for the time right now.
 It is half past five (5:30).
 It's ten to twelve (11:50)
We use the structure AT + time when giving the time of a specific event.
 The bus arrives at midday (12:00).
 The flight leaves at a quarter to two (1:45).
  The concert begins at ten o'clock. (10:00)
We can also use subject pronouns in these responses.
 It arrives at midday (12:00).
 It leaves at a quarter to two (1:45).
 It begins at ten o'clock. (10:00)

The Yellowhammer State

Family

father – mother
sister – brother
son – daughter
husband – wife
aunt – uncle
cousin

Each person’s life is a story. Our lives are stories. The story of your family is the story
of history.
Are you interested in family history? Tell us the story of your family.
Say it then write it in the “comments” section below.

Where do you live?

Where did your mother grow up?
Where did your maternal grandmother come from?
Where did your maternal grandfather come from?
Where did your father grow up?
Where did your paternal grandmother come from?
Where did your paternal grandfather come from?

Marsha: Anna, here's your coffee.

Anna: Thanks, Marsha.
Marsha: What's wrong?
Anna: I'm thinking about my family. I'm feeling homesick.
Marsha: Do you want to talk about it?
Anna: Sure! I have some photos.
Marsha: Yes. Yes, you do!
Anna: Photos really help.
Anna: This is my mother and this is my father. They are rodeo clowns.
Marsha: What do rodeo clowns do?
Anna: They make jokes at a rodeo. They make people laugh.
Marsha: That-That';s very different.
Marsha: Who is that woman in the picture?
Anna: That is my Aunt Lavender. She is my mom's sister. She loves gardening and
makes spoons.
Marsha: She makes spoons?
Anna: Of course.
Marsha: That, too, is very different.
Anna: Oh! This is my Uncle John. He is my father's brother.
Marsha: What does Uncle John do?
Anna: He's a chicken farmer. And makes guitars. He's awesome, and I'm his favorite
niece.
Marsha: Who are they?
Anna: They are my cousins. They are my Uncle John's daughter and son.
Marsha: What do they do?
Anna: They raise sheep and make sweaters.
Marsha: Yeah, that's not a surprise.
Marsha: Thanks for showing me your family photos. Your family is very different.
Anna: I do feel better. Thanks for listening. I have many more photos!
Marsha: Yeah. Yeah, you do.
Anna: Washington, DC is my new home. But I like remembering my old home, too.
Anna's Family Tree
This is a family tree. Anna tells Marsha about her parents.
Her mother and father are rodeo clowns.
Her father's parents are from Italy. These grandparents speak Italian.
Anna's mother's parents live in California. These grandparents have a farm and raise
horses.
Anna's mother's sister is Aunt Lavender. She loves gardening.
Anna's father has a brother. His name is John. Uncle John makes guitars.
Uncle John has a daughter and a son. They are Anna's cousins. They raise sheep.
Anna's brother has two children. They are Anna's niece and nephew.

(2) How important is your family to you?

(3) How important are you to your family?
(4) Would you like / Do you have your own family?
(5) Do you prefer spending time with your family or friends?
(6) Are there any strange people in your family?
(7) Are you jealous of any of your family members?
(8) Do you get on well with all of your family members?
(9) How often do you have big family get-togethers?
(10) How much of a family person are you?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) Do you have the ideal family?
(2) Is there a black sheep in your family?
(3) Is “blood thicker than water” regarding your family?
(4) Do you prefer the idea of extended or nuclear families?
(5) There is much talk recently of increased social problems due to family
breakdown. Is this true in your country?
(6) When do you need your family most?
(7) What would the world be like without families?
(8) Are we all in one big happy family?
(9) Do you ever get tired of family duties?
(10) How far back do you know your family tree?

Boring Family Reunion

SAM: "Mom, do I have to go to the family reunion?"

MOM: "Yes, Sam. Why don't you want to go?"
SAM: "It's boring and I have no one to talk to."
MOM: "You have a lot of cousins."
SAM: "I know, but they are all younger than me."
MOM: "So, you could entertain them."
SAM: "Ok."
MOM: "Your grandparents will be very disappointed if you do not attend."
SAM: "Ok. Where is it going to be?"
MOM: "It is going to be at an Italian restaurant. Italian food is your favorite."
SAM: "I know. How long is it going to be?"
MOM: "Probably a few hours."
SAM: "Can I leave early?"
MOM: "If you can find a ride home, you can leave early."
SAM: "I wish I knew how to drive."
MOM: "You will learn someday. But tonight you are going to the reunion."

Family Reunion

ROBERT: "Mom, are we having a big party tonight?"

MOM: "Yes, Robert. All of our relatives are coming. Did you forget?"
ROBERT: "Oh yeah. It's our annual family reunion."
MOM: "How could you forget? We have a big party every year. This year it is at our
house."
ROBERT: "I remember it was at Uncle Walter's house last year. That was fun."
MOM: "Do you need any help?"
ROBERT: "Yes. Could you please go to the store and buy some ice?"
MOM: "I made some lemonade and I want to keep it cold during the party."
ROBERT: "That's a good idea. It's going to be hot today."
MOM: "I hope the food stays fresh."
ROBERT: "I'm sure it will be fine. What are you making?"
MOM: "It's going to be a potluck. I am serving barbeque ribs and potatoes."
ROBERT: "Do you know what other people are bringing."
MOM: "I think some people are going to bring salads, appetizers, and desserts."
ROBERT: "Sounds like a feast."
MOM: "I think everyone is coming, except Aunt Linda. She's feeling sick today."
ROBERT: "That's too bad. She is my favorite aunt."
MOM: "I know. She's my favorite sister."
ROBERT: "I can't wait to see all of my cousins."
MOM: "They're excited to see you too. But right now, please go buy some ice."

1. She looks pretty sick. I think she ________ go to a doctor.

can
should

2. You've been driving all day. You ________ be exhausted!

must
should

3. You ________ smoke so much. It's bad for your health.

can't
shouldn't

4. Hey I'm lost. ________ you help me?

Should
Can

5. You have such a beautiful voice. You ________ sing for us!
should
can

6. I know he speaks five languages, but ________ he speak Arabic?

should
can

7. That looks very expensive. It ________ have cost a fortune!

must
should

8. I ________ believe that you failed your test!

can't
shouldn't

9. I'm on my way. I ________ be there in about 10 minutes.

can
 should

10. I ________ afford that.

shouldn't
can't

Subject Pronouns

Demonstrative Pronoun Exercises

Choose the correct demonstrative pronoun to fill the blank, remembering that
demonstratives include the words this, that, these and those.
1. I really like watching old shows. _________ are some of the best things on TV.
A. Those
B. That
C. This
D. These
2. Please hand me __________ .
A. those
B. that
C. this
D. these
3. __________ is some of the nicest weather we’ve had lately.
A. Those
B. That
C. This
D. These

Indefinite Pronoun Exercises

Choose one of the following indefinite pronouns to fill each blank: something,
everyone, anywhere
4. After the parade, __________ met up in the town square.
A. something
B. everyone
C. anywhere
5. Would you like __________ to drink.
A. something
B. everyone
C. anywhere
6. I searched all over, but couldn’t find my notes __________ .
A. something
B. everyone
C. anywhere

Interrogative Pronoun Exercises

Select an interrogative pronoun to fill the blank in each sentence.
 7. __________ flavor do you prefer?
A. Whom
B. Which
C. Who
8. I heard someone at the door but wasn’t sure __________ it was.
A. what
B. which
C. whom
9. __________ do you want for lunch?
A. what
B. which
C. who

Intensive Pronoun Exercises

Choose the correct intensive pronoun to fill the blank, remembering that they always
end in –self or –selves.
10. I slipped on the sidewalk and hurt _________ .
A. himself
B. themselves
C. myself
11. The kids rode the rollercoaster by _________ .
A. themselves
B. herself
C. himself
12. She bought _________ a new car.
A. himself
B. myself
C. herself

Personal Pronoun Exercises

Choose the correct personal pronoun to fill each blank.
13. _________ am learning to speak better English.
A. I
B. Me
C. You
14. Thanks for the package! Please leave _________ on the table.
A. them
B. them
C. it
15. Ben was surprised when _________ discovered that his friends were hiding in
the living room.
A. she
B. he
C. they
Possessive Pronoun Exercises
Choose the correct possessive pronoun to fill each blank.
16. I lost _________ phone last night.
A. mine
B. my
C. ours
17. They bought new furniture for _________ house.
A. mine
B. their
C. ours
18. We’re going to get _________ test results today.
A. mine
B. yours
C. our

Reciprocal Pronoun Exercises

Choose the correct reciprocal pronoun to fill the blank, remembering that reciprocal
pronouns include each other and one another.
19. Dan and I waved hello to _________.
A. each other
B. one another
20. The students talked to _________.
A. each other
B. one another
21. The two boys threw the ball back and forth to _________.
A. each other
B. one another

Reflexive Pronoun Exercises

Choose the correct reflexive pronoun to fill the blank.
22. I’m always talking to _________.
A. themselves
B. myself
C. herself
23. John likes to do things by _________.
A. myself
B. ourselves
C. himself
24. You can do it _________.
A. yourself
B. himself
C. themselves
Relative Pronoun Exercises
Choose the correct relative pronoun to fill the blank.
25. The tallest child, _________ was also oldest, was also most outgoing.
A. who
B. that
C. whose
26. I don’t recognize the song _________ is playing.
A. which
B. that
C. who
27. I rode my bike, _________ has a headlight, home in the dark.
A. that
B. whom
C. which

Messy Room

TJ the Turtle Learns About Sea Animals

Going to the Beach

SALLY: "Carl. Are you going to watch television all day?"

CARL: "No. Is there something you want to do?"
SALLY: "It's a beautiful day. The sun is shining. We should do something outdoors."
CARL: "Ok. What should we do?"
SALLY: "Let's go to the beach."
CARL: "OK. I'll grab the beach chairs and towels."
SALLY: "Great! I'll pack some snacks and drinks. Don't forget the sunscreen."
CARL: "Where is it?"
SALLY: "It's in the bathroom cabinet."
CARL: "Is there anything else we need to bring?"
SALLY: "I'll bring the camera. I want to take pictures of the sunset."
CARL: "Good idea! The sunset is beautiful at the beach."
SALLY: "Do you remember the last time we went to the beach?"
CARL: "No. It's been a long time. Why don't we go more often?"
SALLY: "Because you're always watching TV."
CARL: "Ok. Let's go to the beach when the weather is nice and watch TV when it
rains."
SALLY: "That's a deal!"

Going to the Zoo

GREG: "Hey Steve. My family and I want to do something fun this weekend? Do you
have any suggestions?"
STEVE: "The weather is going to be nice. You should do something outdoors."
GREG: "Yeah, it's supposed to be sunny all weekend."
STEVE: "How about a picnic at the park?"
GREG: "We do that often. I want to do something more fun."
STEVE: "How about the city zoo? I heard that bear cubs were recently born there."
GREG: "That's a good idea. We haven't been to the zoo in a long time."
STEVE: "Then you should definitely go this weekend."
GREG: "The last time we were there, it started raining. None of the animals wanted to
come out."
STEVE: "That must've been boring."
GREG: "It was boring. The kids wanted to go home early."
STEVE: "The animals should be more visible since the weather is going to be sunny
this weekend."
GREG: "Yeah. I think we will go to the zoo. Hopefully, this time it'll be more fun."
STEVE: "Actually, I have four tickets to the zoo. You can have them. Our family won't
be able to go. The tickets expire this weekend."
GREG: "Thanks, Steve! Let me pay you for them. Zoo tickets are expensive."
STEVE: "Don't worry about it. It's my gift to you since your last visit was not fun."
GREG: "Are you sure! This is very generous of you."
STEVE: "Also, you mowed my lawn a few times after I had back surgery last year. I
really appreciated that."
GREG: "I'm glad we're neighbors."

Picnic by the Lake

JOE: "Hi Mike. What are you doing today?"

MIKE: "Hi Joe. My family and I are going to the lake. We're going to have picnic."
JOE: "That sounds like fun."
MIKE: "Do you want to join us?"
JOE: "May I? I would love to join."
MIKE: "Sure. We are leaving at 10:30."
JOE: "Ok. Let me ask my parents. What should I bring?"
MIKE: "You should pack swim trunks and a life jacket."
JOE: "Ok. How about food?"
MIKE: "My parents are going to pack some food. There will be plenty for you too."
JOE: "Thanks. I'll be back as soon as possible."
MIKE: "Try to come back before 10:30."
JOE: "I will. If I can't go, I will call you."
MIKE: "I hope you can come with us."
JOE: "Me too. I have no plans today."
MIKE: "See you soon."
JOE: "I hope so!"
Merry Christmas!!

 Did it snow last year at Christmas?

 Did you believe in Santa Claus when you were a child?
 Did you enjoy last Christmas?
 Do people behave differently during Christmas?
 Do they try to be better?
 Do you donate something (money, clothes...) to charities?
 Do you give something to homeless people?
 Do you celebrate Christmas in your country?
 Do you decorate the outside of your house for Christmas?
 Do you enjoy Christmas time?
 Do you enjoy singing Christmas songs?
 Do you exchange presents with your friends at school?
 Do you have a Christmas party at school?
 Do you have a Christmas tree?

(1) Do you like snow?

(2) What are your earliest memories of snow?
(3) What fun things can you do in the snow?
(4) Can snow be dangerous?
(5) Do you think snow is beautiful?
(6) Do you ever really hope that it snows?
(7) Where does the white colour go when snow melts?
(8) Which is more fun, having a snowball fight or making a snowman?
(9) Would your prefer to live in a snowy place or a desert?
(10) Which is more fun, a snow plough, a snowmobile or a toboggan?

Where did you go for holiday?

Last year I went to Singapore, a Southeast Asian country.
Why did you choose that destination?
I love to travel to Asian countries and Singapore was my best choice because of its
beauty and culture.
How long did it last?
I stayed there for 2 weeks.
Who went with you?
I traveled to Singapore with my best friends.
How did you travel?
We flew there of course. During the time there, we moved mostly by MRT and taxi.
What did you pack up?
I only brought some necessary items such as money, clothes, medicine, a map and a
digital camera.
What did you do during the holiday?
We visited famous tourist attractions like Marina Bay Sands, Merlion
Park, Artsience Museum, Singapore Flyers. We also enjoyed local cuisine there.
What’s the difference between holidays today and 20 years ago?
Well, it has changed a lot. People now can afford holidays outside their countries
while 20 years ago, traveling abroad seemed hard.
At what time do people in your country usually go on holiday?
It depends on what job people have. When they have a break from work, they will find
somewhere to travel.

Here are some questions commonly used when asking someone to cook a meal and
have dinner.

"Would you like to come over to my house and have dinner with me?"
"Maybe we could cook dinner together?"
"What time should we plan on getting together?"
"Do you have any suggestions on what we could make?"
"We should probably make a grocery list."
"Do you want to go to the grocery store together?"
"What grocery store do you prefer?"
"If we could go together do you want me to drive?"
"Should we pick up any wine or beer to drink at dinner?"
"Maybe we can split the grocery bill?"

Ground Transportation

A: I just arrived and need help getting transportation to my hotel.

B: There are shuttles, taxis, and buses that go all over the city.

A: Which one is the best form of transportation?

B: It depends on where you want to go. If you are going to a well-known hotel, they
have their own shuttles that drop you right off at the door.

A: Where can I catch a cab?

B: All ground transportation leaves from the island as you walk out the arrivals gate.

A: Where can I rent a car?

B: The car rental agencies are against the wall as you exit.
A: Are there any subways in this town?

B: We have a subway system, but you need to take a shuttle to get to the station.

Which Bus to Take

A: I really need to find a bus that goes by PCC.

B: Where do you need to catch this bus at?

A: All the way up on Las Flores Drive and Fair Oaks.

B: I can tell you what bus to catch, but you have to walk a little bit.

A: Walking isn't a problem for me.

B: The 267 stops at Altadena Drive and Fair Oaks.

A: Which direction do I want?

B: Get on the bus heading west.

A: Do you know where I get off at?

B: Del Mar and Hill.

A: Thanks for letting me know.

B: No problem.

Getting to early

A: Is this our bus stop?

B: I think this is it. Get off.

A: Dude, where are we at?

B: I have no idea.

A: I thought this was the right stop.

B: It doesn't look right to me.

A: Did you make us get off early?

B: I think we did.

A: I should not have listened to you.

B: I really thought this was our stop.

A: Now we have to walk.

B: Maybe we should just wait for the next bus.

Complaining about a Late Bus

A: Where is the bus?

B: I think it's running late.

A: It should've been here 30 minutes ago.

B: It should be coming soon.

A: It better, because I'm already late for work.

B: I can't stand riding the bus.

A: Me too, it's so unreliable.

B: That is true.

A: It's also horrible having to be at a bus stop in any kind of weather.

B: Exactly.That's the worst part.

A: I think it's time we started driving.

B: Yes, I agree.

Where to Get Off

A: Does this bus really go to the mall?

B: It goes all the way there.

A: Are you sure?

B: I know it does. I catch this bus a lot.

A: How long does it take for the bus to get there?

B: The bus ride is only thirty minutes or so.

A: Where do we get off the bus?

B: Right behind Macy's is a bus stop.

A: The stop is really at the mall?

B: It's in the middle of the parking lot.

A: That's perfect.

B: I know it is.

Summer clothes
Salesperson: Can I help you?
Gloria: Yes, I’m looking for a sweater — in a size medium.
Salesperson: Let’s see…here’s a nice white one. What do you think?
Gloria: I think I’d rather have it in blue.
Salesperson: OK…here’s blue, in a medium. Would you like to try it on?
Gloria: OK…yes, I love it. It fits perfectly. How much is it?
Salesperson: It’s $50. It will be $53 with tax.
Gloria: Perfect! I’ll take it.

Selecting goods
Clerk’s / Assistant’s Questions:
 Can / May I help you?
 Can I help you find something?
 What colour would you like?
 What size would you like?
 Is there anything else I can help you with?
 Would you like to try it on?
 Is that any good?
 What can I do for you?
 How does it fit?
 How about this one?
 Anything else?
 Would you like anything else?
Customer’s Questions:
 Excuse me, do you work here?
 Could you help me please?
 I’m looking for a ….
 I’m trying to find a ….
 Could you tell me where the …. is, please?
 How much is this?
 How much are these?
 How much does this cost?
 How much is that …. in the window?
 Where can I find the …. ?
 Do you sell …. ?
 Do you have any … ?
 Would you have this in another colour?

Different ways of asking someone to SHOW you something

 Can you show me the ….. please? (Informal)
 Could you show me the ….. please? (Informal / Formal / More Polite)
 Would you be so kind to show me the ….. please? (Formal)
 I’d like to see the ….. please.
 Could you direct me to the …. aisle please?
When you want to TRY something, you can say:
 Do you have any testers for these (lipstick) colours?
 Can I try it / them on, please?
 Could I try it / them on, please?
 Is it okay if I try this / these on?
 Where can I try it / them on?
 Where are the changing rooms, please?
If you’d like the shop assistant to give you a DIFFERENT SIZE OR COLOUR, you
could say:
 Do you have it / them in size ….. please?
 Do you have this/these in a smaller / bigger / larger size please?
 Can I try the larger / small one please?
 Do you have it / them in a different colour please?
 This is a little too tight / loose, do you have another one?
When you finally decide what you want to BUY, you can say:
 Wow, this one is great. I’ll take it!
 This one is perfect, I’ll take it thanks.
 I’ll have this one, please!
 Can I buy the …. , please?
 How much is it / are they?
 I’d like to buy this one, please.
 I’d like to buy it / them, please.
Animal

(1) Do you like animals?

(2) What is your favorite animal?
(3) What animals are there in your country?
(4) What animals have disappeared from your country?
(5) Are there any dangerous animals in your country?
(6) What is the cutest animal in the world?
(7) Do you think animals were put on this planet so we could eat them?
(8) Do you think animals would rather not be kept as pets?
(9) Is it OK to use animals in sport?
(10) What animal would you like to come back to Earth as after you die?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) What natural animal ability or talent would you like to have?
(2) What is the most useful animal in the world?
(3) What animal best represents your character?
(4) Do you think it is necessary to experiment on animals to test cosmetics and
drugs?
(5) What animals have the best life?
(6) Should animals be kept in zoos?
(7) What are the biggest differences between animals and humans?
(8) If animals could speak, what do you think they would say to humans?
(9) What animal are you most fascinated by?
(10) What animal do you least like?

Where Is My Schoolbag?

The script that makes this quiz work was graciously provided by Professor Bradley
Kjell of the Computer Science Department at Central Connecticut State University.

1. My best friend lives ______ Boretz Road.

a. in

b. on
 c. at

2. I'll be ready to leave ____ about twenty minutes.

a. in

b. on

c. at

3. Since he met his new girlfriend, Juan never seems to be ______ home.

a. on

b. in

c. at

4. The child responded to his mother's demands ______ throwing a tantrum.

a. with

b. by

c. from

5. I think she spent the entire afternoon ______ the phone.

a. on

b. in

c. at

6. I will wait ______ 6:30, but then I'm going home.

a. from

b. at

c. until

7. The police caught the thief _____ the corner of Cascade and Plum Streets.

a. in

b. at
 c. from

8. My fingers were injured so my sister had to write the note _____ me.

a. for

b. with

c. to

9. I am not interested _____ buying a new car now.

a. to

b. for

c. in

10. What are the main ingredients ______ this casserole?

a. about

b. to

c. of

11. My best friend, John, is named ______ his great-grandfather.

a. after

b. to

c. about

12. Grandpa stayed up ______ two in the morning.

a. since

b. for

c. until

13. My parents have been married ______ forty-nine years.

a. since

b. for
 c. until

14. He usually travels to Philadelphia _______ train.

a. by

b. at

c. with

15. You frequently see this kind of violence ____ television.

a. with

b. in

c. on

16. I told Mom we'd be home ______ an hour or so.

a. to

b. in

c. at

17. I was visiting my best friend _____ the hospital.

a. of

b. at

c. in
18. The professor _______ South Africa amazed the American students with her

stories.

a. from

b. of

c. in

19. I'll see you ____ home when I get there.

a. in
 b. by

c. at

20. It's been snowing ________ Christmas morning.

a. since

b. for

c. until

Which of the following prepositions at, in or on can be put before the following words
or phrases?

1. horseback

2. my birthday

3. sea

4. the wall

5. the beach

6. the floor

7. board

8. earth

9. TV

10. the street

Underwater Adventure

1) What comes to mind when you hear the word ‘water’?

(2) What does water taste like?
(3) When do you like drinking water?
(4) Do you think water should be free?
(5) Do you buy mineral water or drink tap water?
(6) Do you drink enough water every day?
(7) Do you ever think about how precious water is?
(8) What three adjectives would you use to describe water?
(9) Isak Dinesen said: "The cure for anything is salt water - sweat, tears, or the
sea." What do you think of this quote?
(10) In 1732, Thomas Fuller said: "We never know the worth of water till the well is
dry." What do you think of this quote?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) Do you like water?
(2) Do you worry about the future availability of water?
(3) What do you think it would be like to have no fresh drinking water?
(4) What do you think of the fact that most of the world’s population is without
clean water, yet rich countries spend billions on oil, brand goods, tourism, etc?
(5) What are the best and worst things about tap water and bottled water?
(6) How does water form?
(7) What different things can you do with water?
(8) What do you know about water?
(9) Henry David Thoreau said: "I believe that water is the only drink for a wise
man." What do you think of this quote?
(10) Jacques Cousteau said: "Water and air, the two essential fluids on which all
life depends, have become global garbage cans." What do you think of this
quote?

(1) What comes to mind when you hear the word ‘ocean’?
(2) Are you an ocean or a mountain person?
(3) What adjectives would you use to describe oceans?
(4) What experiences have you had in your life with oceans?
(5) How important are oceans?
(6) Would you like a job as an oceanographer?
(7) What’s the scariest thing about oceans?
(8) In what ways are you like an ocean?
(9) What are the most beautiful creatures living in the oceans?
(10) How do the oceans affect the weather?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) What is an ocean?
(2) What’s the difference between an ocean and a sea?
(3) What fun things can you do in the ocean?
(4) Do you have different images of the different oceans in the world?
(5) What would you like to know about oceans?
(6) What would you do if you owned a whole ocean?
(7) What do you know about the El Nino effect?
(8) Do you think there should be more ocean than land or more land than ocean?
(9) Are the world’s oceans in danger? How can we protect them?
(10) What scary monsters live at the very, very bottom of the ocean?

Animals
 Do you like animals? What are your favorite animals? Your least favorite
animals?
 Do you have any pets? Do you want one?
 Do you think animals have thoughts and emotions?
 What animals do you eat? Why do you eat those animals, and not others?
 Would you ever go hunting?
 What animal do you think has the best life?
 If you could be any animal, what would you be?
 What can people learn from animals?
 Do you know anyone who owns an unusual pet?
 Have you ever been to a farm? What kinds of animals did you see there?
 Have you ever killed an animal?
 Do you think children can learn a lot from raising animals or having pets?
 What kinds of wild animals have you seen in your life?
 Do you think animals and humans are meant to live together?
 What do you think are the most intelligent animals?
 Do you think animals talk to each other?
 Do you think animals are “lower” forms of life than humans?
 Do you think a human could ever really understand an animal?

Writers love to compare people’s characteristics to those of animals. See if you can
complete these common similes from the list of animals below.
bee, bat, lion, mouse, mule, dog, fox, ox, peacock, lamb
As clever as a…
As stubborn as a…
As gentle as a…
As quiet as a…
As blind as a…
As sick as a…
As proud as a…
As busy as a…
As brave as a…
As strong as a…

New Words
Domesticated (adj.) tame and kept as a pet or on a farm
 Chickens have been domesticated for thousands of years.
Feral (adj.) existing in a wild, natural state, especially after being domesticated.
 The woods are full of feral cats who escaped from a farmhouse nearby and
have been living on their own ever since.
Captivity (n.) The state of being held in a place (for instance, a jail or a zoo) and not
being able to leave.
 I like seeing the animals in zoos, but it makes me sad that they are kept
in captivity.
Housebroken (adj.) trained to live indoors peacefully with humans, not destroying
furniture or peeing and pooping in the wrong places.
 My dog used to poop on the carpet until he was housebroken.
Rescue (v): to save someone or something from a dangerous or distressing situation.
 Example: I rescued my dog from a life the streets.
Predator (n.) An animal who hunts and kills other animals for food. (also known as
a carnivore – a meat eater)
 Example: Sharks are some of the fiercest predators.
Prey (n.) An animal who is hunted by predators. (many are also herbivores – plant
eaters)
 Example: Gazelles and other prey animals have an instinct to run from danger.
Territorial (adj.) living on and defending a particular piece of land
 Example: Lions are very territorial, and they will attack other lions who wander
into land they consider to be theirs.

Television
(1) What images spring to mind when you hear the word ‘television’?
(2) What are the good things and bad things about television?
(3) What would life be like without television?
(4) How much television do you watch every day?
(5) Are you happy with the programmes on TV?
(6) Does television kill conversation in your family?
(7) Does violence on television make young people more violent?
(8) How will television change over the next few decades?
(9) Someone said: "If it weren't for the fact that the TV set and the refrigerator are
so far apart, some of us wouldn't get any exercise at all." Do you think this is
true
(10) Someone once said: "I wish there were a knob on the TV to turn up the
intelligence." Do you think so too?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) What are your earliest memories of television?
(2) Is television important?
(3) How would society be different if TV had never been invented?
(4) What could you do for three hours without watching television?
(5) What is there too much of on television?
(6) How long can you sit watching TV?
(7) What do you think of television shows from other countries?
(8) Would you like a television in every room of your house?

Free time
Talking about your hobby
Use adverbs of frequency (always, sometimes, rarely etc) or another phrase to talk
about how often or when you do your hobby.
I only watch football at the weekends.
I go to the gym four times a week.
I don't often have time to socialise with friends.
You can say why you like your hobby by describing it with an -ing adjective.
I like swimming because it's relaxing.
Watching football is exciting.
It's interesting to surf the net.
Example conversations
What do you enjoy doing in your free time?
I spend a lot of time going to discos with my friends.
Are you keen on sports?
Yes, I love playing tennis in summer.
Are you a sports fan?
Not really. I prefer relaxing with friends in a restaurant.
Do you like going to restaurants?
Not much. I prefer cooking at home.
Typical hobbies
These hobbies are popular with British people.
Watching television
Visiting friends
Entertaining friends (when friends come to your house for dinner, etc)
Listening to music
Reading books
Going to the pub
Going to a restaurant
Gardening
Going for a drive
Going for a walk
DIY (doing DIY = doing home-improvement activities)
Photography / Taking photographs
Surfing the net
Typical sports
Here is some vocabulary for different sports.
Ball games
Football
Rugby
Cricket
Tennis
Squash
Hockey
Baseball
Basketball

Hobbies and Interests Exercise

Choose the correct answer.
1. I like __ volleyball.

 do

 play

 playing
2. She __ running once a week.

 go

 goes

 going
3. Do you __ jogging?
  do

 going

 like
4. They __ horse-riding.

 do

 go

 play
5. Does he like __ golf?

 do

 play

 playing
6. Some English people __ darts in the pub.

 do

 go

 play
7. They __ clubbing at the weekends.

 going

 like go

 like going
8. We often __ sailing in summer.

 do

 go

 going
9. Do you __ martial arts?

 do

 doing

 playing
10. She likes __

 do sunbathe
  sunbathe

 sunbathing

A: Tell me, what do you enjoy doing in your spare time?

B: I enjoy drawing and painting.

A: You know how to draw and paint?

B: Yes, I do.

A: When did you learn how to do that?

B: I learned back in high school.

A: Oh, so you took an art class?

B: Yeah, I loved that class.

A: I see that you're pretty talented.

B: Thank you very much.

A: I wish I had a talent like that.

B: I'm sure you have a talent. It's just hidden.

A: Are there any hobbies you do?

B: When I have time, I sometimes draw and paint.

A: Oh, you actually do that?

B: Every so often, I do.

A: Did you always know how to draw and paint?

B: I was taught in high school how to draw and paint.

A: You had an art class?

B: Exactly, it was my favorite class.

A: Well, it's good that you're so talented.

B: I appreciate that.

A: Talent is a great thing, I wish I had one.

B: Everyone has a talent. They just need to find it.

Colors
1. What's your favorite color? Has it always been so?
2. Do you think that each person has a color/ what's your
color?
3. What does your favorite color tell about you?
4. Would you like to paint your walls various colors or do you
prefer the plain white/cream color?
5. What color is your furniture? Do you like it?
6. What color do you like to wear?
7. Is there a color you hate? How do you feel about it?
8. How do colors affect your mood? How does
red/yellow/black/white/purple make you feel?
9. Do you think colors have different meanings in different
cultures? Can you provide some examples?
10. What's the color of
love/hatred/kindness/jealousy/anger/God?

Siblings-family

Sister: Hey brother how are you?

Brother: I am good. How about you?
Sister: I am perfectly fine. How is your preparation for exams
going on?
Brother: Good, but I am really scared for my exams.
Sister: Why so?
Brother: Because I think I am still lacking somewhere.
Sister: Don’t worry dear. You still have a month. Push yourself
a bit more. You will do a better job.
Brother: Thank you, sis, for your support. But I think I need a
guidance further.
Sister: For that, you can take coaching from the best institute
which will help and guide you.
Brother: Yeah, this seems a perfect idea.
Sister: If you want I can help you to find one.
Brother: Yeah, sure! And I trust you that you will select
something better for me
Sister: I just want you to be a successful person. And if I can be
a part of your success in any way I will be more than happy.
Brother: I promise you to work hard and be at the position
where you want to see me.

A: Hi, my name is ....... (give your name).

B: Hello, how are you doing?

A: I am OK, thank you.

B: Where do you live?

A: I live in ______ (state where you live).

B: Nice, I live _________ (state where you live).

A: How long do you live there?

B: I live there for _________ (state how long you live there).

A: Do you live alone? or with your family?

B: I live with __________ (wife, mother, father, kids, brother, sisters etc).

A: Really, nice I live with _________________ (wife, mother, father, kids, brother,
sisters etc).

B: How many ______________ sisters, brothers, kids etc) do you have?

A; I have _______ (state how many _____ you have).

A: How old are your ________ (sisters brother, kids etc.)?

B: If married: How long have you been married?

A: Comment on the length of time they are married (Congratulations, wow that is a
long time, how many kids do you have etc).

B: It was nice talking to you, but I have to go. I have to ____________(state what you
have to do?)

A: OK bye

How many people are there in your family?

There are 5 people in my family: my father, mother, brother, sister, and me.
Does your family live in a house or an apartment?
We live in a house in the countryside.
What does your father do?
My father is a doctor. He works at the local hospital.
How old is your mother?
She is 40 years old, 1 year younger than my father.
Do you have any siblings? What’s his/her name?
Yes, I do. I have 1 elder brother, David, and 1 younger sister, Mary.
Are you the oldest amongst your brothers and sisters?
No, I’m not. I’m the second child in my family.
What do your mother/father like?
My father likes playing football and my mother likes cooking.
Do your parents let you stay out late?
Of course not. They always ask me to get home before 10 pm each night.
Do you stay with your parents?
Right now, no, but I used to.
Does your family usually have dinner together?
Yes, we do. My mom always prepares delicious meals for us.

Friends

Conversation about a brief conversation between 2 old friends meeting by

chance at a cafe
Sarah: Hello Jason, how are you, it's been a long time since we last met?
Jason: Oh, hi Sarah I'm have got a new job now and is going great. How about you?
Sarah: Not too bad.
Jason: How often do you eat at this cafe?
Sarah: This is my first time my friends kept telling me the food was great, so tonight I
decided to try it. What have you been up to?
Jason: I have been so busy with my new job that I have not had the time to do much
else, but otherwise, me and the family are all fine.
Sarah: Well, I hope you and your family have a lovely meal.
Jason: Yes you too.

Conversation about two people asking each other what they do for a
living.
David: Hello, my name is David It's nice to meet you.
Jenny: Hi, I'm Jenny. It's my please to meet you.
David: Am sorry. what was your name again?
Jenny: Jenny.
David: So Jenny, What do you do for a living?
Jenny: I work at the local school teaching English. what do you for a living?
David: I'm also an English teacher, but am currently out of work.
Jenny: Sorry to hear that. It has been really nice talking to you.
David: Yes. It was a great pleasure meeting you.

Conversation about two friends meeting by chance at the movies.

Bob: Hi Jason, it's great to see you again.
Jason: Wow, it's great seeing you, How long has it been? It most be more than 6
months. I'm doing good. How about you?
Bob: Not too bad.
Jason: What movie are you and the family going to see?
Bob: I came here to see the Simpsons movie. How about you?
Jason: I'm going to watch Terminator 4.

1) What do friends mean to you?

(2) What makes a friend a best friend?
(3) What makes you a good friend?
(4) Is it easy for you to make friends?
(5) Do you have any particularly close friends?
(6) Do you stay in touch with all of the friends you’ve made?
(7) Which long-lost friend would you like to see again?
(8) Is there a difference in friendship between your male friends and female
friends?
(9) What would life be like without friends?
(10) Do you ever worry about losing your friends?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) Are friends sometimes more important than family?
(2) Do you agree with the expression “a friend in need is a friend in deed”?
(3) How similar are you to your friends?
(4) Do you think you have a special understanding with your friends?
(5) At which stages of life is it easier to make friends?
(6) Are your childhood friends those you have strongest bonds with?
(7) What’s the nicest thing you’ve ever done for your friends?
(8) How often do you fall out with your friends?
(9) If you could choose any friend in the world, who would it be?
(10) What is the most valuable thing you have to offer as a friend?

Antonyms

 Achieve – Fail
 Idle – Active
 Afraid – Confident
 Ancient – Modern
 Arrive – Depart
 Arrogant – Humble
 Attack – Defend
 Brave – Cowardly
 Complex – Simple
 Compliment – Insult
 Crazy – Sane
 Crooked – Straight
 Decrease – Increase
 Demand – Supply
 Destroy – Create
 Divide – Unite
 Drunk – Sober
 Expand – Contract
 Freeze – Boil
 Full – Empty
 Generous – Stingy
 Giant – Dwarf
 Gloomy – Cheerful
 Guilty – Innocent
 Hire – Fire
 Include – Exclude
 Individual – Group
 Innocent – Guilty
 Knowledge – Ignorance
 Liquid – Solid
 Major – Minor
 Marvelous – Terrible
 Mature – Immature
 Maximum - Minimum
 Noisy – Quiet
 Optimist - Pessimist
 Ordinary – Extraordinary
 Partial – Complete
 Passive – Active
 Permanent – Unstable
 Plentiful – Sparse
 Positive – Negative
 Powerful – Weak
 Private – Public
 Problem – Solution
 Professional – Amateur
 Profit – Loss
 Quality – Inferiority
 Shame – Honor
 Simple - Complicated
 Single – Married
 Strength – Weakness
 Sunny - Cloudy
 Temporary – Permanent
 Timid – Bold
 Toward – Away
 Tragic – Comic
 Triumph – Defeat
 Union – Separation
 Unique – Common
 Upset – Relaxed
 Urge – Deter
 Vacant – Occupied
 Vague – Definite
 Vertical – Horizontal
 Villain – Hero
 Visible - Invisible
 Wealth – Poverty

 1 - Which is an antonym of all?

same
no
none
empty

 2 - Which is an antonym of present?

light
here
gift
absent

 3 - Which is an antonym of plump?

old
short
fat
slim

 4 - Which is an antonym of juvenile?

adult
support
prison
child

 5 - Which is an antonym of solid?

buy
dangerous
soft
dirty

 6 - Which is an antonym of sane?

priest
listen
cloudy
crazy

 7 - Which is an antonym of prominent?

project
inconspicuous
 rash
deep

 8 - Which is an antonym of despise?

like
hate
love
need

 9 - Which is an antonym of tranquil?

easy
stay
turbulent
dark

 10 - Which is an antonym of glum?

sour
desire
good-natured
gloomy

1. good short
2. fat empty
3. big down
4. tall bad
5. full dry
6. young closed
7. open thin
8. wet old
9. hot cold
10. up small

1. right thin
2. strong female
3. dead unkind
4. early wrong
5. thick dirty
6. wide alive
7. male weak
8. kind late
9. clever stupid
10. clean narrow

1. black 2. beautiful
3. happy 4. tall
5. difficult 6. soft
7. first 8. early
9. expensive 10. wrong
11. full 12. quiet
13. dark 14. left
15. high 16. push
17. bring 18. rich
19. love 20. far

Family

Anna: Hello! Washington, D.C. has many beautiful parks. In fact, this
park remindsme of my home very far away.
Marsha: Anna, here's your coffee.
Anna: Thanks, Marsha.
Marsha: What's wrong?
Anna: I'm thinking about my family. I'm feeling homesick.
Marsha: Do you want to talk about it?
Anna: Sure! I have some photos.
Marsha: Yes. Yes, you do!
Anna: Photos really help.
Anna: This is my mother and this is my father. They are rodeo clowns.
Marsha: What do rodeo clowns do?
Anna: They make jokes at a rodeo. They make people laugh.
Marsha: That-That';s very different.
Marsha: Who is that woman in the picture?
Anna: That is my Aunt Lavender. She is my mom's sister. She loves gardening and
makes spoons.
Marsha: She makes spoons?
Anna: Of course.
Marsha: That, too, is very different.
Anna: Oh! This is my Uncle John. He is my father's brother.
Marsha: What does Uncle John do?
Anna: He's a chicken farmer. And makes guitars. He's awesome, and I'm his favorite
niece.
Marsha: Who are they?
Anna: They are my cousins. They are my Uncle John's daughter and son.
Marsha: What do they do?
Anna: They raise sheep and make sweaters.
Marsha: Yeah, that's not a surprise.
Marsha: Thanks for showing me your family photos. Your family is very different.
Anna: I do feel better. Thanks for listening. I have many more photos!
Marsha: Yeah. Yeah, you do.
Anna: Washington, DC is my new home. But I like remembering my old home, too.
Anna's Family Tree
This is a family tree. Anna tells Marsha about her parents.
Her mother and father are rodeo clowns.
Her father's parents are from Italy. These grandparents speak Italian.
Anna's mother's parents live in California. These grandparents have a farm and raise
horses.
Anna's mother's sister is Aunt Lavender. She loves gardening.
Anna's father has a brother. His name is John. Uncle John makes guitars.
Uncle John has a daughter and a son. They are Anna's cousins. They raise sheep.
Anna's brother has two children. They are Anna's niece and nephew.

Situation: Jane refuses Bob’s invitation to go to the cinema because she has to
attend a family gathering.
Bob: Hi, Jane. How are you?
Jane: Just fine, thanks, Bob.
Bob: I was wondering, are you free this Saturday?
Jane: Oh … I have a family gathering in the evening. Why, what did you have in
mind?
Bob: I was thinking of going to the cinema with you. There’s a good movie to watch,
but if you’re not available …
Jane: Well, it sounds like fun, but actually I’ll be very busy on Saturday.
Bob: What do you have to do?
Jane: I have to pick up my grandparents at the airport in the morning then help my
parents prepare for the gathering in the afternoon.
Bob: Ok, yes you will be very busy.
Jane: But thanks a lot for asking me. Maybe next time.
Bob: That’s fine. We’ll make it next time.
Jane: Why not asking Andrew to go with you? You live in the same apartment with
him, don’t you?
Bob: I have. But he already made an appointment with Lucy. They plan to play
bowling at the leisure center.
Jane: I see. Well, I’d be delighted to have you over and join the gathering.
Bob: What a great idea, thank you. When should I be there?
Jane: You can come about 7 o’clock.
Bob: All right then.
Jane: Great! I’ll be expecting you.
  Who is the oldest person alive in your family and what do you know about
them?
 Do you think big or small families are better?
 What is your favourite family activity and why?
 Describe what your family is like?
 Do you have any family members who you have not seen for a long time, and
why?

Household pets

(1) Do you like animals?

(2) What is your favorite animal?
(3) What animals are there in your country?
(4) What animals have disappeared from your country?
(5) Are there any dangerous animals in your country?
(6) What is the cutest animal in the world?
(7) Do you think animals were put on this planet so we could eat them?
(8) Do you think animals would rather not be kept as pets?
(9) Is it OK to use animals in sport?
(10) What animal would you like to come back to Earth as after you die?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) What natural animal ability or talent would you like to have?
(2) What is the most useful animal in the world?
(3) What animal best represents your character?
(4) Do you think it is necessary to experiment on animals to test cosmetics and
drugs?
(5) What animals have the best life?
(6) Should animals be kept in zoos?
(7) What are the biggest differences between animals and humans?
(8) If animals could speak, what do you think they would say to humans?
(9) What animal are you most fascinated by?
(10) What animal do you least like?
Can you fly?

The modal verbs are:

can could
may might
shall should
will would
must
We use modal verbs to show if we believe something is certain, probable or possible
(or not). We also use modals to do things like talking about ability, asking permission
making requests and offers, and so on.

We make questions by putting the subject after can/could:

Can I …? Can you …? Could I … Could you …? and so on.
The negative form is can’t in spoken English and cannot in written English.
We sometimes say cannot, but it is very emphatic.
The negative form of could is couldn’t in spoken English and could not in written
English.
We sometimes say could not.
We use can and can’t :
 To talk about ability:
Maria can speak four languages.
I can’t swim, but my sister can.
 To say that something is possible or impossible:
Learning English can be difficult [= Learning English is sometimes difficult.]
Children can be very naughty [= Children are sometimes very naughty.]
It’s still light. It can’t be bedtime.

 For requests and refusals of requests

Can I go home now?
You can go whenever you like.
You can borrow the car today, but you can’t have it tomorrow.
 To offer to help someone:
Can I help you?
Can I carry that bag for you?
We use could and couldn’t as the past tense of can/can’t:
 To talk about ability:
I could run very fast when I was younger.
She couldn’t get a job anywhere.
 To say that something was possible or impossible:
Our teacher could be very strict when we were at school. [= Some teachers were
very strict.]
People could starve in those days. [= People sometimes starved.]
You couldn’t use computers in the nineteenth century.
 To make a polite request:
Could I go now please?
Could you lend me a dictionary please?
 To make a polite offer:
Could I give you a lift?
I could carry that for you.
We use could have:
 to show that something is possible now or was possible at some time in
the past:
It’s ten o’clock. They could have arrived now.
They could have arrived hours ago.

Modal Meaning Example

can to express ability I can speak a little Russian.
can to request permission Can I open the window?
may to express possibility I may be home late.
may to request permission May I sit down, please?
must to express obligation I must go now.
must to express strong belief She must be over 90 years old.
should to give advice You should stop smoking.
would to request or offer Would you like a cup of tea?
would in if-sentences If I were you, I would say sorry.

Compound adjectives describing personal qualities

. Describing someone’s character

A person’s character is their personality, who they are on the inside. When you talk
about someone, you might mention what they are like as a person.
Here are some ways to do that:
 We all know people who are nice and kind. They are a pleasure to be with
and always seem to be smiling. These people are usually
also friendly and generous. People who are generous like to help others by
giving them things. Someone who is the opposite of nice is mean. Mean
people can be unpleasant, nasty or vicious. Hopefully you don’t know
anyone like this!
 Some people always show respect to others, which makes
them polite and well-mannered. Someone who doesn’t care about other’s
feelings or rules is rude and impolite. If they use bad language, you can say
they are vulgar or obscene.
 Someone smart is intelligent or clever. If they are smart because of age or
experience, they can be called wise. Someone who is not very intelligent could
be dumb or slow, but a slightly nicer way to say that is that they’re not too
bright.
 How does the person you’re describing deal with difficult situations? Some
people get angry easily. They are hot-headed. Others
are calmand sensible and look at everything in a relaxed way. Others go right
from being calm to being mad. They are moody.
 To describe a person who does not like to go out or be with people much, you
can use the word introvert. If that person doesn’t talk a lot and doesn’t seem
comfortable around others, they might be shy. People who love company and
parties are extroverts. They are often easy-going, meaning not much bothers
them.
 Someone who tries hard to do big things is ambitious. They might also
be resourceful. Resourceful people use everything they can to help them
reach a goal. Someone who is happy with what they have can be
called content or fulfilled. None of these are bad things to be.
 If a person is good at making people laugh, they are funny. If they’re funny in
a clever (smart) way, they’re witty. Some people don’t like to laugh a lot, and
are very serious instead. Sometimes serious people can seem boring.
 Arrogant, conceited people are not fun to be around because they act like
they are better than you. They can be show-offs, meaning they try to make
you see how great they are. Modest people don’t show off how great they are,
even if they’re awesome!

 There are so many ways to say that someone is happy! They can
be elated, exuberant, cheerful, delighted or even ecstatic (very, very
happy). Someone sad might be described as melancholy, miserable (very
sad) or out of sorts.
 When something makes a person mad, they become angry or fed up.
Someone very angry is furious or livid. Stay away from those people!
 We all feel like we have too much to deal with sometimes. This can make
us stressed and anxious. New or scary things can make us nervous. Once
that stress is gone, you can feel tranquil or serene, which are other ways of
saying relaxed.
 Did the person you’re describing get enough sleep last night? If not, they might
look tired or worn out. If they look extremely tired, they might be exhausted.
Sleeping well makes a person look well-rested.
 If someone looks like they’re not interested in what’s going on around them,
they might seem bored. If they’re very interested, you might say
they’re enthusiastic.
Cars! Learning about Cars and Car Parts

A: I just arrived and need help getting transportation to my hotel.

B: There are shuttles, taxis, and buses that go all over the city.

A: Which one is the best form of transportation?

B: It depends on where you want to go. If you are going to a well-known hotel, they
have their own shuttles that drop you right off at the door.

A: Where can I catch a cab?

B: All ground transportation leaves from the island as you walk out the arrivals gate.

A: Where can I rent a car?

B: The car rental agencies are against the wall as you exit.

A: Are there any subways in this town?

B: We have a subway system, but you need to take a shuttle to get to the station.

A: I need help figuring out how to get to my friend's house in the city.

B: You may take a shuttle, a taxi, or a bus to get wherever you need to go.

A: Which form of transportation is preferable?

B: It depends on what you are looking for. If you are looking to travel inexpensively, a
bus might be your best bet.

A: Where do the buses pick you up?

B: The ground transportation center is right outside the exit leading to the street.

A: Is there a car rental place around here?

B: You can find a car rental agency just outside of baggage claim.

A: Is there a subway in this city?

B: Our subway station is a mile outside of the airport. I would suggest you take the
designated shuttle to get there.

A: I need information about my options for ground transportation.

B: This city has many taxis, shuttles, or buses to transport you to your destination.

A: Is one form of transportation better than another?

B: It depends on where you are traveling. If your destination is close by, you might
want to just grab a taxicab.

A: Where are the shuttle pick-up points?

B: When you pick up your luggage, walk out of the door and you will see the
transportation kiosk.

A: Where are the car rental agencies?

B: You will see the car rental agencies as you walk down the hallway as you exit.

A: I heard that you have a very good light rail system in this city.

B: We have a subway station in the airport. The in-airport moving sidewalk system
will take you to it.

Asking about Public Transportation

A: Can you give me a little more information about your apartment?

B: Sure, what can I help you with?

A: What kind of public transportation is near your apartment?

B: I'm not sure, but I believe there is a bus stop about three blocks away.

A: Do you know what direction that bus travels?

B: I'm sorry. If you check online, you can get that kind of information.

A: Okay, I'll just go online.

B: Okay. Good luck with your search.

A: Hello, I was hoping you could give me more info about your apartment.

B: I can try to help you. What would you like to know?

A: Is there access to public transportation near the apartment?

B: I'm pretty sure there's a bus stop within walking distance.

A: Do you know anything about the buses that stop there?

B: I don't know, but I'm pretty sure you can find out that stuff online.

A: I think the local library has bus info.

B: Good luck. The bus info shouldn't be too hard to find

Short Dialogues: Asking for Assistance

How To Ask For Help

Could you please help me out with.....?

Would you mind showing me …..?
Is their any chance you have time to …?
Would you please explain to me …...?
Can you do me a favor please?
Please help me with ….. .
Is it possible for you to …..... ?
I was wondering if you could please show me how to ….. .
Do you have any free time on ….?
Do you know anything about ….?
I was having a problem with …... . Do you think you can help me?
If you don't mind, I could really use your assistance with …. ?
If you don't mind, I really need your help with …. .
I know your good with ….. , and I really could use some help.
I heard your really good at …. . Is their any chance you could help me?
Is their any chance you that you could give me a hand with ….?
I heard that you have a lot of experience with ….. , and I could really use your help.

Asking a Favor
Could / Would you do me a favor?
Could you do me a favor? is used to find out if someone will do a favor for you as a
way to begin the conversation.
The form Would you do me a favor? is more formal.
  Would you do me a favor?
 Could you do me a favor?
Could you please + verb
Use the simple form of the verb (do) to ask for help with specific actions such as
asking for help in daily situations.
 Could you please take me to work?
 Could you please lend me a hand?
Could you possibly + verb
Use the simple form of the verb to ask for help with specific situations while being
extremely polite.
 Could I possibly take some time off to help?
 Could you possibly work overtime today?
Could I ask / bother / trouble you + infinitive
Use the infinitive form of the verb (to do) to ask for a favor in formal situations.
 Could I ask you to help my brother?
 Could I bother you to give me a ride to work?
 Could I trouble you to open the door for me?
Would you mind + verb + ing
Use the gerund form of the verb (doing) to ask for a favor in every day situations.
 Would you mind closing the window?
 Would you mind cooking dinner tonight?
Would it be too much trouble for you + infinitive
Use this form with the infinitive to ask for a favor in very formal situations.
 Would it be too much trouble for you to let me come in late tomorrow?
 Would it be too much trouble for you to take a look at this letter?
May I + verb?
Use the simple form of the verb with "may" when the favor you're asking requires
permission.
 May I leave class early?
 May we use your telephone?
Granting a Favor
If you would like to say "yes" to someone who asks you for a favor, you can grant the
favor using these phrases:
 Sure
 No problem.
 I'd be happy to help you.
 It would be my pleasure.
 I'd be glad to help out.

It's common to ask for more specifics when granting a favor. For instance, if your
friend asks you to help him out with a project, you might ask some follow up questions
to get an idea of what is needed.
 Would you mind giving me a hand?
 I'd be happy to help you. What do you need help with?

 May I use your telephone?

  Sure. Who are you calling?
Refusing a Favor
If you are unable to help out and need to say "no", you can refuse a favor with these
responses:
 I'm afraid I can't.
 Sorry, but I'm unable + infinitive
 Unfortunately, I'm not able + infinitive.
 Regrettably, I can't + verb
Saying "no," is never fun, but sometimes it's necessary. It's common to offer a
different solution to try to help out even if you can't do the favor.
 Could I ask you to help me with my homework?
 Unfortunately, I'm not able to do that.
 Why not?
 Regrettably, I can't do math very well, so I won't be able to help.

Practice Dialogues
Use these dialogues to practice asking for a favor, granting favors and refusing
favors.
Asking for a favor which is granted
Peter: Hi Anna. I've got a favor to ask. Would you mind cooking dinner tonight? I'm
kind of busy.
Anna: Sure, Peter. What would you like for dinner?
Peter: Could I trouble you to make some pasta?
Anna: That's sounds good. Let's have pasta. Which type of sauce should I make?
Peter: Would it be too much trouble to make a four cheese sauce?
Anna: No, that's easy. Yum. Good idea.
Peter: Thanks Anna. That really helps me out.
Anna: No problem.
Mark: Hey, could you please help me with the homework?
Susan: I'd be glad to help out. What seems to be the problem.
Mark:: I don't get this equation. Would you mind explaining it to me?
Susan: No problem. It's difficult!
Mark: Yeah, I know.
Thanks a lot.
Susan: Don't worry about it.

Asking for a favor which is refused

Employee: Hello, Mr. Smith. Could I ask you a question?
Boss: Sure, what do you need?
Employee: Would it be too much trouble for you to let me come in at 10 tomorrow
morning?
Boss: Oh, that's a little difficult.
Employee: Yes, I know it's last moment, but I have to go to the dentist.
Boss: I'm afraid I can't let you come in late tomorrow. We really need you at the
meeting.
Employee: OK, I just thought I'd ask. I'll get a different appointment.
Boss: Thanks, I appreciate it.
Brother: Hey. Would you mind letting me watch my show?
Sister: Sorry, but I can't do that.
Brother: Why not?!
Sister: I'm watching favorite show now.
Brother: But I'm going to miss my favorite game show!
Sister: Watch it online. Don't bother me.
Brother: Could you please watch your show online, it's a rerun!
Sister: Sorry, but I'm unable to do that. You'll just have to watch it later.

Favors Quiz
Provide the correct form of the verb in parentheses to complete the sentences to
double-check the correct grammar forms.
1. (give) Would you please _______ me a ride?
2. (help) Would you mind ______ me with my homework?
3. (use) May I ______ your telephone?
4. (give) I'd be happy _____ you a hand with your homework.
5. (drive) I'd be glad _____ you to the party.
6. (give) I'm afraid I can't ______ you any advice on that.
7. (cook) Sorry, but I'm unable ______ dinner this evening.
8. (answer) Would it be too much trouble _______ a few questions?
Answers
1. give
2. helping
3. use
4. to give
5. to drive
6. give
7. to cook
1. to answer

Self-introductions

1.Your name (OK, that’s obvious…)

Start with your name and your job or your department. Simple really.
You can just say “Hi, I’m (first name) and I just started as a (job title) in the (name of
your department) department.”
For example:
“Hi, I’m Bruno and I just started as a sales consultant in the marketing department.”
2. Some relevant information about you
It’s polite and friendly to give some information about yourself. Don’t want to just ask
questions. Small talk is like a ping pong game. Sometimes you ask questions,
sometimes you give information. You can say something about your previous job,or
school.
For example:
“Before this, I used to work as a solutions manager at Orange.”
3. More about you
We want to know more about you! Tell us how long you’ve been working in your field,
for example. For this, you’ll need the present perfect continuous tense.
For example:
“I’ve been working in the telecom industry for about 12 years now.”
4. Ping pong time!*
* And then, you can give the “conversation ball” back to the other person. A simple
question like “What about you, what do you do?” is good if you haven’t already talked
about the subject.
Other options:
“And how long have you been working here?”
“And how does this place compare to other companies you’ve worked for?”
“How did you get into (the field the other person works in: finance, tourism, etc.)”
Let the conversation develop, relax, and enjoy it.
Even if you make mistakes in English, the objective is to create a connection with the
other person.

Musical instruments

(1) What images spring to mind when you hear the word ‘music’?
(2) What does music mean to you?
(3) What would life be like without music?
(4) Which is more important to you, music or TV?
(5) What kind of music do you like?
(6) How have your musical tastes changed since when you were a kid?
(7) What music can change the way you feel?
(8) What’s the best time and place to listen to music?
(9) Where does the best music come from, the USA, UK or other?
(10) What decade has produced the best music?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) How varied are your musical tastes?
(2) What artists/band do you want to see at a music festival?
(3) What musical genres do you really hate?
(4) Do you think most music (say 90%) is rubbish?
(5) Is the Internet helping or hindering musicians?
(6) Do you agree with Shakespeare that music is the food of love?
(7) What new music have you bought or listened to recently?
(8) What do you think of the music your parents listen to?
(9) Why do humans like music so much?
(10) What do you think of the music they play in supermarkets and elevators?

concert
James: How was the concert?
Karen: It was great! The band was amazing!
James: Was it better than the last concert that you went to?
Karen: I don't know. Both were great.
James: I wish I wasn't sick. I'm sad I missed it.
Karen: Let's go together next time.

Free Concert Tickets

Justine: I have two tickets to the concert tonight.

Kurt: How did you get tickets? The concert is sold out.
Justine: My boss and her husband can't go, so she gave them to me.
Kurt: That's great! Where are the seats?
Justine: Third row!
Kurt: Wow! Those are awesome seats!
Justine: I know. My boss is really sad she can't go.
Kurt: Why can't she go?
Justine: She isn't feeling well.
Kurt: That's too bad. We should get her a thank you gift.

(1) What’s your favourite musical instrument?

(2) Have you ever learnt to play a musical instrument?
(3) What musical instrument do you not like the sound of?
(4) Do you think everyone should learn to play a musical instrument when they
are at school?
(5) Why is it good to learn a musical instrument?
(6) What musical instrument will your children learn to play?
(7) What is the most unusual musical instrument you know of?
(8) If you were a musical instrument, what would you be and why?
(9) How would your life be different if you could play a musical instrument very
well?
(10) What is the most useful musical instrument to know how to play?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) Have you ever been jealous of someone who can play a musical instrument
really well?
(2) What musical instrument looks the most beautiful?
(3) Do you prefer electric musical instruments or acoustic?
(4) What musical instruments are unique to your country or culture?
(5) Do you think a record turntable is a musical instrument when it’s used in hip-
hop?
(6) Can any object be a musical instrument if it’s used to make music?
(7) What musical instruments from other countries do you love the sound of?
(8) Do you think a synthesizer can reproduce the sounds of musical instruments?
(9) Do you think jazz musicians and classical musicians view their musical
instruments differently?
(10) What musical instrument sounds best when played solo?

The Ant and the Dove

(1) What do friends mean to you?

(2) What makes a friend a best friend?
(3) What makes you a good friend?
(4) Is it easy for you to make friends?
(5) Do you have any particularly close friends?
(6) Do you stay in touch with all of the friends you’ve made?
(7) Which long-lost friend would you like to see again?
(8) Is there a difference in friendship between your male friends and female
friends?
(9) What would life be like without friends?
(10) Do you ever worry about losing your friends?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) Are friends sometimes more important than family?
(2) Do you agree with the expression “a friend in need is a friend in deed”?
(3) How similar are you to your friends?
(4) Do you think you have a special understanding with your friends?
(5) At which stages of life is it easier to make friends?
(6) Are your childhood friends those you have strongest bonds with?
(7) What’s the nicest thing you’ve ever done for your friends?
(8) How often do you fall out with your friends?
(9) If you could choose any friend in the world, who would it be?
(10) What is the most valuable thing you have to offer as a friend?

Treaveling

(1) Do you like travelling?

(2) What is travel for you?
(3) What different kinds of travelling are there?
(4) What’s the best place you’ve ever been to?
(5) Would you like to go travelling for a few years non-stop?
(6) What are the good and bad things about travelling?
(7) Where do you want to travel to before you die?
(8) Is it better to travel or to arrive?
(9) Lin Yutang said: "No one realizes how beautiful it is to travel until he comes
home and rests his head on his old, familiar pillow." Do you agree?
(10) Elizabeth Drew said: "Too often travel, instead of broadening the mind, merely
lengthens the conversation." What does this mean? Do you agree?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) What springs to mind when you hear the word ‘travel’?
(2) Are you a traveller?
(3) Is travel an education?
(4) Would you like to travel in space or to the moon?
(5) Would you like to work in the travel industry?
(6) What are the pros and cons of traveling first class and backpacking?
(7) Is travel helping the world?
(8) What would make you wiser – travelling around the world for ten years or
reading 10,000 books?
(9) Mason Cooley said: "Travelers never think that they are the foreigners." Do
you agree?
(10) St. Augustine said: "The World is a book, and those who do not travel read
only a page." What does this mean? Do you agree?

Fun Facts About France for Kids

 The capital city of France is Paris.
 France has 212,394 square miles of land.
 Over 65 million people live in France.
 Most people in France are Christian.
  France has a multiparty democracy.
 The currency France uses is Euro.
 People in France can expect to live for 78 years.
 Emmanuel Macron is the current president of France, he took presidency on
May 14th 2017.
 More tourists visit France every year than any other country. Over 80 million
tourists per year are estimated to visit.
 In 1998 France won the FIFA World Cup, and better again they were the host
country.
 The iconic Eiffel Tower IN Paris welcomes over 7 million visitors per year and
stands at an impressive 324 m in height.
 In Latin France translates to Francia (land of the Franks).
 The Rhine is the longest river in France.
 Mont Blanc is largest mountain in France standing at 4810 m tall.

Water animals

Water
How much water do you drink every day?
How many glasses of water should people drink every day?
How long can a person live without drinking any water? How long have you
gone without drinking anything?
Can you swim? How often do you go swimming?
Where is a good place to go swimming near here?
Try to name 10 water sports.
Not being able to get clean drinking water is a big problem in many places.
What are some ways we can help people get clean drinking water?
Think of the biggest river in your country. How polluted is it? Would you swim
in it?

Swimming

"I'm on the swimming team."

"I got a scholarship for swimming."
"I made the varsity swimming team."
"I love swimming."

"What style of swimming do you specialize in?"

"I like breaststroke the most."

"I like freestyle swimming, but I'm better at the butterfly."
"I'm pretty quick at backstroke."
"I like the competitive aspect of swimming. Sometimes it's hard to tell who is ahead of
you or behind you, but right when you touch that wall and see that nobody else is
there is a great feeling."
"I've been swimming ever since I was 6 years old."
"I swim 4 times a week."
"I try to swim everyday."

"I believe swimming is very healthy, especially for the joints."

"I'm not a good swimmer. The only style I know is the dog paddle."

"I can't hold my breath long enough to be an effective swimmer."

"I can hold my breath for a minute and a half."

Travel

Visiting a Travel Agent

A: I need help planning my vacation.

B: Sure, where would you like to go?

A: I haven't decided where to go yet.

B: Do you enjoy warm or cold climates?

A: I am thinking that I might enjoy a tropical climate.

B: I have some brochures here that you might like to look at.

A: These look great!

B: Do you know how much you want to spend on this vacation?

A: I have about a thousand dollars to spend on this trip.

B: Well, take these brochures, and get back to me when you want to make your
reservations.

Conversation #1 – At The Check-In Desk

Agent: Good afternoon! Where are you flying to today?

Dan: Los Angeles.
Agent: May I have your passport, please?
Dan: Here you go.
Agent: Are you checking any bags?
Dan: Just this one.
Agent: OK, please place your bag on the scale.
Dan: I have a stopover in Chicago – do I need to pick up my luggage there?
Agent: No, it’ll go straight through to Los Angeles. Here are your boarding passes –
your flight leaves from gate 15A and it’ll begin boarding at 3:20. Your seat number is
26E.
Dan: Thanks.

Conversation #2 – Going Through Security

Agent: Please lay your bags flat on the conveyor belt, and use the bins for small
objects.
Dan: Do I need to take my laptop out of the bag?
Agent: Yes, you do. Take off your hat and your shoes, too.
(he walks through the metal detector)
[BEEP BEEP BEEP BEEP]
Agent: Please step back. Do you have anything in your pockets – keys, cell phone,
loose change?
Dan: I don’t think so. Let me try taking off my belt.
Agent: Okay, come on through.
(he goes through the metal detector again)
Agent: You’re all set! Have a nice flight.
The phrase “you’re all set” is a common expression that means “you’re finished and
everything is OK.”

Arranging a Tour of the City

A: I was wondering if you could help me book a few tours.

B: You have come to the right place. How many days will you be visiting here?

A: I will be here for a week.

B: Have you ever visited our city before?

A: This is my first time visiting this city.

B: What are you interested in? Do you enjoy museums and buildings, or would you
rather hit some outdoor hotspots and venues?

A: I really enjoy visiting museums and art galleries.

B: We have tours for all interests.

A: Do you have a city tour?

B: Yes, in fact, I usually suggest that to visitors.

Sightseeing
Repeat

A: Where should we go sightseeing today?

B: I think that some things might be best done in the morning and others in the
afternoon.

A: I think that I would like to go to the beach this morning.

B: That would be a good place to start our sightseeing. We could have breakfast
there.

A: I hear that there is a very nice natural history museum there.

B: Yes, it would be nice to check that out since we are so close by.

A: Where should we go in the afternoon?

B: I think that I would like to go to the amusement park. It's supposed to be quite
good.

A: At the end of the day, I would love to take in the sunset at the restaurant by the
park.

B: That sounds like a great idea! Let's go get a map.

Complaining about a Tour

A: I am having some big problems on this tour.

B: What seems to be the problem? We are here to help you.

A: This tour company seems very disorganized. No one seems to have a clear picture
as to where we are going and when we are going to get there.

B: I will see what I can do about that. How about the accommodations on the tour?
A: So far, we have been staying in really out-of-the-way accommodations.

B: Is anything wrong with your room?

A: The television in our room was broken, and they didn't send anyone to fix it.

B: I will complain to the hotel manager about that. How about the hotel restaurant?

A: The food in the restaurant was terrible, and a few people from our group got sick.

B: I am so sorry that you had such a bad experience. We would like to offer you a free
city tour and lunch to make it up to you.

Shopping for Souvenirs

A: I want to look at the souvenirs over at the souvenir stand.

B: What do you need to buy?

A: I usually buy myself some jewelry or some clothing.

B: I always buy a lot of things for my family. How about you?

A: Yes, they practically swarm me when I get home!

B: What are some of their favorite gifts?

A: The teenagers like me to bring them tee shirts that you can't get anywhere else.

B: This stuff is pretty expensive, isn't it?

A: Souvenirs cost a lot for what they are, but we can shop around for better prices.

B: Let's go across the street and see what they have over there.
You Are Invited To a Cookout

(1) How much do you enjoy eating?

(2) What time of the day do you most enjoy eating?
(3) Do you have a midnight snack?
(4) Where in your house is your favourite place to eat?
(5) Who do you like eating with most?
(6) Do you like watching TV while you eat?
(7) Are there any rules in your house when you eat?
(8) Are you a slow or fast eater?
(9) Are you a fussy / picky eater?
(10) When was the last time you were so hungry that you felt you could eat a
horse?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) Do you ever get bored of eating?
(2) How many times do you chew your food?
(3) What do you think of people who eat food on trains or buses?
(4) Are there any rules in your country about eating in public?
(5) Do you think eating should always be a social occasion?
(6) What eating manners do you have in your country that you like and dislike?
(7) Is the issue of healthy eating important to you?
(8) Have you ever suffered from eating disorders?
(9) Have you ever had an eating competition with your family or friends?
(10) Do you ever eat too much?

(1) What comes to mind when you hear the word ‘food’?
(2) How often do you think about food?
(3) Can you eat anything?
(4) Can you go without food for a whole day?
(5) Do you have to watch what you eat?
(6) What is your favourite breakfast, lunch and dinner?
(7) Do you think your country’s food is the best?
(8) Do you think “you are what you eat”?
(9) What do you think about canned, frozen and processed food?
(10) What kinds of international cuisine do you like?
STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)
(1) Are you fussy or particular about the food you eat?
(2) Have your favourite kinds of food changed over the years?
(3) Do you like fast food and slow food?
(4) What do you think about food additives?
(5) Do you care where the food you eat comes from?
(6) What national dishes from your country would you recommend to the world?
(7) Do you worry about the rising cost of food?
(8) Do you think the world’s food will ever run out?
(9) What do you think of genetically-modified (GM) food?
(10) Is your food bill big?

Going Shopping
(1) What springs to mind when you hear the word ‘shopping’?
(2) Is shopping a real hobby?
(3) Why do women like shopping more than men?
(4) When’s the best time to go shopping?
(5) Do people always need the things they buy when they go shopping?
(6) Do you prefer going shopping alone or with friends?
(7) Which is better, shopping in shops or shopping online?
(8) Have you ever experienced “trolley rage” when shopping?
(9) What’s the worst shopping experience you’ve had?
(10) Is shopping an addiction? How can it be cured?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) Do you like shopping?
(2) Is window shopping a total waste of time?
(3) When did shopping become so popular?
(4) Do you prefer shopping in malls, markets or streets?
(5) What’s top of your shopping list?
(6) Would you like to go on a shopping holiday?
(7) In which store would you like to go on a shopping spree?
(8) What is the thing you forget most often when you go shopping?
(9) Do you like going shopping in other countries?
(10) What’s the difference between ‘going shopping’ and ‘doing the shopping’?

A: "Welcome. Can I help you with anything?"

B: "Hi. I'm shopping for my boyfriend's birthday. Do you have any suggestions?"
A: "Let's see. How about a nice shirt and tie? You can't go wrong there."
B: "Well. He doesn't wear ties that often."
A: "We have some nice pants. You can also get him a belt with it."
B: "That sounds good. Which one do you recommend?"
A: "These slacks are very popular. He can wear them to dress up a little or on a
normal casual day."
B: "I like them. Do you have matching belts?"
A: "Yes. Right over here."
B: "How much are they?"
A: "The pants are on sale for $40, and the belt is $25."
B: "What is your return policy just in case he doesn't like them?"
A: "Just save the receipt and we will gladly return or exchange them for you."
B: "That sounds great. I'll take them."
2
Listen All | Person A | Person B
A: "Hey Jackie. What are you doing?"
B: "Nothing much. I'm just relaxing today. Why? What's going on?"
A: "I was thinking about heading to the mall. Do you want to go?"
B: "Are they having a sale?"
A: "Yeah. Both Bon and Nordstrom's is having there annual sale. It's a great time to
buy some clothes you've been holding out on."
B: "That sounds great. Where should we meet?"
A: "I'll meet you in front of Nordstrom's in 30 minutes."
B: "Sounds good. See you there."
A: "What do you think about these shoes?"
B: "They're cute. But do you think you'll really wear them?"
A: "No. Not really."
B: "This sweater is so pretty. I love the low neck design."
A: "I bet it's expensive."
B: "It's on sale for $80. What do you think? Should I try them on?"
A: "For 80 bucks it looks great. Go try it on."
3
Listen All | Person A | Person B
A: "Where is your dressing room?"
B: "Right over there."
Person A comes out of the dressing room
B: "How did you like the sweater?"
A: "I loved it. I'll take it."
B: "Great. I can ring you up over here. It comes to $87.04."
A: "Here you go?"
B: "Do you have a credit card with us?"
A: "No I don't."
B: "If you open up a card, you can save 10% on all your purchases today."
A: "Not today. Thanks though."
B: "No problem. We always have this offer, so when ever you decide to, just let us
know."
A: "Sure."
B: "Is there anything else I can help you with?"
A: "Yeah. I was looking at some of your pants, but they are all a bit too long. Do you
have alteration services here?"
B: "Yes. It costs $7, and it takes one day."
A: "Great. Thanks for your help."
B: "Thank you, and have a great day."

Family

father – mother
sister – brother
son – daughter
husband – wife
aunt – uncle
cousin

Each person’s life is a story. Our lives are stories. The story of your family is the story
of history.
Are you interested in family history? Tell us the story of your family.
Say it then write it in the “comments” section below.

Where do you live?

Where did your mother grow up?
Where did your maternal grandmother come from?
Where did your maternal grandfather come from?
Where did your father grow up?
Where did your paternal grandmother come from?
Where did your paternal grandfather come from?

Marsha: Anna, here's your coffee.

Anna: Thanks, Marsha.
Marsha: What's wrong?
Anna: I'm thinking about my family. I'm feeling homesick.
Marsha: Do you want to talk about it?
Anna: Sure! I have some photos.
Marsha: Yes. Yes, you do!
Anna: Photos really help.
Anna: This is my mother and this is my father. They are rodeo clowns.
Marsha: What do rodeo clowns do?
Anna: They make jokes at a rodeo. They make people laugh.
Marsha: That-That';s very different.
Marsha: Who is that woman in the picture?
Anna: That is my Aunt Lavender. She is my mom's sister. She loves gardening and
makes spoons.
Marsha: She makes spoons?
Anna: Of course.
Marsha: That, too, is very different.
Anna: Oh! This is my Uncle John. He is my father's brother.
Marsha: What does Uncle John do?
Anna: He's a chicken farmer. And makes guitars. He's awesome, and I'm his favorite
niece.
Marsha: Who are they?
Anna: They are my cousins. They are my Uncle John's daughter and son.
Marsha: What do they do?
Anna: They raise sheep and make sweaters.
Marsha: Yeah, that's not a surprise.
Marsha: Thanks for showing me your family photos. Your family is very different.
Anna: I do feel better. Thanks for listening. I have many more photos!
Marsha: Yeah. Yeah, you do.
Anna: Washington, DC is my new home. But I like remembering my old home, too.
Anna's Family Tree
This is a family tree. Anna tells Marsha about her parents.
Her mother and father are rodeo clowns.
Her father's parents are from Italy. These grandparents speak Italian.
Anna's mother's parents live in California. These grandparents have a farm and raise
horses.
Anna's mother's sister is Aunt Lavender. She loves gardening.
Anna's father has a brother. His name is John. Uncle John makes guitars.
Uncle John has a daughter and a son. They are Anna's cousins. They raise sheep.
Anna's brother has two children. They are Anna's niece and nephew.

(2) How important is your family to you?

(3) How important are you to your family?
(4) Would you like / Do you have your own family?
(5) Do you prefer spending time with your family or friends?
(6) Are there any strange people in your family?
(7) Are you jealous of any of your family members?
(8) Do you get on well with all of your family members?
(9) How often do you have big family get-togethers?
(10) How much of a family person are you?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) Do you have the ideal family?
(2) Is there a black sheep in your family?
(3) Is “blood thicker than water” regarding your family?
(4) Do you prefer the idea of extended or nuclear families?
(5) There is much talk recently of increased social problems due to family
breakdown. Is this true in your country?
(6) When do you need your family most?
(7) What would the world be like without families?
(8) Are we all in one big happy family?
(9) Do you ever get tired of family duties?
(10) How far back do you know your family tree?

Boring Family Reunion

SAM: "Mom, do I have to go to the family reunion?"

MOM: "Yes, Sam. Why don't you want to go?"
SAM: "It's boring and I have no one to talk to."
MOM: "You have a lot of cousins."
SAM: "I know, but they are all younger than me."
MOM: "So, you could entertain them."
SAM: "Ok."
MOM: "Your grandparents will be very disappointed if you do not attend."
SAM: "Ok. Where is it going to be?"
MOM: "It is going to be at an Italian restaurant. Italian food is your favorite."
SAM: "I know. How long is it going to be?"
MOM: "Probably a few hours."
SAM: "Can I leave early?"
MOM: "If you can find a ride home, you can leave early."
SAM: "I wish I knew how to drive."
MOM: "You will learn someday. But tonight you are going to the reunion."

Family Reunion

ROBERT: "Mom, are we having a big party tonight?"

MOM: "Yes, Robert. All of our relatives are coming. Did you forget?"
ROBERT: "Oh yeah. It's our annual family reunion."
MOM: "How could you forget? We have a big party every year. This year it is at our
house."
ROBERT: "I remember it was at Uncle Walter's house last year. That was fun."
MOM: "Do you need any help?"
ROBERT: "Yes. Could you please go to the store and buy some ice?"
MOM: "I made some lemonade and I want to keep it cold during the party."
ROBERT: "That's a good idea. It's going to be hot today."
MOM: "I hope the food stays fresh."
ROBERT: "I'm sure it will be fine. What are you making?"
MOM: "It's going to be a potluck. I am serving barbeque ribs and potatoes."
ROBERT: "Do you know what other people are bringing."
MOM: "I think some people are going to bring salads, appetizers, and desserts."
ROBERT: "Sounds like a feast."
MOM: "I think everyone is coming, except Aunt Linda. She's feeling sick today."
ROBERT: "That's too bad. She is my favorite aunt."
MOM: "I know. She's my favorite sister."
ROBERT: "I can't wait to see all of my cousins."
MOM: "They're excited to see you too. But right now, please go buy some ice."

Plants

BIOLOGY OF PLANTS
Plants are alive, just like people and animals. How do we know this? Living things all
do certain things:
 They grow and die.
 They need energy, nutrients, air, and water.
 They produce young.
 They are made up of cells.
 They react to what's around them.

What Do Different Plant Parts Do?

Plant parts do different things for the plant.

Roots
Roots act like straws absorbing water and minerals from the soil.
Tiny root hairs stick out of the root, helping in the absorption. Roots
help to anchor the plant in the soil so it does not fall over. Roots
also store extra food for future use.

Stems
Stems do many things. They support the plant. They act like the
plant's plumbing system, conducting water and nutrients from the
roots and food in the form of glucose from the leaves to other plant
parts. Stems can be herbaceous like the bendable stem of a daisy or
woody like the trunk of an oak tree.

Leaves
Most plants' food is made in their leaves. Leaves are designed to capture sunlight
which the plant uses to make food through a process called photosynthesis.
Flowers
Flowers are the reproductive part of most plants. Flowers contain pollen and tiny eggs
called ovules. After pollination of the flower and fertilization of the ovule, the ovule
develops into a fruit.
Fruit
Fruit provides a covering for seeds. Fruit can be fleshy like an apple or hard like a nut.
Seeds
Seeds contain new plants. Seeds form in fruit.

Plants make food

Plants are the only organisms that can convert light energy from the sun into
food. And plants produce ALL of the food that animals, including people, eat. Even
meat. The animals that give us meat, such as chickens and cows, eat grass, oats,
corn, or some other plants

Plants provide habitats for animals

Plants are the primary habitat for thousands of other organisms. Animals live in, on,
or under plants. Plants provide shelter and safety for animals. Plants also provide a
place for animals to find other food. As a habitat, plants alter the climate. On a small
scale, plants provide shade, help moderate the temperature, and protect animals from
the wind. On a larger scale, such as in tropical rainforests, plants actually change the
rainfall patterns over large areas of the earth's surface.

Short wowels

He acted the part of King Lear.

 We need to act quickly.
 We'll have to act fast. .
 Stop acting like a baby.
 I acted without thinking.
 Stop acting like a child.
 I don't like the way you're acting.
 Tom acted like he didn't know Mary.
  Tom acts like nothing else matters.
Gems are very beautiful and only a rich person can afford to buy them,
At last, the gem was in his hands.
This gem was very expensive ,and he could not afford to buy it.
My mother wanted me to buy her a new beautiful gem.
She can show me where can I find a gem.

 I didn't really expect to win.

 Slow and steady wins the race.
 Did Jerry really win a lottery?
 I thought we were going to win.
 I want Tom to win the election.

 We have little chance of winning.

 I think Tom is the one who'll win.
 Tom didn't expect to win the race.

 Tom thought he had a chance to win the race.

 I never dreamed that I would win first prize.
 I'm confident that I'll win the tennis match. (
 She stands a good chance of winning the prize.

 Tom was attacked by a dog.

 Tom's dog bit Mary's hand.
 Tom's dog licked his hand.
 What do you feed your dog?

 The dog was run over by a car.
 This dog eats almost anything. (
 Tom feeds his dog twice a day.

 Wasn't your old dog named Cookie?

 Dogs aren't allowed in this hotel. (
 ] I saw a dog swim across the river.
 I thought Tom said it was his dog.

Train traveling
Conversations for Taking a Train
Buying a Ticket to the City
Lisa: I'd like a ticket to Central station please.
Ticket Seller: Single or return?
Lisa: Return please.
Ticket Seller: That's $7.50
Ticket Seller: Here's your ticket.
Lisa: What platform is it?
Ticket Seller: Platform 2.
Lisa: What time is the train?
Ticket Seller: There's one every 20 minutes.
Lisa: Thank you.
Making a Reservation for Long Distance Trips
Mike: I'd like a ticket from Sydney to Melbourne for the 18th of November please.
Ticket Seller: Single or return?
Mike: Single please.
Ticket Seller: First class or second class?
Mike: Second class, please.
Ticket Seller: Your name please?
Mike: Mike Smith
Ticket Seller: That's $120
Mike pays the ticket seller.
Ticket Seller: Thank you
Ticket Seller: Here is your ticket and receipt. The train leaves at 6:15 in the morning.
You need to be at the station 30 minutes before.
Mike: Thank you.

Simple Conversation about train journey :

Ramesh : Shohana, When did you arrive at the station?

Shohana : I came here at 5 p.m.

Ramesh : Which train you are waiting for?

Shohana : I am waiting for Pandian Express.

Ramesh : What is the time of departure?

Shohana : 19.40hrs.

Ramesh : Have you reserved?

Shohana : I have reserved two tickets for me and my brother.

Kumaran : We are going to our grandfather’s house.

Ramesh : Where does you grandfather reside?

Kumaran : He resides at Thillai Nagar, Trichy.

Words to Know :
Arrive

Waiting

Departure

Reserved

Tickets

Grandfather

Reside

Station

Can you help me?

 Who does the most chores in your home?

 What household chores are you responsible for?
 What chores do you husband/wife/children do?
 What chores do you dislike the most?
 Are there any chores that you enjoy doing?
 Did you have to do chores when you were a child? If yes, what ones?
 Did you receive an allowance (‘pocket money’) for completing chores?
 Do you have a weekly routine for doing chores?
 Do you sometimes avoid doing chores?
 What are some strategies for making chores easier?
 Do you ever hire someone to help you with chores?
Types of chores
Sweep the floor Wash the car
Mop the floor Tidy / Clean up your room
Vacuum the floor Make the bed
Set the table Dust the shelves
Clear the table Hang out the washing
Wash the dishes Fold the clothes
Unload the dishwasher Iron the clothes
Take out the garbage Mow the lawn

 Can you describe each room of your house?

 What does the outside of your house look like?
 Where do you park your car at your house
 Do you like the place where you are living? Why or why not?
 What is your favorite room in your house? Why?

 How are homes different in your home country and in this country?
 How have you changed your home since you've started living there?
 How long have you lived where you are living now?
 How many different homes have you lived in?

 Who lives with you? / Who do you live with?

 Would you prefer to live in a house or an apartment? Why?
 Is every house a home?
 What makes 'a house' into 'a home'?
 Have you ever been homesick?have you changed anything in your house
recently? If so, what was that?
 What would you like to change in your house?

 Which are the advantages and disadvantages of living in a small

house/flat/apartment? And living in a big one?
 Do you have a nice garden at your home? Do you plant flowers and trees in
your garden? Do you help your mother/father to water those plants/flowers?

House Care-Inside

Here are some questions commonly used when talking about taking care of your
house from the inside.

"How often should I change the batteries in the smoke detectors?"

"How often should I change the air filter in the furnace?"
"Should I clean the house myself or look into hiring a cleaning company?"
"What should I use to clean my carpets?"
"What colors should I use to paint the inside?"
"Should I have one can for trash and one for recycling?"
"How should I decorate?"

If you are asked any of these questions, here are ways that you could respond.

"Some smoke detectors will beep loudly to let you know when the batteries are low."
"I would change the batteries every six months to be safe."

"You should change your filter every six months also."

"I am not sure, I just take it out and look at it. If it is dirty I replace it."

"Make time during the week to clean. It helps keep a clean environment and you can
feel good about having a clean house."
"If you have the money I would hire a cleaning company. They do a good job and you
can just relax more."

Here are some questions commonly used when talking about taking care of your
house on the outside.

"How often should I mow the grass?"

"What should I do to get rid of the weeds?"
"When should I plant flowers?"
"How do I clean my outside windows?"
"How do I get rid of moles?"
"What do I do about bee hives?"

If you are asked any of these questions, here are ways that you could respond.

"You should mow your grass once a week."

"I just mow mine once it gets really long."

"I would go to Home Depot and ask someone for recommendations."

"It depends on what kind of weeds you have, some are worse than others."

"You should plant flowers in the spring."

"I would always wait until it gets warm to plant flowers, that way they will last all
summer."

Can
Can – for ability
I can dance Tango.
She can't sing.
Can you speak English?
Can – for permission
Can I sit here?
Can we leave now?
Can I play some music?
Can – for requests or suggestions
Can we have more coffee?
Can I have the bill?
You can go wherever you like.
Could
Could – past ability
I could run ten kilometres when I was younger.
We could see the ocean from our hotel room.
I could see that Danny was angry.
Could – for permission (polite)
Could I have another coffee?
You could sit here if you like.
Could you repeat that again?
Could - for possibility
This holiday could be really good.
You could go to the hairdresser tomorrow.
Could this really be true?
May
May – for formal permission.
May I come in?
May I make a suggestion?
May he ask a question?
May – to suggest a possibility
It may rain this evening.
They may be late.
He may agree with you.
Might
Might – for possibility
The electrician might be finished by tomorrow.
It might be bad weather tomorrow.
Peter might come to the party.
Must
Must – to express a formal request or necessity
I must finish the report today.
Each individual must help to stop pollution of the environment.
Every car must have seat belts.
He must give us a reply this morning.
Must – to show that something is very possible
She must be very intelligent.
There must be a lot of traffic. That's why they're late.
You must be tired after your journey.
Now select the right word for the following:
 1) Sarah is such a talented singer. She _ practise a lot.

may
must
can

 2) You _ ask questions after my presentation.

can
could
may

 3) Mister Turner, _ I ask a question?

can
may
must

 4) I'm sure you _ speak Spanish seeing that you’re from Colombia.

may
can
could

 5) _ you show me your passport please?

Must
Could
Can

 6) David _ speak Japanese and Thai fluently.

must
can
could

 7) I'm too old now but when I was younger I _ surf and water ski.

could
might
can

 8) It _ rain tomorrow so we’d better plan an indoor dinner.

 can
might
must

1 They (can/might) be away for the weekend but I'm not sure.

2 You (may/might) leave now if you wish.

3 (Could/May) you open the window a bit, please?

4 He (can/could) be French, judging by his accent.

5 (May/Can) you play the piano?

6 Listen, please. You (may not/might not) speak during this exam.

7 They (can't/may not) still be out!

8 You (couldn't/might not) smoke on the bus.

9 With luck, tomorrow (can/could) be a sunny day.

10 You (can/might) be right but I'm going back to check anyway.

1. I ……………….. swim across the river.

Can
May
Might
2. ……………….. you lift this box?
Can
May
Either could be used here
3. ………………. I come in?
Can
May
Either could be used here
4. ………………… I borrow your bicycle?
Can
May
Either could be used here
5. It ………………… rain in the evening.
may
can
Either could be used here
6. …………………. this be true?
Can
May
Either could be used here
7. It ………………… not be true.
cannot
may not
Either could be used here
8. ………………….. you find love and happiness!
Can
May
Either could be used here
9. I …………………. swim across the river when I was young.
could
might
Either could be used here
10. She said that she ……………… come.
may
might
Either could be used here

Where should we go?

Travel

Visiting a Travel Agent

A: I need help planning my vacation.

B: Sure, where would you like to go?

A: I haven't decided where to go yet.

B: Do you enjoy warm or cold climates?

A: I am thinking that I might enjoy a tropical climate.

B: I have some brochures here that you might like to look at.

A: These look great!

B: Do you know how much you want to spend on this vacation?

A: I have about a thousand dollars to spend on this trip.

B: Well, take these brochures, and get back to me when you want to make your reservations.

Conversation #1 – At The Check-In Desk

Agent: Good afternoon! Where are you flying to today?

Dan: Los Angeles.
Agent: May I have your passport, please?
Dan: Here you go.
Agent: Are you checking any bags?
Dan: Just this one.
Agent: OK, please place your bag on the scale.
Dan: I have a stopover in Chicago – do I need to pick up my luggage there?
Agent: No, it’ll go straight through to Los Angeles. Here are your boarding passes – your
flight leaves from gate 15A and it’ll begin boarding at 3:20. Your seat number is 26E.
Dan: Thanks.

Conversation #2 – Going Through Security

Agent: Please lay your bags flat on the conveyor belt, and use the bins for small objects.
Dan: Do I need to take my laptop out of the bag?
Agent: Yes, you do. Take off your hat and your shoes, too.
(he walks through the metal detector)
[BEEP BEEP BEEP BEEP]
Agent: Please step back. Do you have anything in your pockets – keys, cell phone, loose
change?
Dan: I don’t think so. Let me try taking off my belt.
Agent: Okay, come on through.
(he goes through the metal detector again)
Agent: You’re all set! Have a nice flight.
The phrase “you’re all set” is a common expression that means “you’re finished and
everything is OK.”

Arranging a Tour of the City

A: I was wondering if you could help me book a few tours.

B: You have come to the right place. How many days will you be visiting here?

A: I will be here for a week.

B: Have you ever visited our city before?

A: This is my first time visiting this city.

B: What are you interested in? Do you enjoy museums and buildings, or would you rather hit
some outdoor hotspots and venues?
A: I really enjoy visiting museums and art galleries.

B: We have tours for all interests.

A: Do you have a city tour?

B: Yes, in fact, I usually suggest that to visitors.

Sightseeing

Repeat

A: Where should we go sightseeing today?

B: I think that some things might be best done in the morning and others in the afternoon.

A: I think that I would like to go to the beach this morning.

B: That would be a good place to start our sightseeing. We could have breakfast there.

A: I hear that there is a very nice natural history museum there.

B: Yes, it would be nice to check that out since we are so close by.

A: Where should we go in the afternoon?

B: I think that I would like to go to the amusement park. It's supposed to be quite good.

A: At the end of the day, I would love to take in the sunset at the restaurant by the park.

B: That sounds like a great idea! Let's go get a map.

Complaining about a Tour

A: I am having some big problems on this tour.

B: What seems to be the problem? We are here to help you.

A: This tour company seems very disorganized. No one seems to have a clear picture as to
where we are going and when we are going to get there.

B: I will see what I can do about that. How about the accommodations on the tour?

A: So far, we have been staying in really out-of-the-way accommodations.

B: Is anything wrong with your room?

A: The television in our room was broken, and they didn't send anyone to fix it.

B: I will complain to the hotel manager about that. How about the hotel restaurant?

A: The food in the restaurant was terrible, and a few people from our group got sick.

B: I am so sorry that you had such a bad experience. We would like to offer you a free city
tour and lunch to make it up to you.

Shopping for Souvenirs

A: I want to look at the souvenirs over at the souvenir stand.

B: What do you need to buy?

A: I usually buy myself some jewelry or some clothing.

B: I always buy a lot of things for my family. How about you?

A: Yes, they practically swarm me when I get home!

B: What are some of their favorite gifts?

A: The teenagers like me to bring them tee shirts that you can't get anywhere else.

B: This stuff is pretty expensive, isn't it?

A: Souvenirs cost a lot for what they are, but we can shop around for better prices.

B: Let's go across the street and see what they have over there.

(1) Do you like travelling?

(2) What is travel for you?
(3) What different kinds of travelling are there?
(4) What’s the best place you’ve ever been to?
(5) Would you like to go travelling for a few years non-stop?
(6) What are the good and bad things about travelling?
(7) Where do you want to travel to before you die?
(8) Is it better to travel or to arrive?
(9) Lin Yutang said: "No one realizes how beautiful it is to travel until he comes
home and rests his head on his old, familiar pillow." Do you agree?
(10) Elizabeth Drew said: "Too often travel, instead of broadening the mind, merely
lengthens the conversation." What does this mean? Do you agree?
STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)
(1) What springs to mind when you hear the word ‘travel’?
(2) Are you a traveller?
(3) Is travel an education?
(4) Would you like to travel in space or to the moon?
(5) Would you like to work in the travel industry?
(6) What are the pros and cons of traveling first class and backpacking?
(7) Is travel helping the world?
(8) What would make you wiser – travelling around the world for ten years or
reading 10,000 books?
(9) Mason Cooley said: "Travelers never think that they are the foreigners." Do
you agree?
(10) St. Augustine said: "The World is a book, and those who do not travel read
only a page." What does this mean? Do you agree?

Grammar: TOO and ENOUGH

Q1 - There were ....... many questions to answer so I only did three

too
enough
Q2 - The coffee was .... to drink so I left it for a minute to cool
hot enough
too hot
Q3 - The room wasn't ....... so I turned the heating on
hot enough
too hot
Q4 - I didn't buy the jacket because it was ........
big enough
too big
Q5 - The shoes were ..... so I didn't buy them
small enough
too big
Q6 - It's far ....... to fit inside the bag
too big
small enough
Q7 - It was far ....... to pick up
too heavy
heavy enough
Q8 - I didn't get it because it was .......
too expensive
expensive enough
Q9 - I haven't got ....... to take a holiday this year
too much time
enough time
Q10 - It was ...... to carry
heavy enough
too heavy
Q11 - There wasn't ....... for everybody to get in
enough room
too much room
Q12 - He didn't do ........ to pass the exam
too much work
enough work
Q13 - There wasn't ....... to finish so I didn't manage to
enough time
too much time
Q14 - She can't sleep because she drinks ......... coffee
enough
too much
Q15 - I didn't know him ......., but I was still upset when he died
too well
good enough
Q16 - I left the job because I was making .......
too little money
too few money
Q17 - I put a scarf on because it was .......
cold enough
too cold
Q18 - This town isn't ....... for both of us
big enough
too big
Q19 - He isn't ....... to go back to work yet
well enough
too well
Q20 - I don't think the exam is ......... for me to have a good chance of passing
easy enough
too difficult
Q21 - This room isn't ........ for all the guests; we'll have to get a bigger one
big enough
too big
Q22 - She isn't ....... to start driving until next year
too old
old enough
Q23 - I haven't got ........ to pay the bill until I get my salary
enough money
too much money
Q24 - Everything was much ....... for us to get anything
too expensive
cheap enough
Q25 - He speaks far ....... for us to understand him unless we ask him to say it again
quickly enough
too quickly
Q26 - They haven't got .......... to buy it
enough money
too much money
Q27 - They took ....... on the first part and didn't finish the rest
too much time
enough time
Q28 - There's never ........ to do everything I would like to do
too much time
enough time
Q29 - The photograph didn't come out because it was ........
dark enough
too dark

1. Is there ............... bones in the fridge to feed two hundred dogs?

o too
o enough
2. Susan is strong .............. to carry these heavy bags.
o too
o enough
3. I can’t go to the disco because I’m ................... busy doing my new website.
o too
o enough
4. Philip isn’t ................. brave to kill a hen.
o too
o enough
5. Beata is .................... absent-minded to remember about everything.
o too
o enough
6. I’ve got .................. time to finish this exercise.
o too
o enough
7. Didn’t you prepare .................. many sandwiches?
o too
o enough
8. This soup is .................. salty.
o too
o enough
9. Nicole used .................. much pepper.
o too
o enough
10. My meal is warm .................. .
o too
o enough
11. Paul has got .................. money to buy Lamborghini.
o too
o enough
12. She bought .................. many flowers last week.
o too
o enough
13. Pauline’s horse is .................. slow to win that race.
o too
o enough
14. You’ve told .................. . Go to your room and think it over.
o too
o enough
15. My boyfriend is intelligent .................. to pass all the tests.
o too
o enough
16. We’ve painted .................. rooms today. Now we can go home.
o too
o enough
17. He’s .................. young to play this computer game.
o too
o enough
18. Dave is tall .................. to reach that shelf.
o too
o enough
19. The weather isn’t hot .................. today.
 o too
o enough
20. They aren’t .................. responsible to look after small babies.
o too
o enough

Too + Adjective
When the amount of something is more than needed/wanted we
can use too + adjective. It is only used in negative situations.
It's too cold in this room, close the door.
I'm too tired to play football tonight.
She said she was too old to go to nightclubs.

Not + Adjective + Enough

Use the not + adjective + enough form for something lacking
the amount or level that is needed.
I'm not thin enough to wear these jeans.
My house isn't big enough to host a party.
My car isn't dirty enough yet for a wash

 1) The room was ___ , we couldn't get a seat.

not crowded
too crowded
crowded enough

 2) James is too ___.

not young enough

young to drive
young enough to drive

 3) The service really ____.

too good enough

good enough
 wasn't good enough

 4) Accidents happen when you are not ___ enough.

carefully
care
careful

 5) I'm ___ enough to run a marathon.

fits
too fit
not fit

 6) She ___ live close enough to walk to work.

don't
isn't
doesn't

 7) I was too embarrassed ___ say anything.

enough
to
for

What Is Blood Made Of?

(1) How is the health care in your country?

(2) Is the health care in your country getting better or worse?
(3) Is health care in your country free for some people?
(4) Which country do you think has the best health care?
(5) Which is better, private or public health care?
(6) Are health care workers well paid in your country?
(7) Do you ever think about health care for when you are old?
(8) What is health care like for old and poor people in your country?
(9) What happens to people in poor countries who cannot afford health care?
(10) Is your country’s health care system in need of reform?
STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)
(1) Is health care in your country fair to everyone?
(2) What are the most important health care issues in your country?
(3) What are the most important health care issues in the world?
(4) What do you think the health care issues of the future will be?
(5) What do you know about the history of health care in your country?
(6) What are the health care problems in your country?
(7) What do you know about the cost of health care in your country?
(8) Do you think universal health care will ever come to the world?
(9) How big an issue is health care in your national elections?
(10) What questions would you like to ask health care workers?

(1) How is your health?

(2) Do you do anything to stay healthy?
(3) Do you worry about the health of those around you?
(4) Do you ever worry about your own mental health?
(5) Have you ever stopped doing something for your health?
(6) Are you always a picture of health when you wake up in the morning?
(7) What are the health risks associated with your lifestyle and environment?
(8) What health problems do you worry about most?
(9) What is the WHO and what does it do?
(10) What can you do to improve your health?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) Do you worry about your health?
(2) Are you a health-conscious person?
(3) Do you read magazines or newspaper articles about health?
(4) What things do you do that might damage your health?
(5) How often do you have a health check?
(6) Have you ever been in poor or ill health?
(7) Where do you go to get information on health?
(8) Who are the healthiest people in the world and why are they so healthy?
(9) What are the best and worst jobs for your health?
(10) How is the health of your computer / the economy / the planet?
Personal Pronouns

Hers It me That These This Those yours yourself

I'm in bed, because I'm ill. Looking through the window is my only fun. Look. are
my friends playing football in the playground.

That isn't Diana's house. is next door.

Hello. My name's Frank. What's ?

is certainly not hot tea, I can touch it.

I've got a problem. Can you help ?

is my father's picture on the wall. It's dirty, but I can't clean it, because it's too
high.

My office isn't big. 's quite small.

You can do it by .

books are very interesting. Could I borrow them?

English pronouns exercise. Fill in the missing English pronouns to complete the
following sentences.

Are you talking to ?(I)

Don’t ask . doesn’t know. ( she / she )

Don’t ask . Ask . ( I / he )

Hasn’t arrived yet? ( she )

don’t understand. ( I )

Nobody told the train was leaving. ( they )

phoned yesterday. ( she )

This is Susan. have known for years. ( we / she )

We watched for hours. ( he )

Why didn’t ask to come? ( she / they )

 - Who can tell ___ the correct answer.

me

we

you're

 2 - ___ house is near hers.

Us

We

Our

Them

 3 - Where is the bank? I think ___ is on Turner Street.

it

their

they

you

 4 - James went to the game with Susan and ___.

me

 5 - David asked ___ to marry him.

she

her

 6 - Steve and ___ are going skiing.

me

 7 - My daughter can get dressed all by ___ now.

herself

her

itself

she

 8 - ___ stole it will be punished.

We

Whoever

Whose

 9 - The politicians decided to give ___ a pay rise.

ourselves

your

themselves

we

 10 - She bought it for ___.

he

their

him

his
whatever - whenever - wherever - whichever - whoever

1. You are welcome to come and stay with us you like.

2. Alex demanded to speak to was in charge of sales.

3. Don't forget your keys you do!

4. The sweater comes in three colours; choose you prefer.

5. What do you want to do on Saturday? I don't mind - you like!

6. Julie always manages to feel at home very quickly she goes.

7. borrowed the dictionary should return it as quickly as possible.

8. My mother gives me a multitude of warnings I borrow her car.

9. There is no entrance fee; you give you can afford.

10. The candidate said he was from Riverville, that is!

The old woman lived alone, with ---- to look after ----.

A) someone / her

B) anyone / herself

C) everyone / she

D) no one / her

E) anyone / she's

2. ---- two rings here on my little finger belonged to ---- grandmother.

A) These / my
 B) That / mine

C) Those / me

D) The / myself

E) This / my

3. When the little boy grabbed the lizard, ---- tail broke off in ---- hand.

A) it's / his

B) it / him

C) its / his

D) it / one's

E) its / he's

4. A baby learns the meaning of words as ---- are spoken by others and later uses ----
in sentences.

A) their / they

B) they / them

C) they / themselves

D) it / them

E) they / it

5. Some of these clothes are ----, and the rest of ---- belong to Zack.

A) yours / it

B) my / them

C) hers / their

D) me / they

E) mine / them
6. As for ----, I prefer to let people make up ---- minds.

A) myself / each other's

B) I / his own

C) mine / one another's

D) me / their own

E) my / theirs

Choose the appropriate pronouns to complete the sentences.

1. I didn't buy ---- in the end.

A) nothing

B) something

C) everybody

D) anything

2. It's not good if everyone ---- to get ---- own license.

A) wants / their

B) want / their

C) wants / their

D) want / theirs

3. He was an only child, so he had to learn how to amuse ----.

A) himself

B) him

C) anybody

D) each other
4. They always defend ----. If you blame one, the other will spring to her aid.

A) themselves

B) one another

C) him

D) them

5. He claimed to be an expert, but he knew almost ---- about it.

A) everything

B) nothing

C) anything

D) something

6. If ---- had called, they would have left a message.

A) anybody

B) nobody

C) everybody

D) no one

7. No one can find Alice and David ----.

A) everywhere

B) somewhere

C) anywhere

D) nowhere

8. Despite her father's complaints, she decided to live ---- in Canada.

A) herself

B) of her own
 C) by herself

D) her

9. The music in the house was so loud that everybody had to shout to make ----
heard.

A) herself

B) oneself

C) themselves

D) them

10. There was ---- to help me so I had to do all the cleaning myself.

A) anybody

B) no one

C) somebody

D) everyone

Phonics: Words with Scr, Spr, and Str

 Tom pointed to the screen.

I have a sreen
This screen is very nice
He bought me a screen
What's your favorite screen saver?

 Tom scratched himself.

 I made it from scratch.
  Tom scratched his head.
 Tom scratched his nose.
 The cat scratched my hand

 A cat scratched me.

 It's only a scratch.
 My cat scratched me.
 He scratched his head.
 Tom scratched his hand.
 Can you scratch my back?

 It's just a scratch, OK?

 I was scratched by a cat.
 Someone scratched my car.
 I want to scratch my nose.
 We need to start from scratch.
 They had to start from scratch.

I like to sprint every day

Me and mu friend Mark are sprinting
John is sprinting
 He sprinted to catch up to them.
 The runner sprinted on the last lap.

 It's not spring yet.

 It'll soon be spring. (
 He retires next spring.
 I like spring the most
 Spring will be here soon.
 [ Winter changed to spring.
 I prefer spring to autumn.
 I prefer spring to summe
Give me spray
Where can I find spray
Which spray is that
Where did you bought that spray
 Tom is spraying his garden.
 They are spraying the fruit trees.
 I need to buy some black spray paint.

 You're stronger today.

 You're the strong one.
 He's stronger than you.
 The wind grew stronger.
 Tom started off strong.
 He is as strong as ever.
 He is strong as a horse. (

 [] Do you think you're strong?

 You don't look very strong.
 This coffee is quite strong.
 You're stronger than Tom is. (

 Strap yourselves in.

 Tom is a bit strapped for money.
 Tom woke up strapped to a gurney.
 Please hold on to the strap.
 Tom is a strapping young man.

1. My sisters all _________ boyfriends.

have
has

2. The teacher ________ a yellow shirt.

have
has

3. My brother ________ a great job.

has
have

4. Does he ________ a dog?

has
have

5. They don't ________ a lot of money.

have
has

6. My cousin and his wife ________ three children.

has
 have

7. Does your friend ________ a sister?

has
have

8. Yes, my friend ________ a sister.

have
has

9. My neighbor ________ a mailbox.

doesn't have
don't have

10. They ________ time to play with us.

doesn't have
don't have

1. In British schools, pupils __ wear a uniform.

 can
 don't have to
 have to
2. They __ wear jeans to school.
 can't
 don't have to
 have to
3. They __ take their own lunch to school.
 can
 have to
4. They __ go to school on Saturdays.
 can
 can't
 don't have to
5. I __ travel a lot in my job.
 can
 have to
6. I __ be late for work.
 can't
 don't have to
7. I __ wear a uniform to work.
  can't
 don't have to
8. I __ take a holiday whenever I want.
 can't
 don't have to
 have to
9. I __ eat lunch when I want.
 can
 don't have to
 have to
10. I __ bring a note from the doctor if I am ill.
 can
 have to

 What is your hobby?

 How long have you had a hobby?
 Why do people have hobbies?
 Why did you start your hobby?

 Can you make money from doing your hobby?

 How many hours a week do you spend on your hobby?
 Is your hobby safe or dangerous?
 What is a hobby?
 Why do people need hobbies?
 What can one do as a hobby?

 How much time can one spend on his/her hobby?

 What is your hobby?
 Does your hobby interfere with your work/study/personal life?
 Do you spend money on your hobby?

 Does your hobby influence your choice of friends?

 Can a hobby save a child from bad peer influence?
 Can a hobby be dangerous?
 Have you got a hobby?
 How long have you had your hobby?

 Which hobbies are the most expensive?
 Which hobbies are the cheapest?
 Which hobbies cost nothing at all?
 Which hobbies are the most popular in your country?
 Is hunting a hobby or a sport in your country?
  Which hobbies are the most popular with women in your country? With men?
 Did you have any hobbies when you were a child?
 Can you think of any hobbies which are popular with children and adults?
 Do you think a hobby is different from a sport?
 Are there any hobbies you would like to try?
 Are there any dangerous hobbies?
 Are there any hobbies you can do in other countries, but not your own?
 Which hobbies do you think are the most difficult?

My dad

 Your father wants you.

 His father is Japanese.
 How old is your father?
 I met your father once.

 My father swims very well.

 My father was in the navy.
 She gave her father a tie.
 This is my father's house.

 My father may be at home now.

 My father works in a factory.
 Tom is a failure as a father.
 Tom is as tall as his father.
 Tom reminds me of his father.

 [] He is as strong as ever.
 He is strong as a horse.
 I like my coffee strong.
 I'm as strong as before.

 Tom doesn't look very strong.

 You're twice as strong as me.
 My father likes strong coffee. (
 He appears to be strong and healthy.
 The wind grew stronger and stronger

Choose "is" or "are"

Fill in the blanks.
1. The boy eating an apple.
2. Jenny and Scott singing a song.
3. There one banana on the table.
4. Where my books?
5. There so many birds in the sky.
6. My mother thirsty.
7. The boy eating pizza.
8. Where my eraser?
9. Andy and Scott friends.
10. Jenny and Kate girls.
11. The students tired.
12. The student happy.
13. The trees green.
14. We singing a song.
15. The boys playing football.

"is", "am" or "are"

Fill in the blanks.
1. I a student.
2. She a nurse.
3. He a doctor.
4. They books.
5. It a chair.
6. You a teacher.
7. We students.
8. He fat.

ll in each blank space with the correct auxiliary verb:

1. ________ he changed much over the years?

Has
Does
Is

2. ________ she Polish?

Has
 Is
Does

3. ________ he like to drive at night?

Does
Is
Has

4. ________ you normally read before you go to bed?

Have
Are
Do

5. ________ I look tired?

Have
Do
Am

6. ________ you seen that movie several times already?

Do
Are
Have

7. P1: Do you like him? P2: Yes, I ________!

do
am
have

8. ________ she been to Greece before?

Has
Does
Is

9. ________ they always so happy?

Do
Are
Have

10. ________ they always cheat?

Have
 Are
Do

The Need for Speed: Let's Race Cars!

A: I really like that car and I am thinking of buying it.

B: Yes, I agree. Do you want to take it to a mechanic to have it checked out?

A: I already took care of that yesterday.

B: That's good. Have you discussed the price with the seller?

A: Yes, I think we've agreed upon a fair price.

B: Have you set up your financing to pay for this car?

A: Yes, my parents are going to loan me the money.

B: That's good. Would you like me to go talk to the seller with you and drive your car home?

A: That would be a great help!

B: Glad to be of help. I can't wait to see your new car!

2
Repeat

A: That car is exactly what I want, so I probably should buy it.

B: From what I see, it's a good deal. Should a mechanic check it out for you?

A: A mechanic looked at it for me on Tuesday when I first looked at it.

B: It's good that you took care of that. Have you agreed upon a price with the seller?

A: Yes, he was willing to lower his price a bit and I'm good with that.

B: Do you know how you are going to pay for this car?

A: Yes, I have already pre-qualified for a loan with my credit union.

B: You are very well prepared! I could go with you to talk to the seller and help you get your
car home.
A: I appreciate the offer of help!

B: It will be my pleasure to help you. I am looking forward to riding in your new car.

3
Repeat

A: I think that that car drove really well and is a good deal.

B: It seems to be a good choice for you. You might want to have a mechanic take a look at it
just to be sure.

A: My friend is a mechanic and he came and looked at it for me this morning.

B: That was smart of you to think ahead. Have you and the seller agreed upon a price?

A: Yes, he is willing to accept the price that I offered him.

B: Have you thought about how to pay for your car?

A: I saved up enough money to pay cash for this car.

B: You've really thought this through. Let me go with you to make the payment and drive your
car home for you.

A: That would make it a lot easier for me.

B: Let's go take care of that right now. I really want to see your new car!

(1) What’s your favourite car?

(2) Do you need a car?
(3) Do people need cars that go way above national speed limits?
(4) Have you seen the Pixar/Disney movie Cars?
(5) If you were a car, what car would you like to be?
(6) What features and functions of a car do you need most?
(7) Do you prefer driving gas guzzlers or fuel efficient cars?
(8) Do you think it is fair to call a car a dangerous weapon?
(9) Do you think the car a person drives is an extension of his/her personality?
(10) Where do cars rank in the list of most important inventions?
Entertainment - Are You Booking Theater
(1) What is entertainment?
(2) What do you do for entertainment?
(3) How often do you do things for entertainment?
(4) What home entertainment equipment do you have?
(5) Do you like entertaining friends at home?
(6) Who is the most entertaining person you know?
(7) Do you spend a lot of money on entertainment?
(8) What is your favourite form of entertainment?
(9) Would you like to work in the entertainment industry?
(10) What kind of person makes a good entertainer?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) What kind of TV shows do you watch for entertainment?
(2) Do you think your English classes are entertaining?
(3) What is the best evening of entertainment you’ve had recently?
(4) Do you think your country needs an Entertainment Secretary/Minister?
(5) Do you ever stop and watch street entertainment?
(6) What do you know about corporate entertainment?
(7) What forms of entertainment have been with us for centuries?
(8) What new forms of entertainment have emerged in recent years?
(9) Do you follow entertainment news on the TV or Internet?
(10) Which country do you think has the world’s best entertainment?

Shannon: What a fantastic performance! Thank you for inviting me to the musical.
Elena: You are welcome. I’m happy you enjoyed the show. The choreography of the
dancers was incredible. It reminds me of when I used to dance.
Shannon: I know! You were such a talented ballerina. Do you miss dancing?
Elena: Oh, that’s very kind of you, Shannon. I do miss it sometimes. But I will
always be a fan of the arts. That’s why I love going to musicals because it’s the
perfect combination of song, dance and theater.
Shannon: Absolutely! I’m glad you are still an art fan too. Thank you for the invitation.
It’s always a pleasure to attend an arts event with you and learn something new.
Where to Find a Movie Theater
1

A: I need your help.

B: What's up?

A: I'm lost.

B: Where exactly are you trying to go?

A: I want to go see a movie.

B: You can't find a theater?

A: No, I have absolutely no idea where one is.

B: Do you know where the mall is?

A: Yes, I know where the mall is.

B: Go to the mall; there's a movie theater inside.

A: I did not know that.

B: It's a new theater. Enjoy your movie.

2
Repeat

A: Could you help me?

B: What's wrong?

A: I think I'm lost.

B: Where are you going?

A: I need to find the movie theater.

B: You're not sure where it is?

A: I really don't know.

B: You do know where the mall is, right?

A: I know exactly where that is.

B: There's a movie theater inside the mall.

A: When did they get a theater?

B: They just built it.

3
Repeat

A: I need your assistance.

B: What's the problem?

A: I can't find the place I'm looking for.

B: What are you looking for?

A: I am trying to go see a movie.

B: You don't know where the theater is?

A: I'm completely lost.

B: Do you have any idea where the mall is?

A: Yes, I do.

B: The mall has its own movie theater.

A: I didn't know the mall had a movie theater.

B: It's newly opened.

myself, yourself, himself, herself, itself, ourselves, yourselves, themselves

Do you need help?
Reflexive pronouns

1. Robert made this T-shirt .

2. Lisa did her homework

3. We helped to some Coke at the party.

4. Emma, did you take the photo by ?

5. I wrote this poem .

 6. He cut with the knife while he was doing the dishes.

7. The lion can defend .

8. My mother often talks to .

9. Tim and Gerry, if you want more milk, help .

10. Alice and Doris collected the stickers .

Fill in the correct reflexive pronouns.

1. I did not want to believe it and then I saw the UFO .

2. The girl looked at in the mirror.

3. Freddy, you'll have to do your homework .

4. You don't need to help them. They can do it .

5. I introduced to my new neighbour.

6. Boys, can you make your beds ?

7. She made a pullover.

8. What happens when a fighting fish sees in the mirror?

9. The father decided to repair the car .

10. We can move the table .

 What is your all-time favorite movie?

 What is your favorite movie?
 Are there any kinds of movies you dislike?
 If so, what kinds?

 Why do you dislike them?

 Do you like to watch horror movies?

 Do you prefer fiction or nonfiction books? How about
movies?
 Do you usually watch movies at home or at a movie
theater?
  Have you ever seen the same movie more than
once?

Date
 o'clock = :00 ( 7:00 = seven o'clock )
 a quarter after = 15 minutes after the hour ( 3:15 = It's a quarter after three.)
 a quarter past = 15 minutes after the hour (3:15 = It's a quarter past three.)
 a quarter before = 15 minutes before the hour( 3:45 = It's a quarter
before four )
 a quarter to = 15 minutes before the hour (3:45 = It's a quarter to four.)
 half past = 30 minutes after the hour ( 11:30 = It's half past eleven)
 thirty = 30 minutes after the hour. (11:30 = It's eleven thirty.)

Don't forget to use...

in + month or year- In March, In 2003
on + date (with the year or without it) or day of the week- On April 2, On March 3,
1999, On Saturday
at + clock time, midnight, noon- At 3:30 p.m., At 4:01, At noon
Remember also...
in + season- In the summer, In the winter
in + morning, afternoon, evening- In the morning, In the evening
at + night- At night

We use phrases with prepositions as time adverbials:

• We use at with:
clock times: at seven o’clock - at nine thirty - at fifteen hundred hours
mealtimes: at breakfast - at lunchtime - at teatime
… and in these phrases:
at night - at the weekend - at Christmas - at Easter
• We use in with:
seasons of the year: in spring/summer/autumn/winter - in the spring /summer/autumn/winter
years and centuries: in 2009 -in 1998 - in the twentieth century
months: in January/February/March etc.
parts of the day: in the morning - in the afternoon - in the evening.
• We use on with:
days: on Monday/Tuesday/Wednesday etc - on Christmas day - on my birthday.
dates: on the thirty first of July - on June 15th
Note: We say at night when we are talking about all of the night:
When there is no moon it is very dark at night.
He sleeps during the day and works at night.
but we say in the night when we are talking about a short time during the night:
He woke up twice in the night.
I heard a funny noise in the night.
We use the adverb ago with the past simple to say how long before the time of speaking
something happened:
I saw Jim about three weeks ago.
We arrived a few minutes ago.
We can put time phrases together:
We will meet next week at six o’clock on Monday.
I heard a funny noise at about eleven o’clock last night.
It happened last week at seven o’clock on Monday night.

How to say the YEARS in English

Years are normally divided into two parts; the first two digits and the last two digits. **
2017 is divided into 20 and 17 so you would say twenty seventeen.
 1982 = nineteen eighty-two
 1999 = nineteen ninety-nine
 2017 = twenty seventeen
 2021 = twenty twenty-one
** For the exceptions, s
Before the year 2000
1492: fourteen ninety-two
1700: seventeen hundred
1801: eighteen hundred and one or eighteen oh /əʊ/ one
1908: nineteen oh eight
After the year 2000
2000: two thousand
2003: two thousand and three or twenty oh three
2012: two thousand and twelve or twenty twelve

AD stands for Anno Domini (Latin for "In the year of (Our) Lord"), abbreviated as AD.
It defines an epoch based on the traditionally-reckoned year of the conception or birth
of Jesus of Nazareth. it is used in the English language to denote years after the start
of this time.
BC stands for Before Christ (from the Ancient Greek "Christos" or "Anointed One",
referring to Jesus), abbreviated as BC, it is used in the English language to denote
years before the start of this time.
Some non-Christians also use the abbreviations AD and BC without intending to
acknowledge the Christian connotation, but some people prefer the alternatives 'CE'
(Common Era) and 'BCE' (Before Common Era), arguing that they are more neutral
terms. .
A millennium (pl. millennia) is a period of one thousand years.
A century is a period of one hundred consecutive years. Centuries are numbered
ordinally (e.g. "the nineteenth century").
A decade is a period of 10 years.
How to say the year
You write You say

1900 nineteen hundred

nineteen hundred (and) one

1901
nineteen oh-one

1995 nineteen ninety-five

two thousand
2000
twenty hundred

two thousand (and) two

2002
twenty oh-two

two thousand (and) ten

2010
twenty ten

You normally split up the year in tens.

1985 is split up in 19 and 85. (You say: nineteen eighty-five).
From 2000 until 2009 the year is normally not split up.
 2000 = two thousand
 2001 = two thousand (and) one
The word and is often left out. From 2010 on the year is split up again.
2010 is split up in 20 and 10. (You say: twenty ten).
2. Writing and saying the date in Br

Whatever the situation, knowing how to schedule a meeting is a vital business skill.
Read on for tips and helpful English phrases.
Useful phrases
 Yes, [date and time] is fine.
 [Date and time] works for me. Does it work for you?
 [Date and time] suits me.
 How is [date and time] for you?
 Are you available on [date]?
 Would [alternate date] be okay?
 I’m afraid I can’t meet on [date] at [time].
 I’m sorry, but I won’t be able to make it then.
  Could we meet on [alternate date] at [alternate time] instead?
 I’ll see you then.
She’s the one with braces

1) What springs to mind when you hear the word ‘appearances'?

(2) What things do you first notice about someone's appearance?
(3) How do you think you look today?
(4) When is your appearance most important?
(5) What do you think when you look at yourself in the mirror?
(6) Do you think the expression 'Appearances are deceptive' is true? Why?
(7) Do you ever say someone looks good but really they don't?
(8) Has your mother ever complained about your appearance?
(9) What part of the way you look are you happiest with (and why)?
(10) How are people's appearances today different from 100 years ago?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) How important is a person's appearance?

(2) What could you do to improve your appearance?
(3) What could I do to improve my appearance?
(4) Has your appearance ever made you feel bad all day?
(5) Is it rude to tell someone that they need to improve their appearance?
(6) How often do you check your appearance in the mirror?
(7) How often do you talk about other people's appearances?
(8) Are people obsessed with appearance today?
(9) Is what's on the inside more important than what's on the outside?
(10) Is appearance more important in politics or show business?

School
(1) What comes to mind when you hear the word ‘education’?
(2) How important do you think education is?
(3) Do you think you had a good education?
(4) Was there a high standard of education at your schools?
(5) Do you think the quality of education is slipping?
(6) What do you think of the idea of all education being online?
(7) What kind of education did you have in your home?
(8) What would the world be like if everyone had access to a good education?
(9) Does your government really care about education?
(10) In which country do you think you can receive the best education?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) What is a good education?
(2) Is the level of education in your country good?
(3) What would you like to change about the education system of your country
(4) Would you like to work in education?
(5) Do you think there’s a lot of money to be made in education?
(6) What kind of experience and qualifications do you think a government’s
education minister/secretary needs?
(7) When does education begin?
(8) What do you think Mark Twain meant when he said, “never let school interfere
with your education”?
(9) What do you think of single-sex education?
(10) What do you think of the idea of lifelong education?

(1) What springs to mind when you hear the word ‘school’?
(2) What is your first memory of school?
(3) Were you happy with your school?
(4) Why do you think it is that many children don’t like school?
(5) What’s the most important thing you learnt at school?
(6) Do you think your school days are the best days of your life?
(7) What are your best and worst memories of school?
(8) If you went to school again, what would you do differently?
(9) Did you like your school uniform?
(10) Educator Robert Duke said: "Children are naturally expressive but they go to
school and get it taught out of them." Do you agree?

STUDENT B's QUESTIONS (Do not show these to Student A.)

(1) What’s the most important thing a school should teach children?
(2) Is school too dangerous these days?
(3) What advice would you give to your children about school?
(4) Do you think school is too much like a production line in a factory?
(5) Do you like looking at your old school photos?
(6) What’s your image of school in other countries?
(7) What kind of discipline do you think there should be in schools?
(8) What school clubs did you belong to?

Picking a school

Depending on where you live you will most likely have a school assigned to you. The
schools assigned to your area are public schools which offer grades kindergarten all
the way up through high school. Public schools are free and are offered to all. A few
other options available are private schools or even home schooling. Private schools
usually require a tuition fee and vary in price and distance from where you live.
Home schooling is where the parent(s) are the teachers at home educating and
teaching their children. Children that are home schooled and decide to change to
public or private schools usually will need to test into their appropriate grade.

Here are some questions commonly used when picking a school.

"Are the public schools in this area good?"

"Do the public schools in our area have full day kindergarten?"

Getting to School

When talking about getting to school you are simply talking about the act of 'how'
your child will get to the school they are attending.

Here are some questions commonly used when talking about ways to get to school.

"Is there a bus stop near our house?"

"Can I drive my kids to school?"
"Can my kids walk to school?"
"What if we miss the bus in the morning?"

If you are asked any of these questions, here are ways that you could respond or
answers you might hear.

"There is a bus stop right around the corner from our neighborhood."
"There are no bus stops close to our neighborhood. We need to drive to the bus
stop."

"Yes, you can drive your kids to school."

"Not sure, you may want to check with the school."

"Kids can walk to school if they live within a close distance from the school."
"Children walking to school need to be accompanied by an adult."
"If you miss the bus it is your responsibility to drive your child to school."
"If you miss the bus maybe you can catch a ride from a neighbor or a friend."

After School

What happens after school can include a lot of decisions and planning as well. After
school care, transportation, playtime with friends, sports and homework are all possible
factors when making decisions about what happens after school.

Here are some questions commonly used when talking about what happens after
school.

"Does your child need after school care?"

"Will your child be riding the bus home?"
"Do you want to have play dates after school with our children?"
"Do you want to enroll your child in sports?"
"Will your child have to finish homework before playing?"

If you are asked any of these questions, here are ways that you could respond.

"Yes, both my wife and I work so we need help after school."

"I am a stay at home mom so I do not need any afterschool care."

"Yes my child will be riding the bus home."

"No, I will be picking up my child after school."
"Sure, a play date would be fun for the kids."
"Play dates are great! Let's plan some."

"She does not get much homework in this grade."

"Yes, we usually have our kids finish their homework before playing."